EN180000 3-02-18 Elektronikbuch

Accumulator Technology 30.
000
Global Presence.
EN
Local Expertise.
www.hydac.com
Filter Technology 70.000
Electronic
Product Catalogue
Process Technology 77.000
Filter Systems 79.000
Electronic Product Catalogue

HYDAC Headquarters
Compact Hydraulics 53.000
HYDAC Companies
HYDAC Sales and Service Partners
Accessories 61.000
Electronics 180.000
HYDAC ELECTRONIC Hauptstr. 27

GMBH 66128 Saarbrücken
EN 180.000.3 /02.18
EN 180.000.3 /02.18
Germany
Cooling Systems 57.000
Tel.: +49 6897 509-01

Fax: +49 6897 509-1726
e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
Internet: www.hydac.com
HYDAC ELECTRONIC
With roughly 9,000 employees worldwide,
HYDAC is one of the leading suppliers in
fluid technology, hydraulics, electronics,
process technology, system technology
and fluid engineering. With 50 overseas
companies, and over 500 sales and
service partners, HYDAC is your reliable
expert partner worldwide.
Development and manufacturing plant in Saarbrücken-Gersweiler
The product range of HYDAC
ELECTRONIC covers sensors,
measurement equipment and control
technology. The sensor range includes
products for the measurement of
pressure, temperature, distance, angle,
inclination, position, level, flow rate
and speed, as well as contamination
and oil condition. Beyond the standard
programme, products with special
characteristics are supplied, such as Slovakia
those for applications in potentially
explosive atmospheres or applications
with increased functional safety
requirements. Our connectivity options
cover a variety of analogue and digital
interfaces, such as IO-Link, CAN and
HART. With its profound application
expertise, HYDAC also makes for
the perfect development partner for
machinery.
Siegert
Utilising our own sensors, controllers and
displays, optimally harmonised systems
can be developed and application
software can be created for these systems
as required.
Almost all these products are developed,

manufactured and marketed by HYDAC
ELECTRONIC. Suitability for the
application is tested on HYDAC test rigs.
With its high quality standards, HYDAC
ELECTRONIC fulfils the demanding Production Automatic function test
requirements for product quality.
The international HYDAC sales network

provides customers with worldwide
product availability, expert advice and
support. An extensive service package
completes our offer.
HYDAC Servicenter, a complete Technical advice

package of services and training
on
cti
e
ic
pe
rv
Ins
e
Se
nc
na
te
ain ion
M lat
tal
Ins n
atio
imis
Opt
EN 180.000.3/02.18
Computer simulation IO-Link, Industrie 4.0,

of a HYDAC pressure sensor functional safety
2
Industries and applications
There is almost no hydraulic or Excavators

pneumatic medium or system Electronic controls and sensors
that could not be monitored and to complete the system electronics.
controlled, quickly precisely and safely, - Load limit control
using HYDAC measurement and control - Electro-hydraulic load sensing
technologies. - Integrated operating data logging
It is not surprising, therefore, that the - Controls of special equipment
- Cut-off devices
individually designed
- Safety cut-off devices
HYDAC measurement equipment
is employed by well-known
Wheel Loaders
manufacturers and operators Electronic controls and sensors
in all industries. to complete the system electronics.
These applications range from
- Load limit control
analysis and diagnostics of - Electro-hydraulic load sensing
operating fluids in the laboratory - Integrated operating data logging
and on site to controlling - Controls of special equipment
complex industrial systems and - Cut-off devices
miniaturised systems - Safety cut-off devices
in construction and road vehicles.
Road Construction Machinery
Sensor technology and system electronics to generate
modern control concepts or ready-to-install total concepts.
- Load spectra
- Condition monitoring
- Safety systems
- Load limiting
- Function controls
- Energy management
Telescopic Cranes
Sensor technology and system electronics to generate
modern control concepts
or ready-to-install total concepts.
- Load torque limiting
- Load spectra
- Load sensing
- Energy management
Municipal Machines
Sensors, system electronics
and condition monitoring.
- Working hydraulics
- Axle suspension systems
- Cab suspension systems
- Levelling systems
Tractors
Sensors, system electronics
- Cab suspension
- Central hydraulics
- Front axle suspension
- Transmission shift control
- Level control
- Anti-roll stabilisation
Agricultural Technology
Electronic controls and sensors
to complete the system electronics.
- Electro-hydraulic load sensing
- Integrated operating data logging
- Controls of special equipment
- Cut-off devices
EN 180.000.3/02.18
- Safety cut-off devices
3
Mining Aviation and Aerospace Industry
Electronic measurement technology for Sensors, system electronics
underground applications. and condition monitoring.
- Pump station / media supply - Rocket test rigs
- Mining of raw materials - Test rigs for aircraft hydraulics
- Heading - Satellite test rigs
- Material-handling and passenger transportation - Flight simulators
- Analysis and diagnostics
Iron - Steel - Metal Wind Turbines

Measuring technology and electronics. Sensors, system electronics
- Pump stations
- Valve stations - Condition monitoring of
- Accumulator stations hydraulic and lubrication oils
- Heat exchangers - Measurement technology
- Condition monitoring - Safety and yaw brakes
- Pitch control
- Performance testing stations for transmission systems
Machine Tools Power Plant Technology

Sensors, system electronics Sensors, system electronics
and condition monitoring. and condition monitoring.
- Hydraulic weight counter-balance - Condition monitoring of
- Hydrostatic slide bearing hydraulic and lubrication oils
- Pressure boost station - Hydraulic drive and control systems
- Central processing of cooling lubricants including electronic controls
- Tool clamping device
Pulp and Paper Industry Transformers

Sensors, system electronics Measuring technology, electronics and condition moni-
and condition monitoring. toring.
- Insulating oil conditioning
- Insulating oil monitoring
- Cooling
Automotive Production Oil and Gas Industry

Measurement technology and condition monitoring Sensors, system electronics
for machine tools and presses, and condition monitoring
Cooling lubricant supply and test rigs. for offshore, subsea or
onshore applications.
Shipping Condition Monitoring

Measuring technology, electronics and condition Data logging and interpretation
monitoring for: providing information on the condition of machines,
- Engines systems and their components.
- Control of motion sequences
- Rudder gear/propeller
- Ballast water treatment
- Deck superstructures
EN 180.000.3/02.18
4
OVERVIEW OF SECTIONS
1 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS 1
2 PRESSURE SWITCHES 2
3 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS 3
4 TEMPERATURE SWITCHES 4
5 SENSORS FOR DISTANCE AND POSITION 5
6 LEVEL SENSORS 6
7 FLOW RATE TRANSMITTERS / FLOW SWITCHES 7
8 SPEED SENSORS 8
9 ANGLE SENSORS 9
10 INCLINOMETERS 10
11 CONDITION MONITORING PRODUCTS 11
12 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND DISPLAY UNITS 12
13 ACCESSORIES 13
A detailed table of contents is given on the following pages.
NOTE HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

EN 180.000.3/02.18
Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and applications
Germany
described.
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
For applications or operating conditions not described, please contact the relevant Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
technical department. e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
Subject to technical modifications. Internet: www.hydac.com
5
PRESSURE
PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS [1] Page
1 GENERAL APPLICATIONS
Relative pressure
HDA 4300 13
HDA 4400 15
2 HDA 4700 17
HDA 4800 19
HDA 7446 21
HDA 7400 OEM 23
HDA 8400 OEM 25
3 HDA 8700 OEM 27
HDA 4400 Flush membrane 29
HDA 4700 Functional safety 33
HDA 8700 Functional safety OEM 35
4 HDA 4700 CAN 37
HDA 7400 CAN 41
HDA 4700 HART 43
HDA 4800 Iron and steelworks 47
Absolute pressure
5 HDA 4100 49
Differential pressure
HPT 500 51
6 POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

Relative pressure
HDA 4700 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 53
HDA 4300 Intrinsically safe CSA 57
7 HDA 4300 Intrinsically safe IECEx - Australia 65
HDA 4700 Intrinsically safe IECEx - Australia 69
HDA 4300 Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 73
HDA 4700 redundant Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 81
8 HDA 4400 Flush membrane Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 85
HDA 4400 Flush membrane Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 89
HDA 4700 HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 93
HDA 4700 Junction-Box HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 97
HDA 4400 Flush membrane HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 101
9 HDA 4700 HART Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 105
HDA 4300 HART Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 109
HDA 4400 Flush membrane HART Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 113
Absolute pressure
10 HDA 4100 Intrinsically safe CSA 117
HYDROGEN APPLICATIONS
11 Relative pressure
HDA 8400 H2 OEM 129
HDA 8400 H2 EC 79 OEM 131
HDA 4400 H2 Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 133
HDA 4400 H2 redundant Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 137
12
SHIP
Relative pressure
HDA 4300 141
13 HDA 4400 143
HDA 4700 145
Absolute pressure
HDA 4100 147
EN 180.000.3/02.18
6
PRESSURE
PRESSURE SWITCHES [2] Page
GENERAL APPLICATIONS 1
Relative pressure
EDS 1700 Display 151
EDS 300 Display 153
EDS 3300 Display 157 2
EDS 410 OEM 165
EDS 710 OEM 167
EDS 810 OEM 169
EDS 8000 Display 171 3
EDS 3300 Display Flush membrane 173
EDS 4300 181
EDS 4400 183
EDS 3300 Display IO-Link 185 4
EDS 3400 Display IO-Link 187
Absolute pressure
EDS 3100 Display IO-Link 195 5
POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

Relative pressure
EDS 4400 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 197 6
EDS 4400 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA OEM 201
EDS 4300 Intrinsically safe ATEX 203
EDS 4300 Intrinsically safe ATEX OEM 207
EDS 4400 Intrinsically safe ATEX OEM 213 7
Absolute pressure
8
SHIP
Relative pressure
EDS 300 Display 221
9
TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS [3]
ETS 4100 225

ETS 4500 227
ETS 7000 229
11
HTT 8000 OEM 231
ETS 4100 CAN 233
ETS 4100 HART 235
POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE 12
ETS 4500 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 239

ETS 4100 HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 243
ETS 4100 Junction-Box HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 247
ETS 4100 HART Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 251 13
TEMPERATURE SWITCHES [4]
GENERAL APPLICATIONS
ETS 1700 Display For separ. temperature probe 257

ETS 320 Display Pressure-resistant 259
EN 180.000.3/02.18

HTS 8000 OEM 271
ETS 3200 Display IO-Link Pressure-resistant 273
ETS 3800 Display IO-Link For separ. temperature probe 275
TFP 100 Temperature probe 277
7
SENSORS FOR DISTANCE AND POSITION [5]
DISTANCE Page
1 CYLINDER-INTEGRATED INSTALLATION
Magnetostrictive
HLT 1100-R2 Analogue Rod for full integration 281
HLT 1100-R2 CAN Rod for full integration 283
2 HLT 2100-R1 Analogue Rod for partial integration 285
HLT 2100-R1 CAN Rod for partial integration 287
HLT 2100-R1 Profibus Rod for partial integration 289
HLT 2100-R1 SSI Rod for partial integration 291
HLT 2100-R1 EtherCAT Rod for partial integration 293
3 HLT 2150-R1 Analogue Rod for partial integration 295
HLT 2102/3 Double / triple redundancy Analogue Rod for partial integration 301
HLT 1100-R2 Functional safety Analogue Rod for full integration 303
4 HLT 1100-R2 Functional safety CAN Rod for full integration 305
Magnetic-inductive
HLT 724 Analogue Rod for full integration 307
5 EXTERNALLY MOUNTED
Magnetostrictive
HLT 2500-L2 Analogue Profile 309
HLT 2500-L2 CAN Profile 311
HLT 2500-L2 Profibus Profile 313
6 HLT 2500-L2 SSI Profile 315
HLT 2500-L2 EtherCAT Profile 317
HLT 2550-L2 SSI Profile 323
7 HLT 2500-F1 Analogue Flat housing 325
HLT 2500-F1 CAN Flat housing 327
HLT 2500-F1 Profibus Flat housing 329
HLT 2500-F1 SSI Flat housing 331
HLT 2500-F1 EtherCAT Flat housing 333
8 Inductive
IWE 40 OEM 341
POSITION
9
Ultrasound
HLS 528 Display 335
Magnetic
HLS 100 Functional safety OEM 339
10 Inductive
IES 2010 /
OEM 341
2015 / 2020
IR light barrier
11
LEVEL SENSORS [6]

12
LEVEL TRANSMITTERS
13 Magnetostrictive
HNT 1200 345
HNT 1100 CAN 347
LEVEL SWITCHES
Capacitive
ENS 3000 Display 349
ENS 3000 Display IO-Link 353
EN 180.000.3/02.18
Magnetostrictive
HNS 3000 Display 355
HNS 3000 Display IO-Link 359
Ultrasonic
HNS 526 Display 361
8
FLOW RATE TRANSMITTERS / FLOW SWITCHES [7]
FLOW RATE AND FLOW TRANSMITTERS Page
Turbine
EVS 3100 Aluminium 367
EVS 3110 Stainless steel 369
Float 2
HFT 2100 371
HFT 2500 375

Turbine 3
HFT 3100 HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 379
HFT 3100 HART Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 383
FLOW SWITCHES 4
Float
HFS 2100 Display 387
HFS 2500 Display 391 5

Float
HFS 2100 Display Intrinsically safe ATEX 395 6
HFS 2500 Display Intrinsically safe ATEX 399
SPEED SENSORS [8] 7
HSS 110 405

8
HSS 120 407
HSS 130 409
HSS 210 411
HSS 220 413
9
ANGLE SENSORS [9]

10
HAT 1400 CAN 417

HAT 3800 CAN 419
HAT 1200 Functional safety Analogue 421
HAT 1400 Functional safety CAN 423 11
HAT 3800 Functional safety CAN 425
INCLINOMETERS [10] 12
HIT 1500 CAN 429 13

HIT 1500 Functional safety CAN 431
EN 180.000.3/02.18
9
CONDITION MONITORING PRODUCTS [11]
Page
1 CMU 1000 CM unit 435

CSI-B-2 CM interface module 439
AS 1000 441
AS 3000 Display 443
EY 1356 445
2 HLB 1400 447
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND DISPLAY UNITS [12]

3
DISPLAY UNITS
HDA 5500 451

4
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS (PORTABLE DATA RECORDERS)
HMG 500 453

HMG 510 455
5
HMG 2500 457
HMG 4000 461
6
ACCESSORIES [13]
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
7 Mounting and installation 467

Distance and position sensor accessories 472
Electrical connection 475
8 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND DISPLAY UNIT ACCESSORIES
Sensors with automatic sensor recognition 481

Further accessories for HMG 500 / 510 / 2500 / 4000 493
9 PROGRAMMING DEVICES AND ADAPTERS
HPG 3000, HPG P1 and ZBE P1 495
11
12
13
EN 180.000.3/02.18
10
Notes:
11
EN 180.000.3/02.18
PRESSURE
PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS [1] Page
1
Relative pressure
HDA 4300 13
HDA 4400 15
HDA 4700 17
HDA 4800 19
HDA 7446 21
HDA 7400 OEM 23
HDA 8400 OEM 25
HDA 8700 OEM 27
HDA 4700 Functional safety 33
HDA 8700 Functional safety OEM 35
HDA 4700 CAN 37
HDA 7400 CAN 41
HDA 4700 HART 43
HDA 4800 Iron and steelworks 47
Absolute pressure
HDA 4100 49
Differential pressure
HPT 500 51

Relative pressure
HDA 4700 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 53
HDA 4700 redundant Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 81
HDA 4400 Flush membrane Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 85
HDA 4400 Flush membrane Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 89
HDA 4700 HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 93
HDA 4700 Junction-Box HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 97
HDA 4400 Flush membrane HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 101
HDA 4400 Flush membrane HART Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 113
Absolute pressure
HYDROGEN APPLICATIONS
Relative pressure
HDA 8400 H2 OEM 129
HDA 8400 H2 EC 79 OEM 131
HDA 4400 H2 Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 133
HDA 4400 H2 redundant Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 137
SHIP
Relative pressure
HDA 4300 141
HDA 4400 143
HDA 4700 145
Absolute pressure
HDA 4100 147
EN 180.000.3/02.18
12
1
Pressure Transmitter
HDA 4300
Relative pressure Accuracy 0.5 %
Description: Technical data:

The pressure transmitter series HDA 4300 Input data
is equipped with a ceramic pressure
Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 -1 .. 1 -1 .. 5 -1 .. 9
measurement cell with thick-layer strain
Overload pressures bar 3 8 12 20 32 50 80 120 3 20 32
gauge, which was specially developed for
relative pressure measurement in the low- Burst pressure bar 5 12 18 30 48 75 120 180 5 30 48
pressure range. Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
G1/2 B DIN-EN 837
The output signals 4 .. 20 mA or Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
0 .. 10 V allow connection of all HYDAC Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
ELECTRONIC GMBH measurement and Sensor cell: Ceramic
control devices as well as industry standard Seal: Copper (G1/2) / FKM / EPDM
open- and closed-loop control instruments. (as per model code)
The main fields of application are low- Output data
pressure applications in hydraulics and Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
pneumatics, particularly in refrigeration RLmax. = (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
and air-conditioning technology and 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
pharmaceutical industries. RLmin = 2 kΩ
Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
terminal based
Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.4 % FS max.
Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
Environmental conditions
Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Operating temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
Medium temperature range1) -40 .. +100 °C / -25 .. +100 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark2) Certificate no.: E318391
Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to DIN EN 60068-2-29 ≤ 100 g / 6 ms
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 605293) IP 65 (Binder 714 M18)
IP 67 - M12x1 male connector
- Male connector EN175301-803
Other data
Supply voltage 8 .. 30 V DC 2-conductor
12 .. 30 V DC 3-conductor
when applied acc. to UL specifications - limited energy - acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2;
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤5%
Current consumption ≤ 25 mA
Life expectancy > 10 million cycles, 0 .. 100 % FS
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.323.3/02.18
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, excess voltage, override and short circuit
protection are provided.
FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range
B.F.S.L. = Best Fit Straight Line
1)
-25 °C with FKM or EPDM seal, -40 °C on request
2)
Environmental conditions acc. to 1.4.2 UL 61010-1; C22.2 No 61010-1
3)
With mounted mating connector in corresponding protection class
13
Model code: Pin connections:
HDA 4 3 X X – X – XXXX – 000 – X 1 Binder series 714 M18
1 Mechanical connection
1 = G1/2 B DIN-EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Electrical connection
4 = male, 4 pole Binder series 714 M18
(mating connector not supplied)
5 = male, 3 pole + PE,
DIN EN175301-803
(mating connector supplied)
6 = male M12x1, 4 pole Pin HDA 43X4-A HDA 43X4-B
(mating connector not supplied) 1 n.c. +UB
2 Signal + Signal
Output signal 3 Signal - 0V
A = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor 4 n.c. n.c.
B = 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
Measuring ranges in bar EN175301-803

01.0; 02.5; 04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040
0001 (-1 .. 1); 0005 (-1 .. 5); 0009 (-1 .. 9)
Modification number
000 = standard
Sealing material (in contact with fluid)

F = FKM seal (e.g. for hydraulic oils)
E = EPDM seal (e.g. for refrigerants)
Connection material (in contact with fluid)

1 = stainless steel
Pin HDA 43X5-A HDA 43X5-B
1 Signal + +UB
2 Signal - 0V
3 n.c. Signal
┴ Housing Housing
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure.
M12x1
Dimensions:

1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
Profile seal ring 3 Signal - 0V
4 n.c. Signal
Male connector
Binder series 714 4 pole Male connector
Male connector
3p+PE EN175301-803
4 pole
Note:
The information in this brochure relates to the
operating conditions and applications described.
For applications or operating conditions not
described, please contact the relevant technical
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27 department.
Subject to technical modifications.
HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

EN 18.323.3/02.18
Elastomer Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

profile seal Germany
ring
DIN3869
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Flat seal ring Cu Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
14
1
HDA 4400

has a pressure measurement cell with
Measuring ranges bar 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000
thin-film strain gauge on a stainless steel
membrane. Overload pressures bar 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
Burst pressure bar 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
The output signals 4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V
Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
enable connection to all measurement and G1/2 B DIN EN 837
control devices of HYDAC ELECTRONIC
GMBH as well as standard evaluation Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
systems (e.g. PLC controls). Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
The main fields of application are in mobile Output data
or industrial hydraulics and pneumatics.
Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
RLmax.= (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
RLmin = 2 kΩ
≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Life expectancy4) > 10 million cycles
0 .. 100 % FS
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.305.5/02.18

1)
-25 °C with FKM seal, -40 °C on request
2)
3)
4)
Measuring ranges ≥ 1000 bar: > 1 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
15
HDA 4 4 X X – X – XXX – 000 Binder series 714 M18
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837 (only for
pressure ranges "1600 and 2000 bar")
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2 (male)
5 = male, 3 pole + PE, EN175301-803
6 = male M12x1, 4 pole Pin HDA 44X4-A HDA 44X4-B
1 n.c. +UB
Output signal 2 Signal + Signal
A = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor 3 Signal - 0V
B = 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor 4 n.c. n.c.
Measuring ranges in bar

016; 040; 060; 100; 250; 400; 600; 1000 EN175301-803
1600; 2000 bar (only with mech. connection code "1")
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:

1 Signal + +UB
2 Signal - 0V
Dimensions: 3 n.c. Signal
┴ Housing Housing
M12x1
Profile seal
ring
Male connector Pin HDA 44X6-A HDA 44X6-B

Binder series 714 Male connector
Male connector
4 pole 3p+PE EN175301-803
4 pole
1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
3 Signal - 0V
4 n.c. Signal
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring Note:
DIN3869
Hex AF
width 27 described, please contact the relevant technical
department.

EN 18.305.5/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
16
1
HDA 4700

has a very accurate and robust sensor cell
Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000
with a thin-film strain gauge on a stainless
steel membrane. Overload pressures bar 15 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
The output signals 4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V
enable connection to all measurement and G1/2 B DIN EN 837
control devices of HYDAC ELECTRONIC
GMBH as well as standard evaluation Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
systems (e.g. PLC controls). Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
The main fields of application are in mobile Output data
and industrial hydraulics and pneumatics. Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
RLmax = (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
RLmin= 2 kΩ
terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
Operating temperature range1) -40 .. +85 °C / -25 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 100 g / 6 ms
DIN EN 60068-2-29
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Life expectancy4) > 10 million cycles, 0 .. 100 % FS
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.306.7/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
17
Mechanical connection
1 1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
(only for pressure ranges "1600; 2000 bar")
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, 3 pole + PE, EN175301-803
6 = male M12x1, 4 pole
1 n.c. +UB
Output signal 2 Signal + Signal
A = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor 3 Signal - 0V
B = 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor 4 n.c. n.c.

006; 016; 040; 060; 100; 250; 400; 600; 1000
EN175301-803
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:

1 Signal + +UB
Dimensions: 2 Signal - 0V
3 n.c. Signal
┴ Housing Housing
M12x1
Profile seal ring
Male connector
Binder series 714 Male connector Male connector
4 pole 3p+PE EN175301-803 4 pole

1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
3 Signal - 0V
4 n.c. Signal
Hex AF width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
Note:
ring The information in this brochure relates to
DIN3869 the operating conditions and applications
described.
Hex AF width 27
department.

EN 18.306.7/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
18
1
HDA 4800

has a very accurate and robust sensor cell
with a thin-film strain gauge on a stainless
steel membrane. Overload pressures bar 15 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
Outstanding technical data and robust
construction make the HDA 4800 particularly G1/2 B DIN EN 837
suited to the field of test rig and diagnostic
Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
technology. It is also suitable for a broad
range of applications in industry. Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
Since the accuracy of a pressure transmitter Output data
varies greatly with the temperature of Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
the fluid, the instrument has excellent RLmax = (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
characteristics in this respect. By default, 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
the output signals 4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 10 V and RLmin = 2 kΩ
0 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor source
0 .. 20 mA (source) are available. RLmax = (UB - 4 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
≤ ± 0.125 % FS max.
Span ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 100 g / 6 ms
DIN EN 60068-2-29
Other data
when applied acc. to UL specifications - limited energy - acc. to 9.3 UL 61010 Class 2;
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.380.2/02.18
1)
2)
3)
4)
19
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, 3 pole + PE, EN175301-803
Pin HDA HDA HDA
6 = male M12x1, 4 pole 48X4-A 48X4-B 48X4-E
1 n.c. +UB +UB
Output signal
2 Signal + Signal Signal
A = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
B = 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor 3 Signal - 0V 0V
E = 0 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor (source)
4 n.c. n.c. n.c.
006, 016; 040; 060; 100; 250; 400; 600; 1000
1600; 2000 bar (only with mech. connection code "1") EN175301-803
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Pin HDA HDA HDA

Dimensions: 48X5-A 48X5-B 48X5-E
1 Signal + +UB +UB
2 Signal - 0V 0V
3 n.c. Signal Signal
┴ Housing Housing Housing
Profile seal ring M12x1
Male connector
Binder series 714 4 pole Male connector Male connector
3p+PE EN175301-803 4 pole
Pin HDA HDA HDA

48X6-A 48X6-B 48X6-E
1 Signal + +UB +UB
2 n.c n.c n.c
Hex AF width 27 3 Signal - 0V 0V
4 n.c Signal Signal
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
Note:
DIN3869 The information in this brochure relates to
the operating conditions and applications
described.
Hex AF width 27
department.

EN 18.380.2/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Flat seal ring Cu
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
20
1
HDA 7446

combines excellent technical data with highly
Measuring ranges bar 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000
compact design.
Overload pressures bar 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600
The HDA 7446 was specifically developed Burst pressure bar 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000
for OEM applications, especially for use
in confined cavities. A sensor cell with a
thin-film strain gauge on a stainless steel Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
membrane is the basis for a robust, long-life Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
pressure transmitter. Seal: FKM
Output data
Various pressure ranges between
0 .. 40 bar and 0 .. 1000 bar provide Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
RLmax.= (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
versatility when adapting to particular 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
applications. RLmin = 2 kΩ
For integration into controls (e.g. with PLC), Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
the analogue output signals 4 .. 20 mA terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
or 0 .. 10 V are available on the standard Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
version. ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Other measuring ranges and output signals Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
can be provided on request. Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 2 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 605293) IP 67
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Life expectancy4) > 10 million cycles
0 .. 100 % FS
Weight ~ 60 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, excess voltage, override and short
circuit protection are provided.
EN 18.326.3/02.18
1)
2)
3)
4)
Measuring range 1000 bar: > 1 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
21
HDA 7 4 4 6 – X – XXX – 000 M12x1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
Pin HDA 7446-A HDA 7446-B
040; 060; 100; 250; 400; 600; 1000 1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
Modification number 3 Signal - 0V
000 = standard 4 n.c. Signal
Accessories:
Dimensions:
Male connector
Hex AF
Elastomer width 19
profile seal
ring
DIN3869 Note:
The information in this brochure relates to
described.
department.

EN 18.326.3/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
22
1
HDA 7400 for series applications
Customised designs thanks to diverse

electrical and mechanical connections
and a large number of output signals
combines excellent technical data with highly
Measuring ranges bar 40 60 100 160 250 400 600 1000
compact design.
Overload pressures bar 80 120 200 320 500 800 1000 1600
The HDA 7400 was specifically developed for Burst pressure bar 200 300 500 800 1250 2000 2000 3000
OEM applications e.g. in mobile applications.
A sensor cell with a thin-film strain gauge on
a stainless steel membrane is the basis for a Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
robust, long-life pressure transmitter. Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
Various pressure ranges between 0 .. 40 bar
Output data
and 0 .. 1000 bar provide versatility when
adapting to particular applications. Output signal1) e.g.: 4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 5 V,
0.5 .. 4.5 V, 1 .. 6 V,
For integration into modern controls 0 .. 10 V
(e.g. with PLC), standard analogue output Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
signals are available. terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Zero point / span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 2 ms
Compensated temperature range1) -25 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65 / IP 67
(depending on electrical connection)
Other data
Electrical connection1) e.g. M12x1 (4 pole); jacketed cable
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Current consumption ≤ 25 mA total
Weight ~ 60 g
1)
Other versions available on request
2)
EN 18.349.3/02.18
3)
4)
Measuring range 1000 bar: ≥ 1 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
23
Dimensions (examples): Note:
described.
1 Cable screen and core ends are For applications or operating conditions not
twisted & tinned described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
Male connector
M12x1 - 4 pole
Hex AF width 19 Hex AF width 19
Elastomer Elastomer
profile seal ring profile seal
DIN3869 ring
DIN3869

EN 18.349.3/02.18
Ordering Details: Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Germany
The electronic pressure transmitter HDA 7400 has been specially developed for OEM customers Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
and is available for minimum order quantities of 100 units per type. Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
For precise specifications, please contact the Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC. E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
24
1

has been specifically developed for the OEM Measuring ranges bar 40 60 100 160 250 400 600
market, e.g. in mobile applications. Like
most of our pressure transmitter series, the
Burst pressure bar 200 300 500 800 1250 2000 2000
HDA 8400 is based on a robust and long-life
thin-film sensor. Mechanical connection Various threads e.g.:
G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
All of the parts in contact with the fluid M14x1.5
(sensor and pressure port) are made of SAE 6, 9/16-18 UNF 2A
stainless steel and are welded together with Parts in contact with fluid1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
one another. This means that there are no Seal: FKM
sealing points in the interior of the sensor. Output data
The possibility of leakage is excluded. Output signal Various signals e.g.:
4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 5 V, 1 .. 6 V, 0 .. 10 V,
The pressure transmitters are available in ratiometric: 0.5 .. 4.5 V for UB = 5 V DC
various pressure ranges from 0 .. 40 bar up (10 .. 90 % UB ± 5 %)
to 0 .. 600 bar. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
For integration into modern controls standard terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
analogue output signals are available, e.g. Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 5 V, 1 .. 6 V or 0 .. 10 V. ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Ratiometric output signals are also available. Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
A variety of connection plugs integrated in
the device and diverse cable solutions are terminal based
available for the electrical connection. Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.4 % FS max.
A basic accuracy of ≤ ± 0.5% FS typical, Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
combined with a small temperature drift, Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
ensures a broad range of applications for the Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
HDA 8400. Environmental conditions
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark E13*10R00*10R03*3969*01
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 2000 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to 100 g / 6 ms / half-sine
DIN EN 60068-2-27 500 g / 1 ms / half-sine
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67 or IP 69 (depending on electr. connection)
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K
Other data
Electrical connection Various male connectors e.g.:
M12x1, Packard Metri Pack, Deutsch DT 04,
AMP Superseal, AMP Junior Power Timer,
jacketed cable
Supply voltage 8 .. 30 V DC
12 .. 30 V DC for output signal 0 .. 10 V
5 V ± 5 % for ratiometric output signal
when applied acc. to UL specifications - limited energy - acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Current consumption max. 22 mA total
Weight ~ 55 g
EN 18.348.3/02.18
1)
Other seal materials on request
2)
3)
25
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector Jacketed cable described.
Metri-Pack series 150
1 3 pole For applications or operating conditions not
department.
Male connector
Superseal series 1.5
3 pole
Male connector
Junior Power Timer
3 pole
Male connector
Deutsch DT04
3 pole
Male connector M12x1, 4 pole
Seal ring DIN3869-14-FKM
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF width 27
Hex AF width 27
Orifice
Orifice

EN 18.348.3/02.18
Order details: Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Germany
26
1

has been specifically developed for the OEM Measuring ranges bar 40 60 100 160 250 400 600
market, e.g. in mobile applications. Like
most of our pressure transmitter series, the
HDA 8700 is based on a robust and long-life
thin-film sensor. Mechanical connection Various threads e.g.:
G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
All of the parts in contact with the fluid M14x1 5
(sensor and pressure port) are made of SAE 6, 9/16-18 UNF 2A
stainless steel and are welded together with Parts in contact with fluid1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
one another. This means that there are no Seal: FKM
sealing points in the interior of the sensor. Output data
The possibility of leakage is excluded. Output signal Various signals e.g.:
4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 5 V, 1 .. 6 V, 0 .. 10 V,
The pressure transmitters are available in ratiometric: 0.5 .. 4.5 V for UB = 5 V DC
various pressure ranges from 0 .. 40 bar up (10 .. 90 % UB ± 5 %)
to 0 .. 600 bar. For integration into modern Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
controls, standard analogue output signals terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
are available, e.g. 4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 5 V, Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
1 .. 6 V or 0 .. 10 V. Ratiometric output ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
signals are also available. Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C typ.
A variety of connection plugs integrated in Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
the device and diverse cable solutions are terminal based
available for the electrical connection. Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
A basic accuracy of ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typical, Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
combined with a small temperature drift, Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
ensures a broad range of applications for the Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
HDA 8700. Environmental conditions
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark E13*10R00*10R03*3969*01
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 2000 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65, 67 or 69 (depending on electr. connection)
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K
Other data
Electrical connection Various male connectors e.g.:
M12x1, Packard Metri Pack,
Deutsch DT 04, AMP Superseal,
AMP Junior Power Timer, jacketed cable
12 .. 30 V DC for output signal 0 .. 10 V
5 V ± 5 % for ratiometric output signal
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Current consumption max. 22 mA total
Weight ~ 55 g
EN 18.347.3/02.18
FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range,
1)
2)
3)
27
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector Jacketed cable described.
Metri-Pack series 150
1 3 pole For applications or operating conditions not
department.
Male connector
Superseal series 1.5
3 pole
Male connector
Junior Power Timer
3 pole
Male connector
Deutsch DT04
3 pole
Hex AF width 27
Hex AF
Hex AF width 27
width 27
Orifice
Orifice

EN 18.347.3/02.18
Order details: Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Germany
28
1
HDA 4400
Flush membrane
Pressure Transmitter HDA 4400 with a flush Input data
membrane was designed specifically for Measuring ranges bar 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 100 250 400 600 -1 .. 3
applications in which a standard pressure Overload pressures bar 8 8 12 20 32 50 80 200 500 800 1000 8
port could become blocked, clogged or Burst pressure 1) bar 20 20 30 50 80 125 200 500 1000 2000 2000 20
frozen by the particular medium used.
Further applications include processes G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
where the medium changes regularly G1/2 with additional front O-ring seal
and any residues could cause mixing or G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal
contamination of the media. G1/2 with add. front O-ring seal and cooling body
Pressure transfer fluid Silicone-free oil
Like the standard model, the HDA 4400
Tightening torque, recommended 45 Nm for G1/2, G1/2 A
with flush membrane has a pressure 20 Nm for G1/4
measurement cell with a thin-film strain Parts in contact with fluid 2) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
gauge on a stainless steel membrane for Seal: FKM
relative pressure measurement in the high O-ring: FKM
pressure range. Output data
The pressure port is achieved with a fully- Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor; RLmax.= (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
sealed stainless steel front membrane 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor; RLmin.= 2 kΩ
filled internally with a pressure transfer Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
fluid. The process pressure is transmitted
hydrostatically to the measurement cell via ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
the pressure transfer fluid.
The 4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V output signals Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
permit connection to all HYDAC measuring Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
and control devices, as well as connection Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
to standard evaluation systems (e.g. PLC Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
controls). terminal based
Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS / year typ.
Fluid temperature range 3) -30 .. +100 °C / -25 .. +100 °C
-30 .. +150 °C / -25 .. +150 °C for G1/2
with cooling section
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark 4) Certificate no.: E318391
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 5) IP 65 (male connector EN175301-803)
IP 67 (M12x1 male connector)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Life expectancy > 10 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
Weight ~ 150 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, excess voltage, override and short circuit protection are
provided.
EN 18.375.2/02.18
FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range, B.F.S.L. = Best Fit Straight Line
1)
For G1/2 with additional front O-ring seal max. 1500 bar
2)
3)
4)
Environmental conditions acc. to 1.4.2 UL 61010-1; C22.2 No. 61010-1
5)
29
HDA 4 4 Z X – X – XXXX – XXX – 000 EN175301-803
Mechanical process connection
1 Z = flush membrane
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal
A = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor Pin HDA 44Z5-A HDA 44Z5-B
B = 0 .. 10 V, 3 conductor
1 Signal + +UB
2 Signal - 0V
3 n.c. Signal
02.5; 0004; 0006; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; -1 .. 3
^ Housing Housing
G01 = G1/2 A, ISO 1179-2
M12x1
G02 = G1/2 with additional front O-ring seal
G04 = G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal (only for measuring ranges ≥ 40 bar)
G05 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2 (only for measuring ranges ≥ 40 bar)
G12 = G1/2 with additional front O-ring seal and cooling section
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. Pin HDA 44Z6-A HDA 44Z6-B
1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
3 Signal - 0V
4 n.c. Signal
Dimensions:
Profile seal ring
Male connector
3p+PE DIN 43650 Male connector
4 pole
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring DIN 3869
[G01]
hex. SW19
Seal ring DIN 3869
11.6 x 16.5 x 1.5
Hex AF
[G05] width 27
Hex AF
Seal ring DIN 3869
18.5 x 23.9 x 1.5
width 27 Note:
O-ring 15 x 2
hex. SW27
hex. SW27 [G02] department.
Seal ring DIN 3869 Seal ring DIN 3869
11.6 x 16.5 x 1.5 18.5 x 23.9 x 1.5 Subject to technical modifications.
O-ring 15 x 2
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78 HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.375.2/02.18

[G12] Germany
[G04] Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
30
1
HDA 7400
Flush membrane
Pressure Transmitter HDA 7400 with a flush Input data
membrane was designed specifically for
Measuring ranges bar 40 100 250 400 600
applications in which a standard pressure
port could become blocked, clogged or Overload pressure bar 80 200 500 800 1000
frozen by the particular medium used. Burst pressure bar 200 500 1000 2000 2000
Further applications include processes Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
where the medium changes regularly G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal
and any residues could cause mixing or Pressure transfer fluid Silicone-free oil
contamination of the media. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
Like the standard model, the HDA 7400 Parts in contact with fluid 1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
with flush membrane has a pressure Seal: FKM
measurement cell with a thin-film strain O-ring: FKM
gauge on a stainless steel membrane for Output data
relative pressure measurement in the high Output signals, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
pressure range. RLmax = (UB – 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
The pressure port is achieved with a fully- 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
sealed stainless steel front membrane RLmin = 2 kΩ
filled internally with a pressure transfer Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
fluid. The process pressure is transmitted terminal based ≤ ± 1.0 % FS max.
hydrostatically to the measurement cell via Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
the pressure transfer fluid. ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
The output signals 4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
permit connection to all HYDAC measuring
and control devices, as well as connection Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
to standard evaluation systems (e.g. PLC
controls). terminal based
Rise time ≤ 2 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark 3) Certificate-No.: E318391
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 4) IP 67
Other data
when applied acc. to UL specifications – limited energy – acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2;
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 80 g
EN 18.376.1.1/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
31
HDA 7 4 Z 6 – X – XXXX – XXX – 000 M12x1
1 Mechanical process connection

Z = flush membrane
Output signal
Measuring ranges in bar Pin HDA 74Z6-A HDA 74Z6-B

0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600 1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
Mechanical connection 3 Signal - 0V
G04 = G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal 4 n.c. Signal
G05 = G1/4 A DIN 3852
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Dimensions:
Male connector
Male connector M12x1 4 pole
M12x1 4 pole
Hex AF
Hex AF width 19
width 19
Seal ring
DIN 3869
Seal ring 11.6x16.5x1.5
DIN 3869
11.6x16.5x1.5
[G05]
[G04]
Note:
department.
EN 18.376.1.1/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
32
1
HDA 4700
Functional Safety
PL d, Cat 3
Increased Functional Safety
This version of the pressure transmitter Input data
series HDA 4700 has been specially
developed for use in safety circuits / safety signal 1
functions as part of the functional safety of Measuring ranges bar 25/40 40/60 60/100 100/160 160/250 250/400 400/600 600/1000
machinery and equipment up to PL d - Cat 3 signal 2
(in accordance with ISO 13849). Overload pressures bar 80 80 120 200 320 500 800 1200
The pressure transmitters are designed with Burst pressure bar 200 200 300 500 800 1250 2000 2000
two channels. Each channel consists of a Mechanical connection G¼ A ISO 1179-2 with 0.5 mm orifice
sensor element and evaluation electronics. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
As a result, the pressure transmitter
Parts in contact with fluid 1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
develops two separate and independent (2 x thin-film strain gauge)
output signals in proportion to the pressure. Seal: FKM
The safety function is tested by evaluating Output data
and comparing the two analogue output Output signal 1 2) 4 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor
signals in a higher-level system. Output signal 2 2) 4 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor
The main fields of application are as sensor Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
elements in mobile, safety-oriented systems terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
such as load torque displays, load torque Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
limitation in truck-mounted cranes or working
platforms and much more. Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 2 ms
Long-term stability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS typ. / year
Operating temperature range (fail safe) 3) -40 .. +85 °C / -25 .. +85 °C
- mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 2000 Hz
Protection class 4) acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67 / IP 69 (with attached mating connector)
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K
Safety-related data
Performance level
Based on DIN EN ISO 13849-1:2008
PL d
Architecture Category 3
Other data
Supply voltage 7 .. 35 V DC (max. load resistance 250 Ω)
12 .. 35 V DC (max. load resistance 500 Ω)
Weight ~ 180 g
EN 18.381.2/02.18
1)
2)
Other output signals on request
3)
4)
33
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
M12x1
Male
connector
Male DT04 - 4 pole
connector
M12x1 - 4 pole
Pin HDA 4746-CC
1 +UB
2 Signal 2
3 0V
4 Signal 1
DT04
Hex AF
Hex AF
width 27
width 27
Elastomer Elastomer
profile seal ring profile seal ring
DIN3869 DIN3869
Pin HDA 474V-CC
1 +UB
2 0V
3 Signal 2
4 Signal 1
Block circuit diagram:
Model code:
Output Output
HDA 4 7 4 X - C C - XXXX - XXXX - Pd- 000 signal 1 signal 2
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
(mating connector not supplied) Input Input
V = male Deutsch DT04, 4 pole signal 1 signal 2
Output signal 1
C = 4 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor
Output signal 2
Measuring ranges signal 1 in bar (max. operating pressure)

0025; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0160; 0250; 0400; 0600
Measuring ranges signal 2 in bar

0025; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0160; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000
Measuring range signal 2 = Measuring range signal 1

or max. 1 pressure range higher
Note:
Functional safety The information in this brochure relates to the
Pd = PL d – Cat 3 acc. to DIN EN 13849-1 operating conditions and applications described.
Modification number described, please contact the relevant technical
000 = standard department.
Accessories: HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

EN 18.381.2/02.18
Appropriate accessories such as mating connectors can be found in the Accessories brochure. Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
34
1
Functional Safety
PL d
SIL 2
series HDA 8700 has been specially
developed for use in safety circuits /
safety functions as part of the functional Overload pressures bar 80 120 200 320 500 800 1000
safety of machinery and equipment up to Burst pressure bar 200 300 500 800 1250 2000 2000
SIL 2 (IEC 61508) or PL d (ISO 13849). Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2 (20 Nm)
(Tightening torque, recommended) 7/16-20 UNF 2A (SAE 4) (15 Nm)
During normal operation the pressure 9/16-18 UNF 2A (SAE 6) (20 Nm)
transmitter HDA 8700 generates an output Parts in contact with fluid 1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
signal proportional to the pressure. In Seal: FKM
the background, the pressure transmitter Output data
performs cyclical diagnostic tests to detect Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA
internal errors. RLmax = (UB – 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
If an instrument error is detected, the Output signal with error recognition < 3 mA
pressure transmitter HDA 8700 supplies an Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
output signal < 3 mA which is recognised by terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
the user as an unacceptable discrepancy. Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max
This means that the pressure transmitter Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C typ.
HDA 8700 achieves Performance Level d in Zero point / span ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C max.
the Safety category (based on a Category 2 Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
of the architecture) and SIL 2. As a result, the terminal based
pressure transmitter can be recommended Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
for use in applications where safety is critical. Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
The main fields of application are in mobile Rise time ≤ 10 ms
and stationary safety-oriented systems Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
such as load torque displays or load torque Environmental conditions
limitation in loading cranes or working
platforms.
Operating temperature range 2) -40 .. +100 °C / -25 .. +100 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 0 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms) 500 g / 1 ms / half-sine
Safety-related data
Performance level
PL d
Safety Integrity Level
Based on DIN EN 61508: 2010
SIL 2
Other data
Electrical connection M12x1, 4 pole
AMP Junior Power Timer, 2 pole
> 10 million cycles (0 .. 100 %)
EN 18.347.1.1/02.18
Life expectancy
Weight ~ 75 g
1)
2)
3)
35
Dimensions:
1 Ø 25.9 ±0.30
Male connector Male connector M12x1 -
Junior Timer 2 pole
4 pole
max. 48+0.3
29.5
4.1
2.5

12
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF width 27
G1/4 A
Orifice Ø 0.5
Orifice Ø 0.5
Ø 18.9 -0.2
Ø 23.5 -0.1
Ø 29.4 -0.1
5.1
2.5
10 ±0.13
O-ring 11.89 x 1.98-FKM-90Sh
Hex AF width 27 9/16-18UNF2A (SAE 6)
Orifice Ø 0.5 Ø 19 ±0.30
Ø 23.5 -0.1
5.1
2.5
9.14 ±0.13
O-ring 8.92 x 1.8-FKM-90Sh

Hex AF width 27
7/16-20UNF2A (SAE 4)
Orifice Ø 0.5
Ø 14.3 ±0.13
Ø 23.5 -0.1
Order details: Note:

This version of the electronic pressure transmitter HDA 8700 has been specially developed for The information in this brochure relates to the
OEM customers and is available for minimum order quantities of 500 pieces per type. operating conditions and applications described.
For exact specification, please contact the Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC. For applications or operating conditions not
department.
EN 18.347.1.1/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
36
1
HDA 4700
SAE J1939
CAN interface
Optional temperature measurement
HDA 4700 with CAN interface is a digital Input data
pressure transmitter which is used to
Measuring ranges1) bar 40 100 250 400 600 1000
measure relative pressures in hydraulics and
pneumatics. The measured pressure value Overload pressures bar 80 200 500 800 1000 1600
is digitised and made available to the CAN Burst pressure bar 200 500 1000 2000 2000 3000
field bus system via the CANopen protocol or Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
J1939 protocol. The instrument parameters G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
can be viewed and configured by the user Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
using standard CAN software. Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
This pressure transmitter, which is based on Seal: FKM
the HDA 4700 series, has a very accurate Output data
and robust sensor cell with a thin-film strain Output signal CANopen or J1939 protocol
gauge on a stainless steel membrane. depending on version
Due to their outstanding temperature and terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
EMC characteristics, together with their
compact dimensions, these instruments can ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
be used in a wide range of applications in the
mobile and industrial sectors. Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
The device provides the option of an Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
externally attached temperature probe that Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
measures in the system fluid directly and Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
can be thus be used for closed-loop control terminal based
tasks. Adding the option of temperature Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
measurement to the pressure transmitter Repeatability ≤ ± 0.08 % FS
functions saves one additional measuring
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
point and eases the installation for the
customer. Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.1 % FS typ. / year
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 150 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, excess voltage and short circuit protection
are provided.
1)
1000 bar only with mech. connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2 and vice versa
2)
3)
4)
EN 18.316.4/02.18
37
Protocol data for CANopen: Pin connections:
Communication profile CiA DS 301 V4.2
Device profile CiA DS 404 V1.3 M12x1
Layer setting Services and Protocol CiA DSP 305 V2.2
1 Automatic bit-rate detection CiA AN 801
Baud rates 10 kbit .. 1 Mbit corresp. to DS305 V2.2 4 3
Transmission services 5
- PDO Measured value as 16/32 bit and float, status
- Transfer synchronous, asynchronous, cyclical, measured value change,
exceeding boundaries 1 2
Node ID/baud rate Can be set via Manufacturer Specific Profile
Protocol data for SAE J1939:

Data Link Layer SAE J1939-21
Network Layer SAE J1939-31 Pin Signal Description
Network Management SAE J1939-81 1 Housing shield/housing
2 +UB supply +
3 0V supply -
Dimensions: 4 CAN_H bus line dominant high
Male connector 5 CAN_L bus line dominant low
M12x1 - 5 pole
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
Elastomer profile seal
profile seal ring ring
DIN 3869 DIN 3869
Optional
O-ring
20.35 x 1.78
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X 8 – F1X – XXXX – 000
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
(only for measuring range ≥ 1000 bar)
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
F11 = CANopen
F12 = CAN SAE J1939
0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600 (only with mech. connection code "4")
1000 (only with mech. connection code "2")
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
EN 18.316.4/02.18
38
Additional technical data with temperature measurement Dimensions with temperature
option: measurement option:
Input data
Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C
Probe length 7 mm
1
Mechanical connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2 with probe
Tightening torque, recommended 45 Nm Hex AF width 27
Measuring ranges pressure in bar 40 100 250 400 600 HDA 4X2X (PT)
Output data Stud end
ISO1179-2-G1/2A-S
Output signal Pressure CAN protocol
Output signal Temperature The temperature signal is available via the CAN bus.
Accuracy ≤ ± 1.0 % FS typ.
≤ ± 1.5 % FS max. Elastomer profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C
Rise time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~ 4 s
t90: ~ 8 s
Model code with temperature measurement option:
HDA 4 7 2 8 – F1X – XXXX – T – 007 – 000
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
F11 = CANopen
F12 = CAN SAE J1939
Setting range in bar
0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000
With temperature measurement
Probe length
007 = 7 mm
Modification number
000 = standard
Note:
department.

EN 18.316.4/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
39
1
40
EN 18.316.4/02.18
1
HDA 7400
SAE J1939
CAN interface
HDA 7400 with CAN interface is a digital Input data
measure relative pressures in hydraulics and
pneumatics. The measured pressure value Overload pressure bar 80 200 500 800 1000
is digitised and made available to the CAN Burst pressure bar 200 500 1000 2000 2000
field bus system via the CANopen protocol or Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
J1939 protocol. The instrument parameters Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
can be viewed and configured by the user Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
using standard CAN software. Seal: FKM
This pressure transmitter, which is based on Output data
the HDA 7400 series, has a very accurate Output signals CANopen protocol or J1939 protocol,
and robust sensor cell with a thin-film strain depending on version
gauge on a stainless steel membrane. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
Due to their outstanding temperature and
EMC characteristics, together with their ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
compact dimensions, these instruments can
be used in a wide range of applications in the Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
mobile and industrial sectors.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 2 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 60 g
1)
2)
EN 18.367.3/02.18
41
Protocol data for CANopen: Pin connections:
M12x1
Device profile CiA DS 404 V1.3
1 Automatic bit-rate detection CiA AN 801 4 3
Baud rates 10 kbit .. 1 Mbit corresp. to DS305 V2.2 5
Transmission services
- Transfer synchronous, asynchronous, cyclical, measured value change, 1 2
exceeding boundaries
Protocol data for SAE J1939:

Data Link Layer SAE J1939-21 Pin Signal Description
Network Layer SAE J1939-31 1 Housing shield/housing
Network Management SAE J1939-81
2 +UB supply +
3 0V supply -
Dimensions: 4 CAN_H bus line dominant high
5 CAN_L bus line dominant low
Male connector
M12x1 5 pole
Hex AF
width 19
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Model code:
HDA 7 4 4 8 – FXX – XXXX – 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Signal
F11 = CANopen
F12 = CAN SAE J1939

0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Note:
department.

EN 18.367.3/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
42
1
HDA 4700
HART interface
HDA 4700 with HART interface is a digital Input data
measure relative pressures in hydraulics
and pneumatics. In addition to the analogue Overload pressures bar 12 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
output of the measured value, digital Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
communication is possible by means of the Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
HART protocol. G1/2 B DIN EN 837
This pressure transmitter, which is based on Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4 A), 45 Nm (G1/2 B)
the HDA 4700 series, has a very accurate Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel, FKM
and robust sensor cell with a thin-film strain Output data
gauge on a stainless steel membrane. Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol
RLmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
Due to their outstanding temperature and for HART communication min. 250 Ω
HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifications
compact dimensions, these instruments can
be used in a wide range of applications. HART Common Practice Commands i.e. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
Zero point adjustment within max. 3 % of the span
The instrument provides the option of a
temperature sensor. The temperature signal terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
is given out as a digital signal via the HART
protocol and the pressure signal is still ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
available as an analogue signal (4 .. 20 mA).
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 25 ms
Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.1 % FS / typ. year
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 2) IP 65 male connector EN 175301-803
IP 67 male connector M12x1
Other data
Residual ripple 46 .. 125 Hz: < 0.2 Vpp
of supply voltage > 125 Hz: < 1.2 mV RMS
Life expectancy 3) > 10 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
Weight 150 g
1)
2)
EN 18.615.1/02.18
3)
43
Measuring range limits: Pin connections:
By means of HART Common Practice Commands, you have the opportunity to adjust the following
measuring range limits: EN 175301-803
Measuring range limits of the primary variable, pressure:
1 Lower measuring range limit Upper measuring range limit Measuring span
min max min max min max
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150% FS
Dimensions:
Male connector Male connector HDA 4xx5-F
4 pole
1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ PE
M12x1
Hex AF
width 27
elastomer
profile seal ring Pin HDA 4xx6-F
DIN3869
1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
Hex AF
width 27 4 n.c.
Flat seal ring Cu
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X X – F21 – XXXX – 000
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
(only for measuring ranges ≥ 1600 bar)
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN 175301-803, 3 pole+PE
(IP 67 mating connector supplied)
Output signal
F21 = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol

0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000 (only with mech. connection code "4")
1600; 2000 (only with mech. connection code "1")
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
EN 18.615.1/02.18
44
Additional technical data with temperature measurement option: Note:
Input data The information in this brochure relates to
Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C the operating conditions and applications
Probe length 7 mm described.
Mechanical connection G½ A ISO 1179-2 with probe (45 Nm) For applications or operating conditions 1
Measuring ranges pressure 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 not described, please contact the relevant
Output data technical department.
Output signal pressure 4 .. 20 mA with HART Protocol
Output signal temperature Available via HART protocol as a digital signal
Accuracy at room temperature ≤ ± 0.4 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
Reaction time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~ 10 s
t90: ~ 15 s
Dimensions with temperature measurement option:
Hex AF width 27
HDA 4X2X (PT)

Stud end
ISO1179-2-G1/2A-S
Elastomer profile seal ring

DIN 3869
Measuring range limits:

Additional measuring range limits of the secondary variable, temperature:
Lower measuring range limit Upper measuring range limit Measuring span
-25 °C 75 °C 0 °C 100 °C 25 °C 125 °C
HDA 4 7 2 X – F21 –XXXX - T – 007 – 000
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN 175301-803, 3 pole +PE
Output signal

0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Probe length
007 = 7 mm
Modification number
000 = standard

EN 18.615.1/02.18
Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
45
1
46
EN 18.615.1/02.18
1
HDA 4800 for Iron and Steelworks
Includes test certificate

This high-precision pressure transmitter Input data
was specially developed and adapted for
Measuring ranges 1) bar 16 60 100 150 250 300 350 400 500 600 1000
the sophisticated measurement demands of
steelworks technology. Overload pressures bar 32 120 200 500 800 900 900 900 1000 1000 1600
The instrument has a very robust sensor cell Mechanical connection 1) G 1/4A ISO 1179-2 with 0.5 mm orifice
with a thin-film strain gauge on a stainless G 1/2A ISO 1179-2 with 0.5 mm orifice
steel membrane. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
Its outstanding specifications in respect Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
of temperature effect (temperature drift Seal: FKM for G1/4, NBR for G1/2
for zero point and span are in each case Output data
max. ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C) and accuracy Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
(≤ ± 0.125 % FS typ.) make it ideally suited RLmax.= (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
for use in the environmental conditions found 0 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor source
RLmax.= (UB - 4 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
in steelworks.
The excellent EMC characteristics guarantee terminal based ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
signal stability during the harshest high- Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.06 % FS typ.
frequency, electromagnetic interference. ≤ ± 0.125 % FS max.
Additional protection against humidity and Zero point ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C max.
vibrations is achieved by encapsulation. A Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.005 % FS / °C typ.
heat shrink sleeving is used to protect the Span ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C max.
sensor from bending. Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.15 % FS max.
terminal based (below 100 bar ± 0.2 % FS max.)
Rise time ≤ 1.0 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67 (M12x1 when an IP 67 mating connector is used)
IP 68 (jacketed cable)
Other data
Supply voltage 10 .. 30 V DC 2-conductor / 3-conductor
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Additional protection against water, humidity Encapsulation of the device, cable outlet with strain
and vibration relief, heat shrink sleeving
Life expectancy >10 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
Weight ~180 g plus 90 g/m cable
EN 18.304.1.0/02.18

1)
1000 bar only with mech. connection G1/2 A ISO1179-2 and vice versa
2)
3)
47
Dimensions: Cable assignment:
Lead HDA HDA
+1
48X0-A 48X0-E
5
black n.c. +UB
1 Brown Signal + Signal
Blue Signal - 0V
40 ±2
Cable type:
Ölflon cable 3 x 0.75 mm2 shielded.
Outer sheath FEP black
(X > 2000 = tolerance ± 20)

Outer diameter 5.9 ±0.15 mm
Pin connections:
X ± 10
Heat shrink sleeving
M12x1
30 ±2
Male connector 4 pole

max. 97
Pin HDA 48X6-A HDA 48X6-E

max. 58
max. 67
1 Signal + +UB
30
2 n.c. n.c.
27 ±0.3
3 Signal - 0V
+0.3
4 n.c. Signal
2
12
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring G1/4A
DIN3869 18.9
29.5
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
Optional O-ring
20.35 x 1.78
Model code:
HDA 4 8 X X – X – XXXX – 424 (XXM)
2 = G 1/2 A ISO 1179-2 (male)
4 = G 1/4 A DIN 3852 (male)
0 = jacketed cable
Output signal
E = 0 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor Note:
Measuring ranges in bar operating conditions and applications described.
0016; 0060; 0100; 0150; 0250; 0300; 0350; 0400; 0500; 0600;
1000 (only with mech. connection G1/2") For applications or operating conditions not
Modification number department.
424 = iron and steel works Subject to technical modifications.
EN 18.304.1.0/02.18
Cable length in metres HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

06; 10; 15; 20; 25; 30 Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
Germany
Note: Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
On instruments with a different modification number, please read the label or the technical Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
amendment details supplied with the instrument. E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
48
1
HDA 4100
Absolute pressure Accuracy 0.5 %

has a ceramic pressure measurement cell
Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5
with thick-layer strain gauge which has been
specially developed for measuring absolute Overload pressures bar 3 8
pressure in the low-pressure range. Burst pressure bar 5 12
The output signals 4 .. 20 mA or G1/2 B DIN EN 837
0 .. 10 V allow connection of all HYDAC
ELECTRONIC GMBH measurement and Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
control devices as well as industry standard Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
open- and closed-loop control instruments. Sensor cell: Ceramic
Seal: Copper (G1/2) / FKM / EPDM
The main fields of application are low- (as per model code)
pressure applications in hydraulics and Output data
pneumatics, particularly in refrigeration Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
and air-conditioning technology and RLmax = (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
pharmaceutical industries. 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
RLmin = 2 kΩ
≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3) IP 65 (Binder 714 M18)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.314.4/02.18
1)
2)
3)
49
Dimensions: Pin connections:
Binder series 714 M18
Profile seal ring
Male connector Pin HDA 41X4-A HDA 41X4-B

Male connector
Binder series 714
3p+PE EN175301-803 Male connector 1 n.c. +UB
4 pole 4 pole 2 Signal + Signal
3 Signal - 0V
4 n.c. n.c.
EN175301-803
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869
Flat seal ring Cu
1 Signal + +UB
2 Signal - 0V
3 n.c. Signal
┴ Housing Housing
M12x1
Model code:
HDA 4 1 X X – X – XXXX – 000 – X 1
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
4 = male, Binder series 714 M18, 4 pole
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole +PE
6 = male M12x1, 4 pole 1 Signal + +UB
(mating connector not supplied) 2 n.c. n.c.
3 Signal - 0V
Output signal 4 n.c. Signal

01.0; 02.5
Modification number
000 = standard

Note:
Connection material (in contact with fluid) The information in this brochure relates to the
1 = stainless steel operating conditions and applications described.
department.
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories such as mating connectors can be found in the Accessories brochure. Subject to technical modifications.

EN 18.314.4/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
50
1
Differential
HPT 500
Differential pressure Accuracy 3 % High pressure resistance

The HPT differential pressure transmitter Input data
series was specially developed to provide an
Measuring ranges Differential pressure 2; 5; 8 bar
low-cost solution for differential pressure. Via
an internal piston movement, the generated Aluminium Stainless steel
differential pressure is detected by means of Pressure resistance 160 bar 420 bar
a Hall sensor. Overload pressures 200 bar 600 bar
The sensor reacts to increasing Burst pressure 350 bar 1600 bar
contamination degree of the element by Mechanical connection G ½ HN 28-22
increasing the differential pressure signal. Tightening torque, recommended 33 Nm 100 Nm
The media compatibility includes hydraulic Parts in contact with fluid 2) Mech. connection: Aluminium or stainless steel
oils, lubrication oils, HFA, HFB and HFD Seals:
as well as all further environment-friendly O-ring: Standard NBR
fluids 1). Profile seal ring: NBR (aluminium version)
The differential pressure transmitter is used PTFE (stainless steel version)
in systems requiring a continuous, intelligent Output data
monitoring of the differential pressure. It Output signal 4 .. 20 mA, load resistance max. UB-3 V / 0.02 A
is used both in mobile and in industrial 0 .. 10 V
applications. 0.5 .. 4.5 x ratiometric
Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 3 % FS typ.
terminal based ≤ ± 5 % FS max. (in rel. to ∆p)
Temperature drift ≤ ± 0.05 % / °C max. zero point
≤ ± 0.05 % / °C max. span
Compensated temperature range +20 °C .. +70 °C
Operating temperature range -20 °C .. +85 °C
Storage temperature range -40 °C .. +100 °C
Fluid temperature range -20 °C .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to 50 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
Protection class 3) acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67 (M12x1),
IP 69 (DT 04)
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K (DT 04)
Other data
Supply voltage, 3-conductor 8 .. 30 V DC
Supply voltage 5 V DC ± 5 %
ratiometric
Current consumption 3-conductor approx. 25 mA
Life expectancy > 1 million cycles (max. diff. pressure resistance)
Weight ~ 80 g (aluminium)
~ 170 g (stainless steel)
1)
Medium compatibility with HFC on request
2)
Other sealing materials on request
3)
EN 18.612.1/02.18
51
M12x1
Male connector
M12x1 - 4 pole
Pin HPT 506
1 +UB
2 n.c.
3 0V
4 Signal
DT 04 3 pole
Hex AF
width 27
Profile seal ring
NBR (aluminium version)
PTFE (stainless steel version)
Measuring point A
O-ring High-pressure side
15 x 1.5 NBR
Pin HPT 50K

A +UB
W Signal
Measuring point B C 0V
Low-pressure side
Function:
Analogue
output
Characteristics:
100%
Model code:
HPT 5 0 X – X – XXXX - X – 000
6 = male M12x1, 4 pole 4.6 \ 20 mA
0.5 V \ 10 V
K = male DT04, 3 pole 0.7 V \ 4.5 V
0 % 5% 50 % 100 % Δp
Output signal
R = 0.5 .. 4.5 V ratiometric, 3-conductor
Differential pressure ranges in bar

Note:
02.0; 05.0; 08.0 The information in this brochure relates to
Housing material described.
A = aluminium
For applications or operating conditions
S = stainless steel
not described, please contact the relevant
Modification number technical department.
000 = standard Subject to technical modifications.

EN 18.612.1/02.18

Germany
Accessories: Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Appropriate accessories, such as connector blocks, available on request Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
52
1
HDA 4700 Ex applications
Flameproof enclosure
ATEX, IECEx, CSA, triple approval
The HDA 4700 electronic pressure Input data
transmitter series with flameproof enclosure
has triple approval acc. to ATEX, CSA and
IECEx which ensures the instrument is Overload pressures bar 15 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
universally suitable for use in potentially Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
explosive atmospheres around the world. Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
G1/2 B DIN EN 837
Each instrument is certified by the three
approvals organizations and is labelled acc. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G 1/4); 45 Nm (G 1/2)
ly. Therefore there is no longer any need Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404;
to stock multiple devices with separate 1.4301; 1.4548
Seal: FKM
individual approvals.
Conduit, housing material 1.4435; 1.4404
As with the industry model of the Output data
HDA 4700, those with triple approval have
a proven, fully welded sensor cell with a RLmax = (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
thin-film strain gauge on a stainless stell
membrane without internal seal. terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
The main fields of application are in Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
mining and the oil & gas industry, e.g. in ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
underground vehicles, hydraulic power units, Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
blow-out preventers (BOPs), drill drives or Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
valve actuation stations as well as in areas Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
with high levels of dust contamination. Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Protection types and applications:
C
CSAUS Explosionproof - Seal not required Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5 Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
Class II Group E, F, G Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.1 % FS typ. / year
Class III Environmental conditions
Type 4
Operating/ambient temperature range 2)3) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
ATEX Flameproof T5: Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
I M2 Ex d I Mb Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb Fluid temperature range 2)3) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db T5: Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark EN 60079-0 / 1 / 31
IECEx Flameproof
Ex d I Mb Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65 (Vented Gauge), IP 69 (Sealed Gauge)
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K (Sealed Gauge)
Other data
Life expectancy 4) > 10 million cycles
0 .. 100 % FS
Weight ~ 300 g
EN 18.385.2/02.18
1)
2)
T130 °C with Ta = -40 .. +80 °C/ -20 .. +80 °C with electr. connection
single lead possible
3)
4)
53
Fields of application:
Single leads Jacketed cable
Electrical connection "9" Electrical connection "G"
CSA Explosionproof (seal not required)
1
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
C
CSAUS Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5
Class II Group E, F, G
Class III
Type 4
I M2 Ex d I Mb
ATEX II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 °C Db
Ex d I Mb
IECEx Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db Ex tb IIIC T110 °C Db
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X X – A – XXXX – D X – 000 (2m)
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
9 = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit (male thread),
single leads
G = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit (male thread),

jacketed cable
Output signal

0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000
(only with mechanical connection code "4")
1600; 2000
(only with mechanical connection code "1")
Approval
D = CSA Explosionproof - Seal not required
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
Type of measurement cell

S = Sealed Gauge (sealed to atmosphere) ≥ 40 bar
V = Vented Gauge (vented to atmosphere) < 40 bar
Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m
Standard = 2 m
EN 18.385.2/02.18
54
Conduit (single leads)
Lead HDA 47X9-A

red Signal +
black Signal -
green-yellow Housing
Venting *) Venting *)
Conduit (jacketed cable)

Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Hex AF Lead HDA 47XG-A

width 27 white Signal -
brown Signal +
Hex AF
width 27 green n.c.
yellow n.c.
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Flat seal ring Cu
*) optional depending on type "Sealed Gauge" / "Vented Gauge"
Note:
department.

EN 18.385.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
55
1
56
EN 18.385.2/02.18
1
Intrinsically Safe
Non-Incendive
CSA approval
The pressure transmitter HDA 4300 in CSA Input data
version has been specially developed for the
Measuring ranges 1) bar 1 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 -1 .. 1
North American market for use in potentially
explosive atmospheres and is based on the Overload pressures bar 3 8 12 20 32 50 80 120 3
HDA 4000 series. Burst pressure bar 5 12 18 30 48 75 120 180 5
As with the industry model, the HDA 4300 in
CSA version has a ceramic measurement cell Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
with thick-layer strain gauge for measuring Parts in contact with fluid Sensor: Ceramic Al203
relative pressure in the low pressure range. Mech. connection: 1.4301
Intended fields of application are, for example, Seal: FKM/EPDM
the oil and gas industry, on gas turbines or in Output data
locations with high levels of dust contamination, Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
e.g. in mills. RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
Protection types and applications: Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
Intrinsically safe: ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
–– Class I Div. 1 Group A, B, C, D T6 [C, US] Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
–– Class I Zone 0 AEx ia IIC T6 [US] Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
–– Ex ia IIC T6 [C] Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
–– Class I, II, III
Div. 1
Group A, B, C, D, E, F, G T6 [C, US] Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
Non-incendive:
–– Class I Div. 2 Group A, B, C, D T4A [C, US]
–– Class I Zone 2 AEx nL IIC T4 [US] Operating/ambient temperature range Intrinsically safe: Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
–– Class I Zone 2 Ex nL IIC T4 [C] Non-incendive: Ta = -20 .. +85 °C
–– Class I, II, III Fluid temperature range 2) Intrinsically safe: Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Div. 2 Non-incendive: Ta = -40 .. +85 °C / -20 .. +85 °C
Group A, B, C, D, F, G T4A [C, US] Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g (1/2-14NPT Conduit)
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz ≤ 20 g (male connector)
–– Class I Zone 2 AEx nA II T4 [US]
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 / NEMA 3) IP 65; NEMA4 (male connector)
–– Class I Zone 2 Ex nA II T4 [C] ISO 20653 IP6K9K (1/2-14NPT Conduit)
Relevant data for Ex applications
Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
Max. input power up to 28 V: Pi = 1 W
Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci ≤ 22 nF
Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
Insulation voltage 4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
Weight ~ 180 g; ~ 300 g (1/2-14NPT Conduit)
EN 18.343.3/02.18

FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range; B.F.S.L. = Best Fit Straight Line
1)
psi measuring ranges on request
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
57
Group 1 2 3 4
Intrinsically safe Intrinsically safe Non-incendive Non-incendive
1 Protection type (with field wiring)
Gases and dusts Gases Gases Gases and dusts
Certificate CSA 1760344
- Class I, II, III - Class I - Class I - Class I, II, III
Division 1 Division 1 Division 2 Division 2
Group Group Group Group
A, B, C, D, E, F, G T6 A, B, C, D T6 A, B, C, D T4A A, B, C, D, F, G T4A
Application fields - Class I - Class I - Class I

Zone 0 Zone 2 Zone 2
AEx ia IIC T6 AEx nL IIC T4 Ex nA II T4
- Ex ia IIC T6 - Class I - Class I

Zone 2 Zone 2
Ex nL IIC T4 AEx nA II T4 IP 6x
Electrical 9 5, 9, A 5, 9, A 9
connection
Code for A B C
model code
Model code:
HDA 4 3 4 X – A – XXXX – C N X – 000 – X 1 (2m)
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
(IP67 mating connector supplied)
single leads
A = male EN175301-803
3 pole + PE
(1/2" Conduit female thread)
Output signal

01.0; 02.5; 04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040;
0001(-1 .. 1)
Approval
C = CSA
Insulation voltage
N = 50 V AC to housing
Protection types and applications (code)

A = Group 1
B = Group 2 and 3
C = Group 4
Modification number
000 = standard


1 = stainless steel
Cable length in m (only for electr. connection code "9")

Standard = 2 m
EN 18.343.3/02.18
58
Lead HDA 43X9-A

green Signal +
white Signal -
EN175301-803
Profile seal ring
Pin HDA 43X5-A HDA 43XA-A

Venting
1 Signal + Signal +
2 Signal - Signal -
3 n.c. n.c.
Male connector ┴ Housing Housing
3p+PE EN175301-803
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869
Note:
department.

EN 18.343.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
59
1
60
EN 18.343.3/02.18
1
Intrinsically Safe
Non-Incendive
CSA approval
version has been specially developed for the Measuring ranges 1) bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000
Overload pressures bar 15 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600
explosive atmospheres and is based on the
HDA 4000 series. Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000
Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
CSA version has a very accurate and robust
sensor cell with a thin-film strain gauge on a Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4548; 1.4435;
stainless steel membrane. 1.4404; 1.4301
Seal: FKM
Intended fields of application are, for example, Output data
the oil and gas industry, on gas turbines or in
RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
e.g. in mills.
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
Intrinsically safe:
–– Class I Div. 1 Group A, B, C, D T6 [C, US] Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
–– Class I Zone 0 AEx ia IIC T6 [US] Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
–– Ex ia IIC T6 [C]
terminal based
–– Class I, II, III Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
Div. 1 Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
Group A, B, C, D, E, F, G T6 [C, US] Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
Non-incendive: Environmental conditions
–– Class I Div. 2 Group A, B, C, D T4A [C, US] Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
–– Class I Zone 2 AEx nL IIC T4 [US] Operating/ambient temperature range 2) Intrinsically safe: Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Non-incendive: Ta = -40 .. +85 °C / -20 .. +85 °C
–– Class I Zone 2 Ex nL IIC T4 [C] Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
Fluid temperature range 2) Intrinsically safe: Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
–– Class I, II, III Non-incendive: Ta = -40 .. +85 °C / -20 .. +85 °C
Div. 2 Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g (1/2-14 NPT Conduit)
Group A, B, C, D, F, G T4A [C, US] DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz ≤ 20 g (male connector)
–– Class I Zone 2 AEx nA II T4 [US] IN EN 60529 / NEMA3)
Protection class acc. to D IP 65, NEMA 4 (male connector)
ISO 20653 IP6K9K (1/2-14 NPT Conduit)
–– Class I Zone 2 Ex nA II T4 [C]
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
Weight ~ 150 g; ~ 300 g (1/2-14 NPT Conduit)
EN 18.342.3/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
5)
61
Group 1 2 3 4
Protection (with field wiring)
1 type
Application
fields - Class I - Class I - Class I
Zone 0 Zone 2 Zone 2

Zone 2 Zone 2
connection
Code for A B C
model code
Model code:
HDA 4 7 4 X – A – XXXX – C N X – 000 (2m)
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male EN175301-803
3 pole + PE
single leads
A = male EN175301-803
3 pole + PE
Output signal

0006, 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000
Approval
C = CSA
Isolation voltage

A = Group 1
B = Group 2 and 3
C = Group 4
Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m (only for electr. connection code "9")

Standard = 2 m
EN 18.342.3/02.18
62
Lead HDA 47X9-A

green Signal +
white Signal -
EN175301-803
Profile seal ring

1 Signal + Signal +
2 Signal - Signal -
3 n.c. n.c.
┴ Housing Housing
Venting
Male connector
3p+PE EN175301-803
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869
Note:
Hex AF operating conditions and applications described.
width 27
department.
Elastomer
profile seal Subject to technical modifications.
ring
DIN 3869
EN 18.342.3/02.18
Optional
O-ring Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
20.35 x 1.78 Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
63
1
64
EN 18.342.3/02.18
1
Intrinsically Safe
IECEx Australia approval
The pressure transmitter HDA 4300 IECEx Input data
intrinsically safe version has been especially
Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 -1 .. 1
developed for use in potentially explosive
atmospheres and is based on the HDA 4000 Overload pressures bar 3 8 12 20 32 50 80 120 3
series. Burst pressure bar 5 12 18 30 48 75 120 180 5
As with the industrial version, the HDA 4300
with IECEx intrinsically safe approval has the Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
field-proven ceramic measurement cell with Parts in contact with fluid Sensor: Ceramic
thick-layer strain gauge. Mech. connection: 1.4301
in the oil and gas industry, in mining, on Output data
gas turbines or in locations with high dust Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
contamination, e.g. in mills. RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
Ex ia l Ma ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Ex ia llC T6 Ga Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
Ex ia llC T6 Ga/Gb Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Ex ia llC T6 Gb Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Operating/ambient temperature range Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
Fluid temperature range 1)2) Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Max. input power Pi = 1 W
Insulation voltage 4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage
protection acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
Weight ~ 180 g
EN 18.105.0/02.18
1)
2)
With M12x1 male connector, only up to -25 °C
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
65
Certificate IECEx TSA 09.0041X
Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
Protection types
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
1 Mining Gases Gases
Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia
with barrier with barrier with barrier
Model code:
HDA 4 3 4 X – A – XXXX – I N 1 – 000 – X 1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN 175301-803, 3 pole + PE (IP 67 mating connector supplied)
6 = male M12x1, 4 pole (mating connector not supplied)
Output signal

01.0; 02.5; 04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040
0001 (-1 .. 1)
Approval
I = IECEx Australia
Insulation voltage

1 = Ex ia I Ma
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
Modification number
000 = standard
Seal material (in contact with fluid)


1 = stainless steel
EN 18.105.0/02.18
66
Dimensions: EN 175301-803
Pin HDA 4345-A

Profile seal ring
1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ Housing
Male connector
3p+PE EN175301-803 Male connector
4 pole M12x1
M12x1
12.3
Pin HDA 4346-A

1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
Hex AF
4 n.c.
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869
Note:
department.

EN 18.105.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
67
1
68
EN 18.105.0/02.18
1
Intrinsically Safe
IECEx Australia approval
The pressure transmitter HDA 4700 IECEx Input data
intrinsically safe version has been especially
Measuring ranges1) bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000
atmospheres and is based on the HDA 4000 Overload pressures bar 15 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600
series. Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000
As with the industry model of the HDA 4700,
devices with IECEx intrinsically safe approval Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
have a proven, fully welded sensor cell with Parts in contact with fluid Stainless 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404;
a thin-film strain gauge on a stainless steel steel: 1.4301; 1.4548
membrane without internal seal. Seal: FKM
Intended fields of application are, for example, Output data
in the oil and gas industry, in mining, on Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
gas turbines or in locations with high dust RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
contamination, e.g. in mills. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
Protection types and applications: ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
Ex ia l Ma Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
Ex ia llC T6 Ga Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
Ex ia llC T6 Ga/Gb Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
Ex ia llC T6 Gb Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Operating/ambient temperature range1)2) Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Fluid temperature range 1)2) Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Insulation voltage4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
Life expectancy5) > 10 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.104.0/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
5)
69
Certificate IECEx TSA 09.0041X
Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
Protection types
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
1 Mining Gases Gases
Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
Model code:
HDA 4 7 4 X – A – XXXX – I N 1 – 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE (IP 67 mating connector supplied)
Output signal

0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000
Approval
I = IECEx Australia
Insulation voltage

1 = Ex ia I Ma
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.104.0/02.18
70
Dimensions: EN175301-803
Pin HDA 4745-A

Profile seal ring 1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ Housing
Male connector
3p+PE EN175301-803 Male connector
M12x1
4 pole
M12x1
12.3
Pin HDA 4746-A

1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
4 n.c.
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869
Note:
department.

EN 18.104.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
71
1
72
EN 18.104.0/02.18
1
Intrinsically Safe, Dustproof enclosure

Non-Sparking
ATEX, IECEx, double approval
The pressure transmitter HDA 4300 is a Input data
compact pressure transmitter (intrinsically safe Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 -1 .. 1
version) which is used to measure relative
pressures in hydraulics and pneumatics. The
Burst pressure bar 5 12 18 30 48 75 120 180 5
double approval in accordance with ATEX and
IECEx enables universal, almost worldwide Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
utilisation of the devices in potentially explosive Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
atmospheres. Parts in contact with fluid Sensor: Ceramic
Mech. connection: 1.4301
As with the industry model, the ATEX/IECEx Seal: FKM/EPDM
version HDA 4300 has a ceramic measurement
Output data
cell with thick-layer strain gauge.
Intended fields of application are, for example, RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
in the oil and gas industry, in mining, on Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
gas turbines or in locations with high dust terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
contamination, e.g. in mills. Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
ATEX Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga terminal based
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.4 % FS max.
II 2G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C
T50090/ T500100/T500110 °C Da
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Operating/ambient temperature range T6, T80/T85 °C, T50090 °C Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
T5, T90 °C,T500100 °C Ta = -20 .. +70 °C
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc T100 °C, T500110 °C Ta = -20 .. +80 °C
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc T4 Ta = -20 .. +85 °C
IECEx Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
Ex ia I Ma Fluid temperature range 1)2) -40 °C .. +60 °C / -20 °C .. +60 °C
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4; EN 60079-0 / 11 / 15 / 26 / 31
mark
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb EN 50303
Ex ia IIC T6 Gb Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3) IP 67
Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Da Supply voltage 12 .. 28 V DC 12 .. 28 V DC
T50090/ T500100/T500110 °C Da Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Max. input power Pi = 1 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1 W
Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci ≤ 22 nF
Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.074.0/02.18

1)
-20 °C with FKM seal or EPDM seal, -40 °C on request
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
73
Code no.
1 9 A C
for use in model code
ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga II 1D Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C II 3G Ex ic llC T6, T5 Gc
1 KEMA 05 ATEX 1016X I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb II 2G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb II 3G Ex nA llC T6, T5 Gc T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da II 3D Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
II 1D Ex ia lIIC T85 °C Da II 2D Ex tb lllC T80/T90 °C Db
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C Ex ic llC T6, T5 Gc
IECEx
Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6 Gb Ex nA llC T6, T5 Gc T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
KEM 08.0014X
Ex ia lIIC T85 °C Da Ex tb lllC T80/T90 °C Db
Mining Gases/conductive dust Gases Gases Conductive dust Gases/conductive dust
Application fields Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia non-sparking nA dustproof enclosure intrinsically safe ic
with barrier with barrier with barrier with barrier
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 6 6 5, 6
(see model code)
Instruments for other protection types and zones (see cover) are available upon request.
Model code:
HDA 4 3 4 X – A – XXXX – E N X – 000 –X 1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803 , 3 pole + PE
Output signal

01.0; 02.5; 04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040; 0001 (-1 .. 1)
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
1= I M1 Ex ia I Ma Ex ia I Ma
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da
9= II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5 Gc Ex nA IIC T6, T5 Gc
Only in conjunction with electr. connection "6" and the impact protection metal
safety sleeve (see dimensions)
A= II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C Da
T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90 °C Db Ex tb IIIC T80/T90 °C Db
C= II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5 Gc Ex ic IIC T6, T5 Gc
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90 °C Dc Ex ic IIIC T80/T90 °C Dc
Modification number
000 = standard


1 = stainless steel
EN 18.074.0/02.18
74
Protection types and applications (code): 1, C
EN175301-803
Profile seal ring Pin HDA 4345-A

1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ Housing
Male connector Male connector
3p +PE EN 175301-803 4p
M12x1
M12x1
12.3
Pin HDA 4346-A

1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
Hex AF
width 27 4 n.c.
Elastomer profile
seal ring DIN3869
With impact protection metal safety sleeve:

Protection types and applications (code): 9, A
Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
hex. AF
width 27
Note:
described.
Hex AF
Orifice Ø0.5
department.
The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included. A straight mating connector is
required for electrical connection. E.g. mating connector M12x1, HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.074.0/02.18
4 pole, straight, with 3 m shielded cable: ZBE 06S-03, part no. 6098243 Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
75
1
76
EN 18.074.0/02.18
1

Non-Sparking
The HDA 4700 is a compact pressure Input data
transmitter (intrinsically safe version) which Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000
is used to measure relative pressures in Overload pressures bar 15 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
hydraulics and pneumatics. The double Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
approval in accordance with ATEX and
IECEx enables universal, almost worldwide G1/2 B DIN EN 837
utilisation of the devices in potentially explosive Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
atmospheres. Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404; 1.4301;
The pressure is measured by means of a very 1.4548
accurate and robust sensor with a thin-film Seal: FKM
strain gauge on a stainless steel membrane. Output data
The main fields of application are in the oil RLmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
& gas industry, gas turbines. The device is Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
also used in mining applications as well as in terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
locations with high dust contamination. Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
ATEX Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb terminal based
II 2G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.1 % FS / typ. year
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C Environmental conditions
T50090/ T500100/T500110 °C Da Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Operating/ambient temperature range 1) 2) T6, T80/T85 °C, T50090 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C/-20 .. +60 °C
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc T5, T90 °C,T500100 °C Ta = -40 .. +70 °C/-20 .. +70 °C
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc T100 °C, T500110 °C Ta = -40 .. +80 °C/-20 .. +80 °C
T4 Ta = -40 .. +85 °C/-20 .. +85 °C
IECEx
Ex ia I Ma
Fluid temperature range 1) 2) Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
mark EN 61000-6-1/2/3/4;
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb EN 60079-0/11/15/26/31; EN 50303
Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3) IP 67
Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Da
Supply voltage 12 .. 28 V DC 12 .. 28 V DC
T50090/ T500100/T500110 °C Da
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db
Max. input power Pi = 1 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1 W
Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc
Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci ≤ 22 nF
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
Weight 150 g
provided.
EN 18.075.0/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
5)
77
Code no.
1 9 A C
IECEx
KEM 08.0014X
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 6 6 5, 6
(see model code)
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X X – A – XXXX – E N X – 000
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal

0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100;0250; 0400; 0600; 1000 (only with mechanical connection code "4")
1600; 2000 (only with mechanical connection code "1")
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.075.0/02.18
78
Protection types and applications (code): 1,C
EN 175301-803
Male connector
3p +PE EN 175301-803 Male connector
4 pole
M12x1
12.3
Pin HDA 47x5-A
1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n. c.
┴ Housing
M12x1
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
Hex AF
Pin HDA 47x6-A
width 27 1 Signal +
2 n. c.
3 Signal -
4 n. c.
Cu disc

Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
hex. AF
width 27
Note:
Hex AF
Orifice Ø0.5 department.

EN 18.075.0/02.18
required for electrical connection. E.g. mating connector M12x1, Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
4 pole, straight, with 3 m shielded cable: ZBE 06S-03, part no. 6098243 Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
79
1
80
EN 18.075.0/02.18
1

Non-Sparking
redundant
HDA 4700 has been specially developed to Measuring range Signal 1 bar 40 60 100 160 250 400 600
increase availability in units and systems in Measuring range Signal 2 bar 40/60 60/100 100/160 160/250 250/400 400/600 600/1000
potentially explosive atmospheres. Overload pressures bar 80 120 200 320 500 800 1200
Thanks to the use of two highly accurate and Burst pressure bar 200 300 500 800 1250 2000 2000
robust sensor cells with thin-film strain gauge on Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
a stainless steel membrane in combination with Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
redundant electronics, the device has a fully Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404; 1.4301; 1.4548
Seal: FKM
redundant architecture.
Housing material 1.4404
The two output signals are output in inverted Output data
form (signal 1: 4 .. 20 mA, signal 2: 20 .. 4 mA). Output signal 1 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
This means that the energy in the intrinsically Output signal 2 20 .. 4 mA, 2-conductor
Permitted load resistance, each RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
safe current circuit is kept low as the total
current of the output signals at any pressure is terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
24 mA. Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
Connection is via a two-channel barrier. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
The double approval in accordance with ATEX Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
and IECEx enables universal, almost worldwide Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
utilisation of the devices in potentially explosive Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
atmospheres. Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086 ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
terminal based
Thanks to the redundant structure, the sensor is Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
also suitable for safety circuits/safety functions Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
in the oil and gas industry. The device is also Rise time ≤ 2 ms
used in mining applications as well as in Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.1 % FS typ. / year
locations with high dust contamination. Environmental conditions
Operating/ambient temperature range 1) 2) T6, T85 °C, T500T120 °C Ta = -25 .. 60 °C / -20 .. 60 °C
Protection types and applications: T5, T95 °C, T500T130 °C Ta = -25 .. 70 °C / -20 .. 70 °C
T105 °C, T500T140 °C Ta = -25 .. 80 °C / -20 .. 80 °C
ATEX T4 Ta = -25 .. 85 °C / -20 .. 85 °C
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Fluid temperature range 1) 2) T6, T85 °C, T500T120 °C Ta = -25 .. 60 °C / -20 .. 60 °C
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb T5, T95 °C,T500T130 °C Ta = -25 .. 70 °C / -20 .. 70 °C
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb T105 °C, T500T140 °C Ta = -25 .. 80 °C / -20 .. 80 °C
T4 Ta = -25 .. 85 °C / -20 .. 85 °C
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C/T95 °C Da
mark EN 61000-6-1/2/3/4; EN 60079-0/11/15/26/31; EN 50303
T500T120/ T500T130/ T500T140 °C Da Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T85/T95/T105 °C Db
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc
Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T85/T95/T105 °C Dc
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T85/T95/T105 °C Dc Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
Max. input power Pi = 0.7 W Max. power consuption ≤ 1 W
IECEx Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci ≤ 22 nF
Ex ia I Ma Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Intrinsic safety barrier 2-channel, Rmin = 280 Ω
(e.g. Pepperl & Fuchs
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb Z789)
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Insulation voltage 4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection acc.
Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da to EN 61000-6-2
Ex ta IIIC T85/T95/T105 °C Da Other data
T500T120/ T500T130/T500T140 °C Da Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤5%
Ex tb IIIC T85/T95/T105 °C Db Current consumption ≤ 25 mA
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Life expectancy > 10 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
EN 18.640.0/02.18
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Weight ~ 300 g

Ex tc IIIC T85/T95/T105 °C Dc Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, excess voltage, override and short circuit protection are
Ex ic IIIC T85/T95/T105 °C Dc provided.
1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
81
Code no.
1 9 A C
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga II 2G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb II 3G Ex nA llC T6, T5 Gc II 1D Ex ta lllC T85/T95 °C II 3G Ex ic llC T6, T5 Gc
ATEX
1 KEMA 05 ATEX 1016X
I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb II 2D Ex tb lllC T85/T95 °C Db II 3D Ex ic lllC T85/T95 °C Dc
II 1D Ex ia lIIC T85/T95 °C Da
Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb Ex nA llC T6, T5 Gc Ex ta lllC T85/T95 °C Ex ic llC T6, T5 Gc
IECEx
Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb Ex tb lllC T85/T95 °C Db Ex ic lllC T85/T95 °C Dc
KEM 08.0014X
Ex ia lIIC T85/T95 °C Da
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X 6 – AA – XXXX – XXXX – E X X – 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
AA = signal 1: 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
signal 2: 20 .. 4 mA, 2-conductor
Measuring ranges signal 1 in bar (max. operating pressure)

0040; 0060; 0100; 0160; 0250; 0400; 0600
Measuring ranges signal 2 in bar

0040; 0060; 0100; 0160; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000
Approval
E = ATEX / IECEx
Isolation voltage

ATEX IECEx
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Ex ia IIC T85/T95 °C Da
Only in conjunction with electrical connection "6" and the impact protection
metal safety sleeve (see dimensions)
A= II 1D Ex ta IIIC T85/T95 °C Ex ta IIIC T85/T95 °C
Only in conjunction with electrical connection "6" and the impact protection
metal safety sleeve (see dimensions)
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.640.0/02.18
82
M12x1
Male connector 1
M12x1, 4p
Pin HDA 4746-AA

1 + signal 1 (for output signal 1)
2 - signal 1 (for output signal 1)
3 + signal 2 (for output signal 2)
4 - signal 2 (for output signal 2)
Hex AF
width 27

Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1, 4p
Hex AF
width 27
Note:
described.
Hex AF described, please contact the relevant technical
width 27 department.
Orifice Ø 0.5 Subject to technical modifications.

EN 18.640.0/02.18

The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included. A straight mating connector is Germany
required for electrical connection. E.g. mating connector M12x1, Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
4 pole, straight, with 3 m shielded cable: ZBE 06S-03, part no. 6098243 Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
83
1
84
EN 18.640.0/02.18
1
Flush membrane
with flush membrane is certified in the ignition
Measuring ranges bar 4 6 10 16 25 40 100 250 400 600 -1 .. 3
protection type flameproof enclosure to ATEX,
IECEx and CSA. The devices have triple Overload pressures bar 8 12 20 32 50 80 200 500 800 1000 8
approval, ensuring that they are universally Burst pressure bar 20 30 50 80 125 200 500 1000 2000 2000 20
suitable for use in potentially explosive Mechanical connection 1) G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
atmospheres around the world. Therefore it is G1/2 with additional front O-ring seal
no longer necessary to stock multiple devices G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal
with separate individual approvals. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G 1/4); 45 Nm (G 1/2)
The pressure port is achieved with a fully- Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4435; 1.4301
sealed stainless steel front membrane filled Seal: FKM
internally with a pressure transfer fluid. The O-ring: FKM
process pressure is transmitted hydrostatically Conduit, housing material 1.4435; 1.4404
to the measurement cell via the pressure Pressure transfer fluid Silicon-free oil
transfer fluid. Output data
This device is used for applications in which a Output signal, permitted load resistance 2) 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
standard pressure port could become blocked, RLmax = (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
clogged or frozen by the particular medium Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
used. Further applications include processes terminal based ≤ ± 1.0 % FS max.
where the medium changes regularly and any Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
residues could cause mixing or contamination ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
of the media, or in highly viscous media. Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
The main fields of application are in the oil & Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
gas industry, e.g. in hydraulic power units, drill Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
drives or valve actuation stations. The device Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
is also used in mining applications as well as in Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
locations with high dust contamination. terminal based
Protection types and applications: Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
C
CSAUS Explosionproof - Seal not required Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5 Environmental conditions
Class II Group E, F, G Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Class III Operating/ambient temperature range 3)4) T6, T110 °C Ta = -30 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Type 4 T5 Ta = -30 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
ATEX Flameproof Fluid temperature range 3)4) T6, T110 °C Ta = -30 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
I M2 Ex d I Mb T5 Ta = -30 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db EN 60079-0 / 1 / 31
IECEx Flameproof DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65 (Vented Gauge), IP 69 (Sealed Gauge)
Ex d I Mb ISO 20653 IP 6K9K (Sealed Gauge)
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db Other data
Voltage supply 8 .. 30 V DC
Weight ~ 300 g
EN 18.632.0/02.18
1)
Other mechanical connections on request
2)
3)
4)
T130 °C with Ta = -30 .. +80 °C/ -20 .. +80 °C with electr. connection single lead possible
85
1 CSA Explosionproof (seal not required)
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
C
Class III
Type 4
I M2 Ex d I Mb
Ex d I Mb
Model code:
HDA 4 4 Z X – A – XXXX – XXX – D X – 000 (2m)
Z = flush membrane
9 = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit
(male thread), single leads
G = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit

(male thread),
jacketed cable
Output signal

04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
0003 (-1 .. 3)
G01 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
G04 = G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal (only measuring ranges 0040; 0100; 0250; 0400 and 0600)
Approval
D = CSA Explosionproof – Seal not required
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof

Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m
Standard = 2 m
EN 18.632.0/02.18
86
Venting *) Lead HDA 44Z9-A

)
red Signal +
Venting *
Hex AF
black Signal -
Hex AF
width 27 width 27 green-yellow Housing
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
Lead HDA 44ZG-A

white Signal -
brown Signal +
green n.c.
yellow n.c.
Hex AF
width 27 hex. SW27
Seal ring DIN 3869 Seal ring DIN3869
18.5 x 23.9 x 1.5 11.6 x 16.5 x1.5
O-ring 15x2 O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
*) optional depending on type "Sealed Gauge" / "Vented Gauge"
Note:
department.

EN 18.632.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
87
1
88
EN 18.632.0/02.18
1

Non-Sparking
Flush membrane
The pressure transmitter HDA 4400 in Input data
intrinsically safe version has been specially Measuring ranges bar 4 6 10 16 25 40 100 250 400 600 -1 .. 3
developed for use in potentially explosive Overload pressures bar 8 12 20 32 50 80 200 500 800 1000 8
atmospheres and is based on the HDA 4000 Burst pressure bar 20 30 50 80 125 200 500 1000 2000 2000 20
series. The double approval in accordance with
ATEX and IECEx enables universal, almost Mechanical connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
G1/2 with additional front O-ring seal
worldwide utilisation of the devices. G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal
The pressure port is achieved with a fully-sealed Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
stainless steel front membrane filled internally Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel:1.4435; 1.4301
with a pressure transfer fluid. The process Seal: FKM, O-ring: FKM
pressure is transmitted hydrostatically to the Pressure transfer fluid Silicone-free oil
measurement cell via the pressure transfer fluid. Output data
This device is used for applications in which a Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
standard pressure port could become blocked, R Lmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
clogged or frozen by the particular medium used Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
or in processes where the medium changes terminal based ≤ ± 1.0 % FS max.
regularly and any residues could cause mixing Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
or contamination of the media. ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Intended fields of application are, for example, in Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
the oil and gas industry, in mining or in locations
with high dust contamination, e.g. in mills. Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Protection types and applications: Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.4 % FS max.
ATEX Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb Environmental conditions
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C Operating/ambient temperature range T6, T80/T85 °C, T50090 °C Ta = -30 .. +60 °C/-20 .. +60 °C
T50090/ T500100/ T500110 °C Da T5, T90 °C,T500100 °C Ta = -30 .. +70 °C/-20 .. +70 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db T100 °C, T500110 °C Ta = -30 .. +80 °C/-20 .. +80 °C
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc T4 Ta = -30 .. +85 °C/-20 .. +85 °C
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Fluid temperature range 1) 2) Ta = - 30 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc EN 61000-6-1/2/3/4; EN 60079-0/11/15/26/31; EN 50303
mark
IECEx Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
Ex ia I Ma DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3) IP 67
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
Ex ia IIC T6 Gb Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da Supply voltage 12 .. 28 V DC 12 .. 28 V DC
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da Maximum input power Pi = 1 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1W
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci ≤ 22 nF
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc
Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Insulation voltage 4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection acc.
to EN 61000-6-2
Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc
Other data
Weight 150 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, excess voltage and short circuit protection are
provided.
EN 18.633.0/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
89
Code no.
1 9 A C
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga II 1D Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C II 3G Ex ic llC T6, T5 Gc
ATEX
1 KEMA 05 ATEX 1016X
I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb II 2G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb II 3G Ex nA llC T6, T5 Gc T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da II 3D Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
IECEx
KEM 08.0014X
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 6 6 5, 6
(see model code)
Model code:
HDA 4 4 Z X – A – XXXX – GXX – E N X – 000
Z = flush membrane
Output signal

04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
0003 (-1 .. 3)
G01 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
Only in conjunction with electr. connection "6" and
the impact protection metal safety sleeve (see dimensions)
T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.633.0/02.18
90
EN 175301-803
Male connector
3p + PE, EN 175301-803
Male connector 4p 1
Pin HDA 44Z5-A

1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n. c.
Hex AF ┴ PE
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring M12x1
DIN3869
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Seal ring DIN3869 Seal ring DIN3869
18.5 x 23.9 x1.5 11.6 x 16.5 x1.5 Pin HDA 44Z6-A
1 Signal +
2 n. c.
O-ring 15 x 2 O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
3 Signal -
4 n. c.

Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
hex. AF
width 27
Note:
Hex AF
width 27 operating conditions and applications described.
Orifice Ø0.5
The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included. A straight mating connector is required for department.
electrical connection. E.g. mating connector M12x1, 4 pole, straight, with 3 m shielded cable: Subject to technical modifications.
ZBE 06S-03, part no. 6098243
EN 18.633.0/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
91
1
92
EN 18.633.0/02.18
1
HART interface
HDA 4700 with HART interface is a compact Input data
pressure transmitter with flameproof enclosure Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000
which is used to measure relative pressures in
hydraulics and pneumatics. The triple approval Overload pressures bar 12 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
in accordance with ATEX, IECEx and CSA Burst pressure bar 100 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
enables universal, worldwide utilisation of the Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
devices in potentially explosive atmospheres. G1/2 B DIN EN 837
The pressure is measured by means of a very Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4 A), 45 Nm (G1/2 B)
accurate and robust sensor cell with a thin-film Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542;1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404;
strain gauge on a stainless steel membrane. 1.4301; 1.4548
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output Seal: FKM
of the measured value, digital communication Conduit, housing material 1.4435; 1.4404
is possible by means of the HART protocol. Output data
The instrument provides the option of a Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol
temperature sensor. The temperature signal RLmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
is given out as a digital signal via the HART for HART communication min. 250 Ω
protocol and the pressure signal is still HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifications
available as an analogue signal (4 .. 20 mA). HART Common Practice Commands i.e. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
The main fields of application are in the oil & Zero point adjustment within max. 3 % of the span
gas industry, e.g. in hydraulic power units, drill Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
drives or valve actuation stations. The device terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
is also used in mining applications as well as Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
in locations with high dust contamination. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS/°C typ.
Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS/°C max.
Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS/°C typ.
CSAUS Explosionproof - Seal not required Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS/°C max.
≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
C
Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086,
Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5 terminal based
Class II Group E, F, G Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
Class III
Type 4 Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
Rise time ≤ 25 ms
ATEX Flameproof Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.1 % FS typ. / year
I M2 Ex d I Mb
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db Operating/ambient temperature range 1) 2) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
IECEx Flameproof
Fluid temperature range 1)2) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Ex d I Mb T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db mark EN 61000-6-1/ 2/ 3/ 4; EN 60079-0/1/31
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65 (Vented Gauge)
IP 69 (Sealed Gauge)
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specification
(HCF_SPEC-054)
Weight ~ 300 g
EN 18.619.0/02.18
protection provided.
FS = (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range (default calibration)
1)
2)
T120 ° with Ta = -40 .. +70 °C/-20 .. +70 °C with electrical connection, single leads available
3)
93
By means of HART Common Practice Commands, you have the opportunity to adjust the following measuring range limits:
1 min max min max min max
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
C
Class III
Type 4
I M2 Ex d I Mb
Ex d I Mb
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X X – F21 – XXXX – D X – 000 (2m)
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
9 = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit, single leads
G = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit, jacketed cable
Output signal

0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000
(only with mech. connection code "4")
1600
Approval
D = CSA Explosionproof (seal not required)
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof

Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m
Standard = 2 m
EN 18.619.0/02.18
94
Venting Lead HDA 47x9

red Signal +
black Signal -
Hex AF green-yellow Housing
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27 Lead HDA 47xG
white Signal -
Elastomer brown Signal +
profile seal ring green n.c.
DIN 3869 yellow n.c.
Flat seal ring Cu
Additional technical data with temperature measurement option:

Input data
Probe length 7 mm
Measuring ranges pressure in bar 16 40 60 100 250 400 600
Output data
Output signal Pressure 4 .. 20 mA with HART Protocol
Output signal Temperature Available via HART protocol as a digital signal
Accuracy at room temperature ≤ ± 0.4 % FS
≤ ± 0.8 % FS
Reaction time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ≈ 10 s
t90: ≈ 15 s
Dimensions with temperature measurement option:
Hex AF width 27
HDA 4X2X (PT)

Stud end
ISO1179-2-G1/2A-S
(DIN 3852-E-G1/2A)

DIN 3869
EN 18.619.0/02.18

-25 °C 75 °C 0 °C 100 °C 25 °C 125 °C
95
HDA 4 7 2 X – F21 – XXXX – T – 007 – D X – 000 (2m)
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal

0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Probe length (in mm)

007 = 7 mm
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof

Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m
Standard = 2 m
Note:
described.
technical department.

EN 18.619.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
96
1
With junction box
HART interface
HDA 4700 with HART interface is a pressure Input data
transmitter with flameproof enclosure which Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000
is used to measure relative pressures in
hydraulics and pneumatics. The triple approval
in accordance with ATEX, IECEx and CSA Burst pressure bar 100 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
enables universal, worldwide utilisation of the Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
devices in potentially explosive atmospheres. G1/2 B DIN EN 837
Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4 A), 45 Nm (G1/2 A)
The pressure is measured by means of a very
Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542;1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404;
accurate and robust sensor cell with a thin-film 1.4301; 1.4548
strain gauge on a stainless steel membrane. Seal: FKM
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output
of the measured value, digital communication
is possible by means of the HART protocol. Output data
Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol
The instrument provides the option of a RLmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
temperature sensor. The temperature signal for HART communication min. 250 Ω
is given out as a digital signal via the HART HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifications
protocol and the pressure signal is still HART Common Practice Commands i.e. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
The main fields of application are in the oil & Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086 ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
gas industry, e.g. in hydraulic power units, drill terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
drives or valve actuation stations. The device Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
is also used in mining applications as well as ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
in locations with high dust contamination. Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS/°C typ.
Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS/°C max.
Protection types and applications: Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS/°C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS/°C max.
C
CSAUS Explosionproof - Seal not required Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
terminal based
Class I Group B, C, D, T6, T5 Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
Class III Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
Type 4 Rise time ≤ 25 ms
Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.1% FS typ. / year
ATEX Flameproof Environmental conditions
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb
Operating/ambient temperature range 1) 2) T6, T110 Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
IECEx Flameproof Fluid temperature range 1) 2) T6, T110 Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db mark EN 61000-6-1/ 2/ 3/ 4; EN 60079-0/1/31
Vibration resistance acc. to ≤5g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specification
(HCF_SPEC-054)
Life expectancy4) > 10 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
Weight ~ 1000 g (aluminium junction box)
~ 1500 g (stainless steel junction box)
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, excess voltage and short circuit protection
provided.
FS = (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range (default calibration)
EN 18.077.0/02.18

1)
2)
T120° with Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C with electrical connection, single leads available
3)
With mounted 1/2 NPT Conduit screwed fitting in corresponding protection class at
junction box
4)
97
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
Junction box Junction box
Aluminium "J" Stainless steel "Q"
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
C
CSAUS Class I Group B, C, D, T6, T5 Class I Group B, C, D, T6, T5
Class II Group E, F, G Class II Group E, F, G
Class III
Type 4 Type 4
ATEX
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb
IECEx
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X X – F21 – XXXX – D X – 000
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
J = aluminium junction box
Q = stainless steel junction box
Output signal

0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
1000; 1600
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof

Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.077.0/02.18
98
Single leads in junction box
With aluminium junction box: With stainless steel junction box:
Lead HDA 47XX
red Signal + 1
black Signal -
Venting *) Venting *)
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Hex AF
width 27
hex.
SW27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
optional
O-ring
20.35x1.78
Additional technical data with temperature measurement option:

Dimensions with
Input data
Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C temperature measurement
Probe length 7 mm option:
Measuring ranges pressure in bar 16 40 60 100 250 400 600
Output data Hex AF width 27
Output signal Pressure 4 .. 20 mA with HART Protocol
Output signal Temperature Available via HART protocol as a digital signal HDA 4X2X (PT)
Stud end
Accuracy at room temperature ≤ ± 0.4 % FS ISO1179-2-G1/2A-S
≤ ± 0.8 % FS (DIN 3852-E-G1/2A)

Reaction time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ≈ 10 s Elastomer profile seal ring
t90: ≈ 15 s DIN 3869

EN 18.077.0/02.18

-25 °C 75 °C 0 °C 100 °C 25 °C 125 °C
99
HDA 4 7 2 X – F21 – XXXX – T – 007 – D X – 000
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal

0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600

007 = 7 mm
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof

Modification number
000 = standard
Note:
the operating conditions and applications HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.077.0/02.18
described. Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

For applications or operating conditions Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
technical department. E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
100
1
Flameproof Enclosure
Flush membrane
HART interface
HDA 4400 with fl ush membrane and HART Input data
interface is a compact pressure transmitter Measuring ranges bar 4 6 10 16 25 40 100 250 400 600 -1 .. 3
in the ignition protection type fl ameproof
enclosure which is used to measure relative
pressures in hydraulics and pneumatics. The
triple approval in accordance with ATEX, Mechanical connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
IECEx and CSA enables universal, worldwide G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal
utilisation of the devices in potentially
Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G 1/4); 45 Nm (G 1/2)
explosive atmospheres.
Parts in contact with fl uid Stainless steel: 1.4435; 1.4301
The pressure port is achieved with a fully- Seal: FKM
sealed stainless steel front membrane fi lled O-ring: FKM
internally with a pressure transfer fl uid. The Conduit, housing material 1.4435; 1.4404
process pressure is transmitted hydrostatically Pressure transfer fl uid Silicone-free oil
to the measurement cell via the pressure Output data
transfer fl uid. Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA with HART protocol
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output R Lmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
of the measured value, digital communication for HART communication min. 250 Ω
is possible by means of the HART protocol. HART communication acc. to HART 7 specifi cations
This device is used for applications in which a HART Common Practice Commands e.g.
standard pressure port could become blocked, Altering of measuring range limits (see table),
clogged or frozen by the particular medium
used. Further applications include processes
where the medium changes regularly and any
residues could cause mixing or contamination ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
of the media, or in highly viscous media.
The main fi elds of application are in the oil & Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
gas industry, e.g. in hydraulic power units, drill Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
drives or valve actuation stations. The device Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
is also used in mining applications as well as Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
in locations with high dust contamination. terminal based
Protection types and applications: Rise time ≤ 25 ms
CCSAUS Explosionproof - Seal not required Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
Class III Operating/ambient temperature range 1) 2) T6, T110 °C Ta = -30 .. +60 °C /-20 .. +60 °C
Type 4 T5 Ta = -30 .. +70 °C /-20 .. +70 °C
ATEX Flameproof Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
I M2 Ex d I Mb Fluid temperature range 1) 2) T6, T110 °C Ta = -30 .. +60 °C /-20 .. +60 °C
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb T5 Ta = -30 .. +70 °C /-20 .. +70 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db mark EN 61000-6-1/2/3/4; EN 60079-0/11/26/31
IECEx Flameproof Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
Ex d I Mb DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65 (Vented Gauge); IP 69 (Sealed Gauge)
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db ISO 20653 IP 6K9K (Sealed Gauge)
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specifi cation
(HCF_SPEC-054)
Weight ~ 300 g
EN 18.635.0/02.18
protection provided.
FS = Full Scale = relative to complete measuring range (default calibration)
1)
2)
T120 °C with Ta = -30 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C with electrical connection single leads available
101
By means of HART Common Practice Commands, you have the opportunity to adjust the following measuring ranges:
1
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
C
Class III
Type 4
I M2 Ex d I M
Ex d I Mb
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db
Model code:
HDA 4 4 Z X – F21 – XXXX – XXX – D X – 000 (2 m)
Z = flush membrane
Output signal
F21 = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor with HART protocol

04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
0003 (-1 .. 3)
G01 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
Measurement cell type

Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m
Standard = 2m
EN 18.635.0/02.18
102
Venting *
Lead HDA 44Z9

Venting * red Signal +
Hex AF black Signal -
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869 Lead HDA 44Z9
white Signal +
brown Signal -
green n. c.
yellow n. c.
Hex AF
width 27 Hex AF
width 27
18.5 x 23.9 x1.5 11.6 x 16.5 x1.5
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78

O-ring 15 x 2
Note:
department.

EN 18.635.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
103
1
104
EN 18.635.0/02.18
1

Non-Sparking
HART interface
HDA 4700 with HART interface is a compact Input data
pressure transmitter (intrinsically safe version) Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000
which is used to measure relative pressures Overload pressures bar 12 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
in hydraulics and pneumatics. The double Burst pressure bar 100 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
approval in accordance with ATEX and Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
IECEx enables universal, almost worldwide G1/2 B DIN EN 837
utilisation of the devices in potentially explosive Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4 A), 45 Nm (G1/2 B)
atmospheres. Parts in contact with fl uid Stainl. steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404; 1.4301, 1.4548
The pressure is measured by means of a very Seal: FKM
accurate and robust sensor cell with a thin-fi lm Output data
strain gauge on a stainless steel membrane.
RLmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output of for HART communication min. 250 Ω
the measured value, digital communication is HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifi cations
possible by means of the HART protocol. HART Common Practice Commands i.e. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
The instrument provides the option of a Zero point adjustment within max. 3 % of the span
temperature sensor. The temperature signal Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
is given out as a digital signal via the HART terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
protocol, the pressure signal is still available as Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
an analogue signal (4 .. 20 mA) . ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
The main fi elds of application are in the oil and Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
gas industry. The device is also used in mining Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
applications as well as in locations with high Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
dust contamination. Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
terminal based
Protection types and applications: Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
ATEX Rise time ≤ 25 ms
I M1 Ex ia I Ma
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb
Operating/ambient/fl uid temperature range 1) 2) T6, T80/T85 °C, T50090 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C/-20 .. +60 °C
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C/T95 °C Da T5, T90/T95 °C, T500100 °C Ta = -40 .. +70 °C/-20 .. +70 °C
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C T100 °C, T500110 °C Ta = -40 .. +80 °C/-20 .. +80 °C
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da T4 Ta = -40 .. +85 °C/-20 .. +85 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc mark EN 61000-6-1/2/3/4; EN 60079-0/11/15/26/31; EN 50303
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67
IECEx Relevant data for Ex applications Ex, ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
Ex ia I Ma Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Max. input power Pi = 0.7 W Max. power consuption ≤ 1 W
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci ≤ 22 nF
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Insulation voltage 4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C acc. to EN 61000-6-2
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da Other data
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Residual ripple of supply voltage acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specifi cation
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc (HCF_SPEC-054)
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Current consumption ≤ 25 mA
Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Life expectancy 5)
> 10 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Weight 150 g
EN 18.618.0/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
5)
105
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
Code no. C
1 9 A
ATEX I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb II 3G Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc II 1D Ex ta lllC T80/T90°C II 3G Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
DEKRA 13ATEX0031X II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb T50090/T500100°C Da ll 3D Ex ic lllC T80/T90°C
DEKRA 13ATEX0032 II 1D Ex ia lIIC T85/T95°C Da II 2D Ex tb lllC T80/T90°C Db Dc
IECEx Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc Ex ta lllC T80/T90°C Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
DEK 14.0011X Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb T500T90/T500T100°C Da Ex ic lllC T80/T90°C Dc
Ex ia lIIC T85/T95°C Da Ex tb lllC T80/T90°C Db
Electrical connection 5.6 5.6 5.6 6 6 5.6
(see model code)
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X X – F21 – XXX – E N X – 000
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal

0006; 0016; 0040, 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000 (only with mechanical connection code "4")
1600; 2000 (only with mechanical connection code "1")
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage
ATEX IECEx
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da
T50090/ T500100 °C Da T50090/ T500100 °C Da
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.618.0/02.18
106
EN 175301-803
3p+PE EN 175301-803 4 pole
M12x1 1
12.3
Lead HDA 47x5-F21
1 Signal +
2 Signal -
Hex AF 3 n.c.
width 27 PE
Hex AF ┴
width 27
M12x1
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869 Flat seal ring Cu

Lead HDA 47x6-F21
1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
4 n.c.
Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
hex. AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Orifice Ø0.5
required for electrical connection. E.g. mating connector M12x1,
4 pole, straight, with 3 m shielded cable: ZBE 06S-03, part no. 6098243
Additional technical data with temperature measurement option: Dimensions with temperature
Input data measurement option:
Probe length 7 mm
Mechanical connection G 1/2 A ISO 1179-2
with probe (45 Nm)
Measuring ranges pressure in bar 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 Hex AF width 27
Output data
Output signal pressure 4 .. 20 mA with HART Protocol HDA 4X2X (PT)
Output signal temperature Available via HART protocol as a digital signal Stud end
Accuracy at room temperature ≤ ± 0.4 % FS typ. ISO1179-2-G1/2A-S
(DIN 3852-E-G1/2A)
≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C Elastomer profile
Reaction time to t50: ≈ 10 s seal ring
DIN 3869
DIN EN 60751 t90: ≈ 15 s

EN 18.618.0/02.18

-25 °C 75 °C 0 °C 100 °C 25 °C 125 °C
107
HDA 4 7 2 X – F21 – XXXX – T – 007 – E N X – XXX
2 = G 1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal

0016; 0040; 0060; 0100;0250; 0400; 0600

007 = 7 mm
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C/T95 °C Da Ex ia IIIC T85 °C/T95 °C Da
T50090/ T500100 °C Da T500T90/ T500100 °C Da
Modification number
000 = standard
Note:
described.
technical department.

EN 18.618.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
108
1

Non-Sparking
HART interface
The pressure transmitter HDA 4300 with HART Input data
interface is a compact pressure transmitter Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 -1 .. 1
(intrinsically safe version) which is used to Overload pressures bar 3 8 12 20 32 50 80 120 3
measure relative pressures in hydraulics and Burst pressure bar 5 12 18 30 48 75 120 180 5
pneumatics. The double approval in accordance Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
with ATEX and IECEx enables universal, almost Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
worldwide utilisation of the devices in potentially Parts in contact with fl uid Sensor: Ceramic
explosive atmospheres. Mech. connection: 1.4301
Seal: FKM / EPDM
As with the industry model, the ATEX/IECEx Output data
version HDA 4300 has a ceramic measurement Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol
RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
cell with thick-layer strain gauge. for HART communication min. 250 Ω
HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifi cations
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output of
HART Common Practice Commands, e.g. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
the measured value, digital communication is
possible by means of the HART protocol.
Intended fi elds of application are, for example, terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
in the oil and gas industry, in mining, on ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
gas turbines or in locations with high dust Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
contamination, e.g. in mills. Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Protection types and applications: terminal based
ATEX Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.4 % FS max.
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Rise time ≤ 25 ms
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb
II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C/T95 °C Da
Operating/ambient temperature range 1) 2) T6, T80/T85 °C, T500 90 °C Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C T5, T90/T95 °C, T500 100 °C Ta = -20 .. +70 °C
T50090/ T500100/ T500110 °C Da T100 °C, T500 110 °C Ta = -20 .. +80 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db T4 Ta = -20 .. +85 °C
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Fluid temperature range 1)2) T6, T80/T85 °C, T500 90 °C Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
T5, T90/T95 °C, T500 100 °C Ta = -20 .. +70 °C
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc T100 °C, T500 110 °C Ta = -20 .. +80 °C
IECEx EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark EN 60079-0 / 11 / 15 / 26 / 31
Ex ia I Ma EN 50303
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Protection class acc. to DIN EN 605293) IP 67
Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Supply voltage 12 .. 28 V DC 12 .. 28 V DC
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Max. input power Pi = 0.7 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1 W
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci ≤ 22 nF
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Insulation voltage4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection acc.
to EN 61000-6-2
Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specifi cation (HCF_SPEC-054)
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.630.0/02.18
provided.
1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
109
1
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
Code no.
for use in model 1 9 A C
code
ATEX I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb II 3G Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc II 1D Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C ll 3G Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
DEKRA 13ATEX0031X II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb T500T90/T500T100 °C Da ll 3D Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
DEKRA 13ATEX0032 II 1D Ex ia lIIC T85/T95 °C Da II 2D Ex tb lllC T80/T90 °C Db
IECEx Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
DEK 14.0011X Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb T50090/T500100 °C Da Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
Ex ia lIIC T85/T95 °C Da Ex tb lllC T80/T90 °C Db
Application fields Mining Gases/conductive dust Gases Gases Conductive dust Gases/conductive dust
Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
Electrical connection 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 6 6 5, 6
(see model code)
Model code:
HDA 4 3 4 X – F21 – XXXX – E N X – 000 – X 1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal

01.0; 02.5; 04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040; 0001 (-1 .. 1)
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
9= II 3G Ex nA IIC T6,T5 Gc Ex nA IIC T6,T5 Gc
Only in conjunction with electrical connection "6" and the impact
protection metal safety sleeve (see dimensions)
A= II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80 °C/90 °C Ex ta IIIC T 80 °C/90 °C
T50090/T500100 °C Da T50090/T500100 °C Da
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80 °C/90 °C Db Ex tb IIIC T80 °C/90 °C Db
C= II 3G Ex ic IIC T6,T5 Gc Ex ic IIC T6,T5 Gc
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80 °C/90 °C Dc Ex ic IIIC T80 °C/90 °C Dc
Modification number
000 = standard


1 = stainless steel
EN 18.630.0/02.18
110
EN175301-803
1
3p +PE EN 175301-803 4 pole
M12x1
12.3
Pin HDA 4345-F21
1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ PE
M12x1
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer profile
seal ring DIN3869
Pin HDA 4346-F21

1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
4 n.c.
Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
hex. AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Orifice Ø0.5
The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included. A straight mating

connector is required for electrical connection. E.g. mating connector M12x1,
Note:
described.
department.

EN 18.630.0/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
111
1
112
EN 18.630.0/02.18
1

Non-Sparking
Flush membrane
HART interface
The pressure transmitter HDA 4400 in Input data
intrinsically safe version has been specially Measuring ranges bar 4 6 10 16 25 40 100 250 400 600 -1 .. 3
developed for use in potentially explosive Overload pressures bar 8 12 20 32 50 80 200 500 800 1000 8
atmospheres and is based on the HDA 4000 Burst pressure bar 20 30 50 80 125 200 500 1000 2000 2000 20
series. The double approval in accordance with
ATEX and IECEx enables universal, almost Mechanical connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
worldwide utilisation of the devices. G1/4 with additional front O-ring seal
The pressure port is achieved with a fully-sealed Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G 1/4); 45 Nm (G 1/2)
stainless steel front membrane fi lled internally Parts in contact with fl uid Stainless steel:1.4435; 1.4301
with a pressure transfer fl uid. The process Seal: FKM, O-ring: FKM
pressure is transmitted hydrostatically to the Pressure transfer fl uid Silicone-free oil
measurement cell via the pressure transfer fl uid. Output data
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output of Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol
the measured value, digital communication is R Lmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
possible by means of the HART protocol. for HART communication min. 250 Ω
This device is used for applications in which a HART communication acc. to HART 7 specifi cations
standard pressure port could become blocked, HART Common Practice Commands e.g.
clogged or frozen by the particular medium used Altering of measuring range limits (see table),
or in processes where the medium changes Zero point adjustment within max. 3 % of the span
regularly and any residues could cause mixing Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
or contamination of the media. terminal based ≤ ± 1.0 % FS max.
Intended fi elds of application are, for example, in ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
the oil and gas industry, in mining or in locations Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
with high dust contamination, e.g. in mills. Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
Protection types and applications: Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, terminal based ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Rise time ≤ 25 ms
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Environmental conditions
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
T50090/ T500100/ T500110 °C Da Operating/ambient/ T6, T80/T85 °C, T50090 °C Ta = -30 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db fl uid temperature range 1) 2) T5, T90/T95 °C,T500100 °C Ta = -30 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc T100 °C, T500110 °C Ta = -30 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
T4 Ta = -30 .. +85 °C / -20 .. +85 °C
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc mark EN 61000-6-1/2/3/4; EN 60079-0/11/15/26/31; EN 50303
Ex ia I Ma DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3) IP 67
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Supply voltage 12 .. 28 V DC 12 .. 28 V DC
Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C
T50090/ T500100/T500110 °C Da Max. input power Pi = 0.7 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1W
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci ≤ 22 nF
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Insulation voltage 4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection
Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Residual ripple of supply voltage acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specifi cation
(HCF_SPEC-054)
EN 18.634.0/02.18
Weight 180 g
provided.
1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
113
By means of HART Common Practice Commands, you have the opportunity to adjust the following measuring ranges:
1
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
Code no.
1 9 A C
ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga II 1D Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C II 3G Ex ic llC T6, T5 Gc
DEKRA 13ATEX0031X I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb II 3G Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc T500T90/T500T100 °C Da II 3D Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
IECEx
Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc T500T90/T500T100 °C Da Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
DEK 14.0011X
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 6 6 5, 6
(see model code)
Model code:
HDA 4 4 Z X – F21 – XXXX – GXX – E N X – 000
Z = flush membrane
5 = male, EN 175301-803, 3 pole +PE (IP 67 mating connector supplied)
Output signal

04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
0003 (-1 .. 3)
G01 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
T50090/ T500100°C Da T50090/ T500100 °C Da
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.634.0/02.18
114
EN 175301-803
Male connector
3p + PE, EN 175301-803
Male connector 4p 1
Pin HDA 4425-F21

1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n. c.
┴ PE
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring M12x1
DIN3869
Hex AF width 27 hex. SW27

18.5 x 23.9 x1.5 11.6 x 16.5 x1.5 Pin HDA 4426-F21
1 Signal +
2 n. c.
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78
O-ring 15 x 2 3 Signal -
4 n. c.

Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
hex. AF
width 27
Note:
Hex AF
width 27 operating conditions and applications described.
Orifice Ø0.5
department.
The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included. A straight mating Subject to technical modifications.
4 pole, straight, with 3 m shielded cable: ZBE 06S-03, part no. 6098243 HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.634.0/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
115
1
116
EN 18.634.0/02.18
1
Intrinsically Safe
Non-Incendive
CSA approval
version has been specially developed for the
Measuring ranges1) bar 1 2.5
explosive atmospheres and is based on the Overload pressures bar 3 8
HDA 4000 series. Burst pressure bar 5 12
CSA version has a ceramic measurement cell Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
with thick-layer strain gauge for measuring Parts in contact with fluid Sensor: Ceramic Al203
absolute pressure in the low pressure range. Mech. connector: 1.4301
the oil and gas industry, on gas turbines or in Output data
e.g. in mills. RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
Intrinsically safe: ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
–– Class I Div. 1 Group A, B, C, D T6 [C, US] Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
–– Class I Zone 0 AEx ia IIC T6 [US]
–– Ex ia IIC T6 [C] Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
–– Class I, II, III
Div. 1 Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.4 % FS max.
Group A, B, C, D, E, F, G T6 [C, US] Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
Non-incendive: Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
–– Class I Div. 2 Group A, B, C, D T4A [C, US]
–– Class I Zone 2 AEx nL IIC T4 [US] Operating/ambient temperature range Intrinsically safe: Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
–– Class I Zone 2 Ex nL IIC T4 [C] Non-incendive: Ta = -20 .. +85 °C
–– Class I, II, III Fluid temperature range2) Intrinsically safe: Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Div. 2 Non-incendive: Ta = -40 .. +85 °C / -20 .. +85 °C
Group A, B, C, D, F, G T4A [C, US] Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g (1/2-14NPT Conduit)
–– Class I Zone 2 AEx nA II T4 [US] DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz ≤ 20 g (male connector)
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 / NEMA3) IP 65; NEMA4 (male connector)
–– Class I Zone 2 Ex nA II T4 [C] ISO 20653 IP6K9K (1/2-14NPT Conduit)
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
Weight ~ 180 g; ~ 300 g (1/2-14NPT Conduit)
EN 18.344.3/02.18

FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range, B.F.S.L. = Best Fit Straight Line
1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
117
Group 1 2 3 4
1 Protection type (with field wiring)
- Class I - Class I - Class I

Application fields Zone 0 Zone 2 Zone 2

Zone 2 Zone 2
connection
Code for A B C
model code
Model code:
HDA 4 1 4 X – A – XXXX – C N X – 000 – X 1 (2m)
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male EN175301-803
3 pole + PE
single leads
A = male EN175301-803
3 pole + PE
Output signal

01.0; 02.5
Approval
C = CSA
Insulation voltage

A = Group 1
B = Group 2 and 3
C = Group 4
Modification number
000 = standard


1 = stainless steel
Cable length in m (only for electr. connection code 9)

Standard = 2 m
EN 18.344.3/02.18
118
Lead HDA 41X9-A

green Signal +
white Signal -
EN175301-803
Profile seal ring
Venting
1 Signal + Signal +
2 Signal - Signal -
Male connector 3 n.c. n.c.
3p+PE EN175301-803 Housing Housing
┴
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869
Note:
department.

EN 18.344.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
119
1
120
EN 18.344.3/02.18
1

Non-Sparking
The pressure transmitter HDA 4100 is a Input data
compact pressure transmitter (intrinsically safe
version) which is used to measure absolute
pressures in hydraulics and pneumatics. The Overload pressures bar 3 8
double approval in accordance with ATEX and Burst pressure bar 5 12
IECEx enables universal, almost worldwide Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
utilisation of the devices in potentially explosive Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
atmospheres. Parts in contact with fl uid Sensor: Ceramic
As with the industry model, the ATEX/IECEx Mech. connection: 1.4301
version HDA 4100 has a ceramic measurement Seal: FKM/EPDM
cell with thick-layer strain gauge. Output data
Intended fi elds of application are, for example, RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
in the oil and gas industry, in mining, on Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
gas turbines or in locations with high dust terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
contamination, e.g. in mills. Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Protection types and applications: Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Rise time ≤ 1.5 ms
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da Environmental conditions
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Operating/ambient temperature range T6, T80/T85 °C, T50090 °C Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc T5, T90 °C,T500100 °C Ta = -20 .. +70 °C
T100 °C, T500110 °C Ta = -20 .. +80 °C
IECEx T4 Ta = -20 .. +85 °C
Ex ia I Ma Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Fluid temperature range 1)2) -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Ex ia IIC T6 Gb EN 60079-0 / 11 / 15 / 26 / 31
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc mark
EN 50303
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Da
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Supply voltage 12 .. 28 V DC 12 .. 28 V DC
Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
Max. input power Pi = 1 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1 W
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤ 5 %
EN 18.106.0/02.18

Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request 121
Code no.
1 9 A C
IECEx
KEM 08.0014X
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 6 6 5, 6
(see model code)
Model code:
HDA 4 1 4 X – A – XXXX – E N X – 000 –X 1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal

01.0; 02.5
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da T50090 °C, T500100 °C Da
Modification number
000 = standard


1 = stainless steel
EN 18.106.0/02.18
122
Protection types and applications (code): 1, C
EN175301-803

1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ Housing
3p +PE EN 175301-803 4p
M12x1
M12x1
12.3
Pin HDA 4146-A

1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
Hex AF
width 27 4 n.c.
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869

Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
hex. AF
width 27
Note:
described.
Hex AF described, please contact the relevant technical
width 27
Orifice Ø0.5 department.
The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included. A straight mating HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.106.0/02.18
connector is required for electrical connection. E.g. mating connector M12x1, Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
123
1
124
EN 18.106.0/02.18
1

Non-Sparking
HART interface
The pressure transmitter HDA 4100 with HART Input data
interface is a compact pressure transmitter Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5
(intrinsically safe version) which is used to Overload pressures bar 3 8
measure absolute pressures in hydraulics and Burst pressure bar 5 12
pneumatics. The double approval in accordance Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
with ATEX and IECEx enables universal, almost Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
worldwide utilisation of the devices in potentially Parts in contact with fl uid Sensor: Ceramic
explosive atmospheres. Mech. connection: 1.4301
Seal: FKM / EPDM
As with the industry model, the ATEX/IECEx Output data
version HDA 4100 has a ceramic measurement Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol
RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
cell with thick-layer strain gauge. for HART communication min. 250 Ω
HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifi cations
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output of
HART Common Practice Commands, e.g. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
the measured value, digital communication is
possible by means of the HART protocol.
Intended fi elds of application are, for example,
in the oil and gas industry, in mining, on ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
gas turbines or in locations with high dust Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
contamination, e.g. in mills. Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Protection types and applications: terminal based
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Rise time ≤ 25 ms
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb Environmental conditions
II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C/T95 °C Da Operating/ambient temperature range 1) 2) T6, T80/T85 °C, T500 90 °C Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C T5, T90/T95 °C, T500 100 °C Ta = -20 .. +70 °C
T50090/ T500100/ T500110 °C Da T100, T500 110 °C Ta = -20 .. +80 °C
T4 Ta = -20 .. +85 °C
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc
Fluid temperature range 1)2) T6, T80/T85 °C, T500 90 °C Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc T5, T90/T95 °C, T500 100 °C Ta = -20 .. +70 °C
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc T100 °C, T500 110 °C Ta = -20 .. +80 °C
EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
IECEx mark EN 60079-0 / 11 / 15 / 26 / 31
Ex ia I Ma EN 50303
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb
Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da
Max. input power Pi = 0.7 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1 W
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc
Insulation voltage4) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection acc. to
Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc EN 61000-6-2
Residual ripple of supply voltage acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specifi cation (HCF_SPEC-054)
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.629.0/02.18
provided.
1)
2)
3)
4)
500 V AC on request
125
1
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
Code no. 1 9 A C
ATEX I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb II 3G Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc II 1D Ex ta lllC T80/T90°C ll 3G Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
DEKRA 13ATEX0031X II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb T500T90/T500T100°C Da ll 3D Ex ic lllC T80/T90°C Dc
DEKRA 13ATEX0032 II 1D Ex ia lIIC T85/T95°C Da II 2D Ex tb lllC T80/T90°C Db
IECEx Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc Ex ta lllC T80/T90°C Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
DEK 14.0011X Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb T500T90/T500T100°C Da Ex ic lllC T80/T90°C Dc
Ex ia lIIC T85/T95°C Da Ex tb lllC T80/T90°C Db
(see model code)
Model code:
HDA 4 1 4 X – F21 – XXXX – E N X – 000 – X 1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal

01.0; 02.5
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Gb Da Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Gb
A= II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C Da Ex ta IIIC T T80/T90 °C Da
T500T90/T500T100 °C Da T500T90/T500T100 °C Da
Modification number
000 = standard


1 = stainless steel
EN 18.629.0/02.18
126
EN175301-803
1
3p +PE EN 175301-803 4 pole
M12x1
12.3
Pin HDA 4145-F21
1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ PE
M12x1
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
Pin HDA 4146-F21

1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
4 n.c.

Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
hex. AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Orifice Ø0.5
The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included. A straight mating

Note:
described.
department.

EN 18.629.0/02.18

Germany
Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
127
1
128
EN 18.629.0/02.18
1
HDA 8400
For the medium hydrogen H2

(Minimum order quantity 500 units)
has been specially developed for use with
Measuring ranges bar 25 40 60 100 160 250 400 600 900 1050
hydrogen and for series applications, e.g. in
the mobile sector. Like most of our pressure Overload pressures bar 50 80 120 200 320 500 800 1000 1400 1400
transmitter series, the HDA 8400 is based on Burst pressure bar 125 200 300 500 800 1250 2000 3000 3000 3000
a robust and long-life thin-fi lm sensor. Mechanical connection SF250CX20, autoclave (7/16-20 UNF 2B)
(Tightening torque, recommended) (15 Nm, 20 Nm at 900 bar)
All of the parts in contact with the fl uid
G 1/4 B DIN EN 837 (20 Nm)
(sensor and pressure port) are made of
9/16-18 UNF 2A (ISO 8434-3) (25 Nm)
stainless steel and are welded together. This
means that there are no sealing points in Parts in contact with fl uid Stainless steel 1.4435 (Ni content ≥ 13%)
the interior of the sensor. The possibility of Seal: Copper (Cu-DHP) (G 1/4 B); Zurcon®22
leakage is excluded. (polyurethane) (9/16-18 UNF 2A)
Output data
Due to the specially selected material, this
HDA 8400 is especially suitable for use in Output signal 4 .. 20 mA, ratiometric, others available on request
hydrogen applications. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 2 ms
Fluid temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 2000 Hz
ISO 20653 1) IP 6K9K
Other data
Electrical connection 2) M12x1, 4 pole, available in plastic or metal (solid
version); Metri-Pack series 150, 3 pole
Supply voltage 8 .. 30 V DC; 5 V DC ± 5 % (ratiometric)
when applied acc. to UL specifi cations - limited energy - acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2;
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 55 g
EN 18.636.0/02.18

1)
2)
Other connection types/options available on request
129
M12x1, 4 pole
1
Male connector
Metri Pack, 3 pole
Male connector
M12x1, 4 pole
Pin
1 Signal +
Hex AF
2 n.c.
Hex AF width 27 3 Signal -
width 27 4 n.c.
O-ring 7.65x1.78
O-ring 7.65x1.78
Orifice Ø 0.5
Orifice Ø 0.5 Metri-Pack, 3 pole
Male connector
M12x1, 4 pole
Pin
1 Signal -
2 Signal +
3 n.c.
Hex AF
width 27
Orifice Ø 0.5
Male connector
M12x1, 4 pole
Note:
Hex AF described.
width 27
department.

EN 18.636.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
130
1
HDA 8400
For the medium hydrogen

Tested to EC 79 EC 79 H2
(Minimum order quantity 500 units)
has been specially developed for use with
Measuring ranges bar 900
hydrogen and for series applications, e.g. in
the mobile sector. Like most of our pressure Nominal operating pressure 1) bar 700 1)
transmitter series, the HDA 8400 is based on Maximum permitted operating pressure 1) bar 875 1)
a robust and long-life thin-fi lm sensor. Burst pressure bar 3000
All of the parts in contact with the fl uid Mechanical connection SF250CX20, autoclave (7/16-20 UNF 2B) (20 Nm)
(sensor and pressure port) are made of (Tightening torque, recommended) G 1/4 B DIN EN 837 (20 Nm)
stainless steel and are welded together. This 9/16-18 UNF 2A (ISO 8434-3) (25 Nm)
means that there are no sealing points in Parts in contact with fl uid Stainless steel 1.4435 (Ni content ≥ 13%)
the interior of the sensor. The possibility of Seal: Copper (Cu-DHP) (G 1/4 B); Zurcon®22
leakage is excluded. (polyurethane) (9/16-18 UNF 2A)
Due to the specially selected material, this Output data
HDA 8400 is suited especially for the use in Output signal 4 .. 20 mA, ratiometric, others available on request
hydrogen applications. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
Component testing for type approval acc.
to EC 79-2009 / V0 406-2010 has been Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
concluded successfully. ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 2 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 2000 Hz
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K
Other data
Electrical connection M12x1, 4 pole, available in plastic or metal
(solid version); Metri-Pack series 150, 3 pole
Supply voltage 8 .. 30 V DC; 5 V DC ± 5 % (ratiometric)
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 55 g
EN 18.637.0/02.18

1)
Tested/validated acc. to EC 79/2009, nominal operation pressure 700 bar at reference
temperature 20 °C, max. permitted operating pressure 875 bar
2)
131
M12x1, 4 pole
1
Male connector
Metri Pack, 3 pole
Male connector
M12x1, 4 pole
Pin
1 Signal +
Hex AF
2 n.c.
width 27 3 Signal -
Hex AF
width 27 4 n.c.
O-ring 7.65x1.78
O-ring 7.65x1.78
Orifice Ø 0.5
Orifice Ø 0.5 Metri-Pack, 3 pole
Male connector
M12x1, 4 pole
Pin
1 Signal -
2 Signal +
3 n.c.
Hex AF
width 27
Orifice Ø 0.5
Male connector
M12x1, 4 pole
Note:
Hex AF described.
width 27
department.

EN 18.637.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
132
1

Non-Sparking
ATEX, IECEx, double approval H2
For the medium hydrogen
This intrinsically safe version of the pressure Input data
transmitter HDA 4400 has been specially
Measuring range bar 16 25 40 200 250 400 500 600 1050
developed for the use in hydrogen applications
and potentially explosive atmospheres and Overload pressures bar 50 50 80 500 500 800 1000 1000 1400
it is based on the HDA 4000 series. The
dual approval in accordance with ATEX and
IECEx enables universal, almost world-wide Mechanical connection SF250CX20, autoclave (7/16-20 UNF 2B)
utilisation of the devices in potentially explosive (Tightening torque, recommended) (15 Nm for measuring range < 1000 bar)
(20 Nm for measuring range 1050 bar)
atmospheres.
G 1/4 B DIN EN 837
As with the industry model, the HDA 4400 has a (20 Nm for measuring range < 1000 bar)
pressure measurement cell with thin-fi lm strain (40 Nm for measuring range 1050 bar)
gauge on a stainless steel membrane. Parts in contact with fl uid Stainless steel 1.4435 (Ni content ≥ 13 %)
Seal: Copper (Cu-DHP) (G 1/4 B)
The main fi elds of application are hydrogen Output data
fuelling stations. Output signal, 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
permitted load resistance RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
Due to the specially selected material, this
HDA 4400 is suited for the use in hydrogen Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
applications.
≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Protection types and applications: Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
Rise time ≤ 2 ms
IECEx Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
Ex ia I Ma Environmental conditions
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb Operating/ambient temperature range Ta = -25 .. +60 °C
Ex ia IIC T6 Gb Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da
Fluid temperature range Ta = -25 .. +60 °C
EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark EN 60079-0 / 11 / 26
EN 50303
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia
Insulation voltage 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
EN 18.639.0/02.18
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
133
Code no.
1
ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
1 KEMA 05 ATEX 1016X I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb II 2G Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
II 1D Ex ia lIIC T85 °C Da
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
IECEx
Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6 Gb
KEM 08.0014X
Ex ia lIIC T85 °C Da
Mining Gases/conductive dust Gases
Application fields Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
Model code:
HDA 4 4 X 6 – A – XXXX – E N 1 – H00
C = SF250CX20, autoclave
(7/16-20 UNF 2B)
G = G1/4 B DIN EN 837
Output signal

0016; 0025; 0040; 0200; 0250; 0400; 0500; 0600; 1050
Approval
E = ATEX / IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
Modification number
H00 = standard
EN 18.639.0/02.18
134
M12x1
Male connector
M12x1, 4p 1
Pin HDA 44X6-A

1 + Sig
2 n.c.
3 - Sig
4 n.c.
Hex AF
width 27
Orifice Ø 0.5
Note:
described.
department.

EN 18.639.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
135
1
136
EN 18.639.0/02.18
1

For the medium hydrogen H2
Redundant
This intrinsically safe version of the pressure Input data
transmitter has been specially developed for
Measuring range Signal 1 bar 16 25 40 200 250 400 500 600 1050
use in hydrogen applications and potentially
explosive atmospheres and it is based on the Measuring range Signal 2 bar 16 25 40 200 250 400 500 600 1050
HDA 4000 series. Overload pressures bar 50 50 80 500 500 800 1000 1000 1400
Thanks to the use of two highly accurate and Mechanical connection SF250CX20, autoclave (7/16-20 UNF 2B)
robust pressure measurement cells with thin-fi lm
(Tightening torque, recommended) 15 Nm for measuring range < 1000 bar
strain gauge on a stainless steel membrane, 20 Nm for measuring range 1050 bar
each with their own electronics, the device has Parts in contact with fl uid Stainless steel 1.4435 (Ni content ≥ 13 %)
a fully redundant architecture and thus two
Output data
separate and independent output signals.
Output signal 1 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
The two output signals are output in Output signal 2 20 .. 4 mA, 2-conductor
Permitted load resistance, each RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
inverted form (signal 1 = 4 .. 20 mA and
signal 2 = 20 .. 4 mA). This means that the Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
energy in the intrinsically safe current circuit is
kept constant as the sum of the output signals at ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
any pressure is 24 mA.
Connection is via a two-channel barrier. Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
The double approval in accordance with ATEX Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
and IECEx enables universal, almost worldwide
utilisation of the devices in potentially explosive Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
terminal based
atmospheres.
Thanks to the redundant structure, the sensor is Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
also suitable for safety circuits/functions in the Rise time ≤ 2 ms
oil and gas industry. The device is also used in Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
mining applications as well as in locations with Environmental conditions
high dust contamination.
The fi elds of application are thus in safety- Operating/ambient temperature range T6, T85 °C Ta = -25 .. 60 °C
oriented systems. T5, T95 °C Ta = -25 .. 70 °C
Due to the specially selected material, this Fluid temperature range T6, T85 °C Ta = -25 .. 60 °C
HDA 4400 is suitable for use in hydrogen T5, T95 °C Ta = -25 .. 70 °C
applications. EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark EN 60079-0 / 11 / 26
EN 50303
Protection types and applications: Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
ATEX
I M1 Ex ia I Ma Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 1) IP 67
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb Supply voltage 12 .. 28 V DC
II 2G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Max. input power Pi = 0.7 W
IECEx Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
Ex ia I Ma Intrinsic safety barrier 2-channel, Rmin = 280 Ω
Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga (e.g. Pepperl & Fuchs Z789)
Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb Insulation voltage 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection
Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Other data
EN 18.638.0/02.18

Weight ~ 200 g
1)
137
Code no.
1
ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga
1 KEMA 05 ATEX 1016X I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb II 2G Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb
II 1D Ex ia lIIC T85/T95 °C Da
Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga
IECEx
Ex ia I Ma Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6, T5 Gb
KEM 08.0014X
Ex ia lIIC T85/T95 °C Da
Mining Gases/conductive dust Gases
Application fields Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
Model code:
HDA 4 4 C 6 – AA – XXXX – XXXX – E N 1 – H00
C = SF250CX20, autoclave (7/16-20 UNF 2B)
Output signal 1
Output signal 2
Measuring ranges in bar (output signal 1)

0016; 0025; 0040; 0200; 0250; 0400; 0500; 0600; 1050
Measuring ranges in bar (output signal 2)

0016; 0025; 0040; 0200; 0250; 0400; 0500; 0600; 1050
Approval
E = ATEX / IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
Modification number
H00 = standard
EN 18.638.0/02.18
138
M12x1
Male connector
M12x1, 4p
Pin HDA 44C6-AA

1 + Sig 1 (for output signal 1)
2 - Sig 1 (for output signal 1)
3 + Sig 2 (for output signal 2)
4 - Sig 2 (for output signal 2)
Hex AF
width 27
Orifice Ø 0.5
Note:
described.
department.

EN 18.638.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
139
1
140
EN 18.638.0/02.18
1
HDA 4300 shipping applications

This pressure transmitter has been specially Input data
developed for shipbuilding applications and
Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 -1 .. 5 -1 .. 9
is based on the HDA 4000 series.
Overload pressures bar 3 8 12 20 32 50 80 120 20 32
The HDA 4300 has a ceramic measurement Burst pressure bar 5 12 18 30 48 75 120 180 30 48
cell with thick-layer strain gauge for
measuring relative pressure in the low
pressure range. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
The evaluation electronics converts the Sensor cell: Ceramic
measured pressure into a proportional Seal: FKM/EPDM
analogue signal of 4 .. 20 mA. (as per model code)
The electronic module is completely potted Output data
to protect it against humidity, vibrations and Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
shock, and is enclosed in a solid stainless RLmax.= (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
steel housing. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
For use in the shipping industry, these terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
pressure transmitters have been approved Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
by the following organisations. ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Approvals: Temperature compensation
Span
≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
● American Bureau of Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Shipping terminal based
● Lloyds Register of Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
Ships Rise time ≤ 1 ms
● Det Norske Veritas/ Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Germanischer Lloyd Operating temperature range 1) -30 .. +85 °C / -25 .. +85 °C
● Bureau Veritas Fluid temperature range 1) -30 .. +100 °C / -25 .. +100 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Other approvals on request Supply voltage 10 .. 32 V DC
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
EN 18.324.3/02.18
141
EN175301-803

1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ Housing
Male connector
Male connector
3p+PE EN175301-803
4 pole M12x1
Hex AF
width 27
Pin HDA 4346-A

1 Signal +
Elastomer 2 n.c.
profile seal
ring 3 Signal -
DIN3869 4 n.c.
Model code:
HDA 4 3 4 X – A – XXXX – S00 – X 1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal

01.0; 02.5; 04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040
0005 (-1 .. 5); 0009 (-1 .. 9)
Modification number
S00 = with approvals for shipping

F = FKM seal (e.g. for hydraulic oils) Note:
E = EPDM seal (e.g. for refrigerants) The information in this brochure relates to the
Connection material (in contact with fluid) For applications or operating conditions not
1 = stainless steel described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.324.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
142
1

Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 10001) 16001)
The HDA 4400 is designed to measure Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000
relative pressures in the high pressure range
by means of its sensor measurement cell G1/2 B DIN EN 837
with thin-fi lm strain gauge on a stainless
steel membrane. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4), 45 Nm (G1/2)
The evaluation electronics converts the Seal: FKM
measured pressure into a proportional Output data
analogue signal of 4 .. 20 mA.
The electronic module is completely potted RLmax.= (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
to protect it against humidity, vibrations and Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
shock, and is enclosed in a solid stainless terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
steel housing. Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
For use in the shipping industry, these ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
pressure transmitters have been approved Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
by the following organisations. Zero point ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
Approvals: Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
terminal based
● American Bureau of Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.4 % FS max.
Shipping Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
● Lloyds Register of
Ships
● Det Norske Veritas/
Germanischer Lloyd
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
● Bureau Veritas
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Other approvals on request Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤ 5 %
Life expectancy 4) > 10 million cycles, 0 .. 100 % FS
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
Measuring ranges: approval for Lloyds Register on request
2)
3)
4)
EN 18.317.4/02.18
143
EN175301-803
Profile seal ring
Pin HDA 44X5-A

1 Signal +
2 Signal -
Male connector 3 n.c.
Male connector
3p+PE EN175301-803
4 pole ┴ Housing
M12x1
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal Pin HDA 44X6-A
ring 1 Signal +
DIN3869
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
4 n.c.
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
Model code:
HDA 4 4 X X – A – XXXX – S00
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal
Measuring ranges in bar Note:

0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600 The information in this brochure relates to the
1000; 1600 bar (only with mech. connection code "1") operating conditions and applications described.
S00 = with approvals for shipping department.
Accessories:
EN 18.317.4/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
144
1

Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 10001) 16001)
The HDA 4700 is designed to measure Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000
relative pressures in the high pressure range
by means of its sensor measurement cell G1/2 B DIN EN 837
with thin-fi lm strain gauge on a stainless
steel membrane. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4), 45 Nm (G1/2)
The evaluation electronics converts the Seal: FKM
measured pressure into a proportional Output data
analogue signal of 4 .. 20 mA.
The electronic module is completely potted RLmax = (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
to protect it against humidity, vibrations and Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
shock, and is enclosed in a solid stainless terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
steel housing. Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
For use in the shipping industry, these ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
pressure transmitters have been approved Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
by the following organisations. Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
Approvals: Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
terminal based
● American Bureau of Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
Shipping Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
● Lloyds Register of
Ships
● Det Norske Veritas/
Germanischer Lloyd
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
● Bureau Veritas Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Other approvals on request Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤ 5 %
Life expectancy 4) > 10 million cycles, 0 .. 100 % FS
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
Measuring ranges: approval for Lloyds Register on request,
1000 bar and above only with connection G 1/2 B DIN EN 837
2)
3)
4)
EN 18.322.3/02.18
145
EN175301-803
Profile seal ring
Pin HDA 47X5-A

1 Signal +
Male connector 2 Signal -
Male connector
3p+PE EN175301-803 3 n.c.
4 pole
┴ Housing
M12x1
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869 Pin HDA 47X6-A
1 Signal +
2 n.c.
3 Signal -
4 n.c.
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X X – A – XXXX – S00
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal

Note:
0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
S00 = with approvals for shipping department.
Accessories: HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

EN 18.322.3/02.18
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
146
1

Overload pressures bar 3 8
The HDA 4100 has a ceramic measurement Burst pressure bar 5 12
measuring absolute pressure in the low
pressure range. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
The evaluation electronics converts the Sensor cell: Ceramic
measured pressure into a proportional Seal: FKM/EPDM
analogue signal of 4 .. 20 mA. (as per model code)
The electronic module is completely potted Output data
to protect it against humidity, vibrations and Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
shock, and is enclosed in a solid stainless RLmax.= (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
steel housing. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
For use in the shipping industry, these terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
pressure transmitters have been approved Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.25 % FS typ.
by the following organisations. ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Approvals: Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
● American Bureau of Non-linearity acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Shipping terminal based
● Lloyds Register of Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
Ships Rise time ≤ 1 ms
● Det Norske Veritas/ Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Germanischer Lloyd Operating temperature range 1) -30 .. +85 °C / -25 .. +85 °C
● Bureau Veritas
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Vibration resistance acc.to ≤ 20 g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Other approvals on request Supply voltage 10 .. 32 V DC
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
EN 18.325.3/02.18
147
EN175301-803
Profile seal ring

Pin HDA 4145-A
1 Signal +
2 Signal -
3 n.c.
┴ Housing
3p+PE EN175301-803 4 pole
M12x1
Hex AF
width 27
Pin HDA 4146-A

Elastomer 1 Signal +
profile seal
ring 2 n.c.
DIN3869 3 Signal -
4 n.c.
Model code:
HDA 4 1 4 X – A – XXXX – S00 – X 1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal

01.0; 02.5
Modification number
S00 = with approvals for shipping

Note:
Connection material (in contact with fluid) The information in this brochure relates to the
1 = stainless steel operating conditions and applications described.
department.
Accessories:
EN 18.325.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
148
EN 180.000.3/02.18
2
149
PRESSURE
PRESSURE SWITCHES [2] Page
Relative pressure
EDS 300 Display 153
2 EDS 3300 Display 157
EDS 410 OEM 165
EDS 710 OEM 167
EDS 810 OEM 169
EDS 4300 181
EDS 4400 183
Absolute pressure

Relative pressure
EDS 4400 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 197
EDS 4400 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA OEM 201
Absolute pressure
SHIP
Relative pressure
EDS 300 Display 221
EN 180.000.3/02.18
150
Pressure Switch
EDS 1700 2
Relative pressure Display
4 switching outputs
Analogue output
With its integrated pressure measurement Input data
cell, four-digit display and four switching
Measuring ranges bar 16 40 100 250 400 600
outputs, the EDS 1700 offers the user all the
advantages of a modern electronic pressure Overload pressures bar 32 80 200 500 800 1000
switch. Burst pressure bar 200 200 500 1000 2000 2000
Four switch points and switch-back Mechanical connection Threaded port G1/4 DIN 3852
points can be adjusted very simply and Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
independently of one another using the key Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
pad. Output data
For optimum integration in monitoring Switching outputs 4 relay outputs with change-over contacts
systems (e.g. with PLC), an analogue output (2 groups, common supply of each group connected)
(4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V) is also available. Switching current: 0.01 .. 2 A per switching output
Switching voltage: 0.1 .. 250 V AC, 12 .. 32 V DC
The main fields of application of the Switching capacity: 500 VA, 64 W (for inductive
EDS 1700 are in hydraulics and pneumatics. load, use varistors)
The instrument is ideal for use where Switching cycles (ohmic resistance):
frequent switching cycles (several million), ≥ 20 million minimum load
stable switch point accuracy or simple and ≥ 400000 maximum load (typ.)
precise adjustability are required. Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 400 Ω
0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 2 kΩ
Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, EDS 1700-P: ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
terminal based EDS 1700-N: ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
Temperature compensation, zero point
EDS 1700-P ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C typ. / ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C max.
EDS 1700-N ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ. / ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Temperature compensation, span
EDS 1700-P ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C typ. / ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C max.
EDS 1700-N ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ. / ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Repeatability EDS 1700-P: ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
EDS 1700-N: ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
Reaction time approx. 20 ms
Long-term drift ≤ 0.3 % FS typ. / year
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
Other data
Electrical connection Plug-in terminal block, 14 pole
Current consumption approx. 200 mA
Display 4-digit, LED, 7 segment, red,
height of digits 13 mm
Weight ~ 800 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit
EN 18.055.6/02.18

151
Setting options: Dimensions:
The core of the unit is a microprocessor
which provides many useful extra functions in Screw type conduit fitting PG 11
addition to normal pressure switch operation. It
is possible, for example, to activate switching
delay times to prevent fast pressure peaks from
triggering an unwanted reversal process. All
settings are made using the key pad.
Setting ranges of the switch

2
points:
zz Switch point, relay 1 to 4:
1.5 % .. 100 % FS
zz Switch-back point, relay 1 to 4:
1 % .. 99 % FS
or alternatively switch-back hysteresis 1 to 4:
1 % .. 99 % FS
Note:
FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring
range
G1/4 DIN3852 female
Additional setting options: countersink to DIN 74-KM5
zz Switching direction of relays 1 to 4
(N/C or N/O function)
zz Switch-on delay, relays 1 to 4 in the range
0.00 .. 90 seconds
zz Switch-off delay relays 1 to 4 in the range
0.00 .. 90 seconds
zz Switch-back mode (alternatively switch-back
point or switch-back hysteresis) Model code:
zz Display of the actual pressure, a switch point EDS 1 7 9 X – X – XXX – 000
or the peak value
zz Display filter (slow / medium / fast) Mechanical connection
9 = threaded port G1/4 DIN 3852
zz Display range individually selectable (bar, psi,
user-selectable) Display
zz Display of the measurement unit (bar, psi) 1 = 4-digit bar
zz Analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V) 2 = 4-digit psi
zz Programming lock Accuracy
P = 0.5 %
Terminal assignment: N = 1 %
Pin
1 +UB 016; 040; 100; 250; 400; 600
2 0V
Modification number
3 Analogue output Signal + 000 = standard
4 Analogue output Signal - (0 V)
5 Relay 1 N/C
6 Relay 1 N/O Accessories available (not supplied with instrument)
Vibration mounts Part no.: 257492
7 Centre relay 1 and 2
8 Relay 2 N/C More detailed information on accessories can be found in the Accessories brochure.
9 Relay 2 N/O
10 Relay 3 N/C
11 Relay 3 N/O
13 Relay 4 N/C
14 Relay 4 N/O
Note:
The information in this brochure relates to the HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.055.6/02.18
operating conditions and applications described. Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Germany
For applications or operating conditions not Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
described, please contact the relevant technical Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
department. E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
152
Pressure Switch
EDS 300 2
Up to 2 switching outputs
Analogue output
The EDS 300 is a compact, electronic Input data
pressure switch with integrated digital display.
The integrated pressure sensor is based on a Measuring ranges bar 16 40 100 250 400 600
measurement cell with thin-fi lm strain gauge Overload pressures bar 32 80 200 500 800 1000
on a stainless steel membrane. Burst pressure bar 200 200 500 1000 2000 2000
Four different output models are available: Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
with one switch point or with two switch points
and both models can also have an additional Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
analogue output signal 4 .. 20 mA. Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
The switch points and the associated Output data
hystereses can be adjusted using the key
pad. For optimum adaptation to a particular Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
Switching current: max. 1.2 A per
application, the instrument has many switching output
additional adjustment parameters, e.g. Switching cycles: > 100 million
switching delay times, N/O / N/C function of
the outputs. Analogue output, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 400 Ω
The main applications of the EDS 300 are terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
to indicate pressures and limits in hydraulics Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
and pneumatics and anywhere where high ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
switching frequency or constant switching
Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
accuracy would overburden a mechanical ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
pressure switch.
Reaction time approx. 10 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Current consumption approx. 100 mA (inactive switching output)
height of digits 9.2 mm
Weight ~ 300 g
1)
EN 18.056.7/02.18
153
Setting options: Pin connections:
All settings available on the EDS 300 are
grouped in 2 easy-to-navigate menus. Binder series 714 M18
In order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of
the device, a programming lock can be set.
Setting ranges for the

switching outputs:
Switch point function
2
Meas. Switch point Hysteresis Increment*
range
in bar in bar in bar in bar
0 .. 16 0.3 .. 16 0.1 .. 15.8 0.1 Pin EDS 344-2 EDS 344-3
0 .. 40 0.6 .. 40 0.2 .. 39.6 0.2 1 +UB +UB
0 .. 100 1.5 .. 100 0.5 .. 99.0 0.5 2 0V 0V
0 .. 250 3.0 .. 250 1.0 .. 248 1.0 3 SP1 SP1
0 .. 400 6.0 .. 400 2.0 .. 396 2.0 4 SP2 Analogue
0 .. 600 15.0 .. 600 5.0 .. 590 5.0
EN175301-803
Window function
Meas. Lower switch Upper switch Increment*
range value value
0 .. 16 0.2 .. 15.9 0.3 .. 16 0.1
0 .. 40 0.4 .. 39.8 0.6 .. 40 0.2
0 .. 100 1.0 .. 99.5 1.5 .. 100 0.5
0 .. 250 2.0 .. 249.0 3.0 .. 250 1.0
0 .. 400 4.0 .. 398.0 6.0 .. 400 2.0
0 .. 600 10.0 .. 595.0 15.0 .. 600 5.0 Pin EDS 345-1
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted 1 +UB
by the increments shown.
2 0V
Additional functions: 3 SP1
┴ Housing
zz Switching mode of the switching outputs
adjustable (switch point function or window
function)
M12x1, 4 pole
zz Switching direction of the switching outputs
adjustable (N/C or N/O function)
zz Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable
from 0.0 .. 75.0 seconds
zz Choice of display (actual pressure, peak
value, switch point 1, switch point 2, display
off)
zz Optional analogue output signal 4 .. 20 mA
zz Subsequent correction of zero point in the
range ± 3 % FS possible Pin EDS 346-1 EDS 346-2 EDS 346-3
1 +UB +UB +UB
2 n.c. SP2 Analogue
3 0V 0V 0V
4 SP1 SP1 SP1
M12x1, 5 pole
4 3
5
1 2
Pin EDS 348-5

1 +UB
2 Analogue
3 0V
4 SP1
5 SP2
EN 18.056.7/02.18
154
Dimensions:
Male connector Binder

series 714 -4p
Profile
seal ring 2
Male connector
4 pole / 5 pole
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
EN 18.056.7/02.18
155
Model code: Note:
EDS 3 4 X – X – XXX – 000 the operating conditions and applications
described.
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2 For applications or operating conditions not
Electrical connection department.
4 = male, Binder series 714 M18, 4 pole Subject to technical modifications.
only possible on output models "2" and "3"
2 (mating connector not supplied)
5 = male, EN175301-803, 3 pole + PE
only possible on output model "1"
only possible on output models "1", "2" and "3"
Output
1 = 1 switching output
only in conjunction with electrical connection type "5" or "6"
2 = 2 switching outputs
3 = 1 switching output and 1 analogue output
5 = 2 switching outputs and 1 analogue output
only in conjunction with electrical connection type "8"

016; 040; 100; 250; 400; 600
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, mechanical adapters, splash guards and
clamps for wall-mounting etc, can be found in the Accessories brochure.

EN 18.056.7/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
156
Pressure Switch
EDS 3300 2
Analogue output
The EDS 3300 is a compact electronic Input data
pressure switch with integrated digital
Measuring ranges bar -1 .. 1 1 2.5 6 10 16
display for relative pressure measurement in
the low pressure range. Overload pressures bar 3 3 8 18 30 48
Burst pressure bar 5 5 12 30 50 80
It has a ceramic measurement cell with
Mechanical connection See model code
thick-layer strain gauge. Depending on the
particular version, the instrument can have Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
one or two switching outputs, and there Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
is the option of an additional switchable Sensor cell: Ceramic
analogue output signal (4 .. 20 mA or Seal: Copper (G1/2) / FKM / EPDM
(as per model code)
0 .. 10 V).
Output data
A special design feature of the EDS 3300 is Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
that the display can be moved in two planes. Switching current: max. 1.2 A per output
The device can be installed in almost any Switching cycles: > 100 million
mounting position and the display can be Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
turned to the optimum position without the 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
usual additional expense of a mechanical 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
adapter. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
The 4-digit display can indicate the pressure terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
in bar, psi or MPa. The user can select Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
the particular measurement unit. When ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
changing to a different measurement Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
unit, the device automatically converts all ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
the switching settings to the new unit of Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
measurement. Reaction time < 10 ms
The EDS 3300 is also available in a variant Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
with menu navigation in accordance with Environmental conditions
VDMA. Compensated temperature range -10 .. +70 °C
The main applications of the EDS 3300 Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-25 .. +60 °C for UL spec.)
are primarily in low-pressure ranges in Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
hydraulics and pneumatics, as well as in Fluid temperature range -25 .. +80 °C
refrigeration and air conditioning technology. mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark1) Certifi cate no.: E318391
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Supply voltage 9 .. 35 V DC without analogue output
18 .. 35 V DC with analogue output
when applied acc. to UL specifi cations – limited energy – acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2;
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Current consumption max. 2.455 A total
max. 35 mA with inactive switching output
and analogue output
Display 4-digit, LED, 7-segment, red,
Weight ~ 120 g
Note: Overvoltage, override, short circuit protection are provided
EN 18.068.3/02.18

1)
2)
157
Setting options Setting options Additional functions:
standard design: menu navigation acc. to ●● Switching mode of the switching outputs
All settings offered by the EDS 3300 are VDMA: function)
grouped in 2 easy-to-navigate menus.
All terms and symbols used for setting the ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
EDS 3300 as well as the menu structure comply adjustable (N/C or N/O function)
with the specifications in the VDMA Standard
(VDMA 24574-1) for pressure switches. ●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable
Setting ranges for the from 0.00 .. 99.99 seconds
The EDS 3300 can easily be adjusted via three
switching outputs: buttons. ●● Analogue output signal selectable 4 .. 20 mA
2 Switch point function or 0 .. 10 V
Meas. Switch point Hysteresis Incre- Setting ranges for the ●● Pressure can be displayed in measurement
units bar, psi, MPa. The scaling can also be
range
in bar in bar in bar
ment*
in bar
switching outputs: adapted to indicate force, weight, etc.
- 1 .. 1 - 0.97 .. 1 - 0.99 .. 0.98 0.01 Measuring Lower limit of Upper limit of
0 .. 1 0.016 .. 1 0.006 .. 0.99 0.002
range RP / FL SP / FH Additionally in the
0 .. 2.5 0.04 .. 2.5 0.015 .. 2.475 0.005 -1 .. 1 -0.98 1.00 standard design:
0 .. 6 0.09 .. 6 0.3 .. 5.94 0.01 ●● Choice of display (actual pressure, peak
0 .. 1 0.010 1.000
0 .. 10 0.16 .. 10 0.06 .. 9.9 0.02 0 .. 2.5 0.025 2.500
off)
0 .. 16 0.25 .. 16 0.1 .. 15.8 0.05 0 .. 6 0.06 6.00
●● Display filter for smoothing the display value
0 .. 10 0.10 10.00
Window function during pressure pulsations
0 .. 16 0.20 16.00
Meas. Lower switch Upper switch Incre- Pin connections:
range value value ment* Measuring Min. difference Incre-
in bar in bar in bar in bar range betw. RP and SP ment* M12x1, 4 pole
- 1 .. 1 - 0.97 .. 0.96 - 0.95 .. 0.98 0.01 in bar & FL and FH in bar
0 .. 1 0.016 .. 0.982 0.024 .. 0.99 0.002 -1 .. 1 0.02 0.01
0 .. 1 0.010 0.002
0 .. 2.5 0.04 .. 2.455 0.06 .. 2.475 0.005
0 .. 2.5 0.025 0.005
0 .. 6 0.09 .. 5.89 0.14 .. 5.94 0.01
0 .. 6 0.06 0.01
0 .. 10 0.16 .. 9.82 0.24 .. 9.9 0.02 0 .. 10 0.10 0.02
0 .. 16 0.25 .. 15.7 0.4 .. 15.8 0.05 0 .. 16 0.20 0.05
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted * All ranges given in the table can be adjusted by
by the increments shown. the increments shown.
SP = switch point
Pin EDS EDS EDS
RP = switch-back point 33X6-1 33X6-2 33X6-3
FL = pressure window lower value
1 +UB +UB +UB
FH = pressure window upper value
2 n.c. SP2 Analogue
3 0V 0V 0V
4 SP1 SP1 SP1
M12x1, 5 pole
4 3
5
1 2
Pin EDS
33X8-5
1 +UB
2 Analogue
3 0V
4 SP1
5 SP2
EN 18.068.3/02.18
158
Dimensions: Note:
department.
2
Display
turns through
270°
Housing
turns through
340°
Hex AF
width 27
G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
G1/2 B
DIN EN 837
Flat seal ring Cu

DIN 3869
Male connector M12x1

4 pole / 5 pole
Model code:
EDS 3 3 X X – X – XXXX – X00 – X 1
1 = G1/2 B DIN-EN 837
only for modification "000"
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
9 = threaded port DIN 3852-G1/4
only possible on output model "5" and modification "000"
Output
and modification "000"
0001 (-1 .. 1); 01.0; 02.5; 06.0; 0010; 0016
Modification number
000 = standard
V00 = menu navigation acc. to VDMA (standard sheet 24574)
E = EPDM seal (e.g. for water, refrigerants)
1 = stainless steel HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.068.3/02.18

Germany
Accessories: Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
159
2
160
EN 18.068.3/02.18
Pressure Switch
EDS 3400 2
Analogue output
pressure switch with integrated digital display
Measuring ranges1) bar 40 100 250 400 600 1000
for relative pressure measurement in the
high pressure range. Overload pressures bar 80 200 500 800 1000 1600
The instrument has a measurement cell with
thin-fi lm strain gauge on a stainless steel
membrane. Depending on the particular Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
version, the instrument can have one or two Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
switching outputs, and there is the option Seal: FKM
of an additional switchable analogue output Output data
signal (4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V). Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
Switching current: max. 1.2 A per output
A special design feature of the EDS 3400 is Switching cycles: > 100 million
that the display can be moved in two planes.
Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
The device can be installed in almost any 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
mounting position and the display can be 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
turned to the optimum position without the Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
usual additional expense of a mechanical terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
adapter. Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
The 4-digit display can indicate the pressure ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
in bar, psi or MPa. The user can select the Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
particular measurement unit. When changing ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
to a different measurement unit, the device Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
automatically converts all the switching Reaction time < 10 ms
settings to the new unit of measurement. Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
The EDS 3400 is also available in a variant Environmental conditions
with menu navigation in accordance with Compensated temperature range -10 .. +70 °C
VDMA. Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-25 .. +60 °C for UL spec.)
The main applications of the EDS 3400 are Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
primarily in hydraulics and pneumatics, as Fluid temperature range -25 .. +80 °C
well as in refrigeration and air conditioning
technology. mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
and analogue output
Weight ~ 120 g
Note: Overvoltage, override protection and short circuit protection are provided.
1)
1000 bar only with mechanical connection G1/4A ISO 1179-2
EN 18.060.4/02.18
2)
3)
161
Setting options Setting options Additional functions:
standard design: menu navigation acc. to ●● Switching mode of the switching outputs
All settings offered by the EDS 3400 are VDMA: function)
grouped in 2 easy-to-navigate menus. All terms and symbols used for setting the
In order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
EDS 3400 as well as the menu structure comply adjustable (N/C or N/O function)
the device, a programming lock can be set. with the specifications in the VDMA Standard
(VDMA 24574-1) for pressure switches. ●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable
Setting ranges from 0.00 .. 99.99 seconds
The EDS 3400 can easily be adjusted via three
for the switching outputs: buttons. ●● Analogue output signal selectable 4 .. 20 mA
Meas. Switch Hysteresis Incre- Setting ranges for the ●● Pressure can be displayed in measurement
range
in bar
point
in bar in bar
ment*
in bar
switching outputs: units bar, psi, MPa. The scaling can also be
adapted to indicate force, weight, ect.
0 .. 40 0.6 .. 40 0.2 .. 39.6 0.1 Measuring Lower limit of Upper limit of
0 .. 100 1.6 .. 100 0.6 .. 99.0 0.2
range RP / FL SP / FH Additionally in the
0 .. 250 4.0 .. 250 1.5 .. 247.5 0.5 0 .. 40 0.4 40.0 standard design:
0 .. 400 6.0 .. 400 2.0 .. 396 1 ●● Choice of display (actual pressure, peak
0 .. 100 1.0 100.0
0 .. 600 9.0 .. 600 3.0 .. 594 1 0 .. 250 2.5 250.0
off)
0 .. 1000 16 .. 1000 6 .. 990 2 0 .. 400 4 400
0 .. 600 6 600
Window function during pressure pulsations
0 .. 1000 10 1000
Meas. Lower switch Upper switch Incre- Pin connections:
range value value ment* Measuring Min. difference Incre-
in bar in bar in bar in bar range betw. RP and SP ment* M12x1, 4 pole
0 .. 40 0.6 .. 39.2 0.9 .. 39.6 0.1 in bar & FL and FH in bar
0 .. 100 1.6 .. 98.2 2.4 .. 99 0.2 0 .. 40 0.4 0.1
0 .. 250 4.0 .. 245.5 6.0 .. 247.5 0.5 0 .. 100 1.0 0.2
0 .. 250 2.5 0.5
0 .. 400 6.0 .. 392 9.0 .. 396 1
0 .. 400 4 1
0 .. 600 9.0 .. 589 14 .. 594 1 0 .. 600 6 1
0 .. 1000 16 .. 982 24 .. 990 2 0 .. 1000 10 2
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted by
the increments shown.
SP = switch point Pin EDS EDS EDS
RP = switch-back point 34X6-1 34X6-2 34X6-3
FL = pressure window lower value 1 +UB +UB +UB
FH = pressure window upper value 2 n.c. SP2 Analogue
3 0V 0V 0V
4 SP1 SP1 SP1
M12x1, 5 pole
4 3
5
1 2
Pin EDS
34X8-5
1 +UB
2 Analogue
3 0V
4 SP1
5 SP2
EN 18.060.4/02.18
162
Dimensions: Note:
department.
2
Display
turns through
270°
Housing
turns through
340°
Hex AF
width 27
G1/4 A ISO 1179-2

DIN 3869

4 pole / 5 pole
Model code:
EDS 3 4 X X – X – XXXX – 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output

0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
1000 (only with mech. connection code "4")
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.060.4/02.18

Accessories: Germany
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
163
2
164
EN 18.060.4/02.18
Pressure Switch
EDS 410 for series applications 2
Relative pressure Factory-set

The electronic pressure switch EDS 410 has Input data
been specially developed for use in series
Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 6 10 16 40 60 100 250 400 600
applications, and is based on the EDS 4000
pressure switch series. Overload pressures bar 3 8 18 30 48 80 120 200 500 800 1000
The EDS 410 is available with one or two Mechanical connection1) G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
transistor outputs (PNP), which can be Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
defined as either N/C or N/O.
Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
The switch and switch-back points of the Sensor cell: Ceramic or stainless steel
EDS 410 are factory-set acc. to customer Seal: FKM or EPDM
(as per model code)
specification (not field-adjustable). As with
the EDS 4000 standard model, the EDS 410 Output data
has a ceramic measurement cell with thick- Switching outputs 1 or 2 transistor outputs PNP or NPN
layer strain gauge for measuring relative Switching current:
PNP: max. 1.2 A with 1 switching output
pressure in the low pressure range, and a max. 1 A each with 2 switching outputs
measurement cell with thin-film strain gauge NPN: max. 0.5 A with 1 switching output
on a stainless steel membrane for measuring max. 0.3 A each with 2 switching outputs
in the high pressure range. Switching cycles: > 100 million
Switch points/switch-back points:
Various pressure ranges between 0 .. 1 bar acc. to customer specification
and 0 .. 600 bar as well as different electrical Switch-on and switch-off delay:
and mechanical connection types are 8 .. 2000 ms (standard 32 ms);
available. factory-set acc. to customer specification
Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Repeatability ≤ 0.1 % FS max.
Fluid temperature range2) -40 .. +100 °C / -25 .. +100 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
IP 67
Other data
Electrical connection1) e.g. EN175301-803
M12x1 (4 pole)
jacketed cable
Current consumption ≤ 25 mA with inactive switching outputs
≤ 1.225 A with 1 switching output
≤ 2.425 A with 2 switching outputs
Weight ~ 145 g
EN 18.352.3/02.18

1)
Additional connection options available on request
2)
3)
165
Dimensions: Note:
department.
Heat shrink sleeving (sealed with silicone)

DEUTSCH male connector DT04-4P
connector contact crimped on
2
Cable gland Pg9

4p 3p +PE EN175301-803
Elastomer profile seal ring DIN3869
Hex AF
width 27

EN 18.352.3/02.18

Germany
Order details: Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
The electronic pressure switch EDS 410 has been specially developed for OEM customers and is Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
available for minimum order quantities of 50 pieces per type. e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
For precise specifications, please contact the Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC. Internet: www.hydac.com
166
Pressure Switch
Customised designs thanks to

diverse electrical and mechanical
connections
1 switching output
been specially developed for use in series
applications.
The highly compact unit has a very robust Burst pressure bar 200 300 500 800 1250 2000 2000
pressure sensor with thin-film strain gauge Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
on a stainless steel membrane. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
The EDS 710 is available with 1 transistor Parts in contact with fluid1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
output (PNP) which can be defined either as Seal: FKM
N/C or N/O. Output data
The switch and switch-back point of the Switching output 1 PNP transistor output
EDS 710 each are factory-set acc. to Switching current: 400 mA
customer specification (not field-adjustable). Switching cycles: > 100 million
Switch point/switch-back point:
Various pressure ranges between 0 .. 16 bar acc. to customer specification
and 0 .. 600 bar are available. Switch-on and switch-off delay:
8 .. 2000 ms (standard 32 ms);
factory-set acc. to customer specification
≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
Other data
Electrical connection4) e.g. M12x1 (4 pole);
jacketed cable
Weight ~ 60 g
1)
2)
3)
With mounted mating connector in corresponding protection class (M12x1)
4)
Additional electrical connection options, such as cables with various connector variants,
available on request
EN 18.351.3/02.18
167
Dimensions: Note:
Cable screen and core ends described, please contact the relevant technical
twisted and tinned department.
Hex AF
width 19
Hex AF
width 19
Elastomer profile Elastomer profile

seal ring DIN3869 seal ring DIN3869

EN 18.351.3/02.18

Germany
available for minimum order quantities of 100 units per type. e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
168
Pressure Switch

connections
been specially developed for use in series Measuring ranges bar 40 60 100 160 250 400 600
applications.
The highly compact unit has a very robust Burst pressure bar 200 300 500 800 1250 2000 2000
pressure sensor with thin-fi lm strain gauge. Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
7/16-20 UNF 2A
All of the parts in contact with the fl uid 9/16-18 UNF 2A
(sensor and pressure port) are made of Tightening torque, recommended 15 Nm (7/16-20 UNF 2A)
stainless steel and are welded together. This 20 Nm (G1/4 A ISO 1179-2, 9/16-18 UNF 2A)
means that there are no sealing points in the Parts in contact with fl uid1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
interior of the sensor. The risk of leakage has Seal: FKM
been eliminated. Output data
Switching output - 1 PNP or 1 NPN transistor output
The transistor output is available with either - 2 PNP transistor outputs (only in
an N/C or a N/O function. The switch and conjunction with electrical connection
switch-back point of the EDS 810 each are M12x1, 4 pole, DT04-4p, DIN 72585-4p)
Switching current: ≤ 500 mA per switching output
factory-set acc. to customer specifi cation (not Switching cycles: > 100 million
fi eld-adjustable). Various pressure ranges Switch point/switch-back point:
between 0 and 40 bar and 0 and 600 bar are acc. to customer specifi cation
Switch-on and switch-off delay:
available. 8 .. 2000 ms (standard 32 ms);
factory-set acc. to customer specifi cation
Especially for the use in public traffi c
vehicles, EDS 810 has approval terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
(approved for road vehicles) in accordance
with ECE type approval. ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark E13*10R00*1DR03*3969*01
Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 25 g (at 5 .. 2000 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-6
Protection class4) acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65, IP 67
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K
Other data
Electrical connection Various male connectors e.g. M12x1, Packard Metri
Pack, Deutsch DT 04, AMP Superseal, AMP Junior
Power Timer, jacketed cable
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Current consumption 1 PNP max. 0.52 A total / max. 20 mA with
inactive switching output
2 PNP max. 1.02 A total /max. 20 mA with
inactive switching outputs
NPN max. 20 mA total
EN 18.350.3/02.18
Weight ~ 55 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit protection
are provided.
1)
2)
3)
4)
With mounted mating connector in corresponding protection class 169
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector Male connector Male connector operating conditions and applications described.
DIN 72585 Deutsch DT 04 Deutsch DT 04 For applications or operating conditions not
3 pole/4 pole 3 pole 4 pole described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
Male connector Male connector Jacketed cable

Junior Power Timer Metri-Pack series 150
3 pole 3 pole

DIN EN175301-803 Superseal series 1.5
3 pole 3 pole

Hex AF
width 27
Orifice
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Orifice
Orifice

EN 18.350.3/02.18

Germany
available for minimum order quantities of 500 units per type. e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
170
Pressure Switch
EDS 8000 2
EDS 8000 is an electronic pressure switch Input data
in compact design which is simple to adjust. Measuring ranges bar 25 40 100 250 400 600
Models with one or two transistor outputs (PNP
Overload pressures bar 80 80 200 500 800 1000
or NPN) are available.
The switch points are set using the two keys Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
and a four-digit display. During operation the Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
switching position is indicated by either a red Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
or a green backlight in the display. Seal: FKM
Output data
For optimum adaptation to a particular
Switching outputs 1 or 2 transistor outputs PNP or NPN
application, the instrument has many Switching current: max. 250 mA per output
additional adjustment parameters, e.g. Switching cycles: > 100 million
switching delay times, N/O / N/C function of Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
the outputs. terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
EDS 8000 is available in various pressure ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
ranges between 0 .. 25 bar and 0 .. 600 bar. Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
The main applications of the EDS 8000 are ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
to indicate pressures and limits in hydraulics Repeatability ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
and pneumatics, or any application where Reaction time < 10 ms
high switching frequency or constant Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max. / year
switching accuracy would overburden a Environmental conditions
mechanical pressure switch. Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Nominal temperature range of display (read-out) -15 .. + 70 °C
Storage temperature range -40 .. 85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Vibration resistance acc. to approx. 10 g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
Shock resistance acc. to approx. 50 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data ≤ 5 %
Supply voltage 9.6 .. 32 V DC
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Residual ripple of supply voltage
max. 35 mA (with inactive switching output)
Display 4-digit, LED, 7-segment,
Weight ~ 70 g
1)
2)
3)
EN 18.365.3/02.18
171
All the terms and symbols used for setting
the EDS 8000 as well as menu structure
comply with the specifications of the
German Engineering Federation Standard
(VDMA 24574-1) for pressure switches. The
EDS 8000 is easy and convenient to set up using Male connector M12x1 4 pole
the two buttons.

2
switching outputs:
Measuring Lower limit of Upper limit of
range RP / FL SP / FH
0 .. 25 0.25 25.00
0 .. 40 0.4 40.0
0 .. 100 1.0 100.0
0 .. 250 2.5 250.0
0 .. 400 4 400
0 .. 600 6 600 Orifice
Measuring Min. difference Incre-

range betw. RP and SP ment*
in bar & FL and FH in bar
0 .. 25 0.25 0.05
0 .. 40 0.4 0.1
0 .. 100 1.0 0.2
0 .. 250 2.5 0.5
0 .. 400 4 1
0 .. 600 6 1
SP = switch point
RP = switch-back point
Model code:
Additional functions: EDS 8 4 4 6 - X - XXXX – X00
●● Switching mode of the switching outputs
adjustable (switch point function or window Mechanical connection
function) 4 = G 1/4 A ISO 1179-2
●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
adjustable (N/C or N/O function) Electrical connection
●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable (mating connector not supplied)
●● Display filter for smoothing the display value Output
during pressure pulsations 1 = 1 switching output
●● Pressure can be displayed in 2 = 2 switching outputs
bar, psi, MPa
0025; 0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Pin connections:
M12x1, 4 pole Modification number
000 = standard
N00 = version with NPN switching outputs
Pin EDS 8446-1 EDS 8446-2 Accessories:

1 +UB +UB Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors and mechanical adapters, can be found in
2 n.c. SP2 the Accessories brochure.
3 0V 0V
4 SP1 SP1
Note:
EN 18.365.3/02.18
operating conditions and applications described. Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Germany
department. e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
172
Pressure Switch
EDS 3300 2
Flush membrane
Analogue output
The electronic pressure switch EDS 3300 Input data
with a flush membrane was designed
Measuring ranges bar -1 .. 1 1 2.5 6 10 16
specifically for applications in which a
standard pressure port could become Overload pressures bar 3 3 8 18 30 48
blocked, clogged or frozen by the particular Burst pressure bar 5 5 12 30 50 80
medium used. Mechanical connection See model code
Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
Further applications include processes
where the medium changes frequently Sensor cell: Ceramic
and any residues could cause mixing or Seal: FKM
contamination of the media. O-ring: FKM
Like the standard model, the EDS 3300 Pressure transfer fluid Silicone-free oil
with flush membrane has a ceramic Output data
measurement cell with a thick-layer strain Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
gauge for relative pressure measurement in Switching current: max. 1.2 A per output
a low pressure range. Switching cycles: > 100 million
Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable: 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
The pressure port is achieved with a fully 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
sealed stainless steel front membrane Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
filled internally with a pressure transfer terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
fluid. The process pressure is transmitted Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
hydrostatically to the measurement cell via ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
the pressure transfer fluid. Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
Depending on the type, the instrument can
have up to two switching outputs and a Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
switchable analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or Reaction time < 10 ms
0 .. 10 V). Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-25 .. +60 °C for UL spec.)
Fluid temperature range -25 .. +80 °C / -25 .. +150 °C with cooling section
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
and analogue output
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.378.2/02.18

1)
2)
173
Setting options: Additional functions: Pin connections:
All settings offered by the EDS 3300 are zz Switching mode of the switching outputs
grouped in 2 easy-to-navigate menus. adjustable (switch point function or window M12x1, 4 pole
In order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of function)
the device, a programming lock can be set. zz Switching direction of the switching outputs
Setting ranges for the zz Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable
switching outputs: from 0.00 .. 99.99 seconds
Switch point function zz Choice of display (actual pressure, peak
2 value, switch point 1, switch point 2, display
Meas. Switch Hysteresis Incre- off)
range point ment*
in bar in bar in bar in bar zz Display filter for smoothing the display value
-1 .. 1 -0.97 .. 1 -0.99 .. 0.98 0.01 during pressure pulsations
Pin EDS EDS EDS
0 .. 1 0.016 .. 1 0.006 .. 0.99 0.002 zz Analogue output signal selectable 4 .. 20 mA
0 .. 2.5 0.04 .. 2.5 0.015 .. 2.475 0.005 or 0 .. 10 V 33Z6-1 33Z6-2 33Z6-3
0 .. 6 0.09 .. 6 0.3 .. 5.94 0.01 1 +UB +UB +UB
zz Pressure can be displayed in measurement
0 .. 10 0.16 .. 10 0.06 .. 9.9 0.02 units bar, psi, MPa. The scaling can also be 2 n.c. SP2 Analogue
0 .. 16 0.25 .. 16 0.1 .. 15.8 0.05 adapted to indicate force, weight, etc. 3 0V 0V 0V
4 SP1 SP1 SP1
Window function
M12x1, 5 pole
Meas. Lower switch Upper switch Incre-
range value value ment*
4 3
-1 .. 1 -0.97 .. 0.96 -0.95 .. 0.98 0.01 5
0 .. 1 0.016 .. 0.982 0.024 .. 0.99 0.002

1 2
0 .. 2.5 0.04 .. 2.455 0.06 .. 2.475 0.005
0 .. 6 0.09 .. 5.89 0.14 .. 5.94 0.01
0 .. 10 0.16 .. 9.82 0.24 .. 9.9 0.02
0 .. 16 0.25 .. 15.7 0.4 .. 15.8 0.05
Pin EDS
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted 33Z8-5
1 +UB
2 Analogue
3 0V
4 SP1
5 SP2
EN 18.378.2/02.18
174
Dimensions:
Installation dimension Ø 53.5

4 pole/5 pole
2
Display
turns through
270°
Housing
turns through
340°
Hex AF width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
[G01]
Hex AF
Hex AF width 27 width 27
18.5 x 23.9 x1.5
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78

O-ring 15 x 2
[G02] [G04]
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Seal ring DIN3869

18.5 x 23.9 x1.5
hex. SW27
[G05]
Seal ring DIN3869
18.5 x 23.9 x1.5
O-ring 15 x 2
[G12]
EN 18.378.2/02.18
175
Model code: Note:
EDS 3 3 Z X – X – XXXX – XXX – 000 operating conditions and applications described.
Mechanical process connection For applications or operating conditions not
Z = flush membrane described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
Electrical connection Subject to technical modifications.
2 8 = male M12x1, 5 pole
Output

01.0; 02.5; 06.0; 0010; 0016
0001 (-1 .. 1)
G01 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
G05 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:

EN 18.378.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
176
Pressure Switch
EDS 3400 2
Flush membrane
Analogue output
with a flush membrane was designed
specifically for applications in which a
standard pressure port could become Overload pressures bar 80 200 500 800 1000
blocked, clogged or frozen by the particular Burst pressure bar 200 500 1000 2000 2000
medium used. Mechanical connection See model code
Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G 1/4); 45 Nm (G 1/2)
Further applications include processes
where the medium changes frequently Seal: FKM
and any residues could cause mixing or O-ring: FKM
contamination of the media. Pressure transfer fluid Silicone-free oil
Like the standard model, the EDS 3400 with Output data
flush membrane has a measurement cell Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
with a thin-film strain gauge on a stainless Switching current: max. 1.2 A per output
steel membrane for relative pressure Switching cycles: > 100 million
measurement in the high pressure range. Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable: 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
The pressure port is achieved with a fully Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
sealed stainless steel front membrane terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
filled internally with a pressure transfer Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
fluid. The process pressure is transmitted ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
hydrostatically to the measurement cell via Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
the pressure transfer fluid. ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
Depending on the type, the instrument can Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
have up to two switching outputs and one Reaction time < 10 ms
switchable analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
0 .. 10 V). Environmental conditions
Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-25 .. +60 °C for UL spec.)
Fluid temperature range -25 .. +80 °C / -25 .. +150 °C with cooling section
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
and analogue output
Weight ~ 150 g
EN 18.377.2/02.18
1)
2)
177
Setting options: Pin connections:
grouped in 2 easy-to-navigate menus. M12x1, 4 pole

switching outputs:
2
Measuring Switch point Hysteresis Incre-
range ment*
0 .. 40 0.6 .. 40 0.2 .. 39.6 0.1
0 .. 100 1.6 .. 100 0.6 .. 99.0 0.2 Pin EDS EDS EDS
0 .. 250 4.0 .. 250 1.5 .. 247.5 0.5 34Z6-1 34Z6-2 34Z6-3
0 .. 400 6.0 .. 400 2.0 .. 396 1 1 +UB +UB +UB
0 .. 600 9.0 .. 600 3.0 .. 594 1 2 n.c. SP2 Analogue
3 0V 0V 0V
Window function 4 SP1 SP1 SP1
Measuring Lower switch Upper switch Incre-
range value value ment*
in bar in bar in bar in bar M12x1, 5 pole
0 .. 40 0.6 .. 39.2 0.9 .. 39.6 0.1
0 .. 100 1.6 .. 98.2 2.4 .. 99 0.2
0 .. 250 4.0 .. 245.5 6.0 .. 247.5 0.5 4 3
0 .. 400 6.0 .. 392 9.0 .. 396 1 5
0 .. 600 9.0 .. 589 14 .. 594 1
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted 1 2
Additional functions:
function) Pin EDS
●● Switching direction of the switching outputs 34Z8-5
adjustable (N/C or N/O function) 1 +UB
●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable 2 Analogue
from 0.00 .. 99.99 seconds 3 0V
4 SP1
●● Choice of display (actual pressure, peak
value, switch point 1, switch point 2, display 5 SP2
off)
during pressure pulsations
●● Analogue output signal selectable 4 .. 20 mA
or 0 .. 10 V
●● Pressure can be displayed in measurement
units bar, psi, MPa. The scaling can also be
adapted to indicate force, weight, etc.
EN 18.377.2/02.18
178
Dimensions:
Installation dimension Ø 535
2
Male connector
M12x1 4 pole/5 pole
Display
turns through
270°
Housing
turns through
340°
Hex AF width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
[G01]
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Seal ring DIN3869
Seal ring DIN3869
18.5 x 23.9 x 1.5
O-ring 7.65 x 1.78

O-ring 15 x 2
[G02] [G04]
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Seal ring DIN3869
18.5 x 23.9 x1.5
hex. SW27
[G05]
Seal ring DIN3869
18.5 x 23.9 x1.5
O-ring 15 x 2
[G12]
EN 18.377.2/02.18
179
Model code: Note:
EDS 3 4 Z X – X – XXXX – XXX – 000 operating conditions and applications described.
Mechanical process connection described, please contact the relevant technical
Z = flush membrane department.
2
Output
only in conjunction with electrical connection code type "8"

0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
G01 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
G05 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:

EN 18.377.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
180
Pressure Switch
EDS 4300 2
Relative pressure Programmable
The programmable electronic pressure Input data
switch in the series EDS 4300 was
Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 6 10 16 -1 .. 1 -1 .. 9
specially developed to combine the
advantages of a compact, robust and cost- Overload pressures bar 3 8 20 32 50 3 32
effective instrument with the benefits of a Burst pressure bar 5 12 30 48 75 5 48
programmable pressure switch. Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
The EDS 4300 can be easily programmed
using the HYDAC HPG 3000 Programming Sensor cell: Ceramic
Unit. Once the programming unit is Seal: FKM/EPDM (as per model code)
disconnected from the EDS 4300, the Output data
pressure switch retains all the settings.
Switching outputs 1 or 2 transistor outputs PNP or NPN
This prevents unauthorised or incorrect Switching current:
adjustment of the settings. PNP: max. 1.2 A with 1 switching output
max. 1 A each with 2 switching outputs
The following parameters can be changed: NPN: max. 0.5 A with 1 switching output
●● Switch point max. 0.3 A each with 2 switching outputs
●● Hysteresis Switching cycles: > 100 million
Switch points/hysteresis:
●● Switching direction (N/O / N/C) user-programmable with HYDAC
●● Switching delay times Programming Unit HPG 3000
The EDS 4300 is suitable for low-pressure 8 .. 2000 ms;
applications (up to 16 bar) and is equipped user-programmable with HYDAC
Programming Unit HPG 3000
with a pressure measurement cell with thick-
layer strain gauge on a ceramic membrane. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
In contrast to pressure switches which are Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
factory-set acc. to customer requirements ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
and not field-adjustable, the programmable Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
EDS 4300 is highly versatile and replaces a ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
wide range of models. This is advantageous Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
in respect of stock management. Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
An ATEX version of the EDS 4300 is also Environmental conditions
available for use in potentially explosive Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
atmospheres. Operating temperature range1) -40 .. +85 °C / -25 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 145 g
EN 18.070.3/02.18
1)
2)
3)
181
Setting options: Dimensions: Programming Unit:
In conjunction with the HYDAC Programming
Unit HPG 3000, all the settings are combined in (to be ordered separately)
Male connector 5p
an easy-to-follow menu. HPG 3000 – 000
Portable Programming Unit
Setting ranges for the Part No. 909422
switching outputs:
Measuring range Increment
in bar in bar
2 -1 .. 1 0.01
0 .. 1 0.002
0 .. 2.5 0.005
0 .. 6 0.01
-1 .. 9 0.02
0 .. 10 0.02 Hex AF
width 27
0 .. 16 0.05
The switch point (upper switch value) on all
instruments is between 5 % and 100 % of the
measuring range and the switch-back point
(lower switch value) is between 1 % and 96 % of
the measuring range. Elastomer
profile seal ring
Female connector
Minimum value Maximum value DIN 3869
5-pole
in ms in ms
Switch-on
delay 8 2040
Ton1/Ton2
Switch-off
delay 8 2040
ToF1/ToF2
The increment for all instruments is 8 ms. Model code:
EDS 4 3 4 8 – XXXX – X – P X – 000 – X 1
Pin connections:
M12x1, 5 pole 4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
4 3 8 = male M12x1, 5 pole
5
1 2 01.0; 02.5; 06.0; 0010; 0016
0001(-1 .. 1); 0009(-1 .. 9)
Number of switching outputs

Pin Process HPG 2 = 2 switching outputs
connection connection
1 +UB +UB Output technology
2 Out 2 n.c. P = programmable switching output
3 0V 0V
Output technology 2
4 Out 1 n.c. P = PNP switching output
5 n.c. Comport N = NPN switching output
Modification number
000 = standard

E = EPDM seal (e.g. for water or refrigerants)

1 = stainless steel
Accessories:
Note:
EN 18.070.3/02.18

Germany
182
Pressure Switch
EDS 4400 2
switch in the series EDS 4400 was
Measuring ranges bar 40 100 250 400 600 1000
specially developed to combine the
advantages of a compact, robust and cost- Overload pressures bar 80 200 500 800 1000 1600
effective instrument with the benefits of a Burst pressure bar 200 500 1000 2000 2000 3000
programmable pressure switch. Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
The EDS 4400 can be easily programmed
using the HYDAC HPG 3000 Programming Seal: FKM
Unit. Once the programming unit is
Output data
disconnected from the EDS 4400, the
pressure switch retains all the settings. Switching outputs 1 or 2 transistor outputs PNP or NPN
Switching current:
This prevents unauthorised or incorrect PNP: max. 1.2 A with 1 switching output
adjustment of the settings. max. 1 A each with 2 switching outputs
NPN: max. 0.5 A with 1 switching output
The following parameters can be changed: max. 0.3 A each with 2 switching outputs
●● Switch point Switching cycles: > 100 million
●● Hysteresis Switch points/hysteresis:
user-programmable with HYDAC
●● Switching direction (N/O / N/C) Programming Unit HPG 3000
●● Switching delay times Switch-on and switch-off delay:
8 .. 2000 ms;
The EDS 4400 is suitable for high-pressure user-programmable with HYDAC
applications (starting at 40 bar) and has a Programming Unit HPG 3000
pressure measurement cell with thin-film Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
strain gauge on a stainless steel membrane. terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
In contrast to pressure switches which are ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
factory-set acc. to customer requirements Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
and not field-adjustable, the programmable ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
EDS 4400 is highly versatile and replaces a Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
wide range of models. This is advantageous Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
in respect of stock management. Environmental conditions
An ATEX version of the EDS 4400 is also Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
available for use in potentially explosive Operating temperature range1) -40 .. +85 °C / -25 .. +85 °C
atmospheres. Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 145 g
EN 18.067.3/02.18

1)
2)
2)
183
Setting options: Dimensions: Programming Unit:
In conjunction with the HYDAC Programming
Unit HPG 3000, all the settings are combined in (to be ordered separately)
an easy-to-follow menu. HPG 3000 – 000
Male connector 5p
Setting ranges for the Part No. 909422
switching outputs:
Measuring range Increment
in bar in bar
2 0 .. 40 0.1
0 .. 100 0.2
0 .. 250 0.5
0 .. 400 1
0 .. 600 1
0 .. 1000 2
The switch point (upper switch value) on all Hex AF
width 27
instruments is between 5 % and 100 % of the
the measuring range.
Minimum value Maximum value
in ms in ms Elastomer
profile seal ring
Switch-on DIN 3869
Female connector
delay 8 2040 5-pole
Ton1/Ton2
Switch-off
delay 8 2040
ToF1/ToF2
The increment for all instruments is 8 ms.
Pin connections: Model code:

M12x1, 5 pole
EDS 4 4 4 8 – XXXX – X – P X – 000
4 3 4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5
1 2
0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000

Pin Process HPG 1 = 1 switching output
connection connection 2 = 2 switching outputs
1 +UB +UB
2 Out 2 n.c. Output technology
3 0V 0V P = programmable switching output
4 Out 1 n.c.
5 n.c. Comport Output technology 2
P = PNP switching output
N = NPN switching output
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Note:
EN 18.067.3/02.18

Germany
184
Pressure Switch
EDS 3300 2
IO-Link
The EDS 3300 with IO-Link communication Input data
interface is a compact electronic pressure Measuring ranges bar -1 .. 1 1 2.5 6 10 16
switch with integrated digital display for Overload pressures bar 3 3 8 18 30 48
relative pressure measurement in the low-
pressure range.
The instrument has a switching output and Threaded port DIN 3852-G1/4
an additional output that can be confi gured Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
as switching or analogue output (4 .. 20 mA Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
or 0 .. 10 V). Sensor cell: Ceramic
Seal: FKM / EPDM (as per model code)
IO-Link is the communication between the Output data
sensor/actuator (IO-Link device) and an Switching outputs PNP transistor outputs
IO-Link master based on a point-to-point Switching current: max. 250 mA per switching output
interface. Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
The advantages: 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
Process data, parameters and diagnostic Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
information of the pressure switch can be terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
transmitted via a standard cable (SDCI Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
mode). The integrated LED display provides Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
information on the operating mode and the ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
switching statuses. Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
Simple exchange, the IO-Link master Reaction time < 10 ms
saves the parameters of the connected Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
pressure switch and transmits them to Environmental conditions
the newly connected pressure transmitter Compensated temperature range -10 .. +70 °C
when replaced. Thus, time-consuming new Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-25 .. +60 °C for UL spec.)
parameterisations will no longer be required. Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
If IO-Link is not used, the sensor still
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
functions as a pressure switch with two
switching outputs (SIO mode). mark 1) Certifi cate-No.: E318391
To create customer-specifi c small series DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
or to duplicate sensor settings across the Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 50 g
system, the sensor can also be easily DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
adjusted outside the system to suit the Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 2) IP 67
particular application, with the HYDAC IO-Link specific data
Programming Device HPG P1-000, the IO-Link revision V1.1 / support V1.0
HYDAC Programming Adapter ZBE P1-000 Transmission rate, baud rate 3) 38.4 kBaud * (COM2)
or by means of the Portable Data Recorder Minimum cycle time 2.5 ms
HMG 4000. Process data width 16 bit
Typical fi elds of application for EDS 3300 SIO mode supported Yes
IO-Link are machine tools, handling and M-sequence capability PREOPERATE: TYPE_0
OPERATE: TYPE_2_2
assembly automation, intralogistics or the ISDU: Supported
packaging industry. IO Device Description (IODD) download at: https://ioddfi nder.io-link.com/#/
Other data
Supply voltage 9 .. 35 V DC, if PIN 2 = SP2
18 .. 35 V DC, if PIN 2 = analogue output
when applied acc. to UL specifi cations - limited energy – acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2;
UL 1310 / 1585; LPS UL 60950
Current consumption ≤ 0.535 A with active switching outputs
≤ 35 mA with inactive switching outputs
≤ 55 mA with inactive switching output
and analogue output
EN 18.369.1.1/02.18
Weight ~ 120 g
1)
2)
3)
Connection with unshielded standard sensor line possible up to a maximum line length of 20 m.
185
All terms and symbols used for setting the
EDS 3300 as well as the menu structure comply
with the specifications in the VDMA Standard for Ø 42
pressure switches. 25.5 40.4
M12x1 11

switching outputs: Display turns
through 270°
2 range RP / FL SP / FH
16
91.5
-1 .. 1 -0.98 1.00
75
0 .. 1 0.010 1.000
64
Housing turns
0 .. 2.5 0.025 2.500 through 340°
0 .. 6 0.06 6.00
2 +0.1
0 .. 10 0.10 10.00
0 .. 16 0.20 16.00
Hex AF
12
width 27
Measuring Min. difference Incre- G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
range betw. RP and SP ment* Ø 18.9 -0.2 16.1
in bar & FL and FH in bar Ø 29.5
-1 .. 1 0.02 0.01
Elastomer profile seal ring DIN 3869
0 .. 1 0.010 0.002
0 .. 2.5 0.025 0.005 Ø 53.5
0 .. 6 0.06 0.01
0 .. 10 0.10 0.02
0 .. 16 0.20 0.05
SP = switch point
●● Switching mode of the switching outputs Model code:
function) EDS 3 3 X 6 – F31 – XXXX – 000 – X 1
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable
●● Analogue output signal selectable 4 .. 20 mA Electrical connection
or 0 .. 10 V 6 = male M12x1, 4 pole
●● Pressure can be displayed in bar, psi, MPa. (mating connector not supplied)
Pin connections: Output

F31 = IO-Link interface
M12x1, 4 pole
L+ 0001 (-1 .. 1 bar); 01.0; 02.5; 06.0; 0010; 0016
IO-Link
1 Q1/C
Modification number
2 4 000 = standard
3
Seal material (parts in contact with fluid)

L- Standard IO
Q2/QA
Connection material (parts in contact with fluid)
Pin Signal Description 1 = stainless steel
1 L+ +UB
2 Q2/QA Switching output (SP2) /
analogue output
Accessories:
3 L- 0V Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, mechanical adapters, splash guards,
4 Q1/C IO-Link communication / clamps for wall-mounting and programming units, can be found in the Accessories brochure.
switching output (SP1)
Note:
EN 18.369.1.1/02.18

Germany
186
Pressure Switch
EDS 3400 2
IO-Link
interface is a compact electronic pressure Measuring ranges 1) bar 40 100 250 400 600 1000
switch with integrated digital display for Overload pressures bar 80 200 500 800 1000 1600
relative pressure measurement in the high-
pressure range.
The instrument has a switching output and Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
an additional output that can be confi gured Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
as switching or analogue output (4 .. 20 mA Seal: FKM
or 0 .. 10 V). Output data
IO-Link is the communication between the Switching outputs PNP transistor outputs
Switching current: max. 250 mA per switching output
sensor/actuator (IO-Link device) and an Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
IO-Link master based on a point-to-point 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
interface. 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
The advantages: terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
Process data, parameters and diagnostic Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
information of the pressure switch can be ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
transmitted via a standard cable (SDCI Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
mode). The integrated LED display provides ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
information on the operating mode and the Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
switching statuses. Reaction time < 10 ms
Simple exchange, the IO-Link master Environmental conditions
saves the parameters of the connected Compensated temperature range -10 .. +70 °C
pressure switch and transmits them to Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-25 .. +60 °C for UL spec.)
the newly connected pressure transmitter Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
when replaced. Thus, time-consuming new Fluid temperature range -25 .. +80 °C
parameterisations will no longer be required.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
If IO-Link is not used, the sensor still mark 2) Certifi cate-No.: E318391
functions as a pressure switch with two Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
switching outputs (SIO mode). DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
To create customer-specifi c small series Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 50 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
or to duplicate sensor settings across the
system, the sensor can also be easily
IO-Link specific data
adjusted outside the system to suit the
IO-Link revision V1.1 / support V1.0
particular application, with the HYDAC
Transmission rate, baud rate 4) 38.4 kBaud * (COM2)
Programming Device HPG P1-000, the
Minimum cycle time 2.5 ms
HYDAC Programming Adapter ZBE P1-000
Process data width 16 bit
or by means of the Portable Data Recorder
SIO mode supported Yes
HMG 4000.
M-sequence capability PREOPERATE: TYPE_0
Typical fi elds of application for EDS 3400 OPERATE: TYPE_2_2
IO-Link are machine tools, handling and ISDU: Supported
assembly automation, intralogistics or the IO Device Description (IODD) download at: https://ioddfi nder.io-link.com/#/
packaging industry. Other data
UL 1310 / 1585; LPS UL 60950
and analogue output
Weight ~ 120 g
EN 18.368.1.1/02.18
1)
1000 bar only with mechanical connection G 1/4 A ISO 1179-2
2)
3)
4)
187
M12x1 11

through 270°
16
91.5
0 .. 40 0.4 40.0
75
0 .. 100 1.0 100.0
64
Housing turns
0 .. 250 2.5 250.0 through 340°
0 .. 400 4 400.0
2 +0.1
0 .. 600 6 600.0
0 .. 1000 10 1000.0
Hex AF
12
width 27
Measuring Min. difference Incre- G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
range betw. RP and SP ment* Ø 18.9 -0.2 16.1
in bar & FL and FH in bar Ø 29.5
0 .. 40 0.4 0.1
0 .. 100 1.0 0.2
0 .. 250 2.5 0.5 Ø 53.5
0 .. 400 4 1
0 .. 600 6 1
0 .. 1000 10 2
SP = switch point
Model code:
function) EDS 3 4 X 6 – F31 – XXXX – 000
adjustable (N/C or N/O function) Mechanical connection
●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable 4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
from 0.00 .. 99.99 seconds 9 = threaded port DIN 3852-G1/4
or 0 .. 10 V Electrical connection
●● Pressure can be displayed in bar, psi, MPa. 6 = male M12x1, 4 pole
Pin connections:
Output
M12x1, 4 pole F31 = IO-Link interface
L+
IO-Link
0040; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
1 Q1/C
2 4 1000 (only with mechanical connection code "4")
3
L- Modification number
Standard IO
000 = standard
Q2/QA
Pin Signal Description

1 L+ +UB
analogue output Accessories:
3 L- 0V Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, mechanical adapters, splash guards,
4 Q1/C IO-Link communication / clamps for wall-mounting and programming units, can be found in the Accessories brochure.
Note:
EN 18.368.1.1/02.18

Germany
188
Pressure Switch
EDS 820 2
Relative pressure Status display
IO-Link
IO-Link is the communication between Input data
the sensor/actuator (IO-Link device) and
an IO-Link master based on a point-to-
point interface. This technology has been Overload pressures bar 32 50 80 120 200 500 800 1000
integrated into the pressure switch series Burst pressure bar 80 100 200 300 500 1250 2000 2000
EDS 820. Mechanical connection G 1/4 A ISO 1179-2 with 0.5 mm orifice
The advantages:
Process data, parameters and diagnostic Seal: FKM
information of the pressure switch can be
Output data
transmitted via a standard cable (SDCI
mode). An integrated LED display provides Switching outputs PNP transistor outputs
Switching current: max. 250 mA each switching output
information on the operating mode and the
switching statuses. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
Simple exchange – the IO-Link master Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ±0.02 % FS / °C typ.
saves the parameters of the connected ≤ ±0.03 % FS / °C max.
pressure switch and transmits them to Temperature compensation, span ≤ ±0.02 % FS / °C typ.
the newly connected pressure transmitter ≤ ±0.03 % FS / °C max.
when replaced. Thus, time-consuming new Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
parameterisations will no longer be required. Reaction time < 10 ms
If IO-Link is not used, the sensor functions as Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
a pressure switch with two switching outputs Environmental conditions
(SIO mode). Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
To create customer-specific small series
or to duplicate sensor settings across the
system, the sensor can also be easily Fluid temperature range1) -40 .. +125 °C / -25 .. +125 °C
adjusted outside the system to suit the mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
particular application, with the HYDAC Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 25 g
Programming Device HPG P1‑000, the DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
HYDAC Programming Adapter ZBE P1‑000 Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 50 g
or by means of the Portable Data Recorder DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
HMG 4000. Protection class acc. to DIN EN 605293) IP 67
IO-Link specific data
Typical fields of application are machine
tools, handling and assembly automation, IO-Link revision V1.1 / support V1.0
intralogistics or the packaging industry. Transmission rate, baud rate2) 38.4 kBaud (COM2)
M-sequence capability PREOPERATE = TYPE_0
OPERATE = TYPE_2_2
ISDU supported
IO Device Description (IODD) download at: https://ioddfinder.io-link.com/#/
Other data
Power consumption ≤ 1 W without active outputs
Weight ~ 65 g
1)
EN 18.070.1.1/02.18
2)
Connection with unshielded standard sensor line possible up to a maximum
line length of 20 m.
3)
189
Setting options: Status LEDs:
The EDS 820 IO-Link has 2 switching The pressure switch provides three status LEDs at the electrical connection:
outputs whose switching characteristics are
parameterisable.
M12x1
Setting ranges for the connector
switching outputs:
Measuring Lower limit of Upper limit of Q2 Q1
2 in bar in bar in bar
0 .. 16 0.15 16.00
0 .. 25 0.25 25.00 Com
0 .. 40 0.4 40.0
0 .. 100 1.0 100.0
LED 1 (Q 1) Yellow Switching output 1 active (high)
0 .. 250 2.5 250.0
LED 2 (Q 2) Yellow Switching output 2 active (high)
0 .. 400 4 400
LED 3 (Com) Green, continuous Switch in SIO mode
0 .. 600 6 600
Green, flashing Switch in IO-Link mode (SDCI)
in bar & FL and FH in bar Dimensions:
0 .. 16 0.15 0.05
0 .. 25 0.25 0.05 Ø 25.9 ±0.30
0 .. 40 0.4 0.1 Male connector M12x1 4 pole
0 .. 100 1.0 0.2

0 .. 250 2.5 0.5
11.4
0 .. 400 4 1
0 .. 600 6 1
(max. 45 +0.3)
29.5
SP = switch point
2.5
4.1
12
Pin connections:
Hex AF width 27
G1/4 A
M12x1, 4 pole Orifice Ø 0.5

18.9 -0.2
Ø 23.5 -0.1
L+
IO-Link Ø 29.4 -0.1
1 Q1/C
2 4
3
L- Standard IO Model code:

Q2
EDS 8 2 4 – F31 – XXXX – 000
Pin Signal Description Mechanical connection

1 L+ +UB 4 = G 1/4 A ISO 1179-2
2 Q2 Switching output (SP2) Output
3 L- 0V F31 = IO-Link interface
4 Q1/C IO-Link communication / Measuring ranges in bar
0016; 0025; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors and programming units, can be found in the
Accessories brochure.
Note:
EN 18.070.1.1/02.18

Germany
190
Pressure Switch
EDS 3100 2
Absolute pressure Display
Analogue output
pressure switch with integrated digital display
for absolute pressure measurement in the
low pressure range. Overload pressures bar 3 8
Burst pressure bar 5 12
It has a ceramic measurement cell with
thick-layer strain gauge. Depending on the
particular version, the instrument can have Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 45 Nm (G1/2)
one or two switching outputs, and there is the Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
option of an additional switchable analogue Sensor cell: Ceramic
output signal (4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V). Seal: Copper (G1/2) / FKM / EPDM
(as per model code)
A special design feature of the EDS 3100 is Output data
that the display can be moved in two planes. Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
The device can be installed in almost any Switching current: max. 1.2 A per output
mounting position and the display can be Switching cycles: > 100 million
turned to the optimum position without the Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable: 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
usual additional expense of a mechanical 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
adapter. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
The 4-digit display can indicate the pressure terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
in bar, psi or MPa. The user can select the Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
particular measurement unit. When changing ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
to a different measurement unit, the device Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
automatically converts all the switching ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
settings to the new unit of measurement. Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
The EDS 3100 is also available in a variant Reaction time < 10 ms
with menu navigation in accordance with Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
VDMA. Environmental conditions
The main applications of the EDS 3100 are Compensated temperature range -10 .. +70 °C
primarily in low-pressure ranges in hydraulics Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-25 .. +60 °C for UL spec.)
and pneumatics, as well as in refrigeration Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
and air conditioning technology. Fluid temperature range -25 .. +80 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark 1) Certifi cate no.: E318391
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
and analogue output
Weight ~ 120 g
EN 18.069.2/02.18
1)
2)
191
Setting options, Additional functions: Pin connections:
standard design: ●● Switching mode of the switching outputs
All settings offered by the EDS 3100 are adjustable (switch point function or window M12x1, 4 pole
grouped in 2 easy-to-navigate menus. function)
In order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
the device, a programming lock can be set. adjustable (N/C or N/O function)
switching outputs: ●● Analogue output signal selectable 4 .. 20 mA
Meas. Switch Hysteresis Incre- ●● Pressure can be displayed in measurement
range point ment* units bar, psi, MPa. The scaling can also be
in bar in bar in bar in bar adapted to indicate force, weight, etc. Pin EDS EDS EDS
0 .. 1 0.016 .. 1 0.006 .. 0.99 0.002 31X6-1 31X6-2 31X6-3
0 .. 2.5 0.04 .. 2.5 0.015 .. 2.475 0.005 Additionally in the 1 +UB +UB +UB
Window function
standard design: 2 n.c. SP2 Analogue
●● Choice of display (actual pressure, peak 3 0V 0V 0V
Meas. Lower switch Upper switch Incre- value, switch point 1, switch point 2, display
range value value ment* 4 SP1 SP1 SP1
off)
0 .. 1 0.016 .. 0.982 0.024 .. 0.99 0.002
during pressure pulsations
0 .. 2.5 0.04 .. 2.455 0.06 .. 2.475 0.005 M12x1, 5 pole
* All ranges given in the table
can be adjusted by the increments shown.
4 3
Setting options 5
menu navigation acc. to

VDMA:
1 2

(VDMA 24574-1) for pressure switches. Pin EDS
The EDS 3100 can easily be adjusted via three 31X8-5
buttons. 1 +UB
2 Analogue
Setting ranges for the 3 0V
switching outputs: 4 SP1
Measuring Lower limit of Upper limit of 5 SP2
0 .. 1 0.010 1.000
0 .. 2.5 0.025 2.500

0 .. 1 0.010 0.002
0 .. 2.5 0.025 0.005
SP = switch point
EN 18.069.2/02.18
192
Dimensions: Note:
department.
2
Display
turns through
270°
Housing
turns through
340°
Hex AF
width 27
G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
G1/2 B
DIN EN 837
Flat seal ring Cu
DIN 3869

4 pole/5 pole
Model code:
EDS 3 1 X X – X – XXXX – X00 – X 1
1 = G1/2 B DIN-EN 837
only for modification "000"
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output
01.0; 02.5
Modification number
000 = standard
Connection material(in contact with fluid)
1 = stainless steel HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.069.2/02.18

Germany
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
193
2
194
EN 18.069.2/02.18
Pressure Switch
EDS 3100 2
Absolute pressure Display
IO-Link
interface is a compact electronic pressure Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5
switch with integrated digital display for Overload pressures bar 3 8
absolute pressure measurement in the low
pressure range.
The instrument has a switching output and Threaded port DIN 3852-G1/4
an additional output that can be confi gured Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
as switching or analogue output (4 .. 20 mA Parts in contact with fl uid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
or 0 .. 10 V). Sensor cell: Ceramic
Process data, parameters and diagnostic Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
information of the pressure switch can be terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
transmitted via a standard cable (SDCI Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
mode). The integrated LED display provides Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C typ.
information on the operating mode and the ≤ ± 0.025 % FS / °C max.
switching statuses. Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
Simple exchange, the IO-Link master Reaction time < 10 ms
saves the parameters of the connected Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
pressure switch and transmits them to Environmental conditions
the newly connected pressure transmitter Compensated temperature range -10 .. +70 °C
when replaced. Thus, time-consuming new Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-25 .. +60 °C for UL spec.)
parameterisations will no longer be required. Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
functions as a pressure switch with two
switching outputs (SIO mode). mark 1) Certifi cate-No.: E318391
To create customer-specifi c small series DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
or to duplicate sensor settings across the Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 50 g
system, the sensor can also be easily DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
adjusted outside the system to suit the Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 2) IP 67
particular application, with the HYDAC IO-Link specific data
Programming Device HPG P1-000, the IO-Link revision V1.1 / support V1.0
HYDAC Programming Adapter ZBE P1-000 Transmission rate, baud rate 3) 38.4 kBaud * (COM2)
or by means of the Portable Data Recorder Minimum cycle time 2.5 ms
HMG 4000. Process data width 16 bit
Typical fi elds of application for EDS 3100 SIO mode supported Yes
IO-Link are machine tools, handling and M-sequence capability PREOPERATE: TYPE_0
OPERATE: TYPE_2_2
packaging industry. IO Device Description (IODD) download at: https://ioddfi nder.io-link.com/#/
Other data
UL 1310 / 1585; LPS UL 60950
and analogue output
EN 18.370.1.1/02.18
Weight ~ 120 g
1)
2)
3)
195
M12x1 11

through 270°
16
91.5
0 .. 1 0.010 1.000
75
0 .. 2.5 0.025 2.500
64
Housing turns
through 340°
2 +0.1
0 .. 1 0.010 0.002 Hex AF
12
width 27
0 .. 2.5 0.025 0.005
G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted by Ø 18.9 -0.2 16.1
the increments shown. Ø 29.5
SP = switch point
FL = pressure window lower value Ø 53.5
function) Male connector M12x1 4 pole
or 0 .. 10 V
●● Pressure can be displayed in bar, psi, MPa Model code:
EDS 3 1 X 6 – F31 – XXXX – 000 – X 1
Pin connections:
M12x1, 4 pole 4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
L+
IO-Link
1 Q1/C 6 = male M12x1, 4 pole
2 4
3 (mating connector not supplied)
L- Standard IO
Output
F31 = IO-Link interface
Q2/QA
01.0; 02.5
1 L+ +UB Modification Number
2 Q2/QA Switching output (SP2) / 000 = standard
analogue output
3 L- 0V Seal material (parts in contact with fluid)
4 Q1/C IO-Link communication / F = FKM seal (e.g. for hydraulic oils)
switching output (SP1) E = EPDM seal (e.g. for water, refrigerants)
Connection material (parts in contact with fluid)

1 = stainless steel
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, mechanical adapters, splash guards,
clamps for wall-mounting and programming units, can be found in the Accessories brochure.
Note:
EN 18.370.1.1/02.18

Germany
196
Pressure Switch
EDS 4400 Ex applications 2
ATEX, CSA, IECEx, triple approval
switch EDS 4400 with fl ameproof enclosure Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000
has triple approval acc. to ATEX, CSA and
IECEx which ensures the instrument is
universally suitable for use in potentially
explosive atmospheres worldwide.
Each instrument is certifi ed by the three Parts in contact with fl uid Stainless steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404;
approvals organizations and is labelled 1.4301, 1.4548
accordingly. Therefore there is no longer any Seal: FKM
need to stock multiple devices with separate Conduit, housing material 1.4435; 1.4404
individual approvals. Output data
As with the industry model of the EDS 4400, Switching output 1) 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs:
PNP
those with triple approval have a proven,
Switching current:
fully-welded sensor cell with a thin-fi lm max. 1.2 A with 1 switching output
strain gauge on a stainless steel membrane max. 1 A each with 2 switching outputs
without internal seal. Switching cycles: > 100 million
The instrument is programmed conveniently Switch points/hysteresis:
and simply using the HYDAC Programming user-programmable with HYDAC
Unit HPG 3000. Programming Unit HPG 3000
The main fi elds of application are in 8 .. 2000 ms; User-programmable with
mining and the oil & gas industry, e.g. in HYDAC Programming Unit HPG 3000
underground vehicles, hydraulic power Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
units, blow-out preventers (BOPs), drill terminal based ≤ ± 1.0 % FS max.
drives or valve actuation stations as well Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
as in locations with high levels of dust Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
contamination. Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Protection types and applications: Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
CSAUS Environmental conditions
C
Explosionproof - Seal not required Compensated temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5 Operating / ambient temperature range 2)3) T6, T110 °C: Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Class II Group E, F, G T5: Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
Class III Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
Type 4 Fluid temperature range 2)3) T6, T110 °C: Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
ATEX T5: Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Flameproof EN 60079-0 / 1 / 31
I M2 Ex d I Mb
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65 (Vented Gauge), IP 69 (Sealed Gauge)
IECEx ISO 20653 IP 6K9K (Sealed Gauge)
Flameproof Other data
Ex d I Mb Supply voltage 12 .. 30 V DC
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤ 5 %
Weight ~ 300 g
EN 18.386.2/02.18

1)
NPN switching outputs on request
2)
T130 °C with Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C with electrical connection
single leads possible
3)
197
Setting ranges for the Fields of application:
switching outputs: Single leads Jacketed cable
●● Switch point or upper switch value Electrical connection "9" Electrical connection "G"
5 % .. 100 % of the measurement range CSA Explosionproof (seal not required)
●● Hysteresis or lower switch value 1 % .. 96 % ATEX Flameproof
of the measurement range IECEx Flameproof
Pin connections: C
Class III
2 Conduit (single leads) Type 4
I M2 Ex d I Mb
Ex d I Mb
Lead
red
EDS 44x9-*-1P
+UB
EDS 44x9-*-2P
+UB
Model code:
white Switching output 1 Switching output 1 EDS 4 4 X X – XXXX – X P – D X – 000 (2m)
brown --------- Switching output 2
black 0V 0V Mechanical connection
green SDA1) SDA1) 4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Conduit (jacketed cable) 9 = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit (male thread),
single leads
jacketed cable

0006; 0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600; 1000

Lead EDS 44xG-*-1P EDS 44xG-*-2P 2 = 2 switching outputs
white Switching output 1 Switching output 1
brown n.c. Switching output 2 Output technology
green SDA1) SDA1) P = programmable
yellow 0V 0V
Approval
grey +UB +UB D = CSA Explosionproof - Seal not required
1)
Programming line ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof

Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m
Standard = 2 m
EN 18.386.2/02.18
198
Dimensions:
Venting * Venting *
Hex AF Hex AF
width 27 width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
* Optional depending on type "Sealed Gauge" / "Vented Gauge"
Programming Unit:
(to be ordered separately) For simple connection of the pressure switch
HPG 3000 – 000 to the HPG 3000, please use the UVM 3000
Portable Programming Unit Connection Adapter (see Accessories
Part No. 909 422 Brochure).
CAUTION!
The HPG 3000 Programming Unit may only be
used outside the explosion risk zone.
Female connector
5-pole

EN 18.386.2/02.18
Note: Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and applications described. Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
For applications or operating conditions not described please contact the relevant technical Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
199
2
200
EN 18.386.2/02.18
Pressure Switch
EDS 4400 Ex series applications 2
with flameproof enclosure and triple approval
Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 60 100 250 400 600 1000
acc. to ATEX, CSA and IECEx ensures the
instrument is universally suitable for use in Overload pressures bar 15 32 80 120 200 500 800 1000 1600
potentially explosive atmospheres worldwide. Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000
Each instrument is certified by the three
approvals organizations and is labelled Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
accordingly. Therefore there is no longer Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404;
any need to stock multiple devices with 1.4301, 1.4548
separate individual approvals. The switch Seal: FKM
point and switch-back point, the function of Conduit, housing material 1.4435; 1.4404
the switching outputs as N/C or N/O and Output data
the switching delay are factory-set acc. to Switching output 1) 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs:
customer requirement (not field-adjustable). PNP
As with the industry model of the EDS 4400, Switching current:
max. 1.2 A with 1 switching output
those with triple approval have a proven, max. 1 A each with 2 switching outputs
fully-welded sensor cell with a thin-film
Switching cycles: > 100 million
strain gauge on a stainless steel membrane
without internal seal. Switch points/hysteresis:
acc. to customer specification
The main fields of application are in Switch-on and switch-off delay:
mining and the oil and gas industry, e.g. in 32 ms standard
underground vehicles, hydraulic assemblies, (8 .. 2000 ms acc. to customer spec.)
blow-out preventers (BOPs), drill drives or Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
valve actuation stations and in locations with terminal based ≤ ± 1.0 % FS max.
high dust contamination. Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
Protection types and applications: Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
C
CSAUS Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
Explosionproof - Seal not required Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS typ. / year
Class III
Operating / ambient temperature range 2)3) T6, T110 °C: Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Type 4 T5: Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
ATEX Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
Flameproof Fluid temperature range 2)3) T6, T110 °C: Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
I M2 Ex d I Mb T5: Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db EN 60079-0 / 1 / 31
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Flameproof
Ex d I Mb Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 65 (Vented Gauge), IP 69 (Sealed Gauge)
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb ISO 20653 IP 6K9K (Sealed Gauge)
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db Other data
Weight ~ 300 g
EN 18.388.2/02.18
1)
NPN switching outputs on request
2)
T130 °C with Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C with electrical connection
single leads possible
3)
201
Pin connections: Fields of application:
Pin connections are configured acc. to customer Single leads Jacketed cable
specification. Electrical connection "9" Electrical connection "G"
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
C
Class III
2 Type 4
I M2 Ex d I Mb
Conduit (jacketed cable) Ex d I Mb
Dimensions:
Venting *
Venting *
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
* Optional depending on type "Sealed Gauge" / "Vented Gauge"
Order details:
The electronic pressure switch EDS 4400 with triple approval has been specially developed for
OEM customers and is available for minimum order quantities of 50 units per type. For precise
specifications, please contact the Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC.
Note:
EN 18.388.2/02.18

Germany
described please contact the relevant technical Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
202
Pressure Switch
Intrinsically Safe
ATEX approval
1 switching output
The programmable pressure switch Input data
EDS 4300 in ATEX version was specially
Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40
atmospheres and is based on the EDS 4000 Overload pressures bar 3 8 12 20 32 50 80 120
series. Burst pressure bar 5 12 18 30 48 75 120 180
The switch point and switch-back point,
the function of the switching outputs as Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
N/C or N/O and the switching delay are Parts in contact with fluid Sensor: Ceramic
user-programmable in conjunction with the Mech. connection: 1.4301
HYDAC Programming Unit HPG 3000.
Output data
As with the industry model, the Switching output 1 transistor output: PNP
programmable EDS 4300 in ATEX version
Switching current: during operation: Imax ≤ 34 mA
has a ceramic measurement cell with thick-
layer strain gauge for measuring relative Switching cycles: > 100 million
pressure in the low pressure range. Switch point/hysteresis:
The main fields of application are in the oil Programming Unit HPG 3000
and gas industry, in mining and in locations Switch-on and switch-off delay:
with high dust contamination. 8 .. 2000 ms; user-programmable with
HYDAC Programming Unit HPG 3000
Protection types and applications: Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
I M1 Ex ia I terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6 Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6 Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
II 2G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Operation, ambient, T6: Ta = -20 .. +60 °C
fluid temperature range T5, T4, T100: Ta = -20 .. +70 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
EN 60079-0 / 11 / 26
EN 61241-0 / 11
EN 50303
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
I M1 II 1 D
II 1G, 1/2G, 2G
Max. input current 100 mA 93 mA
Max. input power 0.7 W 0.65 W
Max. internal capacity 33 nF 33 nF
Max. internal inductance 0 mH 0 mH
Insulation voltage to housing 2) 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Approved intrinsic safety barriers Pepperl & Fuchs: Z 787
Telematic Ex STOCK: MTL 7087
EN 18.340.2/02.18
Other data
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
Setting options: Fields of application:
In conjunction with the HYDAC Programming Code no. for
Unit HPG 3000, all the settings are combined in use in model 1 2 3 8
an easy-to-follow menu. code
Protection I M1 Ex ia I II 1G Ex ia IIC II 2G Ex ia IIC II 1D Ex iaD 20
Setting ranges for the type T4, T5, T6 II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T100 °C
switching outputs: Certificate
T4, T5, T6
DEKRA EXAM BVS 07 ATEX E 041 X
Measuring range Increment Application Group I Group II Group II Group II
in bar in bar fields Category M1 Category 1G Category 2G, 1/2G Category 1D
2 0 .. 1 0.002 Mining Gases Gases Dusts
0 .. 2.5 0.005 Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
0 .. 4 0.01 intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia
0 .. 6 0.01 with barrier with barrier with barrier with barrier
0 .. 10 0.02 For use in Zone For use in Zone For use in Zone
0 .. 16 0.05 0, 1, 2 1, 2 20, 21, 22
0 .. 25 0.1 For mounting to Zone 0 For mounting to Zone 20
0 .. 40 0.1
The switch point (upper switch value) on all
instruments is between 5 % and 100 % of the Model code:
EDS 4 3 4 8 – XXXX – P – A N X – 000 – X 1
the measuring range. Mechanical connection
Minimum Maximum 4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
value in ms value in ms
Switch-on delay 8 Electrical connection
2040 8 = male M12x1, 5 pole
Ton1/Ton2
Switch-off delay 8 (mating connector not supplied)
2040
ToF1/ToF2
The increment for all instruments is 8 ms.
01.0; 02.5; 04.0; 06.0; 0010; 0016; 0025; 0040
Pin connections: Output technology
P = programmable
M12x1, 5 pole
Approval
A = ATEX
4 3
5 Insulation voltage
1 2
1 = I M1 Ex ia I
2 = II 1G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6
3 = II 2G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6 / II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6
8 = II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C
Pin Process HPG
connection connection Modification number
1 +UB +UB 000 = standard
2 0V Comport 1*
3 0V 0V Sealing material (in contact with fluid)
4 Out 1 n.c. F = FKM seal (e.g. for hydraulic oils)
5 0V Comport 2* E = EPDM seal (e.g. for refrigerants)
* Comport = programming connection
1 = stainless steel
EN 18.340.2/02.18
204
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring DIN 3869
Programming Unit:
(to be ordered separately)
HPG 3000 – 000
Part No. 909422
Female connector
5-pole
Important note:
The HPG 3000 Programming Unit may only be used outside the explosion risk zone.

EN 18.340.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
205
2
206
EN 18.340.2/02.18
Pressure Switch
Intrinsically Safe
ATEX approval
1 switching output
The pressure switch EDS 4300 in ATEX Input data
version has been specially developed for use
Measuring ranges bar 1 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40
in potentially explosive atmospheres and is
based on the EDS 4000 series. Overload pressures bar 3 8 12 20 32 50 80 120
Burst pressure bar 5 12 18 30 48 75 120 180
The switch point and switch-back point, the
function of the switching outputs as N/C or
N/O and the switching delay are factory-set Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
acc. to customer requirement (not field- Parts in contact with fluid Sensor: Ceramic
adjustable). Mech. connection: 1.4301
Seal: FKM / EPDM
As with the industry model, the EDS 4300 in Output data
ATEX version has a ceramic measurement Switching output 1 transistor output: PNP
cell with thick-layer strain gauge for measuring
relative pressure in the low pressure range.
Switching cycles: > 100 million
The main fields of application are in the oil Switch point/switch-back point:
and gas industry, in mining and in locations acc. to customer specification
with high dust contamination. Switch-on and switch-off delay:
Protection types and applications: 32 ms standard
(8 .. 2000 ms acc. to customer spec.)
I M1 Ex ia I Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6 terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
EN 60079-0 / 11 / 26
EN 61241-0 / 11
EN 50303
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
I M1 II 1 D
II 1G, 1/2G, 2G
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
EN 18.354.3/02.18

Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
500 V AC on request
207
Fields of application: Note:
Protection I M1 Ex ia I II 1G Ex ia IIC II 2G Ex ia IIC II 1D Ex iaD 20 The information in this brochure relates to the
type T4, T5, T6 II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T100 °C operating conditions and applications described.
T4, T5, T6 For applications or operating conditions not
Certificate DEKRA EXAM BVS 07 ATEX E 041 X described, please contact the relevant technical
Application Group I Group II Group II Group II department.
fields Category M1 Category 1G Category 2G, 1/2G Category 1D Subject to technical modifications.
Mining Gases Gases Dusts
Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
2 intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia
For use in Zone For use in Zone For use in Zone
0, 1, 2 1, 2 20, 21, 22
For mounting to Zone 0 For mounting to Zone 20
Dimensions:
Profile seal ring
Male connector
EN175301-803
Male connector 4p
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring DIN3869
Order details:
The electronic pressure switch EDS 4300 in ATEX version has been specially developed for
OEM customers and is available for minimum order quantities of 50 pieces per type. For precise

EN 18.354.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
208
Pressure Switch
Intrinsically Safe
ATEX approval
1 switching output
atmospheres and is based on the EDS 4000 Overload pressures bar 120 200 500 800 1000
series. Burst pressure bar 300 500 1000 2000 2000
N/C or N/O and the switching delay are Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404;
user-programmable in conjunction with the 1.4301, 1.4548
Seal: FKM
Output data
has a measurement cell with thin-film strain
gauge on a stainless steel membrane for Switching cycles: > 100 million
measuring relative pressure in the high Switch point/hysteresis:
pressure range. user-programmable with HYDAC
Programming Unit HPG 3000
The main fields of application are in the oil Switch-on and switch-off delay:
and gas industry, in mining and in locations 8 .. 2000 ms; user-programmable with
with high dust contamination. HYDAC Programming Unit HPG 3000
Protection types and applications: terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
I M1 Ex ia I Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
II 1G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6 Zero point ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6 Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
II 2G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6 Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
EN 60079-0 / 11 / 26
EN 61241-0 / 11
EN 50303
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
I M1 II 1 D
II 1G, 1/2G, 2G
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
EN 18.339.3/02.18
Other data
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
T4, T5, T6
0 .. 100 0.2 Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
0 .. 250 0.5 intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia
0 .. 400 1 with barrier with barrier with barrier with barrier
0 .. 600 1 For use in Zone For use in Zone For use in Zone
The switch point (upper switch value) on all 0, 1, 2 1, 2 20, 21, 22
instruments is between 5 % and 100 % of the For mounting to Zone 0 For mounting to Zone 20
the measuring range. Model code:
Minimum Maximum EDS 4 4 4 8 – XXXX – P – A N X – 000
Switch-on delay 8 Mechanical connection
2040
Ton1/Ton2 4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Switch-off delay 8 2040
ToF1/ToF2 Electrical connection
The increment for all instruments is 8 ms. 8 = male M12x1, 5 pole
Pin connections:
M12x1, 5 pole 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Output technology
P = programmable
4 3
5 Approval
A = ATEX
1 2
Insulation voltage

1 = I M1 Ex ia I
Pin Process HPG 2 = II 1G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6
1 +UB +UB 8 = II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C
2 0V Comport 1*
3 0V 0V Modification number
4 Out 1 n.c. 000 = standard
5 0V Comport 2*
* Comport = programming connection
EN 18.339.3/02.18
210
Dimensions: Note:
department.
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring DIN 3869
Programming Unit:
HPG 3000 – 000
Part No. 909422
Female connector
5-pole
Important note:

EN 18.339.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
211
2
212
EN 18.339.3/02.18
Pressure Switch
Intrinsically Safe
ATEX approval
1 switching output
based on the EDS 4000 series. Overload pressures bar 120 200 500 800 1000
Burst pressure bar 300 500 1000 2000 2000
acc. to customer requirement (not field- Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4542; 1.4571; 1.4435; 1.4404;
adjustable). 1.4301, 1.4548
Seal: FKM
ATEX version has a measurement cell with Switching output 1 transistor output: PNP
thin-film strain gauge on a stainless steel
membrane for measuring relative pressure in
the high pressure range. Switching cycles: > 100 million
The main fields of application are in the oil acc. to customer specification
with high dust contamination. 32 ms standard
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
EN 60079-0 / 11 / 26
EN 61241-0 / 11
EN 50303
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
I M1 II 1 D
II 1G, 1/2G, 2G
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
EN 18.353.3/02.18

Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
500 V AC on request
213
0, 1, 2 1, 2 20, 21, 22
Dimensions:
Profile seal ring
Male connector
EN175301-803
Male connector 4p
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring DIN3869
Order details:

EN 18.353.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
214
Pressure Switch
Absolute pressure Programmable
Intrinsically Safe
ATEX approval
1 switching output
atmospheres and is based on the EDS 4000 Overload pressures bar 3 8
series. Burst pressure bar 5 12
N/C or N/O and the switching delay are Parts in contact with fluid Sensor: Ceramic
user-programmable in conjunction with the Mech. connection: 1.4301
Output data
has a ceramic measurement cell with thick-
layer strain gauge for measuring absolute Switching cycles: > 100 million
pressure in the low pressure range. Switch point/hysteresis:
The main fields of application are in the oil Programming Unit HPG 3000
with high dust contamination. 8 .. 2000 ms; user-programmable with
HYDAC Programming Unit HPG 3000
Protection types and applications: Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
EN 60079-0 / 11 / 26
EN 61241-0 / 11
EN 50303
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
I M1 II 1 D
II 1G, 1/2G, 2G
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
EN 18.341.3/02.18
Other data
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
T4, T5, T6
0 .. 2.5 0.005 Protection type: Protection type: Protection type: Protection type:
The switch point (upper switch value) on all intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia
instruments is between 5 % and 100 % of the with barrier with barrier with barrier with barrier
measuring range and the switch-back point For use in Zone For use in Zone For use in Zone
(lower switch value) is between 1 % and 96 % of 0, 1, 2 1, 2 20, 21, 22
the measuring range. For mounting to Zone 0 For mounting to Zone 20
Minimum Maximum
Switch-on delay 8 2040
Model code:
Ton1/Ton2
Switch-off delay 8
EDS 4 1 4 8 – XXXX – P – A N X – 000 – X 1
2040
ToF1/ToF2 Mechanical connection
The increment for all instruments is 8 ms. 4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Pin connections: Electrical connection

M12x1, 5 pole (mating connector not supplied)

01.0; 02.5
4 3
5
Output technology
P = programmable
1 2
Approval
A = ATEX
Insulation voltage
Pin Process HPG N = 50 V AC to housing
1 +UB +UB Protection types and applications (code)
2 0V Comport 1* 1 = I M1 Ex ia I
3 0V 0V 2 = II 1G Ex ia IIC T4, T5, T6
4 Out 1 n.c. 8 = II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C
5 0V Comport 2*
* Comport = programming connection Modification number
000 = standard


1 = stainless steel
EN 18.341.3/02.18
216
Dimensions: Note:
department.
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring DIN 3869
Programming Unit:
HPG 3000 – 000
Part No. 909422
Female connector
5-pole
Important note:

EN 18.341.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
217
2
218
EN 18.341.3/02.18
Pressure Switch
Absolute pressure Factory-set
Intrinsically Safe
ATEX approval
1 switching output
based on the EDS 4000 series. Overload pressures bar 3 8
acc. to customer requirement (not field- Parts in contact with fluid Sensor: Ceramic
adjustable). Mech. connection: 1.4301
Seal: FKM / EPDM
ATEX version has a ceramic measurement Switching output 1 transistor output: PNP
measuring absolute pressure in the low
pressure range. Switching cycles: > 100 million
The main fields of application are in the oil acc. to customer specification
with high dust contamination. 32 ms standard
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T100 °C Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
EN 60079-0 / 11 / 26
EN 61241-0 / 11
EN 50303
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
I M1 II 1 D
II 1G, 1/2G, 2G
acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Other data
EN 18.355.3/02.18

Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
500 V AC on request
219
0, 1, 2 1, 2 20, 21, 22
Dimensions:
Profile seal ring
Male connector
EN175301-803
Male connector 4p
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal
ring DIN3869
Order details:

EN 18.355.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
220
Pressure Switch
EDS 300 shipping applications 2
2 switching outputs
Analogue output
The EDS 300 is a compact, electronic Input data
pressure switch with digital display. The
Measuring ranges bar 6 16 40 100 250 400 600 -1 .. 5
pressure measurement is based on a strain
gauge sensor cell in stainless steel. All Overload pressures bar 15 32 80 200 500 800 1000 15
parts in contact with fluid are in stainless Burst pressure bar 100 200 200 500 1000 2000 2000 100
steel, and are welded together. Since no Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
seals are required in the sensor interior, Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
leakage is eliminated. Two relay switching Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
outputs with N/O function and an additional Seal: FKM
analogue output signal (4 .. 20 mA) enable Output data
the pressure switch to be incorporated into Switching outputs 2 relay contacts
modern control systems. The switch points Switching current: 0.01 mA .. 1 A
and the corresponding hystereses can easily
Switching voltage: 10 mV .. 60 V (AC/DC)
be adjusted via the key pad.
Switching capacity (ohmic resistance): 30 W / 30 VA
For optimum adaptation to a particular Switching cycles (ohmic resistance):
application, the instrument has many 20 million at minimum load
additional setting parameters, e.g. switching 0.5 million at maximum load
direction of the relays or switching delay Analogue output, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA Load resist. max. 400 Ω
times. Accuracy acc. to DIN 16086, ≤ ± 0.5 % FS typ.
Fields of application are pressure or limit terminal based ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
monitoring on marine transmissions, diesel Temperature compensation, zero point ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
engines, pumps and general hydraulic and ≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
pneumatic systems. Temperature compensation, span ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C typ.
≤ ± 0.03 % FS / °C max.
Approvals: Repeatability ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
● American Bureau of Reaction time approx. 10 ms
Shipping Long-term drift ≤ ± 0.3 % FS / year
● Lloyds Register of Compensated temperature range -10 .. +70 °C
Ships Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C
● Det Norske Veritas mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Germanischer Lloyd Vibration resistance acc. to 5 .. 25 Hz: 3.2 mm
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz 25 .. 500 Hz: 4 g
● Bureau Veritas DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Other approvals on request Current consumption approx. 100 mA
Weight ~ 300 g
1)
EN 18.058.6/02.18
221
grouped in 2 easy-to-navigate menus. In order
to prevent unauthorised adjustment of the Male connector
device, a programming lock can be set. DIN EN 175201-804
6p +PE
switching outputs:
2
Measuring Switch point Hysteresis Incre-
range ment*
-1 .. 5 -0.85 .. 5 0.05 .. 5.9 0.05
0 .. 6 0.15 .. 6 0.05 .. 5.9 0.05
0 .. 16 0.3 .. 16 0.1 .. 15.8 0.1
0 .. 40 0.6 .. 40 0.2 .. 39.6 0.2
0 .. 100 1.5 .. 100 0.5 .. 99.0 0.5
0 .. 250 3.0 .. 250 1.0 .. 248.0 1.0
0 .. 400 6.0 .. 400 2.0 .. 396.0 2.0 Hex AF
width 27
0 .. 600 15.0 .. 600 5.0 .. 590.0 5.0
Additional functions: Elastomer profile

●● Scale of the measuring range adjustable (bar seal ring
or psi) DIN 3869
●● Switching direction of the relays adjustable
●● Choice of display (actual pressure, peak
off)
●● Subsequent correction of zero point in the
range ± 3 % FS possible
Pin connections:
DIN EN 175201-804
Model code:
EDS 3 4 7 – 4 – XXX – SXX
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
7 = male DIN EN 175201-804, 6 pole + PE
Pin EDS 347-4 (ZBE 10 mating connector not supplied)
1 +UB
Output
3 Relay contact 1 (SP1)
4 0V Measuring ranges in bar
5 Analogue 006; 016; 040; 100; 250; 400; 600
6 Relay contact 2 (SP2)
Housing Modification number
┴
S00 = version in bar (except -1 .. 5 bar)
S13 = vacuum version -1 .. 5 bar (in connection with measuring range "006")
Accessories available: (not supplied with instrument)

ZBE 10 mating connector DIN EN 175201-804, 6 pole + PE, right-angle Part no.: 654527
ZBM 300 clamp for wall-mounting - screw-type fitting - Part no.: 906385
ZBM 310 clamp for wall-mounting - weld-type fitting - Part no.: 6011511
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories such as mating
connectors can be found in the Accessories brochure.
Note:
EN 18.058.6/02.18

Germany
222
EN 180.000.3/02.18
3
223
TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS [3] Page
ETS 4100 225

ETS 4500 227
ETS 7000 229
HTT 8000 OEM 231
ETS 4100 CAN 233
ETS 4100 HART 235
3 POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE
ETS 4500 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 239

ETS 4100 HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 243
ETS 4100 Junction-Box HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 247
ETS 4100 HART Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 251
EN 180.000.3/02.18
224
Temperature Transmitter
ETS 4100
Integrated temperature probe Accuracy 0.4 %

The ETS 4100 is a robust electronic Input data
temperature transmitter which is particularly
suited to measuring temperature in hydraulic
applications in industry. Probe length mm 6 50 100 250 350
Probe diameter mm 4.5 8 8 8 8
The temperature sensor, based
Pressure resistance bar 600 125 125 125 125
on a PT 1000 and corresponding
evaluation electronics, is capable of Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
measuring temperatures in the range of Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
-25 °C .. +100 °C. Parts in contact with fluid 1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
The sensor has analogue output signals Seal: FKM
of 4 .. 20 mA and 0 .. 10 V available as Output data
standard for integration in modern control Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
systems. The pressure resistance of up to RLmax.= (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
600 bar and excellent EMC characteristics 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
make the ETS 4100 ideal for use in harsh RLmin.= 2 kΩ
conditions. Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 0.4 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~ 4 s
t90: ~ 8 s
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to 20 g for 6 mm probe length
DIN EN 60068-2-27 < 20 g for all others
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3) IP 65 (Binder 714 M18)
IP 67 - male connector M12x1
- male connector EN 175301-803
Other data
Current consumption 3-conductor ~ 25 mA
Weight ~ 200 g (probe length 6 mm)
~ 215 g (probe length 50 mm)
1)
2)
3)
EN 18.302.1.1/02.18
225
Male connector
Binder series 714 Male connector Male connector
4 pole 3p+PE EN 175301-803 4 pole
Pin ETS 4144-A ETS 4144-B

1 n.c. +UB
3 2 Signal + Signal
3 Signal - 0 V
Hex AF 4 n.c. n.c.
width 27
EN175301-803
Elastomer
profile seal
ring DIN3869
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
1 Signal + +UB
2 Signal - 0 V
3 n.c. Signal
┴ Housing Housing
Probe length (Z) Probe diameter
[mm] [mm]
M12x1
6 4.5
50 8
100 8
250 8
350 8
Model code:
ETS 4 1 4 X – X – XXX – 000
4 = G 1/4 A ISO 1179-2 1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
Electrical connection 3 Signal - 0 V
4 = male, Binder series 714 M18, 4 pole 4 n.c. Signal
5 = male EN 175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal
Probe length
006 = 6 mm
050 = 50 mm
100 = 100 mm
250 = 250 mm
Note:
350 = 350 mm The information in this brochure relates to the
Modification number For applications or operating conditions not
000 = standard described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
Accessories:
EN 18.302.1.1/02.18
Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
226
ETS 4500
Integrated temperature probe Accuracy 1 %

applications in industry. Probe length mm 10.7 50 100 250 350
Probe diameter mm 8 8 8 8 8
Based on a silicon semiconductor device
Pressure resistance bar 600 125 125 125 125
and corresponding evaluation electronics,
the temperature sensor is designed to Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
measure temperatures within a range of Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
-25 °C .. +100 °C. Parts in contact with fluid 1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
The sensor has analogue output signals
of 4 .. 20 mA and 0 .. 10 V available as Output data
standard for integration in modern control Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
systems. The pressure resistance up to RLmax.= (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
600 bar and excellent EMC characteristics RLmin.= 2 kΩ
make the ETS 4500 ideal for use in harsh
Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 % FS typ.
conditions. ≤ ± 2.0 % FS max.
t90: ~ 8 s
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to < 20 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27
Other data
Weight ~ 200 g (probe length 10.7 mm)
1)
2)
3)
EN 18.302.2.1/02.18
227
EN175301-803

3p+PE EN 175301-803 4 pole

3 1 Signal + +UB
2 Signal - 0 V
3 n.c. Signal
┴ Housing Housing
Hex AF
width 27 M12x1
Elastomer
profile seal
ring
DIN3869
Probe length Probe diameter

(Z) [mm]
[mm] Pin ETS 4546-A ETS 4546-B
10.7 8 1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
50 Probe length8 (Z) Probe diameter 3 Signal - 0 V
100 [mm] 8 [mm]
4 n.c. Signal
10.7 8
250 8
50 8
350 100 8 8
250 8
350 8
Model code:
ETS 4 5 4 X – X – XXX – 000
4 = G 1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN 175301-803, 3 pole + PE
Output signal
Probe length
010 = 10.7 mm
050 = 50 mm
100 = 100 mm
250 = 250 mm
350 = 350 mm
Modification number Note:

000 = standard The information in this brochure relates to the
Accessories: department.
EN 18.302.2.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
228
ETS 7200

The ETS 7200 is an electronic temperature Input data
transmitter which, because of its compact
design, is particularly suited to measuring
temperature in hydraulic applications in Probe length 10 mm
the industrial and mobile sectors. Based Probe diameter 6.7 mm
on a silicon semiconductor device and Pressure resistance 600 bar
corresponding evaluation electronics, the Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
temperature sensor is designed to measure Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
temperatures in the range -25 .. +100 °C. Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Various analogue output signals, e.g. Seal: FKM
4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V, are available on Output data
the standard version for integration into Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
modern controls. These can be output to the RLmax = (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
periphery via an M12x1 connector. 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor
The pressure resistance up to 600 bar and RLmin. = 2 kΩ
excellent EMC characteristics make the Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 % FS typ.
ETS 7000 ideal for use in harsh conditions. ≤ ± 2.0 % FS max.
Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: 4 s
t90: 8 s
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark
2)
Certificate no. E318391
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to 100 g / 6 ms
DIN EN 60068-2-27
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Residual ripple supply voltage ≤ 5 %
Weight ~ 50 g
1)
2)
3)
EN 18.315.4/02.18
229
M12x1
Male
connector
4 pole
Hex AF
width 19
3 1 Signal + +UB
2 n.c. n.c.
Elastomer
profile seal ring 3 Signal - 0 V
DIN3869 4 n.c. Signal
Model code:
ETS 7 2 4 6 – X – 010 – 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Signal
Probe length
010 = 10 mm
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Note:
department.

EN 18.315.4/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
230
HTT 8000 for series applications

The HTT 8000 series of temperature Input data
transmitters was specifically developed for
Measuring range 1) -25 .. +125 °C
OEM applications e.g. in mobile applications.
It is based on a silicon semiconductor device Probe length mm 16 40
with corresponding evaluation electronics. Probe diameter mm 6.7 6.7
Pressure resistance bar 600 600
All parts in contact with fluid are in stainless
steel, and are welded together. Mechanical connection 2) G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
For integration into modern controls,
standard analogue output signals are Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
available, e.g. 4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 5 V, 1 .. 6 V
or 0 .. 10 V. Ratiometric output signals are Output data
also available. Output signal Various signals:
4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 5 V, 1 .. 6 V, 0 .. 10 V,
For the electrical connection, various built-in ratiometric: 0.5 .. 4.5 V for UB = 5 V DC
connection plugs are available. (10 .. 90 % UB ± 5 %)
The pressure resistance up to 600 bar and Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 % FS typ.
excellent EMC characteristics make the ≤ ± 2.0 % FS max.
HTT 8000 ideal for use in harsh conditions. Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.02 % FS / °C
t90: ~ 8 s
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark 4) Certificate no. E318391
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protection class 5) acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67 or IP 69 (depending on electr. connection)
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K
Other data
Electrical connection Various male connectors:
M12x1, Packard Metri Pack, Deutsch DT 04, AMP
Superseal, AMP Junior Power Timer, jacketed
cable
12 .. 30 V DC for 0 .. 10 V,
5 V DC ± 5 % (ratiometric)
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Residual ripple supply voltage ≤ 5%
Weight ~ 145 g
1)
Other measuring ranges on request
2)
3)
4)
5)
EN 18.389.2/02.18
231
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector Male connector Male connection
department.
DIN 72585-3 pole Metri-Pack DT04 3 pole
series 150 3 pole Subject to technical modifications.

3 Junior Power Timer Superseal series 1.5
3 pole 3 pole
Male connector
EN175301-803
3 pole + PE
Male connector
M12x1 - 4 pole
Hex AF
width 27
Order details:
The electronic temperature transmitter HTT 8000 has been specially developed for OEM customers
and is available for minimum order quantities of 500 units per type.
For precise specifications, please contact the Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC.

EN 18.389.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
232
ETS 4100
SAE J1939
CAN interface
applications in industry. Probe length mm 6 50 100 250 350
Probe diameter mm 4.5 8 8 8 8
The measured temperature value is Pressure resistance bar 600 125 125 125 125
digitised and made available to the CAN Mechanical connection G¼ A ISO 1179-2
field bus system via the CANopen protocol
or SAE J1939 protocol. The instrument
parameters can be viewed and configured by Parts in contact with fluid 1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
the user using standard CAN software. Seal: FKM
Output data
The temperature sensor, based Output signal CANopen protocol or J1939 protocol,
on a PT 1000 and corresponding depending on version
evaluation electronics, is capable of Accuracy (at room temperature) ± 1.0 °C at -10 .. +85 °C
measuring temperatures in the range of ± 1.5 °C at -25 .. +105 °C
-25 °C .. +100 °C. Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~4 s
The pressure resistance up to 600 bar and t90: ~8 s
excellent EMC characteristics make the Environmental conditions
ETS 4100 ideal for use in harsh conditions. Operating temperature range 2) -40 .. +85 °C / -25 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Protocol data for CANopen:
Automatic bit-rate detection CiA AN 801
Baud rates 10 kbit .. 1 Mbit corresp. to DS305 V2.2
- Transfer synchronous, asynchronous, cyclical, measured
value change, exceeding boundaries
Protocol data for SAE J1939
Data Link Layer SAE J1939-21
Network Layer SAE J1939-31
Network Management SAE J1939-81
Other data
Weight ~ 200 g (probe length 6 mm)
EN 18.631.0/02.18

1)
2)
3)
233
M12x1
Male connector M12x1-5 pole 4 3

5
1 2

3 Hex AF 1 Housing Shield/housing
width 27
2 +UB Supply +
3 0 V Supply -
4 CAN_H Bus line dominant high
5 CAN_L Bus line dominant low
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
Probe length (Z) Probe diameter

[mm] [mm]
6 4.5
50 8
100 8
250 8
350 8
Model code:
ETS 4 1 4 8 – F1X – XXX - 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
F11 = CANopen
F12 = CAN SAE J1939
Probe lengths
006 = 6 mm Note:
050 = 50 mm The information in this brochure relates to the
100 = 100 mm operating conditions and applications described.
250 = 250 mm For applications or operating conditions not
350 = 350 mm described, please contact the relevant technical
Modification number department.
000 = standard Subject to technical modifications.

EN 18.631.0/02.18
Accessories: Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
234
ETS 4100
HART interface
Optional pressure measurement
The ETS 4100 with HART interface is Input data
an electronic temperature transmitter for Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C
monitoring of temperature in hydraulic
Probe length mm 10.7 50 100 250 350
systems.
Probe diameter mm 8 8 8 8 8
Based on a silicon semiconductor device Pressure resistance bar 600 125 125 125 125
the temperature sensor is designed to
measure temperatures within a range of Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
-25 °C .. +100 °C. Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output
Output data
of the measured value, digital communication
is possible by means of the HART protocol. Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol
RLmax.= (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
The instrument provides the option of a for HART communication min. 250 Ω
pressure sensor. The pressure signal is HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifications
given out as a digital signal via the HART HART Common Practice Commands i.e. Altering of measuring range limits
protocol and the temperature signal is still (see table)
available as an analogue signal (4 .. 20 mA). Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 0.4 % FS typ.
The main fields of application are condition ≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
monitoring and power plant technology. Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C
t90: ~ 15 s
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage Acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specification
(HCF_SPEC_054)
Weight ~ 280 g (probe length 10.7 mm)
~ 315 g (probe length 50 mm, 100 mm)
1)
2)
EN 18.620.0/02.18
235
Measuring range limits: Pin connections:
measuring range limits; EN 175301-803
Measuring range limits of the primary variable, temperature:
Lower Upper Measuring span
measuring range limit measuring range limit
-25 °C 75 °C 0 °C 100 °C 25 °C 125 °C
Model code:
ETS 4 1 4 X – F21 – XXX - 000
Pin ETS 41x5-F21
1 Signal +
3 Mechanical connection 2 Signal -
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2 3 n.c.
Electrical connection ┴ PE
5 = male, EN 175301-803, 3 pole + PE
6 = male M12x1, 4 pole (mating connector not supplied) M12x1
Output signal
Probe lengths
010 = 10.7 mm
050 = 50 mm
100 = 100 mm
250 = 250 mm
350 = 350 mm
Pin ETS 41x6-F21
Modification number: 1 Signal +
000 = standard 2 n.c.
3 Signal -
Accessories:
4 n.c.
Dimensions:
Male
connector
4 pole
Male connector
3p + PE
EN175301-803
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN3869
Probe length (Z)

10.7 mm
EN 18.620.0/02.18
50 mm
100 mm
250 mm
350 mm
236
Additional technical data with pressure measurement option: Dimensions with pressure
Input data measurement option:
Mechanical connection G 1/2 A ISO 1179-2 with probe
3
Probe length 7 mm
Output data
Output signal Temperature 4 .. 20 mA with HART Protocol
14
6kt / hex. -SW27
Output signal Pressure available via HART protocol as a
digital signal
7
terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max. G1/2A
Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ. 26 h14 3
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max. 29.5
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
terminal based

measuring range limits;
Measuring range limits of the secondary variable, pressure:
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
Model code with pressure measurement option:

ETS 4 1 2 X – F21 – 007 – P – XXXX - 000
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN 175301-803, 3 pole PE
Output signal
Probe length
007 = 7 mm
With pressure measurement

0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Modification number
000 = standard
Note:
department.

EN 18.620.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
237
3
238
EN 18.620.0/02.18
ETS 4500 Ex applications
The temperature transmitter series ETS 4500 Input data
with flameproof enclosure has triple approval
according to ATEX, CSA and IECEx which
ensures that the device is universally suitable Probe length 10.7; 100; 250; 350 mm
for use in potentially explosive atmospheres Pressure resistance 600 bar (probe length 10.7 mm)
worldwide. Each instrument is certified by the 125 bar (probe length 100 mm)
125 bar (probe length 250 mm)
three approvals organizations and is labelled 125 bar (probe length 350 mm)
accordingly. Therefore there is no longer any
need to stock multiple devices with separate
individual approvals. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4571; 1.4301
Based on a silicon semiconductor device Seal: FKM
measure temperatures within a range of Output data
-25 °C .. +100 °C. Output signal 1) permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor
RLmax = (UB - 8 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
The main fields of application are in Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 % FS typ.
mining and the oil & gas industry, e.g. in ≤ ± 2.0 % FS max.
underground vehicles, hydraulic power units, Temperature drift (environment) ≤ 0.02 % FS / °C
blow-out preventers (BOPs), drill drives
or valve actuation stations as well as in t90: ~ 15 s
locations with high dust contamination.
Operating/ambient temperature range 2)3) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Protection types and applications: T5: Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
CSAUS
C
Fluid temperature range 2)3) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
Explosionproof - Seal not required T5: Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5
Class II Group E, F, G mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Class III EN 60079-0 / 1 / 31
Type 4 Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
ATEX DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Flameproof
I M2 Ex d I Mb
ISO 20653 IP 6K9K
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb Other data
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db Supply voltage 8 .. 30 V DC
IECEx Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤5%
Flameproof Current consumption ≤ 25 mA
Ex d I Mb Weight ~ 280 g (probe length 10.7 mm)
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb ~ 315 g (probe length 100 mm)
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 130 °C Db ~ 350 g (probe length 250 mm)
1)
2)
3)
T130 °C with Ta = : -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C with electr. connection single leads possible
EN 18.387.2/02.18
239
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
C
Class III
Type 4
I M2 Ex d I Mb
3 Ex d I Mb
Model code:
ETS 4 5 4 X – A– D – XXX – 000 (2m)
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
single leads
jacketed cable
Output signal
Approval
D = CSA Explosionproof – Seal not required
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
Probe length
010 = 10.7 mm
100 = 100 mm
250 = 250 mm
350 = 350 mm
Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m
Standard = 2 m
EN 18.387.2/02.18
240
Lead ETS 4549-A
red Signal + 3
black Signal -
Hex AF Conduit (jacketed cable)

width 27 Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF Lead ETS 454G-A

Hex AF width 27 white Signal +
width 27 brown Signal -
Elastomer green n.c.
profile seal ring yellow n.c.
DIN 3869 Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Probe length (Z)

10.7 mm
100 mm
250 mm
350 mm

EN 18.387.2/02.18

Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
For applications or operating conditions not described, please contact the relevant technical Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
241
3
242
EN 18.387.2/02.18
HART interface
The ETS 4100 with HART interface is an Input data
electronic temperature transmitter in the
ignition protection type having flameproof
enclosure. Probe lengths 10.7; 50; 100; 250; 350 mm
Probe diameter 8 mm
The triple approval in accordance with
Pressure resistance 600 bar (probe length 10.7 mm)
ATEX, CSA and IECEx enables universal, 125 bar (probe length ≥ 50 mm)
worldwide utilisation of the devices in
potentially explosive atmospheres. Mechanical connection G¼ A ISO 1179-2
Based on a silicon semiconductor device
Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4571; 1.4301
and corresponding evaluation electronics, Seal: FKM
Conduit- / Housing material 1.4404, 1.4435
measure temperatures within a range of
-25 .. +100 °C. Output data
The sensor has an analogue output signal RLmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
of 4 .. 20 mA available as standard to enable for HART communication min. 250 Ω
integration into modern controls. In addition HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifications
to the analogue output of the measured HART Common Practice Commands i.e. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
value, digital communication is possible by
means of the HART protocol. ≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
The instrument provides the option of a Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C
pressure sensor. The pressure signal is Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~ 10 s
given out as a digital signal via the HART t90: ~ 15 s
protocol and the temperature signal is still Environmental conditions
Operating / ambient temperature range 1) 2) T6, T110 Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
The main fields of application are in the oil T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
& gas industry, e.g. in hydraulic power units, Storage temperature range -40 °C .. +100 °C
drill drives or valve actuation stations. The Fluid temperature range 1) 2) T6, T110 Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
device is also used in mining applications T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
as well as in locations with high dust mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4; EN 60079-0 / 1 / 31
contamination.
Protection types and applications: DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
C
CSAUS ISO 20653 IP 6K9K
Explosionproof - Seal not required Other data
Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5
Voltage supply 12 .. 30 V DC
Class III Residual ripple Acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specification
Type 4 of supply voltage (HCF_SPEC_054)
ATEX Current consumption ≤ 25 mA
Flameproof Weight 280 g (probe length 010),
I M2 Ex d I Mb 315 g (probe length 050, 100),
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb 350 g (probe length 250),
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db 385 g (probe length 350)
IECEx
Flameproof FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range
Ex d I Mb B.F.S.L. = Best Fit Straight Line
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb
1)
2)
T120° with Ta = -40 .. 70 °C/-20 .. 70 °C with electrical connection single leads available
EN 18.616.0/02.18
243
Measuring Range Limits:
By means of HART Common Practice Commands, you have the opportunity to adjust the following measuring range limits.
-25 °C 75 °C 0 °C 100 °C 25 °C 125 °C
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
3 CSAUS Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5
C
Class III
Type 4
I M2 Ex d I Mb
Ex d I Mb
Dimensions:
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF Elastomer
width 27 profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Elastomer Probe length (Z)
profile seal ring 10.7 mm
DIN 3869 50 mm
100 mm
250 mm
350 mm
EN 18.616.0/02.18
244
ETS 4 1 4 X – F21 – XXX - D – 000 (2m) Conduit (single leads)
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
Lead ETS 41x9
Probe length red Signal + 3
010 = 10.7 mm black Signal -
050 = 50 mm green-yellow Housing
100 = 100 mm
250 = 250 mm
350 = 350 mm Conduit (jacketed cable)
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
Modification number:
000 = standard
Cable length in m:
Standard = 2 m Lead ETS 41xG
white Signal -
brown Signal +
Additional technical data with pressure measurement option: green n.c.
Input data yellow n.c.
Burst pressure bar 200 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 Dimensions with pressure
Mechanical connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2 with probe measurement option:
Probe length 7 mm
Output data
Output signal Pressure available via HART protocol as a digital signal Hex AF width 27
terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max. HDA 4X2X (PT)
Stud end
Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ. ISO1179-2-G1/2A-S
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max. (DIN 3852-E-G1/2A)
Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % / °C typ.
Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % / °C max. Elastomer profile seal ring
Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % / °C typ. DIN 3869
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % / °C max.
terminal based
Protection class acc. to D
IN EN 60529 IP 65 (Vented Gauge), IP 69 (Sealed Gauge)

Additional measuring range limits of the secondary variable, pressure:
0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
EN 18.616.0/02.18
245
ETS 4 1 2 X – F21 – 007 - P – XXXX - D X - 000 (2m)
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
F21 = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor with HART protocol
3 Probe length
007 = 7 mm

0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
Type of measurement cell:

000 = standard
Cable length in m:
Standard = 2 m
Note:
EN 18.616.0/02.18

Germany
246
Flameproof enclosure 3

With junction box
HART interface
electronic temperature transmitter in the
ignition protection type having flameproof
enclosure. The triple approval in accordance Probe lengths 10.7; 50; 100; 250; 350 mm
with ATEX, CSA and IECEx enables Probe diameter 8 mm
universal, worldwide utilisation of the devices Pressure resistance 600 bar (probe length 10.7 mm)
in potentially explosive atmospheres. 125 bar (probe length ≥ 50 mm)
Based on a silicon semiconductor device Mechanical connection G¼ A ISO 1179-2
and corresponding evaluation electronics, Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
the temperature sensor is designed to Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4571; 1.4301
measure temperatures within a range of Seal: FKM
-25 .. +100 °C. Conduit / housing material 1.4435; 1.4404
The sensor has an analogue output signal Output data
of 4 .. 20 mA available as standard to enable Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol
integration into modern controls. In addition RLmax. = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
for HART communication min. 250 Ω
to the analogue output of the measured
value, digital communication is possible by HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifications
means of the HART protocol. HART Common Practice Commands i.e. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
The instrument provides the option of a ≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
pressure sensor. The pressure signal is
given out as a digital signal via the HART Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C
protocol, the temperature signal is still Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~ 10 s
available as an analogue signal (4 .. 20 mA) . t90: ~ 15 s
The main fields of application are in the oil
Operating/ T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
& gas industry, e.g. in hydraulic power units, ambient temperature range 1)2) T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
drill drives or valve actuation stations. The
device is also used in mining applications
as well as in locations with high dust Fluid temperature range 1)2) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
contamination.
mark EN 61000-6-1/ 2/ 3/ 4; EN 60079-0/ 11/ 15/ 26/ 31
Protection types and applications: Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
CSAUS
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
C
Explosionproof - Seal not required
Class I Group B, C, D, T6, T5 Other data
Class II Group E, F, G Supply voltage 12 .. 30 V DC
Class III Residual ripple Acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specification
Type 4 of supply voltage (HCF_SPEC_054)
ATEX Life expectancy > 10 million cycles (0 .. 100 % FS)
Flameproof Weight 280 g (probe length 010),
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb 315 g (probe length 050, 100),
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db 350 g (probe length 250),
IECEx 385 g (probe length 350)
Flameproof Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb protection are provided.
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range
1)
2)
T120 °C with Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C with electrical connection, single leads
possible
3)
For mounted 1/2 NPT Conduit screwed fitting in corresponding protection class at
junction box
EN 18.111.0/02.18
247
By means of HART Common Practice Commands, you have the opportunity to adjust the following measuring range limits.
-25 °C 75 °C 0 °C 100 °C 25 °C 125 °C
Junction box Junction box
Aluminium "J" Stainless steel "Q"
ATEX Flameproof
3 IECEx Flameproof
C
CSAUS Class I Group B, C, D, T6, T5 Class I Group B, C, D, T6, T5
Class II Group E, F, G Class II Group E, F, G
Class III
Type 4 Type 4
ATEX
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb
IECEx
Model code:
ETS 4 1 4 X – F21 – XXX - D – 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
Probe length
010 = 10.7 mm
050 = 50 mm
100 = 100 mm
250 = 250 mm
350 = 350 mm
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.111.0/02.18
248
Single leads in junction box
Lead ETS 41XX
red Signal +
black Signal -
1/2NPT green-yellow Housing
Hex AF
width 27 Dimensions with pressure
ca. 124
Elastomer
profile seal ring measurement option:
DIN 3869
Hex AF width 27
1/2-14NPT Venting *)
HDA 4X2X (PT)

Stud end
Hex AF ISO1179-2-G1/2A-S
width 27 (DIN 3852-E-G1/2A)
max. 82
27 ±0.3 Elastomer profile seal ring

DIN 3869
Probe length (Z)

50 mm
+0.3
100 mm
2
Hex AF
width 27 250 mm
12
350 mm
10.7
8
G1/4A
18.9
29.5
Additional technical data with pressure measurement option:

Input data
Probe length 7 mm
Output data
Output signal Pressure available via HART protocol as a digital signal
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
terminal based

0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
EN 18.111.0/02.18
249
ETS 4 1 2 X – F21 – 007 - P – XXXX - D X - 000
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
3
Probe length
007 = 7 mm

0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
Type of measurement cell:

000 = standard
Note:
EN 18.111.0/02.18

Germany
250
Intrinsically Safe, Dustproof enclosure 3
Non-Sparking,
HART interface
intrinsically safe electronic temperature Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C
transmitter for monitoring of temperature in
Probe lengths 10.7; 50; 100; 250; 350 mm
hydraulic systems.
Probe diameter 8 mm
The double approval in accordance with Pressure resistance 600 bar (probe length 10.7 mm)
ATEX and IECEx enables universal, almost 125 bar (probe length ≥ 50 mm)
worldwide utilisation of the devices in Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
potentially explosive atmospheres.
Based on a silicon semiconductor device Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4571; 1.4301
and corresponding evaluation electronics, Seal: FKM
the temperature sensor is designed to Output data
measure temperatures within a range of
-25 °C .. +100 °C. RLmax.=(UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
In addition to the analogue 4 .. 20 mA output for HART communication min. 250 Ω
of the measured value, digital communication HART Communication Acc. to HART 7 specifications
is possible by means of the HART protocol. HART Common Practice Commands i.e. Altering of measuring range limits (see table)
The instrument provides the option of a Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 0.4 % FS typ.
pressure sensor. The pressure signal is given ≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
out as a digital signal via the HART protocol Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C
and the temperature signal is still available as Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~ 10 s
an analogue signal (4 .. 20 mA). t90: ~ 15 s
The main fields of application are in the oil Environmental conditions
& gas industry, gas turbines. The device is Operating/ambient/ T6, T80/T85 °C, T50090 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C / -20 .. +60 °C
also used in mining applications as well as in fluid temperature range 1) 2) T5, T90/T95 °C, T500100 °C Ta = -40 .. +70 °C / -20 .. +70 °C
locations with high dust contamination. T100, T500110 °C Ta = -40 .. +80 °C / -20 .. +80 °C
T4 Ta = -40 .. +85 °C / -20 .. +85 °C
Protection types and applications: Storage temperature range -40 °C .. +100 °C
ATEX mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4; EN 60079-0 / 11 / 15 / 26 / 31;
I M1 Ex ia I Ma EN 50303
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3) IP 67
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C/T95 °C Da Relevant data for Ex applications EX ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb,tc
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C Supply voltage 12 .. 28 V DC 12 .. 28 V DC
T50090/ T500100/ T500110 °C Da
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Max. input power Pi = 0.7 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1W
II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Connection capacitance of the sensor Ci = ≤ 22 nF
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Insulation voltage 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection
IECEx acc. to EN 61000-6-2
Ex ia I Ma Other data
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Residual ripple of supply voltage Acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specification
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb (HCF_SPEC_054)
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Current consumption ≤ 25 mA
Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Weight ~ 280 g (probe length 010)
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Da ~ 315 g (probe length 050,100)
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da ~ 350 g (probe length 250)
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db ~ 385 g (probe length 350)
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit
Ex ic IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc protection are provided.
Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc
EN 18.617.0/02.18
1)
2)
3)
251
-25 °C 75 °C 0 °C 100 °C 25 °C 125 °C
Code no. 1 9 A C
ATEX I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 II 3G Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc II 1D Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C II 3G Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
DEKRA 13ATEX0031X II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb Gb T50090/T500100 °C Da ll 3D Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
3
intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia non-sparking nA dustproof enclosure Intrinsically safe ic
(see model code)
Dimensions:
Male connector EN 175301-803 Male connector
3p + PE 4 pole
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Probe length (Z)

10.7 mm
50 mm
100 mm
250 mm
350 mm

Protection types and applications (code): 9,A
The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included. A straight mating connector is required
for electrical connection. E.g. mating connector M12x1, 4 pole, straight, with 3 m shielded cable:
ZBE 06S-03, part no. 6098243
26
23
Impact
protection metal
SW25 safety sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4p or 5p
max. 47
hex. AF
width 27
max. 114
27 ±0.3
+0.3
Hex AF
2
width 27
12
Profile seal ring

DIN3869
8
G1/4A
18.9 ±0.3
EN 18.617.0/02.18
29.5
Z
252
ETS 4 1 X X – F21 – XXX – E N X – 000 EN 175301-803
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
5 = male, EN 175301-803, 3 pole+PE
Output signal
Probe lengths Pin ETS 4xx5-F21
010 = 10.7 mm 1 Signal +
2 Signal - 3
050 = 50 mm
100 = 100 mm 3 n.c.
250 = 250 mm ┴ PE
350 = 350 mm
Approval
E = ATEX; IECEx M12x1
Insulation voltage:
ATEX IECEx
Pin ETS 4xx6-21
1 Signal +
Only in conjunction with electrical connection "6" and the impact protection metal 2 n.c.
3 Signal -
A = II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C Da
T50090/ T500100 Da T50090/ T500100 °C Da 4 n.c.
Only in conjunction with electrical connection "6" and the impact protection metal
safety sleeve (see dimensions) Dimensions with pressure
C = II 3G Ex ic IIC T6, T5 Gc Ex ic IIC T6, T5 Gc measurement option:
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories: Hex AF width 27
HDA 4X2X (PT)
Stud end
ISO1179-2-G1/2A-S
(DIN 3852-E-G1/2A)
Additional technical data with pressure measurement option:
Input data Elastomer profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Probe length 7 mm
Output data
Output signal Pressure available via HART protocol as a digital signal
≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % / °C max.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % / °C max.
terminal based

EN 18.617.0/02.18

0 % FS 112.5 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS 37.5 % FS 150 % FS
253
Model code with temperature measurement option: Note:
ETS 4 1 2 X – F21 – 007 – P – XXXX – E N X – XXX the operating conditions and applications
described.
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
department.
5 = male EN 175301-803,
3 pole+PE,
Output signal
3 Probe length
007 = 7 mm

0016; 0040; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600
Approval
E = ATEX
IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
A= II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C Da Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C Da
T50090/ T500100 °C Da T50090/ T500100 °C Da
000 = standard

EN 18.617.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
254
EN 180.000.3/02.18
4
255
TEMPERATURE SWITCHES [4] Page

HTS 8000 OEM 271
ETS 3200 Display IO-Link Pressure-resistant 273
ETS 3800 Display IO-Link For separ. temperature probe 275
TFP 100 Temperature probe 277
4
EN 180.000.3/02.18
256
Temperature Switch
ETS 1700
Separate temperature probe Display
4 switching outputs 4
Analogue output
The electronic temperature switch ETS 1700 Input data
is used mainly together with the temperature
Measuring element PT 100 (TFP 100)
probe TFP 100, which was specially
developed for tank mounting. Connection, separate temperature probe Male connector 5 pole Binder series 423/723
Measuring range 1) 0 .. +100 °C (+32 .. +212 °F)
The 4-digit display can indicate the actual
Output data
temperature, one of the switch points or the
maximum temperature value. Switching outputs 4 relays with change-over contacts in
2 groups (common supply of each group
The maximum temperature indicates the connected)
highest temperature which has occurred Switching current: 0.01 .. 2 A per switching output
since the unit was switched on or was last Switching voltage: 0.1 .. 250 V AC, 12 .. 32 V DC
reset.
Switching capacity: 500 VA, 64 W
The four switching outputs can be used (for inductive load, use varistors)
to control heating and cooling processes Switching cycles (ohmic resistance):
in hydraulic systems, for example. Four ≥ 20 million at minimum load
switch and switch-back points which are ≥ 400000 at maximum load (typ.)
independent of each other can be adjusted Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
very simply via the key pad. 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 400 Ω
For integration into monitoring systems (e.g. 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 2 kΩ
corresponds in each case to 0 .. +100 °C
with PLC), an analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or
0 .. 10 V) is also available. Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 °C (≤ ± 2.0 °F)
(+error separate temperature probe)
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (1 ms)
Other data
Electrical connection Plug-in terminal block, 14 pole
Current consumption ~ 200 mA
Weight ~ 800 g
Depending on the fluid temperature range of the connected temperature sensor, the
1)
measuring range of the ETS 1700 may be reduced.

EN 18.303.5/02.18
257
The microprocessor integrated into the
ETS 1700 enables many useful extra
functions in addition to the switching functions,
when compared with a normal mechanical
temperature switch. It is possible, for example, Screw type conduit fitting PG11
to activate switching delay times or to change
the relay switching direction. All settings are Countersunk to DIN74-KM5
made via the key pad.

points and
switch-back hystereses:
●● Switch point, relay 1 .. 4:
1.5 .. 100 % of the measuring span
●● Switch-back point, relay 1 .. 4:
1 .. 99 % of the measuring span or
alternatively
4 ●● Switch-back hysteresis 1 .. 4:
1 .. 99 % of the measuring span
●● Switching direction of the relays 1 .. 4
●● Switch-on delay, relays 1 .. 4 in the range
0.0 .. 900.0 seconds
●● Switch-off delay, relays 1 .. 4 in the range Female connector
Binder series 423/723 -5p
0.0 .. 900.0 seconds
●● Switch-back mode (alternatively switch-back
point or switch-back hysteresis)
●● Display of the actual temperature, a switch
point or the peak value
●● Measuring range individually selectable
in °C or °F
●● Display of the measurement unit (°C, °F)
●● Analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V)
Model code:
●● Programming lock ETS 1 7 0 X – 100 – 000
Type of sensor
Terminal assignment: 0 = for PT 100 sensors
Device connection
Display
Pin 1 = 4-digit display °C
1 +UB 2 = 4-digit display °F
2 0 V
3 Analogue output Signal + Measuring range
4 Analogue output Signal - (0 V) 0 .. +100 °C (+32 .. +212 °F)
5 Relay 1 N/C
Modification number
6 Relay 1 N/O
000 = standard
8 Relay 2 N/C Accessories (supplied with instrument):
9 Relay 2 N/O 5 pole mating connector (Binder series 423/723 or Amphenol series C091A) to connect the
10 Relay 3 N/C separate temperature probe and a 3 m sensor cable (LIYCY 4 x 0.25 mm2)
11 Relay 3 N/O
12 Centre relay 3 and 4 Accessories available (not supplied with instrument)
Vibration mounts Part no.: 257492
13 Relay 4 N/C
14 Relay 4 N/O Separate temperature probe:
●● TFP 104 - 000 with male 4 pole, Binder series 714 M18 Part no. 904696
Probe connection
(including mating connector)
Pin ●● TFP 106 - 000 with male 4 pole M12x1 Part no.: 921330
1 +UB (mating connector not included)
2 Signal + ●● Tank installation sleeve for TFP 100 Part no.: 906170
3 n.c.
4 Signal -
More detailed information on accessories can be found in the Accessories brochure.
5 0 V
Note:
EN 18.303.5/02.18

Germany
258
Temperature Switch
ETS 320
Integrated temperature probe Display
Up to 2 switching outputs 4
Analogue output
The ETS 320 is a compact electronic Input data
temperature switch with a 3-digit display.
Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C (-13 .. +212 °F)
Pressure-resistant to 600 bar with an Probe length 18 mm
integrated 18 mm temperature probe, this Probe diameter 6 mm
model can be installed directly inline or on
Pressure resistance 600 bar
the hydraulic block and has a measuring
range of -25 .. +100 °C. Mechanical connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Different output models with one or two
switching outputs, and with the possible Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
option of an additional 4 .. 20 mA analogue
output signal, offer a variety of application Output data
possibilities. Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
Switching current: max. 1.2 A per switching output
The switch points and the associated
hystereses can be adjusted very quickly and Switching cycles: > 100 million
easily using the key pad. Analogue output, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA; load resist. max. 400 Ω
corresponds to -25 .. +100 °C
For optimum adaptation to the particular
Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 °C (≤ ± 2.0 °F)
application, the instrument has many
additional adjustment parameters (e.g. Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
switching delay times, N/C / N/O function). Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: 3 s
t90: 9 s
Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-13 .. +176 °F)
Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C (-40 .. +176 °F)
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Current consumption ~ 100 mA without switching output
Weight ~ 300 g
1)
EN 18.310.6/02.18
259
All settings available on the ETS 320 are
grouped in two easy-to-navigate menus. In
order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of the Male connector
device, a programming lock can be set. 4 pole/5 pole

points and
Unit Switch point Hysteresis Incre-
ment*
°C -22.0 .. 100.0 1.0 .. 123.0 1.0
°F -10.0 .. 212.0 1.0 .. 223.0 1.0
Window function
Unit Lower switch Upper switch Incre-
value value ment* Hex AF
4 °C -23.0 .. 99.0 -22.0 .. 100.0 1.0 width 27
°F -11.0 .. 211.0 -10.0 .. 212.0 1.0
Additional functions: Elastomer

●● Switching mode of the switching outputs profile seal ring
adjustable (switch point function or window DIN3869
function)
from 0 .. 750 seconds
●● Choice of display (actual temperature, peak
temperature, switch point 1, switch point 2,
display off)
Model code:
Pin connections:
ETS 3 2 X – X – 100 – X00
M12x1, 4 pole
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
only possible on output models “2” and “3”
only possible on output model “5”
Output
Pin ETS 326-2 ETS 326-3 only in conjunction with electrical connection type “6”
1 +UB +UB
2 SP2 Analogue only in conjunction with electrical connection type “6”
3 0 V 0 V
4 SP1 SP1 5 = 2 switching outputs and 1 analogue output
only in conjunction with electrical connection type “8”
M12x1, 5 pole Measuring range

-25 .. +100 °C (-13 .. +212 °F)
Modification number
4 3 000 = display in °C
5
400 = display in °F
1 2
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors and clamps for wall-mounting etc., can be
found in the Accessories brochure.
Pin ETS 328-5

1 +UB
2 Analogue
3 0 V
4 SP1
5 SP2
Note:
EN 18.310.6/02.18

Germany
260
Temperature Switch
ETS 380
Analogue output
temperature switch with a 3-digit display.
Measuring element PT 100 (TFP 100)
The version for a separate temperature Connection, separate temperature probe Female cable connector M12x1, 4 pole
probe has a measuring range of Measuring range 1) -30 .. +150 °C (-22 .. +302 °F)
-30 .. +150 °C and is used primarily with
Output data
the TFP 100 temperature probe which was
specially developed for tank installation. Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
Switching current: max. 1.2 A per switching output
It is also possible, however, to evaluate
commonly available PT 100 temperature Switching cycles: > 100 million
probes. Different output models with one or Analogue output, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA; load resist. max. 400 Ω
two switching outputs, and with the possible corresponds to -30 .. +150 °C
option of an additional 4 .. 20 mA analogue Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 °C (≤ ± 2.0 °F)
output signal, offer a variety of application (+error separate temperature probe)
possibilities. Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
The switch points and the associated
hystereses can be adjusted very quickly and Environmental conditions
easily using the key pad. Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-13 .. +176 °F)
For optimum adaptation to the particular Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C (-40 .. +176 °F)
application, the instrument has many mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
additional adjustment parameters (e.g. Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
switching delay times, N/C / N/O function). DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Current consumption ~ 100 mA without switching output
Weight ~ 300 g
1)
Depending on the fluid temperature range of the connected temperature sensor, the
measuring range of the ETS 380 may be reduced.
2)
EN 18.329.3/02.18
261
All settings available on the ETS 380 are
grouped in two easy-to-navigate menus. In
Male connector
order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of the 4 pole/5 pole
device, a programming lock can be set.

points and
Unit Switch point Hysteresis Incre-
ment*
°C -27.0 .. 150.0 1.0 .. 178.0 1.0
°F -16.0 .. 302.0 2.0 .. 320.0 2.0
Window function
Unit Lower switch Upper switch Incre-
value value ment*
4 °C -28.0 .. 149.0 -27.0 .. 150.0 1.0
°F -18.0 .. 300.0 -16.0 .. 302.0 2.0
function)
from 0 .. 750 seconds Model code:
●● Choice of display (actual temperature, peak
ETS 3 8 X – X – 150 – X00
display off) Mechanical connection
8 = electrical connection for separate temperature probe
Pin connections:
M12x1, 4 pole 6 = male M12x1, 4 pole
Output
Pin ETS 386-2 ETS 386-3
1 +UB +UB Measuring range
2 SP2 Analogue -30 .. +150 °C (-22 .. +302 °F)
3 0 V 0 V
4 SP1 SP1 Modification number
000 = display in °C
400 = display in °F
M12x1, 5 pole Accessories (supplied with instrument):
A male cable connector M12x1, 4 pole, to connect the separate temperature probe and a 3 m
sensor cable, LIYY 4 x 0.5 mm².
4 3
5 Accessories available (not supplied with instrument)
1 2
Separate temperature probe:
●● TFP 104 - 000 with male 4 pole, Binder series 714 M18 Part no. 904696
(including mating connector)
●● TFP 106 - 000 With male 4 pole M12x1 Part no.: 921330
(mating connector not included)
●● Tank installation sleeve for TFP 100 Part no.: 906170
Pin ETS 388-5
1 +UB Further information on accessories as well as further accessories, such as mating connectors
and clamps for wall-mounting etc., can be found in the Accessories brochure.
2 Analogue
3 0 V
4 SP1
5 SP2
Note:
EN 18.329.3/02.18

Germany
262
Temperature Switch
ETS 3200
Analogue output
temperature switch with a 4-digit display. Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C (-13 .. +212 °F)
With its integrated temperature probe, the Probe length mm 18 100 250 350
ETS 3200 is particularly suitable for direct Probe diameter mm 6 8 8 8
tank installation and is available in various Pressure resistance bar 600 50 1) 50 1) 50 1)
lengths. Mechanical connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
Pressure-resistant up to 600 bar with an Tightening torque, recommended 45 Nm
integrated 18 mm temperature probe, this Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
model can be mounted directly inline or on Seal: FKM
the hydraulic block. Output data
Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
Different output models with one or two Switching current: max. 1.2 A per output
switching outputs, optionally with an Switching cycles: > 100 million
additional analogue output signal, offer a Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
variety of application possibilities. 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
The switch points and the associated Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 °C (≤ ± 2.0 °F)
hystereses can be adjusted very quickly and Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C
easily using the key pad. Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: 3 s 8s 8s 8s
For optimum adaptation to the particular t90: 9 s 15 s 15 s 15 s
application, the instrument has many Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
additional adjustment parameters (e.g. Environmental conditions
switching delay times, N/C / N/O function). Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-13 .. +176 °F)
(-25 .. +60 °C [ -13 .. +140 °F] for UL-Spec.)
The ETS 3200 is also available in a variant
with menu navigation in accordance with
VDMA. (-40 .. +212 °F / -13 .. +212 °F)
mark EN 61000-6-1 / -2 / -3 / -4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 0 .. 500 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Supply voltage 9 .. 35 V DC, without analogue output
18 .. 35 V DC, with analogue output
when applied acc. to UL specifications - limited energy – acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2;
UL 1310 / 1585; LPS UL 60950
Current consumption ≤ 2.455 A total
and analogue output
Weight g ~ 135 ~ 150 ~ 185 ~ 210
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit protection are
provided.
1)
Higher pressure resistance on request
2)
3)
4)
EN 18.092.0/02.18
263
Standard design ●● Switching mode of the switching outputs
M12x1, 4 pole
All the settings available on the ETS 3200 are adjustable (switch point function or window
combined in two easy-to-navigate menus. In function)
order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of the ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
device, a programming lock can be set. adjustable (N/C or N/O function)
switching outputs: ●● Analogue output signal selectable 4 .. 20 mA
Switch point function or 0 .. 10 V
Unit Switch point Hysteresis Incre- ●● Display of the actual temperature in °C or °F.
ment* ●● Choice of display (actual temperature, peak
Pin ETS 3226-2 ETS 3226-3
°C -23.0 .. 100.0 1.0 .. 123.5 0.5 temperature, switch point 1, switch point 2;
additional, in standard version, display off) 1 +UB +UB
°F -10 .. 212 2 .. 222 1
2 SP2 Analogue
Window function 3 0 V 0 V
Unit Lower switch Upper switch Incre- 4 SP1 SP1
value value ment*
°C -23.0 .. 97.5 -22.0 .. 98.5 0.5
4 °F -10 .. 208 -7 .. 209 1 M12x1, 5 pole
by the increments shown. 4 3
5
Setting options:
menu navigation acc. to 1 2
VDMA
ETS 3200 as well as the menu structure comply
(VDMA 24574-2) for temperature switches. Pin ETS 3228-5
1 +UB
The ETS 3200 can easily be adjusted via three
push-buttons. 2 Analogue
3 0 V
Setting ranges for the 4 SP1
5 SP2
switching outputs:
-25 .. +100 °C -23.5 °C 100.0 °C
-13 .. +212 °F -11 °F 212 °F
Measuring Min. difference Increment*

range betw. RP and SP
& FL and FH
-25 .. +100 °C 1.5 °C 0.5 °C
-13 .. + 212 °F 2 °F 1 °F
SP = switch point
FL = temperature window lower value
FH = temperature window upper value
EN 18.092.0/02.18
264
Dimensions:
Display turns through

270°
270°
Housing turns through

340°
340°
Hex AF width 27
Hex AF width 27
O-ring 20.35x1.78-NBR
Probe length 4
(dim. Z)
100
250
350 Installation dimension Ø 53.5
Male connection M12x1 Male connection M12x1

4 pole/5 pole 4 pole/5 pole
Model code: Note:

ETS 3 2 2 X – X – XXX – X00 operating conditions and applications described.
Type described, please contact the relevant technical
2 = with integrated temperature probe department.
Mechanical connection Subject to technical modifications.
2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
only possible on output models "2" and "3"
Output
only in conjunction with electrical connection code type "8"
Probe length in mm
018; 100; 250; 350
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, protective sleeves for tank installation and
splash guards, can be found in the Accessories brochure.

EN 18.092.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
265
4
266
EN 18.092.0/02.18
Temperature Switch
ETS 3800
Analogue output
temperature switch with a 4-digit display. Measuring element PT 100 (TFP 100)
The version for a separate temperature Connection, separate temperature probe Female cable connector M12x1, 4 pole
probe has a measuring range of Measuring range 1) -30 .. +150 °C (-22 .. +302 °F)
-30 .. +150 °C and is used primarily with Output data
the TFP 100 temperature probe which was Switching outputs 1 or 2 PNP transistor outputs
specially developed for tank installation. Switching current: max. 1.2 A per switching output
It is also possible, however, to evaluate Switching cycles: > 100 million
commonly available PT 100 temperature Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
probes. Different output models with one 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
or two switching outputs, optionally with an 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
corresp. in each case to -30 .. +150 °C
additional analogue output signal, offer a
variety of application possibilities. Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 °C (≤ ± 2.0 °F)
The switch points and the associated Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C
hystereses can be adjusted very quickly and Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
easily using the key pad. Environmental conditions
For optimum adaptation to the particular Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-13 .. +176 °F)
application, the instrument has many (-25 .. +60 °C [ -13 .. +140 °F] for UL-Spec.)
additional adjustment parameters Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C (-40 .. +176 °F)
(e.g. switching delay times, N/C / N/O mark EN 61000-6-1 / -2 / -3 / -4
function etc.). Certificate-No.: E318391
mark 2)
The ETS 3800 is also available in a variant DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 0 .. 500 Hz
with menu navigation in accordance with Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 50 g
VDMA. DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Supply voltage 9 .. 35 V DC, without analogue output
18 .. 35 V DC, with analogue output
UL 1310 / 1585; LPS UL 60950
and analogue output
Weight ~ 87 g (excluding cable connector and probe)
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit protection
are provided.
1)
Depending on the fluid temperature range of the connected temperature sensor,
the measurement range of the ETS 3000 may be reduced.
2)
3)
EN 18.093.0/02.18
267
Standard design ●● Switching mode of the switching outputs
M12x1, 4 pole
All the settings available on the ETS 3800 are adjustable (switch point function or window
combined in two easy-to-navigate menus. In function)
order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of the ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
device, a programming lock can be set. adjustable (N/C or N/O function)
switching outputs: ●● Analogue output signal selectable
Switch point function 4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V
Unit Switch point Hysteresis Incre- ●● Display of the actual temperature in °C or °F.
ment* ●● Choice of display (actual temperature, peak
Pin ETS 3866-2 ETS 3866-3
°C -27.0 .. 150.0 1.0 .. 178.0 0.5 temperature, switch point 1, switch point 2;
additional, in standard version, display off) 1 +UB +UB
°F -17 .. 302 2 .. 320 1
2 SP2 Analogue
Window function 3 0 V 0 V
Unit Lower switch Upper switch Incre- 4 SP1 SP1
value value ment*
°C -27.0 .. 146.5 -25.5 .. 148.0 0.5
4 °F -17 .. 296 -14 .. 298 1 M12x1, 5 pole
by the increments shown. 4 3
5
Setting options:
menu navigation acc. to 1 2
VDMA
(VDMA 24574-2) for temperature switches. Pin ETS 3868-5
1 +UB
The ETS 3800 can easily be adjusted via three
push-buttons. 2 Analogue
3 0 V
Setting ranges for the 4 SP1
5 SP2
switching outputs:
-30 .. +150 °C -28.0 °C 150.0 °C
-22 .. +302 °F -19 °F 302 °F

& FL and FH
-30 .. +150 °C 2.0 °C 0.5 °C
-22 .. +302 °F 3 °F 1 °F
SP = switch point
EN 18.093.0/02.18
268
Dimensions: Note:
Ø 42
25.2 40.4 For applications or operating conditions not

M12x1 11 described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
270°
16.1

93.2
76.7
65.7
340°
M12x1
Female connector 16.1 4
Ø 22
4 pole

4 pole/5 pole
Model code:
ETS 3 8 6 X – X – 000 – X00
Type
8 = for separate temperature probe
6 = female cable connector M12x1, 4 pole
only possible on output model “5” and modification “000”
Output
only in conjunction with electrical connection code type “8”
and modification “000”
Probe length in mm
000 = separate temperature probe
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories (supplied with instrument):

sensor cable, LIYCY 4 x 0.25 mm².
Accessories available (not supplied with instrument):

Separate temperature probe:
●● TFP 106 - 000 with male 4 pole M12x1 Part no.: 921330
(mating connector not included)
●● Tank installation sleeve for TFP 100 Part no.: 906170 HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.093.0/02.18

Germany
Further information on accessories as well as further accessories, such as mating connectors, Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
splash guards and clamps for wall-mounting etc., can be found in the Accessories brochure. Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
269
4
270
EN 18.093.0/02.18
Temperature Switch
HTS 8000 for series applications
Integrated temperature probe

connections 4
The temperature transmitter series Input data
HTS 8000 has been specifically developed
Measuring range 1) -25 .. +125 °C (-13 .. +257 °F)
for the OEM market, e.g. in mobile
applications. It is based on a silicon Probe length mm 16 40
semiconductor device with corresponding Probe diameter mm 6.7 6.7
evaluation electronics. Pressure resistance bar 600 600
All parts in contact with fluid are in stainless Mechanical connection 2) G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
steel, and are welded together. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm
The transistor output is available with either Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Seal: FKM
an N/C or an N/O function. The switch and
switch-back point of the HTS 8000 is factory- Output data
set acc. to customer specification. Switching output - 1 PNP transistor output
- 2 PNP transistor outputs
For the electrical connection, various built-in (only in conjunction with electr. conn. M12x1,
connection plugs are available. 4 pole)
The pressure resistance up to 600 bar and Switching current: ≤ 500 mA per output
excellent EMC characteristics make the Switching cycles: > 100 million
HTS 8000 ideal for use in harsh conditions. Switch points / switch-back points:
acc. to customer specification
32 ms standard
(8 .. 2000 ms factory-set acc. to customer spec.)
Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.5 °C (≤ ± 2.7 °F)
Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50 = 4s 4s
t90 = 8s 8s
Repeatability ≤ ± 1 % FS max.
(-40 .. +185 °F/ -13 .. +185 °F)
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark 4) Certificate no. E318391
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Electrical connection Various male connectors, e.g.:
M12x1, Packard Metri Pack, Deutsch DT 04, AMP
Superseal, AMP Junior Power Timer, jacketed cable
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
Weight ~ 145 g
EN 18.390.2/02.18
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
271
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector Male connector Male connection
department.
DIN 72585-3 pole Metri-Pack DT04 3 pole
series 150 3 pole Subject to technical modifications.

Junior Power Timer Superseal series 1.5
3 pole 3 pole
Male connector
EN175301-803
3 pole + PE
Male connector
M12x1 - 4 pole
Hex AF
width 27
Order details:
The electronic temperature switch HTS 8000 has been specially developed for OEM customers and
is available for minimum order quantities of 500 units per type.
For precise specifications, please contact the Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC.

EN 18.390.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
272
Temperature Switch
ETS 3200
4
IO-Link
The ETS 3200 with IO-Link communication Input data
interface is a compact, electronic Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C (-13 .. +212 °F)
temperature switch with an integrated 4-digit Probe length mm 18 100 250 350
display. Probe diameter mm 6 8 8 8
With its integrated temperature probe, the Pressure resistance bar 600 50 1) 50 1) 50 1)
ETS 3200 is particularly suitable for direct Mechanical connection G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
tank installation and is available in various Tightening torque, recommended 45 Nm
lengths. Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
Pressure-resistant up to 600 bar with an Seal: FKM
integrated 18 mm temperature probe, this Output data
model can be mounted directly inline or on Switching outputs PNP transistor outputs
the hydraulic block.
The instrument has a switching output and 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
an additional output that can be configured 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
as switching or analogue output (4 .. 20 mA Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 °C (≤ ± 2.0 °F)
or 0 .. 10 V). Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C
Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: 3 s 8s 8s 8s
t90: 9 s 15 s 15 s 15 s
IO-Link is the communication between the Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
sensor/actuator (IO-Link device) and an Environmental conditions
IO-Link master based on a point-to-point Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-13 .. +176 °F)
interface. (-25 .. +60 °C [ -13 .. +140 °F] for UL-Spec.)
The advantages: Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C (-40 .. +176 °F)
Process data, parameters and diagnostic Fluid temperature range 2) -40 .. +100 °C / -25 .. +100 °C
(-40 .. +212 °F / -13 .. +212 °F)
information of the temperature switch can
mark EN 61000-6-1 / -2 / -3 / -4
be transmitted via a standard cable (SDCI
mode). The integrated LED display provides mark 3) Certificate-No.: E318391
information on the operating mode and the Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
switching statuses. DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 0 .. 500 Hz
Simple exchange, the IO-Link master DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
saves the parameters of the connected Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 4) IP 67
temperature switch and transmits them to IO-Link specific data
the newly connected temperature switch
IO-Link revision V1.1 / support V1.0
when replaced. Thus, time-consuming new
Transmission rate, baud rate 5) 38.4 kBaud (COM2)
parameterisations will no longer be required.
If IO-Link is not used, the sensor still SIO mode supported Yes
functions as a temperature switch with two M-sequence capability PREOPERATE: TYPE_0
switching outputs (SIO mode). To create OPERATE: TYPE_2_2
ISDU: Supported
customer-specific small series or to duplicate
sensor settings across the system, the IO Device Description (IODD) download at: https://ioddfinder.io-link.com/#/
sensor can also be easily adjusted outside Other data
the system to suit the particular application, Supply voltage 9 .. 35 V DC, if PIN 2 = SP2
with the HYDAC Programming Device when applied acc. to UL specifications - limited energy – acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2;
HPG P1-000, the HYDAC Programming UL 1310 / 1585; LPS UL 60950
Adapter ZBE P1-000 or by means of the Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤5%
Portable Data Recorder HMG 4000. Current consumption ≤ 0.535 A with active switching outputs
Typical fields of application for ETS 3200 and analogue output
IO-Link are machine tools, handling and Display 4-digit, LED, 7-segment, red,
assembly automation, intralogistics or the height of digits 7 mm
packaging industry. Weight g ~ 135 ~ 150 ~ 185 ~ 210
EN 18.327.2.1/02.18
provided.
1)
Higher pressure resistance on request
2)
3)
4)
5)
273
with the specifications in the

VDMA Standard for temperature switches.

switching outputs:
270°
270°

-25 .. +100 °C -23.5 °C 100.0 °C
-13 .. +212 °F -11 °F 212 °F
340°
340°
& FL and FH
Hex AF width 27
Hex AF width 27
-25 .. +100 °C 1.5 °C 0.5 °C
-13 .. +212 °F 2 °F 1 °F Probe length
(dim. Z)
4 by the increments shown. 100
SP = switch point 250
RP = switch-back point Installation dimension Ø 53.5 350 Installation dimension Ø 53.5
function) Male connector M12x1 4 pole Male connector M12x1 4 pole
●● Switching direction or switching outputs
●● Switch-on or switch-off delay adjustable from
0.00 .. 99.99 seconds Model code:
●● Analogue output signal selectable ETS 3 2 2 6 – F31 – XXX – 000
4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V
●● Choice of display (actual temperature, peak Type
temperature, switch point 1, switch point 2, 2 = with integrated temperature probe
display off)
Pin connections: 2 = G1/2 A ISO 1179-2
M12x1, 4 pole
L+
IO-Link
Output
1 Q1/C F31 = IO-Link interface
2 4
3
Probe length in mm
L- Standard IO 018; 100; 250; 350
Modification number
Q2/QA
000 = standard
Pin Signal Description Accessories:

1 L+ +UB Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, mechanical adapters, splash guards, clamps
for wall-mounting and programming units, can be found in the Accessories brochure.
analogue output
3 L- 0 V
4 Q1/C IO-Link communication /
Note:
EN 18.327.2.1/02.18

Germany
274
Temperature Switches
ETS 3800
4
IO-Link
The ETS 3800 with IO-Link communication Input data
interface is a compact, electronic Measuring element PT 100 (TFP 100)
temperature switch with an integrated
Connection, separate temperature probe Female cable connector M12x1, 4 pole
4-digit display. The version for a separate
Measuring range 1) -30 .. +150 °C (-22 .. +302 °F)
temperature probe has a measuring range
of -30 .. +150 °C and is used primarily with Output data
the TFP 100 temperature probe which was Switching outputs PNP transistor outputs
specially developed for tank installation.
It is also possible, however, to evaluate 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
commonly available PT 100 temperature 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
probes. corresp. in each case to -30 .. +150 °C
The instrument has a switching output and Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 1.0 °C (≤ ± 2.0 °F)
additional output that can be configured as
switching or analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or
0 .. 10 V). Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
Operating temperature range -25 .. +80 °C (-13 .. +176 °F)
IO-Link is the communication between the (-25 .. +60 °C [ -13 .. +140 °F] for UL-Spec.)
sensor/actuator (IO-Link device) and an Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C (-40 .. +176 °F)
IO-Link master based on a point-to-point mark EN 61000-6-1 / -2 / -3 / -4
interface. Certificate-No.: E318391
mark 2)
The advantages: Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
Process data, parameters and diagnostic DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 0 .. 500 Hz
information of the temperature switch can Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 50 g
be transmitted via a standard cable (SDCI DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
mode). The integrated LED display provides Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3) IP 67
information on the operating mode and the IO-Link specific data
switching statuses. IO-Link revision V1.1 / support V1.0
Simple exchange, the IO-Link master Transmission rate, baud rate 4) 38.4 kBaud (COM2)
saves the parameters of the connected Minimum cycle time 2.5 ms
temperature switch and transmits them to Process data width 16 bit
the newly connected temperature switch SIO mode supported Yes
when replaced. Thus, time-consuming new M-sequence capability PREOPERATE: TYPE_0
parameterisations will no longer be required. OPERATE: TYPE_2_2
ISDU: Supported
Other data
functions as a temperature switch with two
switching outputs (SIO mode). To create Supply voltage 9 .. 35 V DC, if PIN 2 = SP2
customer-specific small series or to duplicate when applied acc. to UL specifications - limited energy – acc. to 9.3 UL 61010; Class 2;
sensor settings across the system, the UL 1310 / 1585; LPS UL 60950
sensor can also be easily adjusted outside Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤5%
the system to suit the particular application, Current consumption ≤ 0.535 A with active switching outputs
with the HYDAC Programming Device ≤ 35 mA with inactive switching outputs
HPG P1-000, the HYDAC Programming ≤ 55 mA with inactive switching output
Adapter ZBE P1-000 or by means of the and analogue output
Portable Data Recorder HMG 4000. Display 4-digit, LED, 7-segment, red,
Weight ~ 87 g (excluding cable connector and probe)
Typical fields of application for ETS 3800 Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit protection
IO-Link are machine tools, handling and are provided.
assembly automation, intralogistics or the FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range
packaging industry. 1)
Depending on the fluid temperature range of the connected temperature sensor, the measurement
range of the ETS 3000 may be reduced.
EN 18.328.2.1/02.18
2)
3)
4)
275
ETS 3800 as well as the menu structure comply Ø 42
with the specifications in the VDMA Standard for

25.2 40.4
temperature switches. M12x1 11

switching outputs:
270°

16.1
-30 .. +150 °C -28.0 °C 150.0 °C
93.2
-22 .. +302 °F -19 °F 302 °F
76.7
65.7
340°
& FL and FH
-30 .. +150 °C 2.0 °C 0.5 °C
-22 .. +302 °F 3 °F 1 °F M12x1
Female connector 16.1
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted Ø 22
4 pole
4 by the increments shown.
SP = switch point
function) Male connector M12x1 4 pole
●● Switching direction or switching outputs

●● Switch-on or switch-off delay adjustable from
0.00 .. 99.99 seconds
Model code:
●● Analogue output signal selectable ETS 3 8 6 6 – F31 – 000 – 000
4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V
Type
●● Choice of display (actual temperature, peak 8 = for separate temperature probes
display off) Mechanical connection
6 = female cable connector M12x1, 4 pole
Pin connections:
M12x1, 4 pole 6 = male M12x1, 4 pole
L+
IO-Link Output
1 Q1/C F31 = IO-Link interface
2 4
3
Probe length in mm
L- 000 = separate temperature probe
Standard IO
Modification number
Q2/QA 000 = standard
Accessories (supplied with instrument):

1 L+ +UB sensor cable, LIYCY 4 x 0.25 mm².
analogue output Accessories available (not supplied with instrument):
3 L- 0 V Separate temperature probe:
4 Q1/C IO-Link communication / ●● TFP 106 - 000 with male 4 pole M12x1 Part no.: 921330
switching output (SP1) (mating connector not included)
●● Tank installation sleeve for TFP 100 Part no.: 906170
Further information on accessories as well as further accessories, such as mating connectors,

splash guards, clamps for wall-mounting and programming units, can be found in the Accessories
brochure.
Note:
EN 18.328.2.1/02.18

Germany
276
Temperature Probe
TFP 100

The TFP 100 temperature probe was Temperature probe
developed primarily for tank installation. The
Measuring element PT 100
PT 100 precision resistor in 4-conductor
design can be connected directly to HYDAC Measuring range -40 .. +125 °C (-40 .. +257 °F)
temperature switches ETS 3800, ETS 380 Probe length 95.5 mm
and ETS 1700. Probe diameter 6 mm
The standardised electrical connection Parts in contact with fluid Brass
also means that other evaluation or control mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
systems (e.g. PLC) can easily be connected. Sensor current 0.3 .. 1.0 mA
For adaptation to different applications and Tank installation sleeve for TFP 100 (Accessory, not supplied)
fluids, a nickel-plated brass installation Pressure resistance 10 bar
sleeve which is pressure-resistant up to Parts in contact with fluid CuZn39Pb3 (brass), nickel-plated
10 bar is available as an accessory.
Pin connections: Model code:

Binder series M12x1
TFP 10X – 000
714 M18
Separate temperature probe
4 = male, 4 pole Binder series 714 M18 (mating connector supplied)
6 = male, 4 pole M12x1 (mating connector not supplied)
Modification number
000 = standard
TFP 104-000 Part no.: 904696

TFP 106-000 Part no.: 921330
Dimensions: Tank installation

Male connector Male connector sleeve for TFP 100
Binder S714 4 pole M12x1 - 4 pole
Male connection (to be ordered separately)
4 pole Part no.: 906 170
Binder, series 714
Hex AF width 27
or M12x1
Sensor resistance
Note: HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

EN 18.330.3/02.18
The information in this brochure relates to the Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
operating conditions and applications described. Germany
277
4
278
EN 18.330.3/02.18
EN 180.000.3/02.18
5
279
SENSORS FOR DISTANCE AND POSITION [5]
DISTANCE Page
CYLINDER-INTEGRATED INSTALLATION
Magnetostrictive
HLT 1100-R2 Analogue Rod for full integration 281
HLT 1100-R2 CAN Rod for full integration 283
HLT 2100-R1 Analogue Rod for partial integration 285
HLT 2100-R1 Profibus Rod for partial integration 289
HLT 2100-R1 EtherCAT Rod for partial integration 293
HLT 2150-R1 Analogue Rod for partial integration 295
HLT 2102/3 Double / triple redundancy Analogue Rod for partial integration 301
HLT 1100-R2 Functional safety Analogue Rod for full integration 303
HLT 1100-R2 Functional safety CAN Rod for full integration 305
Magnetic-inductive
HLT 724 Analogue Rod for full integration 307
5 EXTERNALLY MOUNTED
Magnetostrictive
HLT 2500-L2 Profibus Profile 313
HLT 2500-L2 EtherCAT Profile 317
HLT 2500-F1 Analogue Flat housing 325
HLT 2500-F1 CAN Flat housing 327
HLT 2500-F1 Profibus Flat housing 329
HLT 2500-F1 SSI Flat housing 331
HLT 2500-F1 EtherCAT Flat housing 333
Inductive
IWE 40 OEM 341
POSITION
Ultrasound
HLS 528 Display 335
Magnetic
Inductive
IES 2010 /
OEM 341
2015 / 2020
IR light barrier
EN 180.000.3/02.18
280
Linear Position Transmitter
HLT 1100-R2
Magnetostrictive For full integration Resolution min. 0.1 mm
Analogue
The sensor works on the principle of Input data 5
magnetostriction.
Measuring ranges 50 .. 2500 mm
This measuring principle determines with Model Rod Ø 10 mm for cylinder full integration 1)
high accuracy the position, distance and/ Operating pressure: ≤ 450 bar
or speed and is based on elapsed time Peak pressure acc. to DIN EN ISO 19879: 630 bar
measurement. Material Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
Housing: Stainless steel 1.4301
Based on this non-contact and wear-free Seal O-ring: NBR
measuring system, HYDAC offers a version Backup ring: PTFE
in a pressure-resistant stainless steel Output data
housing For full integration in hydraulic Output signal, permitted load resistance Current: 4 .. 20 mA or 20 .. 4 mA,
cylinders. Load resist.: 200 .. 500 Ω
Voltage: 0 .. 10 V or 10 .. 0 V
The different output signals (analogue) 0.25 .. 4.75 V or 4.75 .. 0.25 V
enable connection to all HYDAC 0.5 .. 9.5 V
ELECTRONIC GmbH measurement and 0.5 .. 4.5 V
control devices as well as connection to Load resist.: min. 2 kΩ
standard evaluation systems (e.g. to PLC Resolution 12 bit, min. 0.1 mm
controls). Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
The main fields of application are in mobile Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
hydraulics. Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C
Sampling rate 2 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Vibration resistance acc. to
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz ≤ 20 g
at 5 kHz ≤ 15 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67 (cable outlet)
IP 6K9K 2) (separate male flange connector M12x1)
Installation position No restrictions
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤ 250 mVpp
Current consumption without output < 100 mA
Weight Depending on length:
100 mm (with 1 m cable): ~310 g
2500 mm (with 1 m cable): ~1030 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, and short circuit protection
are provided.
1)
Other variants available on request.
2)
EN 18.372.4/02.18
281
Cable outlet
Lead
brown +UB
white 0V
green Signal
Damping zone Measuring range Zero position

M12x1, 4 pole
Model code:
HLT 1 1 0 0 – R2 – XXX – XXX – XXXX – 000
Design / geometry type Pin Mod. 000 Mod. 003 Mod. 004
1 = rod 1 +UB +UB n.c.
2 n.c. Signal +UB
Model 3 0V 0V 0V
R2 = rod for cylinder full integration 4 Signal n.c. Signal
Cable output
K01 = jacketed cable, length 1 m
Separate male flange connector M12x1, 4 pole

L06 = 60 mm lead length
Output signal
C01 = analogue 4 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor
B01 = analogue 0 .. 10 V
G01 = analogue 0.25 .. 4.75 V
G02 = analogue 4.75 .. 0.25 V
G03 = analogue 0.5 .. 9.5 V
G04 = analogue 0.5 .. 4.5 V
Measuring range in mm (50 .. 2500 mm)

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard
003 = modified pin assignment
Note:
Accessories available: (not supplied with instrument) operating conditions and applications described.
ZBL MR17.4 position magnet part no.: 6119372
ZBL MR22 position magnet part no.: 6084453 For applications or operating conditions not
ZBL MR33 position magnet part no.: 6084207 described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating Subject to technical modifications.
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure.
EN 18.372.4/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
282
HLT 1100-R2
CANopen
magnetostriction.
This measuring principle determines with Model Rod Ø 10 mm for cylinder full integration 1)
high accuracy the position, distance and/ Operating pressure: ≤ 450 bar
or speed and is based on elapsed time Peak pressure acc. to DIN EN ISO 19879: 630 bar
measurement. Material Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
Based on this non-contact and wear-free Seal O-ring: NBR
measuring system, HYDAC offers a version Backup ring: PTFE
in a pressure-resistant stainless steel Output data
housing For full integration in hydraulic Output signal CANopen
cylinders. Resolution 0.1 mm
In the CANopen version, the measured Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.02 % FS
value is digitised and made available to Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 mm
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 mm
protocol. The instrument parameters can be Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.003 % FS / °C
viewed and configured by the user via the Sampling rate 2 ms
CANopen object directory using standard Environmental conditions
CAN software. Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
The main fields of application are in mobile Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
hydraulics. Fluid temperature range -40 .. +120 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz ≤ 20 g
at 5 kHz ≤ 15 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
IP 6K9K 2) (separate male flange connector M12x1)
Protocol data for CANopen
NMT-Services CiA DSP 302 V4.1
Layer setting services and protocol CiA DSP 305 V2.2
Encoder Device Profile CiA DS 406 V3.2
Baud rates 10 kbit/s .. 1 Mbit/s acc. to DS305 V2.2
- PDO Measured value as 32 bit and float
- Transfer synchronous, asynchronous, cyclical
Node ID/baud rate Adjustable via LSS
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤ 250 mVPP
2500 mm (with 1 m cable): ~1030 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage and short circuit protection
are provided.
1)
2)
EN 18.372.3.0/02.18
283
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
Cable outlet
Lead
brown +UB
white 0V
green CAN_L
yellow CAN_H
M12x1, 5 pole
4 3
5
5
Model code: 1 2
HLT 1 1 0 0 – R2 – XXX – F11 – XXXX – 000

Design / geometry type
1 = rod
Model 1 n.c.
R2 = rod for cylinder full integration 2 +UB Supply+
3 0V Supply-
Cable output 4 CAN_H Bus line dominant high
K01 = jacketed cable, length 1 m 5 CAN_L Bus line dominant low

Output signal
F11 = CANopen

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard

ZBL MR22 position magnet part no.: 6084453
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating Note:
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. The information in this brochure relates to the
department.
EN 18.372.3.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
284
HLT 2100-R1
Magnetostrictive For partial integration Resolution 5 µm
Analogue
magnetostriction.
This measuring principle determines with Model Rod with M18x1.5 screw-in flange
high accuracy the position, distance and/ acc. to ISO 6149
or speed and is based on elapsed time Operating pressure: ≤ 450 bar
measurement. Peak pressure acc. to DIN EN ISO 19879: 750 bar
Tightening torque, recommended ≤ 50 Nm
Utilising this non-contact and wear-free Material Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
measuring system, HYDAC offers a version Housing: Aluminium
in a pressure-resistant, tubular casing in Output data
stainless steel, for direct installation into Output signal, permitted load resistance Current: 4 .. 20 mA or 20 .. 4 mA,
hydraulic cylinders. Load resist.: 200 .. 500 Ω
Voltage: 0 .. 10 V or 10 .. 0 V,
The different output signals (analogue Load resist.: min. 2 kΩ
current / voltage) enable connection to all
Resolution 16 bit; min. 0.005 mm
HYDAC ELECTRONIC GmbH measurement
and control devices as well as connection Non-linearity ± 0.1 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
to standard evaluation systems (e.g. to PLC ± 0.15 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
controls). Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
0.1 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
External set inputs for the analogue start Repeatability ≤ 0.005 mm - ≤ 0.05 mm (depends on length)
point and end point offer an additional Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.004 % FS / °C
possibility of a customised adjustment. Sampling rate Depending on length:
HLT 2100 is primarily used in stationary ≤ 1 m: 0.5 ms
≤ 2 m: 1.0 ms
applications as partially integrated solutions ≤ 4 m: 2.0 ms
in hydraulic cylinders.
Operating temperature range 0 .. +70 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms / half sine)
Other data
Current consumption without output ≤ 100 mA
50 mm: 500 g
4000 mm: 1400 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.373.3/02.18
285
Rod length Male M16, 6 pole
Damping zone = 62 Measuring range Zero pos. = 28
Jacketed cable
Pin
1 Signal
2 0 V (analogue output)
3 Start point
4 End point
5 0V
6 +UB
Male M16, 8 pole

5 6/8 pole
Binder male
Pin
1 n.c.
Model code: 3 Start point
HLT 2 1 0 0 – R1 – XXX – XXX – XXXX – 000 4 End point
5 Signal
6 0V
Design / geometry type 7 +UB
1 = rod
8 n.c.
Model
R1 = rod with M18x1.5 screw-in flange Cable outlet
Lead
K01 = jacketed cable, length 1 m brown 0 V (analogue output)
M06 = male M16, 6 pole green Start point
M08 = male M16, 8 pole yellow End point
grey Signal
Output signal pink 0V
C01 = analogue 4 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor blue +UB

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard
Accessories available: (not supplied with instrument) Note:

ZBL MR17.4 position magnet part no.: 6119372 The information in this brochure relates to the
ZBL MR22 position magnet part no.: 6084453 operating conditions and applications described.
ZBL MV63 position magnet part no.: 6084454 For applications or operating conditions not
ZBL MU38-20 position magnet part no.: 6084455 described, please contact the relevant technical
Intermediate ring AD17.4xID13.5x5 part no.: 3903233 department.
Intermediate ring AD33xID13.5x5 part no.: 3887829 Subject to technical modifications.

EN 18.373.3/02.18

More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating Germany
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
286
HLT 2100-R1
CANopen
magnetostriction.
stainless steel, for direct installation into Output signal CANopen
hydraulic cylinders.
Resolution 16 bit; 0.005 mm 1)
In the CANopen version, the measured Non-linearity ± 0.1 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
value is digitised and made available to ± 0.15 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
protocol. The instrument parameters can be 0.1 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
viewed and configured by the user via the Repeatability ≤ 0.005 mm - ≤ 0.05 mm (depends on length)
CANopen object directory using standard Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.0015 % FS / °C
CAN software. Sampling rate Depending on length:
≤ 1 m: 1.0 ms
HLT 2100 is primarily used in stationary ≤ 2 m: 2.0 ms
applications as partially integrated solutions ≤ 2.5 m: 2.5 ms
in hydraulic cylinders. > 2.5 m: 3.0 ms
Operating temperature range 0 .. +70°C
Storage temperature range -30 .. +85°C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Other data
50 mm: 500 g
4000 mm: 1500 g
are provided.
EN 18.126.0/02.18

1)
Other models on request
2)
287
Female M12x1, 5 pole, A-encoded
Rod length
Damping zone = 62 Measuring range Zero pos. = 28 5 pole

Female flange connector
M12 A-encoded
5 pole
Male flange connector
M12 A-encoded
Pin CANopen_OUT
1 Housing Shield/housing
2 +UB Supply +
3 0V Supply -
4 CAN_H Bus line
dominant high
5 CAN_L Bus line
dominant low
Male M12x1, 5 pole, A-encoded

5
Model code:
HLT 2 1 0 0 – R1 – C61 – F11 – XXXX – 000

1 = rod
Model
R1 = rod with M18x1.5 screw-in flange
C61 = female M12x1, 5 pole + male M12x1, 5 pole Pin CANopen_IN
Output signal 2 +UB Supply +
F11 = CANopen 3 0V Supply -
Measuring range in mm (50 .. 4000 mm) 4 CAN_H Bus line
dominant high
Example
0150 = 150 mm 5 CAN_L Bus line
dominant low
Modification
000 = standard

ZBL MV63 position magnet part no.: 6084454
ZBL MU38-20 position magnet part no.: 6084455
Intermediate ring AD17.4xID13.5x5 part no.: 3903233
Intermediate ring AD33xID13.5x5 part no.: 3887829
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating

Note:
department.

EN 18.126.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
288
HLT 2100-R1
Profibus
magnetostriction.
stainless steel, for direct installation into Output signal Profibus
Resolution 0.001 mm 1)
In the Profibus version, the measured value Non-linearity ± 0.1 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
is digitised and made available to the field ± 0.15 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
bus system via the Profibus protocol. Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
HLT 2100 is primarily used in stationary Repeatability ≤ 0.005 mm - ≤ 0.05 mm (depends on length)
applications as partially integrated solutions
Sampling rate Depending on length:
≤ 1 m: 1.0 ms
≤ 1.5 m: 1.5 ms
≤ 2 m: 2.0 ms
≤ 2.5 m: 2.5 ms
> 2.5 m: 3.0 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Protocol data for Profibus
Profibus DP V0 IEC 61158, IEC 61784
PNO encoder profile Class 1 and 2
Transmission rate
parameter 9.6 .. 12000 kbit/s
Other data
50 mm: 600 g
4000 mm: 1500 g
are provided.
1)
2)
EN 18.125.0/02.18
289
Female M12x1, 5 pole, B-encoded
Rod length

M12 B-encoded
4 pole Male flange

connector M8
5 pole
Male flange connector
M12 B-encoded
Pin Profibus_OUT
1 VP, +5 V DC
2 Profibus, Data A
3 0V
4 Profibus, Data B
5 n.c.
screw connection Shield/housing
Male M12x1, 5 pole, B-encoded

5
Model code:
HLT 2 1 0 0 – R1 – P61 – F41 – XXXX – 000

1 = rod
Model
P61 = female M12x1, 5 pole + male M12x1, 5 pole Pin Profibus_IN
+ male M8, 4 pole 1 n.c.
2 Profibus, Data A
Output signal 3 n.c.
F41 = Profibus
4 Profibus, Data B
Measuring range in mm (50 .. 4000 mm) 5 n.c.
Example screw connection Shield/housing
0150 = 150 mm
Modification Male M8x1, 4 pole

000 = standard

Pin Profibus_IN
1 +UB
2 n.c.
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating 3 0V
4 n.c.
Note:
department.

EN 18.125.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
290
HLT 2100-R1
Synchronous serial interface

magnetostriction.
stainless steel, for direct installation into Output signal SSI
In the version with synchronous serial Non-linearity ± 0.1 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
interface, the measured value is made ± 0.15 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
available via synchronous and symmetrical Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
clock and data signals. 0.1 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
Repeatability ≤ 0.005 mm - ≤ 0.05 mm (depends on length)
HLT 2100 is primarily used in stationary
in hydraulic cylinders. Sampling rate Depending on length:
≤ 1.0 m: 0.5 ms
≤ 2.0 m: 1.0 ms
≤ 4.0 m: 2.0 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Relevant data for SSI
SSI clock input Optocoupler
SSI data output RS-422, 2-wire
SSI clock frequency 95 .. 1000 kHz
SSI monotime, typical 20 µs
Other data
50 mm: 500 g
4000 mm: 1400 g
are provided.
1)
2)
EN 18.123.0/02.18
291
Rod length
CONTACT male, 12 pole
Pin
1 SSI_Clock-_IN
2 SSI_Clock+_IN
3 SSI_DATA+_OUT
4 SSI_DATA-_OUT
5 RS 485 +_IN/OUT
6 RS 485 -_IN/OUT
7 n.c.
8 Direction IN
9 Preset1_IN
10 n.c.
11 +UB_ IN
5
12 0 V _IN
Male M16x1, 7 pole
Model code:
HLT 2 1 0 0 - R1 - XXX - S16 - XXXX - XXX - XXX - 000 Pin Signal Description
1 SSI_DATA-_OUT Data output -
2 SSI_DATA+_OUT Data output +
1 = rod 3 SSI_Clock+_IN Clock input +
4 SSI_Clock-_IN Clock input -
Model 5 Supply Voltage IN Supply voltage
R1 = rod with 6 Ground IN Ground
M18x1.5 screw-in flange
7 not connected
S00 = CONTACT male, 12 pole Male M16x1, 8 pole
M07 = male M16, 7 pole
Output signal
S16 = SSI
Example
0150 = 150 mm
Code
B24 = binary code 24 bit Pin Signal Description
B25 = binary code 25 bit 1 SSI_Clock+_IN Clock input +
G24 = Gray code 24 bit 2 SSI_DATA+_OUT Data output +
G25 = Gray code 25 bit 3 SSI_Clock-_IN Clock input -
System resolution 4 Ser.Program+_IN/OUT Ser. programming
interface RS485
001 = 1 µm
002 = 2 µm 5 SSI_DATA-_OUT Data output -
005 = 5 µm 6 Ground IN Ground
010 = 10 µm 7 Supply Voltage IN Supply voltage
100 = 100 µm 8 Ser.Program-_IN/OUT Ser. programming
interface RS485
Modification
000 = standard
Accessories available: (not supplied with instrument) Note:
ZBL MR17.4 position magnet part no.: 6119372 The information in this brochure relates to the
ZBL MR22 position magnet part no.: 6084453 operating conditions and applications described.
ZBL MR33 position magnet part no.: 6084207 For applications or operating conditions not
ZBL MV63 position magnet part no.: 6084454 described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
EN 18.123.0/02.18

Intermediate ring AD33xID13.5x5 part no.: 3887829 HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken / Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
292
HLT 2100-R1
EtherCAT
magnetostriction.
stainless steel, for direct installation into Output signal EtherCAT
In the EtherCAT version, the measured value Non-linearity ± 0.1 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
is digitised and made available to the field ± 0.15 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
bus system via the EtherCAT protocol. Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
HLT 2100 is primarily used in stationary Repeatability ≤ 0.005 mm - ≤ 0.05 mm (depends on length)
≤ 0.5 m: 0.5 ms
≤ 1.0 m: 1.0 ms
≤ 2.0 m: 1.5 ms
> 2.0 m: 2.0 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Protocol data for EtherCAT
EtherCAT IEC 61158-1-6, IEC 61784-2
Physical Layer Fast Ethernet, ISO/IEC 8802-3
Device profile CoE, CiA DS-406
Transmission rate
parameter 100 Mbit/s
Cycle time 100 .. 20000 µs
Other data
50 mm: 600 g
4000 mm: 1500 g
are provided.
1)
2)
EN 18.124.0/02.18
293
Female M12x1, 4 pole, D-encoded
Rod length

M12 D-encoded
4 pole
Male flange
connector M8
Pin Port IN / Port OUT

1 Transmission data +
2 Receive data +
3 Transmission data -
4 Receive data -
Male M8x1, 4 pole
5
Model code:
HLT 2 1 0 0 – R1 – E51 – F51 – XXXX – 000

1 = rod
Model
R1 = rod with M18x1.5 screw-in flange Pin
1 +UB
Electrical connection 2 n.c.
E51 = 2 female M12x1, 4 pole + male M8, 4 pole 3 0V
Output signal 4 n.c.
F51 = EtherCAT

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard


Note:
department.

EN 18.124.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
294
HLT 2150-R1
Magnetostrictive For partial integration Resolution 0.1 mm
Analogue
The HLT 2150 is a linear position transmitter Input data 5
which, due to its compact design, was
developed in particular for use in applications
where space is very limited. A wide range of Model Rod with M18x1.5 screw-in flange
acc. to ISO 6149
accessories such as magnets is available Operating pressure: ≤ 450 bar
for individual adaptation to the particular Peak pressure acc. to DIN EN ISO 19879: 630 bar
application. Tightening torque, recommended 50 Nm
The HLT 2150 is suited for measuring ranges Material Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
up to 2.5 m. Housing: Stainless steel 1.4301
The different output signals (analogue Output data
current / voltage) enable connection to all Output signal, permitted load resistance Current: 4 .. 20 mA or 20 .. 4 mA
HYDAC ELECTRONIC GmbH measurement Load resist.: 200 .. 500 Ω
and control devices as well as connection Voltage: 0 .. 10 V or 10 .. 0 V
to standard evaluation systems (e.g. to PLC 0.25 .. 4.75 V or 4.75 .. 0.25 V
controls). 0.5 .. 9.5 V
0.5 .. 4.5 V
The main fields of application for the Load resist.: min 2 kΩ
HLT 2150 are, for example, general Resolution 12 bit, ≥ 0.1 mm
positioning tasks in mechanical engineering Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
and in mobile and stationary hydraulics, as Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
cylinders.
Sampling rate 2 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz ≤ 20 g
at 5 kHz ≤ 15 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
50 mm: ~ 400 g
2500 mm: ~ 1100 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.614.1/02.18
295
M12x1, 4 pole
Measuring range Pin

1 +UB
2 n.c.
3 0V
4 Signal
Model code:
HLT 2 1 5 0 – R1 – 006 – XXX – XXXX – 000

5
1 = rod
Model
Output signal
G01 = analogue 0.25 .. 4.75 V
G02 = analogue 4.75 .. 0.25 V
G03 = analogue 0.5 .. 9.5 V
G04 = analogue 0.5 .. 4.5 V

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard
Notes:
The position magnet must be ordered separately.
Scope of delivery:
●● HLT 2150
●● Operating manual


Note:
described.
department.

EN 18.614.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
296
HLT 2150-R1
CANopen
acc. to ISO 6149
In the CANopen version, the measured Output data
value is digitised and made available to Output signal CANopen
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Resolution 0.1 mm
protocol. The instrument parameters can be Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.02 % FS
viewed and configured by the user via the Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 mm
CANopen object directory using standard
Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 mm
CAN software.
The main fields of application for the Sampling rate 2 ms
HLT 2150 are, for example, general Environmental conditions
positioning tasks in mechanical engineering Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
and in mobile and stationary hydraulics, as
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic
cylinders. Fluid temperature range -40 .. +120 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz ≤ 20 g
at 5 kHz ≤ 15 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
50 mm: ~ 400 g
2500 mm: ~ 1100 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.107.0/02.18
297
M12x1, 5 pole
4 3
5
1 2
Measuring range
1 n.c.
2 +UB Supply+
3 0V Supply-
Model code: 5 CAN_L Bus line dominant low
HLT 2 1 5 0 – R1 – 008 – F11 – XXXX – 000

5
1 = rod
Model
Output signal
F11 = CANopen

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard
Notes:
Scope of delivery:
●● HLT 2150


Note:
described.
department.

EN 18.107.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
298
HLT 2150-R1

acc. to ISO 6149
In the version with synchronous serial Output data
interface, the measured value is made Output signal SSI
available via synchronous and symmetrical Resolution 0.1 mm
clock and data signals. Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.02 % FS
The main fields of application for the Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 mm
HLT 2150 are, for example, general Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 mm
positioning tasks in mechanical engineering Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.003 % FS / °C
and in mobile and stationary hydraulics, as Sampling rate 2 ms
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic Environmental conditions
cylinders. Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz ≤ 20 g
at 5 kHz ≤ 15 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
SSI data output RS 422, 2-wire
Other data
50 mm: ~ 400 g
2500 mm: ~ 1100 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.118.0/02.18
299
M12x1, 8 pole
6 4
5
7 3
8
1 2
Measuring range
1 Ground IN Ground
2 Supply Voltage IN Supply voltage
4 SSI_Clock+_IN Clock input +
Model code: 5 SSI_DATA-_OUT Data output -
HLT 2 1 5 0 - R1 - 00P - S16 - XXXX - XXX - XXX - 000 7 not connected
8 not connected
5
1 = rod
Model
R1 = rod with
M18x1.5 screw-in flange
00P = male M12x1, 8 pole
Output signal
S16 = SSI

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Code
B24 = binary code 24 bit
G24 = Gray code 24 bit
System resolution
100 = 100 µm
200 = 200 µm
300 = 300 µm
Modification
000 = standard
Notes:
Scope of delivery:
●● HLT 2150

Intermediate ring AD33xID13.5x5 part no.: 3887829 Note:
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating the operating conditions and applications
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. described.
department.

EN 18.118.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
300
HLT 2102 / HLT 2103
Double or triple redundancy

Analogue
The linear position transmitters with a multi- Input data 5
redundant measuring system HLT 2102
Measuring ranges 1) 50 .. 2000 mm
(double redundancy) and HLT 2103 (triple
redundancy) were particularly designed for Model Rod with M18x1.5 screw-in flange
acc. to ISO 6149
applications where access to the built-in Operating pressure: ≤ 600 bar
measuring systems is extremely difficult, Peak pressure acc. to DIN EN ISO 19879: 750 bar
which increases the requirements for the Tightening torque, recommended 50 Nm
availability and the safety of the system.
Material Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
The measuring systems HLT 2102 and Housing: Stainless steel 1.4301
HLT 2103 are designed with 2 or 3 Output data
independent sensor elements which enables Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 20 mA, load resist.: 200 .. 500 Ω
separate utilisation of each element or use in Resolution 16 bit; 0.04 mm
safety circuits, for example as a system with Non-linearity ± 0.10 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
double or triple redundancy. ± 0.15 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
The linear position sensors are available for Hysteresis ± 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
± 0.1 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
measuring ranges up to 2 m. The measured
values are given out via an analogue output Repeatability 0.04 mm
signal. External set inputs for the analogue Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.004 % FS / °C
start point and end point offer an additional Sampling rate Depending on length:
possibility of a customised adjustment. 1.5 ms (measuring range ≤ 500 mm)
3.0 ms (measuring range 500 .. 2000 mm)
The main fields of application for the 4.5 ms (measuring range > 2000 mm)
HLT 2102 and HLT 2103 are, for example, Environmental conditions
general positioning tasks in stationary Operating temperature range 0 .. +70 °C, optionally -20 .. +70 °C
hydraulics, as a partially integrated solution Storage temperature range -30 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Current consumption without output ≤ 100 mA per channel
50 mm: ~ 800 g
2000 mm: ~1400 g
are provided.
1)
Other measuring lengths on request.
2)
EN 18.094.0/02.18
301
M16x1, 6 pole
Rod length
Measuring range Damping zone
Pin (each connector)

1 Signal
3 Set input start point
4 Set input end point
5 +UB
6 0V
Model code:
HLT 2 1 0 X – R1 – M06 – XXX – XXXX – 000

1 = rod
Output variants
2 = double redundancy
3 = triple redundancy
Model
Output signal
E01 = analogue 0 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor
Measuring range in mm (50 .. 2000 mm in steps of 50 mm)

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard

ZBL MR22 position magnet part no.: 6084453 Note:
ZBL MR17.4 position magnet part no.: 6119372 The information in this brochure relates to
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as intermediate described.
rings and mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. For applications or operating conditions not
department.

EN 18.094.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
302
HLT 1100-R2
Analogue Functional Safety

PL d
Increased Functional Safety SIL 2

This version of the linear position sensor Input data 5
HLT 1100 has been developed specifically
for use in safety circuits / safety functions as
part of the functional safety of machinery and Model Rod Ø 10 mm for cylinder full integration 1)
Operating pressure: ≤ 450 bar
equipment up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508) or PL d Peak pressure acc. to DIN EN ISO 19879: 630 bar
(ISO 13849).
Material Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
The sensor works on the principle of Housing: Stainless steel 1.4301
magnetostriction. This measuring principle Seal O-ring: NBR
determines with high accuracy the position, Backup ring: PTFE
distance and/or speed and is based on Output data
elapsed time measurement. Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, load resist.: 200 .. 500 Ω
Resolution 12 bit, min. 0.1 mm
Based on this non-contact and wear-free
measuring system, HYDAC offers this Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.05 % FS
version in a pressure-resistant stainless Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
steel housing For full integration in hydraulic Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 % FS
cylinders. Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C
Sampling rate ≤ 30 ms (10 .. 90 %)
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 8.2 Hz ≤ 7.5 mm
at 8.2 .. 150 Hz ≤ 2.0 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
IP 6K9K 2) (separate male flange connector
M12x1)
Safety-related data
Performance level
PL d
Based on DIN EN 61508:2002
SIL 2
Other data
2500 mm (with 1 m cable): ~1030 g
are provided.
1)
2)
EN 18.372.1.1/02.18
303
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
Cable outlet
Lead
brown +UB
white 0V
green Signal

M12x1, 4 pole
Model code:
HLT 1 1 0 0 – R2 – XXX – C01 – XXXX – S2PD – 000
1 = rod Pin Mod. 000 Mod. 003 Mod. 004
1 +UB +UB n.c.
Model 2 n.c. Signal +UB
R2 = rod for cylinder full integration 3 0V 0V 0V
4 Signal n.c. Signal
Cable output

Output signal

Example
0250 = 250 mm
Functional safety
S2PD = SIL 2 acc. to IEC 61508
and PLd – Cat 2 acc. to DIN EN 13849-1
Modification
000 = standard

ZBL MR17.4
ZBL MR22
position magnet
position magnet
part no.: 6119372
part no.: 6084453
Note:
department.
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. Subject to technical modifications.
EN 18.372.1.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
304
HLT 1100-R2
safety easy to use
CANopen Safety Functional Safety

PL d

This version of the linear position sensor Input data 5
HLT 1100 has been developed specifically
for use in safety circuits / safety functions as
Model Rod Ø 10 mm for cylinder full integration 1)
part of the functional safety of machinery and Operating pressure: ≤ 450 bar
equipment up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508) or PL d Peak pressure acc. to DIN EN ISO 19879: 630 bar
(ISO 13849). Material Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
The sensor works on the principle of Seal O-ring: NBR
Backup ring: PTFE
magnetostriction.
Output data
This measuring principle determines with
high accuracy the position, distance and/ Output signal CANopen Safety
or speed and is based on elapsed time Resolution 0.1 mm
measurement. Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.02 % FS
Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 mm
Repeatability ≤ ± 0.1 mm
Based on this non-contact and wear-free Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.003 % FS / °C
measuring system, HYDAC offers this Sampling rate ≤ 10 ms (0 .. 100 %)
version in a pressure-resistant stainless
steel housing For full integration in hydraulic
cylinders. Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
In the CANopen version, the measured mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
value is digitised and made available to
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Vibration resistance acc. to
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 5 .. 8.2 Hz ≤ 7.5 mm
protocol. The instrument parameters can be at 8.2 .. 150 Hz ≤ 2.0 g
viewed and configured by the user via the Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 50 g
CANopen object directory using standard DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
CAN software. Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67 (cable outlet)
IP 6K9K 2) (separate male flange connector
M12x1)
Communication profile CiA DS 301 V4.2 / DS 304 V1.0.1
Safety-related data
Performance level
PL d
SIL 2
Other data
EN 18.372.2.0/02.18

2500 mm (with 1 m cable): ~1030 g
are provided.
1)
2)
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
Cable outlet
Lead
brown +UB
white 0V
green CAN_L
yellow CAN_H
M12x1, 5 pole
4 3
5 5
Model code: 1 2
HLT 1 1 0 0 – R2 – XXX – F13 – XXXX – S2PD – 000
1 = rod
Model
R2 = rod for cylinder full integration 1 n.c.
2 +UB Supply+
Electrical connection 3 0V Supply-
Cable output 4 CAN_H Bus line dominant high

Output signal
F13 = CANopen Safety

Example
0250 = 250 mm
Functional safety
S2PD = SIL 2 acc. to IEC 61508
and PLd – Cat 2 acc. to DIN EN 13849-1
Modification
000 = standard

ZBL MR33 position magnet part no.: 6084207 Note:
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating described, please contact the relevant technical
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. department.
EN 18.372.2.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
306
HLT 724 for series applications
Magnetic-inductive For full integration Resolution 0.1 %

electrical connections
Analogue
The the sensor's measuring principle for Input data 5
determination of position or distance is
based on magnetic-inductive measurement.
Model Rod Ø 8 mm, sensor head Ø 24 mm 1)
Based on this non-contact and wear-free for cylinder full integration
measuring system, HYDAC offers a version Operating pressure: ≤ 450 bar
in a pressure-resistant housing For full Peak pressure acc. to DIN EN ISO 19879: 630 bar
integration in hydraulic cylinders. Material Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
The different output signals (analogue) Seal O-ring: PU P5008
enable connection to all HYDAC Output data
ELECTRONIC GmbH measurement and Output signal, permitted load resistance Current: 4 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor
control devices as well as connection to 20 .. 4 mA, 3-conductor
standard evaluation systems (e.g. to PLC Load resist.: 200 .. 500 Ω
controls). Voltage: 0.25 .. 4.75 V, 4.75 .. 0.25 V
0.5 .. 4.5 V, 4.5 .. 0.5 V
The main fields of application are in mobile Load resist.: min. 2 kΩ
hydraulics. Resolution 0.1 % FS
Non-linearity ≤ ± 1 % FS
Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.25 % FS
Sampling rate ≤ 20 ms (10 .. 90 %)
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 90 Hz ≤ 1.5 mm
at 91 .. 2000 Hz ≤ 17 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67 (single leads)
IP 6K9K (separate male flange connector M12x1;
separate male connector Molex in conjunction
with ZBE 50 (accessory male flange connector
DT04-3p Molex))
Other data
Electrical connection Single leads 3 x 0.25 mm²
Separate male connector Molex, 3 pole
Supply voltage (Vin) nominal 9 .. 32 V DC
Power consumption without output ≤ 320 mW
Weight (dependent on measuring range and lead lengths)
50 mm: ~50 g
400 mm: ~130 g
are provided.
1)
Further head diameters available on request.
EN 18.095.0/02.18
307
Dimensions:
Measuring range Measuring range

start position end position


O-ring
Order details:
The linear position transmitter HLT 724 has
been specially developed for OEM customers
and is available for minimum order quantities of
500 units per type.
For precise specifications, please contact the
Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC.

EN 18.095.0/02.18

Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
308
HLT 2500-L2
Magnetostrictive For external mount Resolution 5 µm
Analogue
magnetostriction.
This measuring principle determines with Model Profile, with top magnet guidance joint
high accuracy the position, distance and/ Housing Measuring body: Aluminium
or speed and is based on elapsed time Output data
measurement. Output signal, permitted load resistance Current: 4 .. 20 mA or 20 .. 4 mA
Utilising this non-contact and wear-free Load resist. 200 .. 500 Ω
measuring system, HYDAC offers a version Voltage: 0 .. 10 V or 10 .. 0 V
in an aluminium profile housing with external Load resist.: min. 2 kΩ
measuring slides or with a sliding magnet for Resolution 16 bit; ≥ 0.005 mm
positioning by the operator. Non-linearity ± 0.1 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
± 0.15 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
The different output signals (analogue Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
current / voltage) enable connection to all 0.1 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
HYDAC ELECTRONIC GmbH measurement Repeatability ≤ 0.005 mm - ≤ 0.05 mm (depends on length)
and control devices as well as standard Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.004 % FS / °C
evaluation systems (e.g. PLC controls)
External set inputs for the analogue start ≤ 1 m: 0.5 ms
point and end point offer an additional ≤ 2 m: 1.0 ms
> 2 m: 1.5 ms
possibility of a customised adjustment.
The HLT 2500-L2 is primarily used in Operating temperature range 0 .. +70 °C; optionally -20 .. +70 °C
stationary applications, especially when Storage temperature range -30 .. +85 °C
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
cylinders is not possible.
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Other data
50 mm: 450 g
4000 mm: 4050 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.397.2/02.18
309
Rod length Male M16, 6 pole
Jacketed cable
Pin
1 Signal
Adjustable
3 Start point
4 End point
5 0V
6 +UB
6/8 pole Binder male

Male M16, 8 pole
5
Pin
1 n.c.
3 Start point
4 End point
5 Signal
6 0V
7 +UB
8 n.c.
Model code:
HLT 2 5 0 0 – L2 – XXX – XXX – XXXX – 000 Cable outlet
Design / geometry type Lead
5 = profile brown 0 V (analogue output)
green Start point
Model
yellow End point
L2 = profile, with top magnet guidance joint
grey Signal
Electrical connection pink 0V
K01 = jacketed cable, length 1 m blue +UB
Output signal

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification Note:
000 = standard The information in this brochure relates to the
Accessories: (supplied with instrument) described, please contact the relevant technical
ZBL MS35-39 magnet slide part no.: 6105654 department.
Accessories: (not supplied with instrument)
ZBL MV63 position magnet part no.: 6084454 HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.397.2/02.18
ZBL MU38-20 position magnet part no.: 6084455 Hauptstraße 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
ZBL mounting kit part no.: 6105653 Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
310
HLT 2500-L2
CANopen
magnetostriction.
measurement. Output signal CANopen
Utilising this non-contact and wear-free Resolution 0.001 mm
measuring system, HYDAC offers a version Non-linearity ± 0.1 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
in an aluminium profile housing with external ± 0.15 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
measuring slide or with a sliding magnet for Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
positioning by the operator. 0.1 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
In the CANopen version, the measured
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Sampling rate Depending on length:
≤ 1.0 m: 1.0 ms
protocol. The instrument parameters can be ≤ 1.5 m: 1.5 ms
viewed and configured by the user via the ≤ 2.0 m: 2.0 ms
CANopen object directory using standard ≤ 2.5 m: 2.5 ms
CAN software. > 2.5 m: 3.0 ms
The HLT 2500-L2 is primarily used in
stationary applications, especially when Operating temperature range 0 .. +70 °C; optionally -20 .. +70 °C
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic Storage temperature range -30 .. +85 °C
cylinders is not possible. mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
CANopen EN 50325-4
Bus connection ISO 11898-1, ISO 11898-2
CAN Specification 2.0 A 11-bit identifier
Device profile for encoder CiA DS406
Layer Setting Services, LSS CiA DS305
Layer Management Services, LMT CiA DS205-1, DS205-2
Transmission rate
parameter 10, 20, 50, 100, 125, 250, 500, 800, 1000 kbit/s
Default: 500 kbit/s
Adjustability via DIP switch
via LS service, LMT service
Other data
Supply voltage 24 V DC -20 .. +10 %
50 mm: 450 g
4000 mm: 4150 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.116.0/02.18
311
Rod length
flange connector
M12 A-encoded
5 pole female
flange connector
M12 A-encoded
5 pole male
Pin CANopen_OUT
2 +UB Supply +
Adjustable
3 0V Supply -
4 CAN_H Bus line
dominant high
5 CAN_L Bus line
dominant low

5
Model code:
Pin CANopen_IN
HLT 2 5 0 0 – L2 – C61 – F11 – XXXX – 000 1 Housing Shield/housing
Design / geometry type 2 +UB Supply +
5 = profile 3 0V Supply -
4 CAN_H Bus line
Model dominant high
L2 = profile, with top magnet guidance joint 5 CAN_L Bus line
dominant low
C61 = female M12x1, 5 pole + male M12x1, 5 pole
Output signal
F11 = CANopen

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard
Accessories: (supplied with instrument)

ZBL MS35-39 magnet slide part no.: 6105654

ZBL mounting kit part no.: 6105653
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. The information in this brochure relates to the
department.

EN 18.116.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
312
HLT 2500-L2
Profibus
magnetostriction.
measurement. Output signal Profibus
In the Profibus version, the measured value
is digitised and made available to the field
bus system via the Profibus protocol. Sampling rate Depending on length:
≤ 1.0 m: 1.0 ms
The HLT 2500-L2 is primarily used in ≤ 1.5 m: 1.5 ms
stationary applications, especially when ≤ 2.0 m: 2.0 ms
≤ 2.5 m: 2.5 ms
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic > 2.5 m: 3.0 ms
cylinders is not possible.
Operating temperature range 0 .. +70 °C; optionally -20 .. +70 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Transmission rate
Other data
50 mm: 450 g
4000 mm: 4150 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.115.0/02.18
313
Rod length
flange connector
M12 B-encoded
5 pole female
* 5 pole male
flange connector
M12 B-encoded
Pin Profibus_OUT
* = 4 pole male flange connector M8 1 VP, +5 V DC
2 Profibus, Data A
Adjustable
3 0V
4 Profibus, Data B
5 n.c.

5
Model code:
HLT 2 5 0 0 – L2 – P61 – F41 – XXXX – 000 Pin Profibus_IN
Design / geometry type 1 n.c.
5 = profile 2 Profibus, Data A
3 n.c.
Model
4 Profibus, Data B
5 n.c.
Electrical connection screw connection Shield/housing
P61 = female M12x1, 5 pole + male M12x1, 5 pole
+ male M8, 4 pole
Male M8x1, 4 pole
Output signal
F41 = Profibus

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard
Accessories: (supplied with instrument) Pin Profibus_IN

ZBL MS35-39 magnet slide part no.: 6105654 1 +UB
2 n.c.
Accessories: (not supplied with instrument) 3 0V
4 n.c.
department.

EN 18.115.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
314
HLT 2500-L2

magnetostriction.
measurement. Output signal SSI
In the version with synchronous serial
interface, the measured value is made
available via synchronous and symmetrical Sampling rate Depending on length:
≤ 1.0 m: 0.50 ms
clock and data signals. ≤ 1.5 m: 0.75 ms
> 2.0 m: 2.00 ms
stationary applications, especially when
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic Environmental conditions
cylinders is not possible. Operating temperature range 0 .. +70 °C; optionally -20 .. +70 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Other data
Supply voltage 24 V DC -20 .. + 10 %
50 mm: 450 g
4000 mm: 4150 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.117.0/02.18
315
Rod length CONTACT male, 12 pole
Pin
1 SSI_Clock-_IN
2 SSI_Clock+_IN
Adjustable
3 SSI_DATA+_OUT
4 SSI_DATA-_OUT
5 RS 485 +_IN/OUT
6 RS 485 -_IN/OUT
7 n.c.
8 Direction IN
9 Preset1_IN
10 n.c.
11 +UB_ IN
5
12 0 V _IN
Male M16x1, 7 pole

Model code: 3 SSI_Clock+_IN Clock input +
HLT 2 5 0 0 - L2 - XXX - S16 - XXXX - XXX - XXX - 000 5 Supply Voltage IN Supply voltage
6 Ground IN Ground
Design / geometry type 7 not connected
5 = profile
Model Male M16x1, 8 pole
L2 = profile,
with top magnet guidance joint
S00 = CONTACT male, 12 pole
Output signal
S16 = SSI
Measuring range in mm (50 .. 4000 mm) Pin Signal Description
Example 1 SSI_Clock+_IN Clock input +
0150 = 150 mm
Code 3 SSI_Clock-_IN Clock input -
4 Ser.Program+_IN/OUT Ser. programming
B25 = binary code 25 bit interface RS485
6 Ground IN Ground
System resolution 7 Supply Voltage IN Supply voltage
001 = 1 µm
8 Ser.Program-_IN/OUT Ser. programming
002 = 2 µm interface RS485
005 = 5 µm
010 = 10 µm
100 = 100 µm Note:
Modification The information in this brochure relates to the
000 = standard operating conditions and applications described.
Accessories: (supplied with instrument) described, please contact the relevant technical
ZBL MS35-39 magnet slide part no.: 6105654 department.
EN 18.117.0/02.18

ZBL MU38-20 position magnet part no.: 6084455 HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken / Germany
ZBL mounting kit part no.: 6105653 Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
316
HLT 2500-L2
EtherCAT
magnetostriction.
measurement. Output signal EtherCAT
In the EtherCAT version, the measured value
is digitised and made available to the field
bus system via the EtherCAT protocol. Sampling rate Depending on length:
≤ 0.5 m: 0.5 ms
> 2.0 m: 2.0 ms
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic
cylinders is not possible. Environmental conditions
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Transmission rate
Other data
50 mm: 450 g
4000 mm: 4150 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.114.0/02.18
317
Rod length
flange connector
M12 D-encoded
4 pole Female
4 pole Male
flange connector M8
2 Receive data +
Adjustable
4 Receive data -
Male M8x1, 4 pole
Pin
Model code: 1 +UB
2 n.c.
HLT 2 5 0 0 – L2 – E51 – F51 – XXXX – 000 3 0V
4 n.c.
5 = profile
Model
E51 = 2 female M12x1, 4 pole + male M8, 4 pole
Output signal
F51 = EtherCAT

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard
Accessories: (supplied with instrument)

ZBL MS35-39 magnet slide part no.: 6105654

Note:
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating The information in this brochure relates to the
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. operating conditions and applications described.
department.

EN 18.114.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
318
HLT 2550-L2
Magnetostrictive For external mount Resolution 0.05 mm
Analogue
Measuring ranges 1) 30 .. 3000 mm in steps of 50 mm
where space is very limited. The measuring Model Profile, with top magnet guidance joint
profile can be individually adapted to various Material Measuring body: Aluminium
mounting conditions by means of spacers. Output data
Output signal, permitted load resistance Current: 4 .. 20 mA or 20 .. 4 mA
The HLT 2550 is suited for measuring ranges Load resist.: 200 .. 500 Ω
up to 3 m. Voltage: 0 .. 10 V or 10 .. 0 V
The different output signals (analogue Load resist.: min. 2 kΩ
current / voltage) enable connection to all Resolution 12 bit, ≥ 0.05 mm
HYDAC ELECTRONIC GmbH measurement
Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.01 % FS, ≥ 0.06 mm
and control devices as well as connection
to standard evaluation systems (e.g. to PLC Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 mm
controls). Repeatability ≤ ± 0.005 % FS, ≥ 0.05 mm
Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C typ.
The main fields of application for the Sampling rate Depending on length:
HLT 2550 are, for example, general 0.5 ms (measuring range ≤ 1200 mm)
positioning tasks in mechanical engineering 1.0 ms (measuring range ≤ 2400 mm)
and in stationary hydraulics, or as a wear- 2.0 ms (measuring range ≤ 3000 mm)
free alternative for existing measuring Environmental conditions
equipment such as potentiometers. Operating temperature range -20 .. +75 °C, optionally -40 .. +75 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Other data
30 mm: ~ 300 g
3000 mm: ~ 3900 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, excess voltage
and short circuit protection are provided.
1)
Other measuring ranges on request.
2)
EN 18.613.1/02.18
319
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
M12x1, 4 pole
Rod length
Damping zone = 62 Measuring range Damping zone = 27
Pin
1 +UB
2 n.c.
Adjustable 3 0V
4 Signal
Model code:
5 HLT 2 5 5 0 – L2 – 006 – XXX – XXXX – 000

5 = profile
Model
Output signal

Example
0130 = 130 mm
Modification
000 = standard
Notes:
Scope of delivery:
●● HLT 2550

ZBL MVS35-39 magnet slide part no.: 6105654
ZBL MF38-18 position magnet part no.: 6084456
Mounting kit part no.: 6105653

Note:
described.
department.

EN 18.613.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
320
HLT 2550-L2
CANopen
Output signal CANopen
The HLT 2550 is suited for measuring ranges
Resolution 0.05 mm
up to 3 m.
In the CANopen version, the measured Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.01 % FS, ≥ 0.06 mm
value is digitised and made available to Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 mm
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Repeatability ≤ ± 0.005 % FS, ≥ 0.05 mm
protocol. The instrument parameters can be Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C typ.
viewed and configured by the user via the Sampling rate Depending on length:
CANopen object directory using standard 0.5 ms (measuring range ≤ 1200 mm)
CAN software. 1.0 ms (measuring range ≤ 2400 mm)
2.0 ms (measuring range ≤ 3000 mm)
The main fields of application for the Environmental conditions
HLT 2550 are, for example, general Operating temperature range -20 .. +75 °C, optionally -40 .. +75 °C
positioning tasks in mechanical engineering
and in stationary hydraulics, or as a wear-
free alternative for existing measuring mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
equipment such as potentiometers. Vibration resistance acc. to ≤ 10 g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Other data
Supply voltage 12 .. 24 V DC ± 10 %
Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤ 100 mA
30 mm: ~ 300 g
3000 mm: ~ 3900 g
1)
2)
EN 18.108.0/02.18
321
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
M12x1, 5 pole
Rod length
Damping zone = 62 Measuring range Damping zone = 27 4 3

5
1 2

1 n.c.
2 +UB Supply+
Adjustable 3 0V Supply-
Model code:
5 HLT 2 5 5 0 – L2 – 008 – F11 – XXXX – 000

5 = profile
Model
Output signal
F11 = CANopen

Example
0130 = 130 mm
Modification
000 = standard
Notes:
Scope of delivery:
●● HLT 2550

ZBL MF38-18 position magnet part no.: 6084456
Mounting kit part no.: 6105653

Note:
described.
department.

EN 18.108.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
322
HLT 2550-L2

Output signal SSI
The HLT 2550 is suited for measuring ranges
Resolution 0.05 mm
up to 3 m.
In the version with synchronous serial Non-linearity ≤ ± 0.01 % FS, ≥ 0.06 mm
interface, the measured value is made Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 mm
available via synchronous and symmetrical Repeatability ≤ ± 0.005 % FS, ≥ 0.05 mm
clock and data signals. Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C typ.
The main fields of application for the 0.5 ms (measuring range ≤ 1200 mm)
HLT 2550 are, for example, general 1.0 ms (measuring range ≤ 2400 mm)
positioning tasks in mechanical engineering 2.0 ms (measuring range ≤ 3000 mm)
and in stationary hydraulics, or as a wear- Environmental conditions
free alternative for existing measuring Operating temperature range -20 .. +75 °C, optionally -40 .. +75 °C
equipment such as potentiometers.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage ≤ 100 mA
30 mm: ~ 300 g
3000 mm: ~ 3900 g
1)
2)
EN 18.112.0/02.18
323
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
M12x1, 8 pole
Rod length
6 4
Damping zone = 62 Measuring range Damping zone = 27 5
7 3
8
1 2
Pin Description
1 Clock input +
2 Clock input -
Adjustable 3 Data output +
4 Data output -
5 n.c.
6 n.c.
7 + UB
8 0V
Model code:
5 HLT 2 5 5 0 - L2 - 00P - S16 - XXXX - XXX - XXX - 000

5 = profile
Model
L2 = profile,
with top magnet guidance joint
00P = male M12x1, 8 pole
Output signal
S16 = SSI

Example
0130 = 130 mm
Code
System resolution
050 = 50 µm
100 = 100 µm
150 = 150 µm
200 = 200 µm
Modification
000 = standard
Notes:
Scope of delivery:
●● HLT 2550

ZBL MV63 position magnet part no.: 6084454 Note:
ZBL MF38-18 position magnet part no.: 6084456 The information in this brochure relates to
ZBL MU38-20 position magnet part no.: 6084455 the operating conditions and applications
Mounting kit part no.: 6105653 described.
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating described, please contact the relevant technical
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. department.

EN 18.112.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
324
HLT 2500-F1
Analogue
magnetostriction.
This measuring principle determines with Model Flat profile, without magnet guidance
high accuracy the position, distance and/ Housing Aluminium
measurement. Output signal, permitted load resistance Current: 4 .. 20 mA or 20 .. 4 mA
Utilising this non-contact and wear-free Load resist. 200 .. 500 Ω
measuring system, HYDAC offers a flat Voltage: 0 .. 10 V or 10 .. 0 V
profile housing version in aluminium. Load resist.: min. 2 kΩ
Resolution 12 bit; ≥ 0.05 mm
The different output signals (analogue Non-linearity ± 0.15 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
current / voltage) enable connection to all ± 0.2 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
HYDAC ELECTRONIC GmbH measurement Hysteresis 0.1 mm
and control devices as well as standard Repeatability ≤ 0.05 mm - ≤ 0.5 mm (depends on length)
evaluation systems (e.g. PLC controls)
External set inputs for the analogue start Sampling rate Depending on length:
point and end point offer an additional ≤ 1 m: 1.0 ms
possibility of a customised adjustment. ≤ 2 m: 2.0 ms
≤ 3 m: 3.0 ms
The HLT 2500-F1 is primarily used in > 3 m: 3.5 ms
stationary applications, especially when Environmental conditions
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic Operating temperature range 0 .. +70 °C; optionally -20 .. +70 °C
cylinders is not possible. Storage temperature range -30 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Other data
100 mm: 450 g
4000 mm: 3900 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.396.2/02.18
325
Male M16, 6 pole
Rod length
3 .. 5 mm
Adjustable
Jacketed cable
Pin
1 Signal
3 Start point
4 End point
6/8 pole Binder male 5 0V
6 +UB
Male M16, 8 pole

5
Model code:
HLT 2 5 0 0 – F1 – XXX – XXX – XXXX – 000
5 = profile Pin
Model 1 n.c.
F1 = flat profile, without magnet guidance 2 0 V (analogue output)
3 Start point
Electrical connection 4 End point
K01 = jacketed cable, length 1 m 5 Signal
M06 = male M16, 6 pole 6 0V
M08 = male M16, 8 pole 7 +UB
8 n.c.
Output signal
C02 = analogue 20 .. 4 mA, 3-conductor Cable outlet
Lead
brown 0 V (analogue output)
Measuring range in mm (50 .. 4000 mm) green Start point
Example yellow End point
0150 = 150 mm grey Signal
pink 0V
Modification blue +UB
000 = standard


Note:
department.

EN 18.396.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
326
HLT 2500-F1
CANopen
magnetostriction.
measurement. Output signal CANopen
measuring system, HYDAC offers a flat Non-linearity ± 0.15 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
profile housing version in aluminium. ± 0.2 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
Hysteresis ≤ 0.1 mm
In the CANopen version, the measured
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.0015 % FS / °C
protocol. The instrument parameters can be Sampling rate Depending on length:
viewed and configured by the user via the ≤ 1.0 m: 1.0 ms
≤ 2.0 m: 2.0 ms
CANopen object directory using standard ≤ 2.5 m: 2.5 ms
CAN software. > 2.5 m: 3.0 ms
The HLT 2500-F1 is primarily used in Environmental conditions
stationary applications, especially when Operating temperature range 0 .. +70 °C; optionally -20 .. +70 °C
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic Storage temperature range -30 .. +85 °C
cylinders is not possible. mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Bus connection ISO 11898-1, ISO 11898-2
CAN Specification 2.0 A 11-bit identifier
Device profile for encoder CiA DS406
Layer Setting Services, LSS CiA DS305
Layer Management Services, LMT CiA DS205-1, DS205-2
Baud rates 800, 1000 kbit/s
Other data
100 mm: 550 g
4000 mm: 4000 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.121.0/02.18
327
Rod length
5 pole male flange

connector M12
3 .. 5 mm A-encoded
Adjustable
5 pole female
flange connector
M12 A-encoded
Pin CANopen_OUT
2 +UB Supply +
3 0V Supply -
4 CAN_H Bus line
dominant high
5 CAN_L Bus line
dominant low

5
Model code:
HLT 2 5 0 0 – F1 – C61 – F11 – XXXX – 000
Design / geometry type Pin CANopen_IN
5 = profile 1 Housing Shield/housing
2 +UB Supply +
Model 3 0V Supply -
F1 = flat profile, without magnet guidance
4 CAN_H Bus line
dominant high
5 CAN_L Bus line
C61 = female M12x1, 5 pole + male M12x1, 5 pole dominant low
Output signal
F11 = CANopen

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard


Note:
department.

EN 18.121.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
328
HLT 2500-F1
Profibus
magnetostriction.
measurement. Output signal Profibus
Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
In the Profibus version, the measured value 0.1 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
is digitised and made available to the field Repeatability ≤ 0.005 mm - ≤ 0.05 mm (depends on length)
bus system via the Profibus protocol.
The HLT 2500-F1 is primarily used in Sampling rate Depending on length:
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic ≤ 2.0 m: 2.0 ms
cylinders is not possible. ≤ 2.5 m: 2.5 ms
> 2.5 m: 3.0 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Transmission rate
Other data
100 mm: 550 g
4000 mm: 4000 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.120.0/02.18
329
Rod length
4 pole male flange

connector M8
5 pole male
flange connector
3 .. 5 mm
M12 B-encoded
Adjustable
5 pole female
flange connector
M12 B-encoded
Pin Profibus_OUT
1 VP, +5 V DC
2 Profibus, Data A
3 0V
4 Profibus, Data B
5 n.c.

5
Model code:
HLT 2 5 0 0 – F1 – P61 – F41 – XXXX – 000
5 = profile
Model Pin Profibus_IN

F1 = flat profile, without magnet guidance 1 n.c.
2 Profibus, Data A
P61 = female M12x1, 5 pole + male M12x1, 5 pole 4 Profibus, Data B
+ male M8, 4 pole
5 n.c.
Output signal screw connection Shield/housing
F41 = Profibus
Measuring range in mm (50 .. 4000 mm) Male M8x1, 4 pole

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard

Pin Profibus_IN
1 +UB
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating 2 n.c.
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. 3 0V
4 n.c.
Note:
department.

EN 18.120.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
330
HLT 2500-F1

magnetostriction.
measurement. Output signal SSI
Utilising this non-contact and wear-free Resolution 0.05 mm 1)
Hysteresis ≤ 0.1 mm
In the version with synchronous serial
interface, the measured value is made
available via synchronous and symmetrical Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.0015 % FS / °C
clock and data signals. Sampling rate Depending on length:
≤ 1.0 m: 1.0 ms
The HLT 2500-F1 is primarily used in ≤ 2.0 m: 1.5 ms
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic > 3.0 m: 2.5 ms
cylinders is not possible. Environmental conditions
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Other data
100 mm: 550 g
4000 mm: 4000 g
are provided.
1)
Other models on request.
2)
EN 18.122.0/02.18
331
CONTACT male, 12 pole
Rod length
3 .. 5 mm
Adjustable
Pin
1 SSI_Clock-_IN
2 SSI_Clock+_IN
3 SSI_DATA+_OUT
4 SSI_DATA-_OUT
5 RS 485 +_IN/OUT
6 RS 485 -_IN/OUT
7 n.c.
8 Direction IN
9 Preset1_IN
10 n.c.
5
11 +UB_ IN
12 0 V _IN
Model code:
HLT 2 5 0 0 - F1 - S01 - S16 - XXXX - XXX - XXX - 000

5 = profile
Model
S01 = separate CONTACT male,
12 pole with 1 m cable
Output signal
S16 = SSI

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Code
System resolution
050 = 50 µm
100 = 100 µm
150 = 150 µm
200 = 200 µm
Modification
000 = standard

Note:
More detailed information on accessories as well as on further accessories, such as mating operating conditions and applications described.
connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. For applications or operating conditions not
department.

EN 18.122.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
332
HLT 2500-F1
EtherCAT
magnetostriction.
measurement. Output signal EtherCAT
Hysteresis 0.02 mm (measuring range ≤ 1500 mm)
In the EtherCAT version, the measured value 0.1 mm (measuring range > 1500 mm)
is digitised and made available to the field Repeatability ≤ 0.005 mm - ≤ 0.05 mm (depends on length)
bus system via the EtherCAT protocol.
The HLT 2500-F1 is primarily used in Sampling rate Depending on length:
a partially integrated solution in hydraulic ≤ 1.0 m: 1.0 ms
cylinders is not possible. ≤ 2.0 m: 1.5 ms
> 2.0 m: 2.0 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 50 .. 2000 Hz
Transmission rate
Other data
100 mm: 550 g
4000 mm: 4000 g
are provided.
1)
EN 18.119.0/02.18
333
Rod length
4 pole
Male flange
connector M8
3 .. 5 mm
Adjustable
2x 4 pole Female
flange connector
M12 D-encoded

2 Receive data +
4 Receive data -
Male M8x1, 4 pole
Model code:
HLT 2 5 0 0 – F1 – E51 – F51 – XXXX – 000

5 = profile Pin
1 +UB
Model 2 n.c.
3 0V
E51 = 2 female M12x1, 4 pole + male M8, 4 pole
Output signal
F51 = EtherCAT

Example
0150 = 150 mm
Modification
000 = standard


Note:
department.

EN 18.119.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
334
Distance Switch
HLS 528
Ultrasound Display
The distance sensor HLS 528 is a non- Input data 5
contact, highly compact sensor for
Operating range mm 250 350 1300 3400 6000
measuring distances to fluids and objects.
Blind zone mm 0 .. 30 0 .. 85 0 .. 200 0 .. 350 0 .. 600
By definition, its functional principle Maximum range mm 350 600 2000 5000 8000
(measurement of sound transmission time)
Resolution ≤ 0.18 mm
means that it operates with an extremely
high resolution and sampling rate. Mechanical connection M30x1.5
Output data
Thanks to the integrated temperature
compensation, the sensors can be used in a Switching outputs 1; 2 PNP transistor outputs
wide temperature range. Switching current: 1 SP: max. 200 mA
2 SP: max. 200 mA per output
The HLS 528 is available for measuring Switching cycles: > 100 million
ranges up to 6000 mm, in three signal output Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable (invertible):
versions (2 switching outputs; 1 analogue 4 .. 20 mA, RLmax = 100 Ω (UB ≤ 20 V)
output, either 4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V, plus 1 RLmax = 500 Ω (UB > 20 V)
or 2 switching outputs). 0 .. 10 V, RLmin = 100 kΩ (UB ≥ 18 V)
The sensor can be adjusted simply and Accuracy ≤ ± 1 % of the actual measured value
conveniently using two push-buttons and a Repeatability ± 0.15 % of the actual measured value
self-explanatory menu structure. A 3-digit
Reaction time ms 50 70 110 180 240
display indicates the most recent distance
and two three-colour LEDs also show the Environmental conditions
operating condition. Ambient temperature range -25 °C .. +70 °C

Max. tank pressure Only for depressurised vessels
mark DIN EN 60947-5-2
DIN EN 60947-5-7
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (5 .. 2000 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage ± 10 %
Housing Brass, nickel-plated;
ultrasonic transducer with PEEK film
Display 3-digit LED display, 2 three-colour LEDs
Weight g ~ 150 ~ 150 ~ 150 ~ 210 ~ 270
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage and load short circuit protection are
provided.
1)
EN 18.383.2/02.18
335
Setting options: Operating range 350 mm: Additional functions:
All the settings available on the HLS 528 are ●● Switching mode of the switching outputs
grouped in two easy-to-navigate menus. adjustable (switch point function or window
the instrument, a key-lock can be set. ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
Plate adjustable (N/C or N/O function)
●● Switch-on delay adjustable from 0 to
Setting ranges of the switch Round bar
Ø 10 mm 20 seconds
points and ●● Energy saving mode
Switch point function distance Pin connections:
Operating Switch point* Hysteresis* M12x1, 5 pole
range
250 mm 30 .. 350 mm 1 .. 320 mm
350 mm 85 .. 600 mm 1 .. 515 mm 4 3
1300 mm 200 .. 999 mm 1 .. 999 mm 5
100 .. 200 cm 100 .. 180 cm
3400 mm 350 .. 999 mm 1 .. 999 mm 1 2
100 .. 500 cm 100 .. 465 cm
6000 mm 600 .. 999 mm 1 .. 999 mm Operating range 1300 mm:
100 .. 800 cm 100 .. 740 cm
Pin HLS 528-2
5 Window function distance
1 +UB
Operating Lower Upper Plate 2 D1 (switching output 1)
range switch value* switch value* 3 -UB (0 V)
250 mm 30 .. 348 mm 32 .. 350 mm 4 D2 (switching output 2)
Round bar
350 mm 85 .. 598 mm 87 .. 600 mm Ø 27 mm
5 Synchronisation
1300 mm 200 .. 999 mm 202 .. 999 mm
100 .. 198 cm 100 .. 200 cm Pin HLS 528-3
3400 mm 350 .. 999 mm 352 .. 999 mm 1 +UB
100 .. 498 cm 100 .. 500 cm 2 Analogue
6000 mm 600 .. 999 mm 602 .. 999 mm 3 -UB (0 V)
100 .. 798 cm 100 .. 800 cm 4 D (switching output)
* The increment for all devices is 1 mm or cm 5 Synchronisation
Pin HLS 528-5

1 +UB
Recording ranges 2 Analogue
(for different objects): Operating range 3400 mm: 3 -UB (0 V)
The dark-grey areas specify the range in which 4 D2 (switching output 2)
the normal reflector (round bar) is detected 5 D1 (switching output 1)
safely. This is the typical working range of the
sensors. The light grey areas illustrate the range
Plate
in which a very large reflector, e.g. a very large
plate, is still detected, provided it is aligned Round bar
optimally to the sensor. Ultrasonic reflections Ø 27 mm
cannot be evaluated outside the light grey area.
Operating range 250 mm:
Plate
Round bar
Ø 10 mm
Plate
Round bar
Ø 27 mm
EN 18.383.2/02.18
336
Dimensions:
Note:
Operating range: The information in this brochure relates to the
250 mm 350 mm,1300 mm operating conditions and applications described.
AF width 36 For applications or operating conditions not
Touch Control described, please contact the relevant technical
AF width 36 LED display M 30x1.5
Touch Control 2 buttons department.
LED display M 30x1.5 2 duo LEDs
2 buttons Subject to technical modifications.
2 duo LEDs
M12x1
M12x1
Operating range:
3400 mm 6000 mm
AF width 36 SW 36
Touch Control Touch Control 5
LED display M 30x1.5 LED display M 30x1.5
2 buttons 2 buttons
2 duo LEDs 2 duo LEDs
M12x1
M12x1
Model code:
HLS 5 2 8 – X – XXXX – 000 – F
2 = M30x1.5
Output
Operating range in mm
0250; 0350; 1300, 3400, 6000
Modification number
000 = standard
Design, front face of sensor

F = foil
Accessories:

EN 18.383.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
337
5
338
EN 18.383.2/02.18
Position Switch
HLS 100 for series applications

The position switch series HLS 100 has Input data 5
been specifically developed to detect the end
Switching range 1) ± 3 .. ± 9 mm
position of safety-related devices on mobile
machinery. Switching distance magnet–sensor 1) 0 .. 11 mm
Lateral offset magnet–sensor 1) ± 6 mm
The position switches are designed for
Plate thickness Magnet: min. 5 mm
continuous use in safety circuits/safety Sensor: 6 .. 8 mm
functions as part of the functional safety of
Output data
machines up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508) or PL d
(ISO 13849). Type PWM 50 Hz ± 3 % (push-pull)
Duty cycle of the output signal OFF 26 ± 1 %
The HLS 100 consists of two parts, the (magnet outside the switching range)
encoder magnet and the sensor unit.
Duty cycle of the output signal ON 74 ± 1 %
Using two Hall sensors integrated into the (magnet within the switching range)
sensor unit, the sensor detects the defined Output current consumption
position (end position) of the magnet and High level 60 mA min. / 150 mA max.
transmits the switching condition “ON” if Low level 30 mA min. / 110 mA max.
this position is detected, or otherwise the
Output voltage
switching condition “OFF”.
High level > +UB – 1.2 V with I = 10 mA
Switching conditions are output as
Low level < GND + 0.2 V with I = 10 mA
permanent PWM signals.
Response times after activation 0.5 .. 1.5 s
During stable normal operation, the position Output signal response time < 100 ms
switch cyclically performs internal diagnostic
Internal diagnosis interval ≤ 500 ms typ. (hardware)
steps, which identify systematic and random ≤ 1 s (memory elements)
errors.
Errors which occur are therefore detected Nominal temperature range (function) -30 .. +85 °C
immediately. The output signal is then Operating temperature range (failsafe) -40 .. +100 °C
deactivated completely and the sensor is
restarted. Storage temperature range -60 .. +110 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Special features: Functional safety SIL 2 acc. to EN 61508
●● Compact design PL d acc. to ISO 13849
Vibration resistance acc. to 25 g
●● Robust housing suitable for mobile DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
applications Shock resistance acc. to 50 g (half sine)
●● High operating temperature range DIN EN 60068-2-27 (6 ms)
●● PWM output Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 67
●● IP 67 male connector Other data
Electrical connection 2) Male connector ITT Canon Sure Seal, 3 pole
●● SIL 2 / PL d certification
Current consumption < 10 mA (inactive output)
Life expectancy 10 years
Weight Sensor ~ 75 g
Magnet ~ 25 g
Safety-related data
Performance level
Based on DIN EN ISO 13849-1: 2008
PL d
Based on DIN EN 61508: 2001 1oo1 - B
SIL 2
EN 18.391.2/02.18
1)
All values apply to installation in magnetic steel plate of the required plate thickness. If
installed in thicker steel plates or other materials, the entire system must be tested in detail.
2)
Other connectors available on request
339
Dimensions: Order details:
The electronic positioning switch HLS 100 has
been especially developed for OEM customers
and is available for minimum order quantities of
100 units per type.
For precise specifications, please contact the
Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC.
Identification:
white point to
IO-test
Switching ranges:
Switching range:
n.d* = condition not defined
Switching distance:
Note:
Lateral offset:
department.
EN 18.391.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
340
Special Products
Position Sensors
and Position Switches
The position sensors and switches have been developed for short distance monitoring and can be
used on the one hand for monitoring valve settings and on the other as part of a closed loop control.
5
Based on different measuring techniques, HYDAC provides different variants for a diverse range of
applications.
Position switch IES 2010 / 2015 / 2020

The position switch for monitoring valve settings (end or centre position) is primarily used in
stationary applications such as:
●● Hydraulic presses
●● Plastics machinery
●● Machine tools
Special features:
●● Pressure-resistant up to 400 bar
●● Inductive measurement (LVDT)
●● Various stroke sizes
●● Output: 2 switching outputs with changeover function
●● Electrical connection: M12x1 (4 pole)
Position sensor IWE 40

The IWE 40 position sensors for short distance detection are primarily used in stationary
applications such as:
●● Hydraulic presses
●● Plastics machinery
●● Machine tools
Special features:
●● Pressure-resistant up to 400 bar
●● Inductive measurement (LVDT)
●● Different measuring ranges (up to max. ±7 mm)
●● Output: analogue 4 .. 20 mA
●● Electrical connection: M12x1 (4 pole)
Position switch HLS 200

with increased functional safety
The position switch HLS 200 is used for reliable detection of valve centre positions. They are used
both in mobile and in stationary applications.
Special features:
●● PL d certification
●● Measuring technique: IR light barriers
●● Output: 2 switching outputs with changeover function
●● Electrical connection: M12x1 (4 pole); Deutsch DT 04 (4 pole)
Order details: Note:

EN 18.611.1/02.18
The position sensors and position switches Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
are OEM products which have been operating conditions and applications described.
Germany
especially developed for volume production For applications or operating conditions not Phone +49 (0)6897 509-01
customers. described, please contact the relevant technical Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
For precise specifications, please contact the department. e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
Sales Department of HYDAC ELECTRONIC. Subject to technical modifications. Internet: www.hydac.com
341
5
342
EN 18.611.1/02.18
EN 180.000.3/02.18
6
343
LEVEL SENSORS [6]
LEVEL TRANSMITTERS Page
Magnetostrictive
HNT 1200 345
HNT 1100 CAN 347
LEVEL SWITCHES
Capacitive
ENS 3000 Display 349
ENS 3000 Display IO-Link 353
Magnetostrictive
HNS 3000 Display 355
HNS 3000 Display IO-Link 359
Ultrasonic
HNS 526 Display 361
6
EN 180.000.3/02.18
344
Electronic Level Transmitter
HNT 1200
Magnetostrictive

The level transmitter HNT 1200 is a float- Input data
based sensor for highly accurate measuring
Measuring ranges mm 178 208 298 338 448 658
of fluid levels.
Rod length 1) mm 250 280 370 410 520 730
The sensor is available with rod lengths Max. speed of change No restrictions
from 250 .. 730 mm. Rod lengths of up to in fluid level
2500 mm are possible. Mechanical connection G ¾ A ISO 1179-2 6
HYDAC offers the HNT 1200 in a pressure- Tightening torque, recommended 30 Nm
resistant stainless steel housing for in-tank Parts in contact with fluid Rod: Stainless steel (1.4301 / 1.4571)
installation. Depending on the application, Float: PP (polypropylene) 0.6 kg/dm3
several different floats are available, e.g. Seal: Seal ring DIN 3869-27-FKM
stainless steel for aggressive media or Fluids 2) Hydraulic oils, cooling lubricants
plastic. Output data
The output signals enable the connection Analogue output, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, load resist.: max. 500 Ω
to all HYDAC ELECTRONIC GmbH 0 .. 10 V, load resist.: min. 1 kΩ
measurement and control devices as well as Accuracy 3) ≤ ± 1 % FS
connection to standard evaluation systems Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C
(e.g. PLC controls). Non-linearity ≤ ± 1 % FS
Repeatability ≤ ± 1 % FS
Ambient temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
Max. tank pressure 3 bar (short-term 10 bar, t < 1 min)
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Vibration resistance acc. to 7.5 mm (5 .. 8.2 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-6 2.0 g (8.2 .. 150 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Supply voltage (UB) 9 .. 36 V DC
Residual ripple supply voltage ≤ 250 mVSS
Current consumption (without output) ≤ 100 mA
425 g (250 mm); 570 g (730 mm)
1)
Other rod lengths on request
2)
Other fluids on request
3)
Specified at calm, non-turbulent fluid
4)
5)
EN 18.604.1.1/02.18
345
M12x1, 4 pole
Ø 44
M12x1, 4 pole M12x1

Ø 44
AF AF
width width
32 32
16
16
38
G 3/4 A G 3/4 A
38
100 % 100 %
Pin HNT 1226

1 +UB
2 n.c.
Rod length
3 0V
Rod length
4 Signal
Immersion depth Immersion depth

at density 1 at density 1
Cable outlet
0% 0%
50
50
34
34
Ø 23.5
Ø 23.5
6
Model code:
HNT 1 2 2 X – X – XXXX – 000 Lead HNT 1221
brown +UB
Mechanical connection white 0V
2 = G ¾ A ISO 1179-2 green Signal
1 = jacketed cable, 2 m
Output signal
Rod length (physical) in mm

0250; 0280; 0370; 0410; 0520; 0730
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Note:
department.
EN 18.604.1.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
346
Electronic Level Transmitter
HNT 1100
Magnetostrictive

The level transmitter HNT 1100 is a float- Input data
based sensor for highly accurate measuring
of fluid levels.
Rod length 1) mm 250 280 370 410 520 730
The sensor is available with rod lengths Max. speed of change No restrictions
from 250 .. 730 mm. Rod lengths of up to in fluid level
2500 mm are possible. Mechanical connection G ¾ A ISO 1179-2 6
HYDAC offers the HNT 1100 in a pressure- Tightening torque, recommended 30 Nm
resistant stainless steel housing for in-tank Parts in contact with fluid Rod: Stainless steel (1.4301 / 1.4571)
installation. Float: PP (polypropylene) 0.6 kg/dm3
The integrated temperature sensor makes Seal: Seal ring DIN 3869-27-FKM
it possible for both fill level and temperature Fluids 2) Hydraulic oils, cooling lubricants
to be measured at one single measuring Temperature
point. Depending on the application, several Measuring range 3) -25 .. +100 °C
different floats are available, e.g. stainless Output data
steel for aggressive media or plastic. Output signal CANopen
In the CANopen version, the measured Accuracy 4) Level: ≤ ± 1 % FS
level is digitised and made available to the Temperature: ± 1.5 °C
CAN field bus system via the CANopen Temperature coefficient ≤ ± 0.003 % FS / °C
protocol. The instrument parameters can be Non-linearity ≤ ± 1 % FS
viewed and configured by the user via the
Repeatability Level: ≤ ± 1 % FS
CANopen object directory using standard Temperature: ≤ ± 0.5 °C
CAN software.
Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t90 ~ 100 s
(temperature probe)
Ambient temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Vibration resistance acc. to DIN EN 60068-2-6 7.5 mm (5 .. 8.2 Hz) / 2.0 g (8.2 .. 150 Hz)
Shock resistance acc. to DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms) 20 g
Baud rates 10 kbit .. 1 Mbit acc. to DS305 V2.2
- PDO Measured value as 16/32 bit, float, status
- Transfer synchronous, asynchronous, cyclical,
measured value change
Other data
Supply voltage (UB) 9 .. 36 V DC
Residual ripple supply voltage ≤ 250 mVSS
Current consumption (without output) ≤ 100 mA
425 g (250 mm); 570 g (730 mm)
EN 18.604.2.0/02.18

1)
2)
3)
Observe ambient temperature range
4)
5)
6)
347
Dimensions: M12x1, 5 pole
Ø 44
4 3
M12x1 5
M12x1, 5 pole
AF
width 1 2
32
16
38
G 3/4 A
100 % Pin Signal Description
1 n.c.
2 +UB Supply +
3 0V Supply -
4 CAN_H bus line
Rod length
dominant high
5 CAN_L bus line
Immersion depth
dominant low
at density 1
0%
50
34
Ø 23.5
6
Model code:
HNT 1 1 2 8 – F11 – XXXX – 000
2 = G ¾ A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
F11 = CANopen

0250; 0280; 0370; 0410; 0520; 0730
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Note:
department.
EN 18.604.2.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
348
Level Switch
ENS 3000
Capacitive Display
Up to 2 analogue outputs
The ENS 3000 is an electronic level switch Input data
with integrated display. The instrument has
Measuring ranges mm 170 290 390 590
1, 2 or 4 switching outputs and an analogue
output signal is available as an option. Rod length mm 250 410 520 730
Max. speed of change mm/s 40 60 80 100
In addition to the standard minimum and in fluid level
maximum switching signals, with the Mechanical connection Collar 22 mm for cutting ring fitting 6
4 switching output version it is possible to
set additional warning signals to prevent Parts in contact with fluid Rod: Ceramic, coated
problems such as tank overflow or aeration Fluids1) Hydraulic oils (mineral based),
of the pump. synth. oils, fluids containing water
Temperature
Using the device is easy, thanks to the
menu-guided key operation, so adjusting the
user-specific parameters takes little time. Output data
Switching outputs 1; 2; 4 PNP transistor outputs
The ENS 3000 can be used not only for oil Switching current: 1; 2 SP: max. 1.2 A per output
but also for water; the type of fluid can be 4 SP: max. 0.25 A per output
selected in an menu item. Switching cycles: > 100 million
One of the other advantages of the Analogue output, permitted load resistance 1; 2 SP: 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
ENS 3000 is that no moving parts are used 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
that come into contact with the fluid. 4 SP: 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
Accuracy Level: ≤ ± 2 % FS
The main applications of the ENS 3000 are Temperature: ± 1.5 °C
primarily in hydraulics, e.g. for fluid level
Temperature drift (enviroment) ≤ 0.0 15 % FS / °C
monitoring of a tank.
Repeatability3) Level: ≤ ± 2 % FS
The ENS 3000 is available in standard rod Temperature: ≤ ± 1.5 °C
lengths of 250 mm, 410 mm, 520 mm and Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t90 ~ 180 s
730 mm. The instrument is also available (temperature probe)
with or without temperature probe. Environmental conditions
When the device is used with temperature Ambient temperature range 0 .. +60 °C
probe, the switching outputs can be Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
individually assigned to the level or Fluid temperature range 0 .. +60 °C
temperature variables.
Max. tank pressure 0.5 bar (short-term 3 bar, t < 1 min)
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark4) Certificate no. E318391
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
UL 1310/1585; LPS UL 60950
and 2 analogue outputs
Weight g 180 220 250 300
EN 18.061.5/02.18
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
349
All settings available on the ENS 3000 are ●● Switching mode of the swiching outputs
combined in two easy-to-navigate menus. In adjustable (switch point function or window M12x1, 4 pole
order to prevent unauthorised adjustment of the function)
device, a programming lock can be set. ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
Setting ranges of the switch ●● Switching outputs can be assigned to the
points and fluid level or to the temperature
switch-back hystereses: ●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable
Fluid level switch point function from 0.00 .. 9999 seconds
Rod Measuring Switch Hysteresis ●● Choice of display (current level, current
length range point temperature, peak values, switch point
in cm in cm in cm * in cm * 1, 2, 3, 4 or display off)
25.0 17.0 0.3 .. 17.0 0.1 .. 16.8 Pin ENS ENS
●● Analogue output can be assigned to fluid
41.0 29.0 0.5 .. 29.0 0.2 .. 28.7 level or temperature as required (depending 3X16-2 3X16-3
52.0 39.0 0.6 .. 39.0 0.2 .. 38.6 on model) 1 +UB +UB
73.0 59.0 0.9 .. 59.0 0.3 .. 58.4 2 SP2 Analogue
The increment for all units is 0.1 cm. 3 0V 0V
4 SP1 SP1
Fluid level window function
Rod Lower Upper
length switch value switch value M12x1, 5 pole
in cm in cm * in cm *
25.0 0.3 .. 16.7 0.4 .. 16.8
41.0 0.5 .. 28.4 0.7 .. 28.7
4 3
52.0 0.6 .. 38.3 0.9 .. 38.6 5
73.0 0.9 .. 57.9 1.4 .. 58.4
The increment for all units is 0.1 cm. 1 2
Fluid level offset function
6
Rod Measuring range Offset
length
in cm in cm * in cm *
25.0 17.0 0 .. 68.0 Pin ENS
41.0 29.0 0 .. 116.0 3X18-5
52.0 39.0 0 .. 156.0 1 +UB
73.0 59.0 0 .. 177.0 2 Analogue
The increment for all units is 0.1 cm. 3 0V
Temperature switch point function 4 SP1
5 SP2
Unit Measuring Switch point Hysteresis
range
°C -25 .. +100 -23.0 .. +100.0 1.0 .. 123.5 M12x1, 8 pole
The increment for all units is 0.5 °C.
Temperature window function
6 4
5
Unit Lower Upper
switch value switch value 7 3
°C -23.5 .. +97.5 -22.0 .. +98.5 8
1 2
Pin ENS
3X1P-8
1 +UB
2 SP2
3 0V
4 SP1
5 SP3
6 SP4
7 Analogue fluid level
8 Analogue temperature
EN 18.061.5/02.18
350
Dimensions: Note:
Rear view
M12x1
Dimension of contact M3 (earth

department.
screw M3 and lock washer M3

Installation
dimension Subject to technical modifications.
Ø 54
supplied)
Hex AF
width 27
Ø 29
Total length
(upper end) 25.1
Installation
dimension
Ø Ø 54
22 -0.2
Inactive
zone
Measuring range
Rod length
Installation
dimension
Ø 54
(lower end)
Inactive
zone
Designation [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

Ø 15 Inactive zone approx. 22 approx. 28 approx. 34 approx. 50
±0.4 (lower end)
6
Measuring range 170 290 390 590
Rod length 250 410 520 730
Total length 340 500 610 820
Inactive zone approx. 33 approx. 67 approx. 71 approx. 65
(upper end)
Model code:
ENS 3 X 1 X – X – XXXX – 000 – K
Temperature probe
1 = with temperature probe
2 = without temperature probe
1 = 22 mm collar
for cutting ring fitting G22L
P = Male M12x1, 8 pole
Output
8 = 4 switching outputs and 2 analogue outputs
only in conjunction with electrical connection type “P”
and temperature probe “1”

0250; 0410; 0520; 0730
Modification number
000 = standard
Probe material
K = ceramic
EN 18.061.5/02.18

Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, splash guards, etc. can be found in the Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Accessories brochure. Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
351
6
352
EN 18.061.5/02.18
Level Switch
ENS 3000
Capacitive Display
IO-Link
The ENS 3000 with IO-Link communication Input data
interface is an electronic level switch with Measuring ranges mm 170 290 390 590
integrated display. The instrument has a Rod length mm 250 410 520 730
switching output and an additional output Max. speed of change in fluid level mm/s 40 60 80 100
that can be configured as switching or Mechanical connection Collar 22 mm for cutting ring fitting
analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V). Parts in contact with fluid Rod: Ceramic, coated
6
The ENS 3000 can be used not only for oil Fluids 1) Hydraulic oils (mineral-based), synth. oils,
but also for water; and is available with or fluids containing water
without temperature probe. Temperature
Process data, parameters and diagnostic Accuracy Level: ≤ ± 2 % FS
information of the level switch can be Temperature: ± 1.5 °C
transmitted via a standard cable (SDCI Temperature drift (environment) ≤ 0.015 % FS / °C
mode). The integrated LED display provides Repeatability 3) Level: ≤ ± 2 % FS
information on the operating mode and the Temperature: ≤ ± 1.5 °C
Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t90 ~180 s
switching statuses. (temperature probe)
Simple exchange: the IO-Link master saves Environmental conditions
the parameters of the connected level switch Ambient temperature range 0 .. +60 °C
and transmits them to the newly connected Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
level switch when replaced. Thus, time- Fluid temperature range 0 .. +60 °C
consuming new parameterisations will no Max. tank pressure 0.5 bar (short-term 3 bar, t < 1 min)
longer be required. mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
If IO-Link is not used, the sensor still mark 4) Certificate-No.: E318391

functions as a level switch with two switching Vibration resistance acc. to ≤5g
outputs (SIO mode). DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
To create customer-specific small series DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
or to duplicate sensor settings across the Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 5) IP 67
system, the sensor can also be easily IO-Link specific data
adjusted outside the system to suit the IO-Link revision V1.1 / support V1.0
particular application, with the HYDAC Transmission rate, baud rate 6) 38.4 kBaud (COM2)
Programming Device HPG P1-000, the Minimum cycle time 20 ms
HYDAC Programming Adapter ZBE P1-000 Process data width Version without temperature sensor: 16 Bit
Version with temperature sensor: 32 Bit
or by means of the Portable Data Recorder
HMG 4000.
M-sequence capability PREOPERATE: TYPE_0
Typical fields of application for ENS 3000 OPERATE: TYPE_2_2 (level)
IO-Link are machine tools, handling and TYPE_2_V (level / temperature)
ISDU: Supported
assembly automation, intralogistics or the
packaging industry.
Other data
UL 1310 / 1585; LPS UL 60950
≤ 55 mA with inactive switching output and analogue output
Weight g 180 220 250 300
EN 18.061.1.1/02.18
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit protection are provided.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
353
Dimension of contact M3 (earth

M12x1 Rear view
ENS 3000 as well as the menu structure comply Ø 42
Installation
screw M3 and lock washer

dimension
level switches. Ø 54

switching outputs:
M3 supplied)
range/ RP (FL) SP (FH) Hex AF
width 27
rod length in cm in cm Ø 29
in cm
25.1
Total length
17.0 / 25.0 0.2 17.0
Ø 22 -0.2
29.0 / 41.0 0.3 29.0
Inactive
(upper
39.0 / 52.0 0.4 39.0
zone
Measuring range end)
59.0 / 73.0 0.6 59.0
Designation [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Rod length
Measuring Min. difference Increment* Inactive zone approx. 22 approx. 28 approx. 34 approx. 50
range/ betw. RP & SP (lower end)
rod length and FL & FH Measuring 170 290 390 590
in cm in cm in cm range
17.0 / 25.0 0.2 0.1 Rod length 250 410 520 730
zone (lower
29.0 / 41.0 0.3 0.1 Total length 340 500 610 820
Inactive
39.0 / 52.0 0.4 0.1 Inactive zone approx. 33 approx. 67 approx. 71 approx. 65
end)
59.0 / 73.0 0.6 0.1 Ø 15 ±0.4 (upper end)

range RP (FL) SP (FH)
Temperature Model code:
6 -25 .. +100 °C -23.5 °C 100.0 °C ENS 3 X 1 6 – F31 – XXXX – 000 – K
Measuring Min. difference Increment* Temperature probe
range betw. RP and SP 1 = with temperature probe
Temperature & FL and FH 2 = without temperature probe
-25 .. +100 °C 1.5 °C 0.5 °C
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted Mechanical connection
by the increments shown. 1 = 22 mm collar for cutting ring fitting G22L
SP = switch point
FL = level/temperature window lower value (mating connector not supplied)
FH = level/temperature window upper value
Output
Additional functions: F31 = IO-Link interface
●● Switching mode of the swiching outputs
adjustable (switch point function or window Rod length, physical
function) 0250; 0410; 0520; 0730 mm
adjustable (N/C or N/O function) Modification number
000 = standard
●● Switching outputs can be assigned to the fluid
level or to the temperature Probe material
●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable K = ceramic
or 0 .. 10 V
Accessories:
●● Analogue output can be assigned to fluid level Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, mechanical adapters, splash guards and
or temperature as required programming units, can be found in the Accessories brochure.
(depending on model)
Pin connections:
M12x1, 4 pole
L+
IO-Link
1 Q1/C
2 4
3
L- Standard IO
Q2/QA

1 L+ +UB
2 Q2/QA Switching output (SP2) / Note:
EN 18.061.1.1/02.18
analogue output The information in this brochure relates to the HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
3 L- 0V
Germany
4 Q1/C IO-Link communication / For applications or operating conditions not Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
switching output (SP1) described, please contact the relevant technical Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
354
Level Switch
HNS 3000
Magnetostrictive Display
Up to 2 analogue outputs
The HNS 3000 is an electronic level switch Input data
with integrated display.
The float-based sensor for high-precision
analogue monitoring of the fluid level has Rod length 1) mm 250 280 370 410 520 730
1, 2 or 4 switching outputs and an analogue Max. speed of change in No restrictions
output signal is available as an option. fluid level
Mechanical connection G ¾" ISO 1179-2 6
In addition to the standard minimum and
maximum switching signals, with the
4 switching output version it is possible to Parts in contact with fluid Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
set additional warning signals to prevent Float: PP (polypropylene); 0.6 kg/dm³
Seal: Seal ring DIN3869-27-FKM
problems such as tank overflow or aeration
of the pump. Fluids 2) Hydraulic oils (mineral based),
synth. oils, fluids containing water
Using the device is easy, thanks to the Temperature
menu-guided key operation, so adjusting the Measuring range 3) -25 .. +100 °C
user-specific parameters takes little time.
Output data
The main applications of the HNS 3000 are Switching outputs 1; 2; 4 PNP transistor outputs
primarily in hydraulics, e.g. for fluid level Switching current: 1; 2 SP: max. 1.2 A per output
monitoring of a tank. 4 SP: max. 0.25 A per output
The sensor is available in rod lengths of Switching cycles: > 100 million
250 .. 730 mm as standard. Rod lengths of Analogue output, permitted load resistance 1; 2 SP: 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
up to 2500 mm are possible. The instrument 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
is also available with or without temperature 4 SP: 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
probe. Accuracy Level: ≤ ± 1.0 % FS
Temperature: ± 1.5 °C
Depending on the application, several Temperature drift (environment) ≤ 0.04 % FS / °C
different floats are available, e.g. stainless
Repeatability 4) Level: ≤ ± 1.0 % FS
steel for aggressive media or plastic. Temperature: ≤ ± 0.5 °C
When the device is used with temperature Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t90 ~100 s
probe, the switching outputs can be (temperature probe)
individually assigned to the level or Environmental conditions
temperature variables. Ambient temperature range -25 .. +80 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 6) IP67
Other data
≤ 150 mA with inactive switching outputs and
analogue outputs
Weight 500 .. 1000 g (depending on length)
EN 18.061.2.1/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
355
All settings available on the HNS 3000 are ●● Switching mode of the swiching outputs
combined in two easy-to-navigate menus. adjustable (switch point function or window M12x1, 4 pole
the device, a programming lock can be set. ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
●● Switching outputs can be assigned to the
Setting ranges of the switch fluid level or to the temperature
points and ●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable
switch-back hystereses: ●● Choice of display (current level, current
Fluid level switch point function temperature, peak values, switch point 1, 2,
Rod Meas. Switch Switch 3, 4 or display off)
Pin HNS 3X26-2 HNS 3X26-3
length range point hysteresis ●● Analogue output can be assigned to fluid
1 +UB +UB
in cm in cm in cm * in cm * level or temperature as required (depending
on model) 2 SP2 Analogue
25.0 17.8 0.3 .. 17.8 0.1 .. 17.6 3 0V 0V
28.0 20.8 0.4 .. 20.8 0.2 .. 20.5 4 SP1 SP1
37.0 29.8 0.5 .. 29.8 0.2 .. 29.5
41.0 33.8 0.6 .. 33.8 0.2 .. 33.4
52.0 44.8 0.7 .. 44.8 0.3 .. 44.3 M12x1, 5 pole
73.0 65.8 1.0 .. 65.8 0.4 .. 65.1
The increment for all units is 0.1 cm. 4 3

5
Fluid level window function

1 2
Rod Lower Upper
length switch value switch value
6 in cm in cm * in cm *
25.0 0.3 .. 17.4 0.4 .. 17.6
28.0 0.4 .. 20.4 0.5 .. 20.5 Pin HNS 3X28-5
1 +UB
37.0 0.5 .. 29.2 0.7 .. 29.5
2 Analogue
41.0 0.6 .. 33.2 0.8 .. 33.4 3 0V
52.0 0.7 .. 44.0 1.0 .. 44.3 4 SP1
73.0 1.0 .. 64.6 1.5 .. 65.1 5 SP2
The increment for all units is 0.1 cm.

M12x1, 8 pole
Fluid level offset function
6 4
Rod Measuring Offset 5
length range 7 3
in cm in cm in cm * 8
25.0 17.8 0.0 .. 71.2 1 2
28.0 20.8 0.0 .. 83.2
37.0 29.8 0.0 .. 119.2
41.0 33.8 0.0 .. 135.2
52.0 44.8 0.0 .. 179.2 Pin HNS 3X2P-8
73.0 65.8 0.0 .. 263.2 1 +UB
2 SP2
The increment for all units is 0.1 cm. 3 0V
4 SP1
Temperature switch point function 5 SP3
6 SP4
Unit Measuring Switch Hysteresis 7 Analogue fluid level
range point 8 Analogue temperature
°C -25 .. +100 -23.0 .. +100.0 0.8 .. 123.6
Temperature window function

Unit Lower Upper
switch value switch value
°C -23.0 .. +97.8 -22.2 .. +98.6

EN 18.061.2.1/02.18

356
Dimensions: Note:
department.
Hex AF
width 32
Rod length
Immersion depth, float,
at density 1
Model code:
HNS 3 X 2 X – X – XXXX – 000
Temperature probe
1 = with temperature probe
2 = without temperature probe
2 = G3/4 A ISO 1179-2
P = male M12x1, 8 pole
Output
8 = 4 switching outputs and 2 analogue outputs
only in conjunction with electrical connection type “P”
and temperature probe “1”

0250; 0280; 0370; 0410; 0520; 0730
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, splash guards, etc. can be found in the
Accessories brochure.
EN 18.061.2.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
357
6
358
EN 18.061.2.1/02.18
Level Switch
HNS 3000
Magnetostrictive Display
IO-Link
The HNS 3000 with IO-Link communication Input data
interface is an electronic level switch with Measuring ranges mm 178 208 298 338 448 658
integrated display. The instrument has a Rod length 1) mm 250 280 370 410 520 730
switching output and an additional output Max. speed of change in the fluid level No restrictions
that can be configured as switching or Mechanical connection G ¾" ISO 1179-2
analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V) Tightening torque, recommended 30 Nm
6
The HNS 3000 can be used not only for oil Parts in contact with fluid Rod: Stainless steel 1.4571
but also for water, and is available with or Float: PP (Polypropylene); 0.6 kg/dm³
Seal: Seal ring DIN 3869-27-FKM
without temperature probe. Fluids 2) Hydraulic oils (mineral based),
IO-Link is the communication between the synth. oils, fluids containing water
sensor/actuator (IO-Link device) and an Temperature
IO-Link master based on a point-to-point Measuring range 3) -25 .. +100 °C
interface. Output data
Switching outputs PNP transistor outputs
The advantages: Switching current: max. 250 mA per switching output
Process data, parameters and diagnostic Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
information of the level switch can be 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
transmitted via a standard cable (SDCI Accuracy Level: ≤ ± 1.0 % FS
mode). The integrated LED display provides Temperature: ± 1.5 °C
information on the operating mode and the Temperature drift (environment) ≤ 0.04 % FS / °C
switching statuses. Repeatability 4) Level: ≤ ± 1.0 % FS
Temperature: ≤ ± 0.5 °C
Simple exchange: the IO-Link master saves
Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t90 ~100 s
the parameters of the connected level switch (temperature probe)
and transmits them to the newly connected Environmental conditions
level switch when replaced. Thus, time- Ambient temperature range -25 .. +80 °C
consuming new parameterisations will no Storage temperature range -40 .. +80 °C
longer be required. Fluid temperature range 5) -40 .. +120 °C / -25 .. +120 °C
If IO-Link is not used, the sensor still Max. tank pressure 3 bar (short-term 10 bar, t < 1 min)
functions as a level switch with two switching mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
outputs (SIO mode). Vibration resistance acc. to ≤2g
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (0 .. 500 Hz)
To create customer-specific small series Shock resistance acc. to ≤ 20 g
or to duplicate sensor settings across the DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
system, the sensor can also be easily Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 6) IP 67
adjusted outside the system to suit the IO-Link specific data
particular application, with the HYDAC IO-Link revision V1.1 / support V1.0
Programming Device HPG P1-000, the Transmission rate, baud rate 7) 38.4 kBaud (COM2)
HYDAC Programming Adapter ZBE P1-000 Minimum cycle time 20 ms
or by means of the Portable Data Recorder Process data width Version without temperature sensor: 16 Bit
Version with temperature sensor: 32 Bit
HMG 4000. SIO mode supported Yes
Typical fields of application for HNS 3000 M-sequence capability PREOPERATE: TYPE_0
IO-Link are machine tools, handling and OPERATE: TYPE_2_2 (level)
TYPE_2_V (level / temperature)
packaging industry. IO Device Description (IODD) download at: https://ioddfinder.io-link.com/#/
Other data
Supply voltage 9 .. 35 V DC if PIN 2 = SP2
18 .. 35 V DC if PIN 2 = analogue output
≤ 55 mA with inactive switching output and analogue output
Weight 500 .. 1000 g (depending on length)
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit protection are provided.
EN 18.061.3.0/02.18

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
359
HNS 3000 as well as the menu structure comply
level switches.
switching outputs: Hex AF
Measuring Lower limit of Upper limit of width 32
range/ RP (FL) SP (FH)
rod length in cm in cm
in cm
17.8 / 25.0 0.3 17.8
20.8 / 28.0 0.4 20.8
29.8 / 37.0 0.5 29.8
33.8 / 41.0 0.6 33.8
44.8 / 52.0 0.7 44.8
65.8 / 73.0 1.0 65.8
Rod length
range/ betw. RP & SP
rod length and FL & FH
in cm in cm in cm
17.8 / 25.0 0.1 0.1 Immersion depth, float,
at density 1
20.8 / 28.0 0.2 0.1
29.8 / 37.0 0.2 0.1
33.8 / 41.0 0.2 0.1
44.8 / 52.0 0.3 0.1
65.8 / 73.0 0.4 0.1
6
range RP (FL) SP (FH)
Temperature
-25 .. +100 °C -23.5 °C 100.0 °C
Measuring Min. difference Increment* Model code:

Temperature & FL and FH HNS 3 X 2 6 – F31 – XXXX – 000
-25 .. +100 °C 1.5 °C 0.5 °C
Temperature probe
* All ranges given in the table can be adjusted 1 = with temperature probe
by the increments shown. 2 = without temperature probe
SP = switch point
RP = switch-back point Mechanical connection
FL = level/temperature window lower value 2 = G 3/4 A ISO 1179-2
FH = level/temperature window upper value
Additional functions: 6 = male M12x1, 4 pole
●● Switching mode of the swiching outputs (mating connector not supplied)
function) Output
●● Switching direction of the switching outputs F31 = IO-Link interface
Rod length, physical
●● Switching outputs can be assigned to the fluid
0250; 0280; 0370; 0410; 0520; 0730 mm
level or to the temperature
●● Switch-on and switch-off delay adjustable Modification number
from 0.00 .. 99.99 seconds 000 = standard
or 0 .. 10 V
●● Analogue output can be assigned to fluid level
or temperature as required Accessories:
(depending on model) Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, mechanical adapters, splash guards and
programming units, can be found in the Accessories brochure.
Pin connections:
M12x1, 4 pole
L+
IO-Link
1 Q1/C
2 4
3
L- Standard IO
Q2/QA
Note:
EN 18.061.3.0/02.18
Pin Signal Description HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

1 L+ +UB operating conditions and applications described. Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken
2 Q2/QA Switching output (SP2) / Germany
analogue output For applications or operating conditions not Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
3 L- 0V described, please contact the relevant technical Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
4 Q1/C IO-Link communication /
switching output (SP1) Subject to technical modifications. Internet: www.hydac.com
360
Level Switch
HNS 526
Ultrasound Display
The level switch HNS 526 is a non-contact, Input data
highly compact sensor for fluid level
Operating range mm 280 480 1600 4000 6400
measurement in stationary applications.
By definition, its functional principle Blind zone mm 0 .. 30 0 .. 85 0 .. 200 0 .. 350 0 .. 600
(measurement of sound transmission time) Maximum range mm 350 600 2000 5000 8000
means that it operates with an extremely Resolution ≤ 0.18 mm
6
high resolution and sampling rate. Mechanical connection M30x1.5
Thanks to the integrated temperature Output data
compensation, the sensors can be used in a Switching outputs 1; 2 PNP transistor outputs
wide temperature range. Switching current: max. 200 mA per output
The HNS 526 is available for measuring Switching cycles: > 100 million
ranges up to 6400 mm and is obtainable in Analogue output, permitted load resistance Selectable:
different signal output variants (2 switching 4 .. 20 mA, RLmax = 100 Ω (UB ≤ 20 V)
outputs; 1 switching output plus 1 analogue RLmax = 500 Ω (UB > 20 V)
output, either 4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V). 0 .. 10 V, RLmin = 100 kΩ (UB ≥ 20 V)
Accuracy ≤ ± 1 % of the actual measured value
The sensor can be adjusted simply and
conveniently via two push-buttons and a Repeatability ± 0.15 % of the actual measured value
self-explanatory menu structure according to Reaction time ms 32 64 92 172 240
VDMA. Environmental conditions
The actual fluid level can be displayed in a Ambient temperature range -25 °C .. +70 °C
3-digit digital display either in absolute value Storage temperature range -40 °C .. +85 °C
or in percent (selectable); 2 three-colour Max. tank pressure Only for depressurised vessels
LEDs also indicate the operating status. mark DIN EN 60947-5-2
DIN EN 60947-5-7
DIN EN 60068-2-6 (5 .. 2000 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 (11 ms)
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage ± 10 %
Housing Brass, nickel-plated;
ultrasonic transducer with PEEK film
Display 3-digit, LED-display, 2 three-colour-LEDs
Weight g ~ 150 ~ 150 ~ 150 ~ 210 ~ 270
provided.
1)
EN 18.604.1/02.18
361
Setting options: Operating range 480 mm: Additional functions:
All the terms and symbols used for setting ●● Switching mode of the swiching outputs
the HNS 526 as well as the menu structure adjustable (switch point function or window
comply with the specifications of the function)
German Engineering Federation Standard ●● Switching direction of the switching outputs
(VDMA 24574-4) for level switches.
Plate adjustable (N/C or N/O function)
●● Switch-on delay adjustable from
the device, a key-lock can be set.
Round bar
Ø 27 mm
0 .. 20 seconds
●● Energy saving mode
Pin connections:
points
or switch-back points: M12x4, 4 pole
Switch point function distance and
window function distance
Operating SP1, SP2, RP1, RP2,
range FH1, FH2 * FL1, FL2*
280 mm 2 .. 32 cm 1 .. 31 cm
2 .. 13 inch 1 .. 12 inch
480 mm 2 .. 59 cm 1 .. 58 cm
2 .. 23 inch 1 .. 22 inch Operating range 1600 mm:
1600 mm 2 .. 180 cm 1 .. 179 cm
2 .. 71 inch 1 .. 70 inch
4000 mm 2 .. 465 cm 1 .. 464 cm Pin HNS 526-2 HNS 526-3
2 .. 183 inch 1 .. 182 inch 1 +UB +UB
6400 mm 2 .. 740 cm 1 .. 739 cm 2 SP2 I/U
2 .. 291 inch 1 .. 290 inch Plate 3 0V 0V
Switch point function: 4 SP1 SP1
SP1, SP2 = switch point 1 or 2
6 RP1, RP2 = switch-back point 1 or 2
Round bar
Ø 27 mm
Window function.
FH1, FH2 = upper switch values 1 or 2
FL1, FL2 = lower switch values 1 or 2
* The increment for all devices is 1 cm or 1 inch
Recording ranges
(for different objects):
The grey areas show the detection range
for a very large reflector, e.g. a fluid surface,
providing the sensor is ideally positioned. Operating range 4000 mm:
Outside the grey area, it is not possible to
evaluate the ultrasonic reflections.

Plate
Round bar
Ø 27 mm
Plate
Round bar
Ø 11 mm
Plate
Round bar
Ø 27 mm
EN 18.604.1/02.18
362
Dimensions: Note:
Operating range:
280 mm 480 mm,1600 mm department.
AF width 36
AF width 36 Touch Control Subject to technical modifications.
Touch Control LED display M 30x1.5
LED display M 30x1.5 2 buttons
2 buttons 2 duo LEDs
2 duo LEDs
M12x1
M12x1
Operating range:
4000 mm 6400 mm
AF width 36 SW 36
Touch Control Touch Control
LED display M 30x1.5 LED display M 30x1.5
2 buttons 2 buttons
2 duo LEDs 2 duo LEDs
M12x1
M12x1
Model code:
HNS 5 2 6 - X - XXXX - 000 - F
2 = M30x1.5
Output
Operating range in mm
0280; 0480; 1600, 4000, 6400
Modification number
000 = standard
Design, front face of sensor

F = foil
Accessories:

EN 18.604.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
363
6
364
EN 18.604.1/02.18
EN 180.000.3/02.18
7
365
FLOW RATE TRANSMITTERS / FLOW SWITCHES [7]
FLOW RATE AND FLOW TRANSMITTERS Page
Turbine
EVS 3100 Aluminium 367
EVS 3110 Stainless steel 369
Float
HFT 2100 371
HFT 2500 375

Turbine
HFT 3100 HART Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 379
HFT 3100 HART Intrinsically safe ATEX, IECEx 383
FLOW SWITCHES
Float

Float
7
EN 180.000.3/02.18
366
Flow Rate Transmitter
EVS 3100
Turbine High accuracy Additional measuring connections
For oils / viscous fluids

The flow rate transmitters of the EVS 3100 Input data
series (aluminium series) are specially
Measuring ranges 1) and operating pressure
designed for use in hydraulic and other fluid
power systems. They operate in accordance 1.2 .. 20.0 l/min 400 bar
with the turbine principle, which means that 6.0 .. 60.0 l/min 400 bar
the rpm of an impeller wheel rotating in the 15.0 .. 300.0 l/min 400 bar
flow of the media is measured and converted 40.0 .. 600.0 l/min 315 bar
into a 4 .. 20 mA analogue signal. Additional connection options 2 x G1/4 female threads for pressure and/or
Two further G1/4 threaded holes in the temperature sensors
turbine housing allow additional units to be Housing material Aluminium
connected, e.g. temperature and pressure Output data
7
sensors. Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2
-conductor
RLmax = (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
Accuracy ≤ 2 % of the actual value
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 2) IP 65 (Binder male connector 714 M18)
Other data
Measuring medium 3) Hydraulic oils
Viscosity range 1 .. 100 cSt
Calibration viscosity 30 cSt
Note: 1) Other measuring ranges on request.
2)
3)
Other measuring media on request
EN 18.331.3/02.18
367
Male connector
Binder series 714 4 pole
Pin EVS 3104-A

1 Reserved
2 Signal +
3 Signal -
4 Reserved
M12x1
Model Measuring L H D / SW G Torque, DN

range recommended
[l/min] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm]
EVS 310X-A-0020 1.2 .. 20 117 135 47 / 46 G¼" 60 7 Pin EVS 3106-A
EVS 310X-A-0060 6 .. 60 144 135 48.5 / 46 G½" 130 11 1 Signal +
EVS 310X-A-0300 15 .. 300 155 150 63.5 / 60 G1¼" 500 22 2 Reserved
7 EVS 310X-A-0600 40 .. 600 181 150 63.5 / 60 G1½" 600 30 3 Signal -
4 Reserved
Model code:
EVS 3 1 0 X – A – XXXX – 000
Housing material
0 = aluminium
Output signal
A = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor (4 mA =
^ 0 l/min)
Measuring range
0020 = 1.2 .. 20 l/min
0060 = 6.0 .. 60 l/min
0300 = 15.0 .. 300 l/min
0600 = 40.0 .. 600 l/min
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories: Note:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. The information in this brochure relates to the
department.

EN 18.331.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
368
EVS 3110
For water-based media

The flow rate transmitters in the EVS 3110 Input data
series (stainless steel series) are specially
designed for use in hydraulic and other fluid
power systems. They operate in accordance 1.2 .. 20.0 l/min 400 bar
with the turbine principle, which means that 6.0 .. 60.0 l/min 400 bar
the rpm of an impeller wheel rotating in the 15.0 .. 300.0 l/min 400 bar
flow of the media is measured and converted 40.0 .. 600.0 l/min 400 bar
into a 4 .. 20 mA analogue signal. Additional connection options 2 x G1/4 female threads for pressure and/or
In the EVS 3110 stainless steel series, the temperature sensors
impeller has a carbide bearing and the Housing material Stainless steel
resulting increased robustness also makes Output data
7
it suitable for use in pulsating, dynamic Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2
-conductor
applications. RLmax = (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
Two further G1/4 threaded holes in the Accuracy ≤ 2 % of the actual value
turbine housing allow additional units to be Environmental conditions
connected, e.g. temperature and pressure Compensated temperature range -20 .. +70 °C
sensors. Operating temperature range -20 .. +70 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 2) IP 65 (Binder male connector 714 M18)
Other data
Measuring medium 3) Water-based media
Calibration viscosity 5 cSt
Note: 1) Other measuring ranges on request.
2)
3)
EN 18.313.4/02.18
369
Male connector
Binder series 714 4 pole
Pin EVS 3114-A

1 Reserved
2 Signal +
3 Signal -
4 Reserved
M12x1
Model Measuring L H D / SW G Torque, DN

range recommended
EVS 311X-A-0020 1.2 .. 20 117 135 47 / 46 G¼" 60 7 Pin EVS 3116-A
EVS 311X-A-0060 6 .. 60 144 135 48.5 / 46 G½" 130 11 1 Signal +
EVS 311X-A-0300 15 .. 300 155 150 63.5 / 60 G1¼" 500 22 2 Reserved
7 EVS 311X-A-0600 40 .. 600 181 150 63.5 / 60 G1½" 600 30 3 Signal -
4 Reserved
Model code:
EVS 3 1 1 X – A – XXXX – 000
Housing material
1 = stainless steel
Output signal
A = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor (4 mA =
^ 0 l/min)
Measuring range
0020 = 1.2 .. 20 l/min
0060 = 6.0 .. 60 l/min
0300 = 15.0 .. 300 l/min
0600 = 40.0 .. 600 l/min
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories: Note:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors, can be found in the Accessories brochure. The information in this brochure relates to the
department.

EN 18.313.4/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
370
Flow Transmitter
HFT 2100
Float Any installation position 30–600 cSt

The HYDAC flow transmitters of the Input data
HFT 2100 series are based on a variable-
Measuring ranges [l/min] Size 1 Size 2
area float principle.
0.5 .. 1.6 0.5 .. 1.5
Irrespective of the installation position, the 0.8 .. 3.0 1 .. 4
measuring medium deflects a spring-loaded
2.0 .. 7.0 2 .. 8
float in the direction of flow, depending
on the flow rate. A Hall sensor detects 3 .. 10
the position of the float and is fitted to the 5 .. 15
outside of the device therefore separated 8 .. 24
from the fluid circuit. In proportion to the 10 .. 30
deflection of the float, the sensor produces 15 .. 45 7
an analogue signal which corresponds to the 20 .. 60
particular measuring range. 30 .. 90
The device is calibrated for vertical 35 .. 110
installation and for an upwards flow direction. Operating pressure
The measurement transmitter is designed Brass version [bar] 300 250
to give reliable measurements within its Stainless steel version [bar] 350 300
accuracy range, even with changes in Pressure drop [bar] 0.02 .. 0.2 0.02 .. 0.4
viscosity. The kinematic viscosity may vary
between 30 and 600 cSt. Mechanical connection see dimensions
Parts in contact with fluid
The fields of application include:
Brass version St. steel 1.4571; FKM 1); brass nickel-pl.;
●● Central lubrication systems brass; hard ferrite
●● Circulation oil lubrication systems Stainless steel version Stainless steel 1.4571; FKM 1); hard ferrite
●● Transformers Housing material
●● Cooling systems and circuits
Measuring parts Brass (nickel-plated) or stainless steel 1.4571
●● Lubrication circuits
●● Hydraulic systems Transmitter Brass, nickel-plated
●● Pumps Output data
●● Welding machines and laser plants Output signal, m ax. load resist. 4 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor, RLmax ~ 500 Ω
●● Chemical industry max. current 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor, Imax ~ 10 mA
●● Research and development Accuracy 2)
≤ ± 10 % FS
Repeatability ≤ 1 % FS max.
mark Directive 2014 / 30 / EU
Other data
Supply voltage 18 .. 30 V
Power consumption <1W
Note: FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range
1)
2)
± 5 % possible with calibration to a certain viscosity
3)
EN 18.395.2/02.18
371
Dimensions:
Size 1
G
Type Installation Weight
dimensions (approx.)
[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L
8 24 1/4" 98 610
0.5 .. 1.6 10 24 3/8" 119 660
15 30 1/2" *) 90 560
L
0.8 .. 3.0
15 30 1/2" 90 560
2.0 .. 7.0
*)
Standard
SW
SW
approx.
7
Size 2 G
dimensions (approx.) T
[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L T
0.5 .. 1.5 8 34 1/4" 152 10 1510
15 34 1/2" 152 14 1435
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1350
1 to 4
L
25 40 1" *) 130 17 1170
2 to 8
3 to 10 15 34 1/2" 152 14 1435
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1350
5 to 15 25 40 1" *) 130 17 1170 T
8 to 24
10 to 30 G
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1350
15 to 45
25 40 1" *) 130 17 1170
20 to 60
30 to 90 SW
25 40 1" 130 17 1170
35 to 110
*)
Standard
SW
approx.
EN 18.395.2/02.18
372
HFT 2 1 X 6 – X – XXXX–XXXX – 7 – X – 0 – 000 M12x1
Measuring principle
2 = variable area float
Measuring medium
1 = oils / viscous fluids
Mechanical connection 4) 5)
1 = 1/4"
2 = 3/8"
3 = 1/2"
4 = 3/4" Pin HFT 21X6-C HFT 21X6-B
5 = 1" 1 +UB +UB
2 Reserved Reserved
3 GND GND
(mating connector not supplied) 4 4 .. 20 mA 0 .. 10 V
Output signal 6)
Measuring ranges in l/min 5)

Oil 10 % -size 1-
00.5-01.6; 00.8-03.0; 02.0-07.0
Oil 10 % -Size 2-
00.5-01.5; 0001-0004; 0002-0008; 0003-0010;
0005-0015; 0008-0024; 0010-0030; 0015-0045;
0020-0060; 0030-0090; 0035-0110
Accuracy
7 = ≤ ± 10.0 % FS
Housing material 7
B = brass, nickel-plated
S = stainless steel
Mechanical indicator
0 = without indicator
Modification number
000 = standard
4)
echanical connection options depend on housing type
M
(see Dimensions)
5)
Other types available on request
6)
0 V or 4 mA resp. correspond to 0 l/min
Accessories:
Note:
department.

EN 18.395.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
373
7
374
EN 18.395.2/02.18
Flow Transmitter
HFT 2500
Float Any installation position Two accuracy classes
For water / water-based media

The HYDAC flow transmitters of the Input data
HFT 2500 series are based on a variable-area
Measuring ranges [l/min] 10 % accuracy 5 % accuracy
float principle.
Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4
Irrespective of the installation position, the 0.005 .. 0.06 0.02 .. 0.2 10 .. 30 0.2 .. 4.0 8 .. 90
measuring medium deflects a spring-loaded
0.04 .. 0.13 0.2 .. 0.6 15 .. 45 0.6 .. 5.0 5 .. 110
float in the direction of flow, depending on the
flow rate. A Hall sensor detects the position 0.1 .. 0.6 0.4 .. 1.8 20 .. 60 0.5 .. 8.0 10 .. 150
of the float and is fitted to the outside of the 0.2 .. 1.2 0.8 .. 3.2 30 .. 90 1 .. 14 35 .. 220
device therefore separated from the fluid 0.4 .. 2.0 2 .. 7 60 .. 150 1 .. 28 35 .. 250
circuit. In proportion to the deflection of the 0.5 .. 3.0 3 .. 13 2 .. 40
float, the sensor produces an analogue signal 1.0 .. 5.0 4 .. 20 4 .. 55 7
which corresponds to the particular measuring 8 .. 30 1 .. 70
range. Operating pressure
The device is calibrated for vertical installation Brass version [bar] 300 300 250 200
and for an upwards flow direction. Stainless steel version [bar] 350 350 300 300
Fields of application are to monitor flow rate Pressure drop [bar] 0.02 .. 0.2 0.02 .. 0.3 0.02 .. 0.4 0.02 .. 0.8
in fluids (water / water-based) in the following Mechanical connection see dimensions
areas, amongst others: Parts in contact with fluid
●● Cooling systems and circuits Brass version Stainless steel 1.4571; NBR 1); br. nickel-plated; br.; hard ferrite
●● Hydraulic systems Stainless steel version Stainless steel 1.4571; FKM 1); hard ferrite
●● Pumps
Housing material
●● Welding machines and laser plants
●● Medical technology Measuring parts Brass (nickel-plated) or stainless steel 1.4571
●● Pharmaceutical industry Transmitter Brass, nickel-plated
●● Chemical industry Output data
●● Research and development Output signal, max. load resist. 4 .. 20 mA, 3-conductor, RLmax ~ 500 Ω
max. current 0 .. 10 V, 3-conductor, Imax ~ 10 mA
Accuracy ≤ ± 10 % / ≤ ± 5 % (size 4)
Repeatability 1 % FS
Other data
1)
2)
EN 18.601.1/02.18
375
Dimensions:
[l/min] [mm] [g]
SW D W G DN T L
Size 1
SW G
0.005 .. 0.06
0.04 .. 0.13 T
□D
0.1 .. 0.6
W
0.2 .. 1.2 17 17 39 1/4" 8 10 65 210
0.4 .. 2.0
L
0.5 .. 3.0
1.0 .. 5.0 T
G
Size 2
SW G
0.02 .. 0.2
0.2 .. 0.6
T
0.4 .. 1.8 □D
0.8 .. 3.2 W
30 30 62 1/2" 15 14 90 560
2.0 .. 7.0
L
3.0 .. 13.0
4.0 .. 20.0
8.0 .. 30.0 T
G
Size 3 SW G
10 .. 30
15 .. 45 34 3/4" 20 15 152 1240 T
40 62 25 17 130 1030
□D
20 .. 60 41 1" *) W
30 .. 90
60 .. 150 40 40 62 1" 25 17 130 1050
*) Standard
L
Size 4
0.2 .. 4.0 SW
□D
0.6 .. 5.0 1/4" 8 10 G
0.5 .. 8.0 27 40 52 3/8" 10 15 131 900 T
1 .. 14 1/2" 15 14
W
1 .. 28
2 .. 40 27 1/2" 15 14 146
40 52 950
4 .. 55 32 3/4" 20 15 174
L
1 .. 70
34 40 62 3/4" 20 15 152 1420
8 .. 90 40 40 62 1" 25 17 156 1120
5 .. 110
10 .. 150 50 50 72 1 1/4" 32 20 200 2770
35 .. 220 50 50 72 1 1/4" 32 20 200 3020 T
35 .. 250 60 60 72 1 1/2" 40 20 200 3820 G

SW
EN 18.601.1/02.18
376
HFT 2 5 X 6 – X – XXXX–XXXX – X – X – 0 – 000 M12x1
Measuring principle
Measuring medium
5 = water / water-based
Mechanical connection 3)
1 = 1/4"
2 = 3/8"
3 = 1/2"
4 = 3/4" Pin HFT 25X6-C HFT 25X6-B
5 = 1" 1 +UB +UB
6 = 1 1/4" 2 Reserved Reserved
7 = 1 1/2" 3 GND GND
Electrical connection 4 4 .. 20 mA 0 .. 10 V
Output signal 4)
Measuring ranges in l/min

Size 1
.005-0.06; 0.04-0.13; 00.1-00.6; 00.2-01.2; 00.4-02.0;
00.5-03.0; 01.0-05.0
Size 2
0.02-00.2; 00.2-00.6; 00.4-01.8; 00.8-03.2; 02.0-07.0;
03.0-0013; 04.0-0020; 08.0-0030
Size 3
0010-0030; 0015-0045; 0020-0060; 0030-0090; 0060-0150
============================================= 7
Size 4
00.2-04.0; 00.6-05.0; 00.5-08.0; 01.0-0014; 01.0-0028;
02.0-0040; 04.0-0055;
01.0-0070; 08.0-0090; 0005-0110; 0010-0150;
0035-0220; 0035-0250
Accuracy
6 = ≤ ± 5.0 % FS (only for size "4")
7 = ≤ ± 10.0 % FS
Housing material
S = stainless steel
Modification number
000 = standard
3)
M
(see Dimensions)
4)
0 V or 4 mA resp. correspond to 0 l/min
Accessories:
Note:
department.

EN 18.601.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
377
7
378
EN 18.601.1/02.18
HFT 3100 Ex applications
HART interface
HFT 3100 with HART interface is a compact Input data
flow rate transmitter with flameproof enclosure Measuring range and operating pressure 1.2 .. 20.0 l/min 420 bar
specially developed for applications in 6.0 .. 60.0 l/min 420 bar
hydraulic systems and other fluid power 15.0 .. 300.0 l/min 420 bar
systems.
40.0 .. 600.0 l/min 420 bar
The triple approval in accordance with ATEX, Additional connection options 1) 2x G 1/4 female threads for pressure or temperature
IECEx and CSA enables universal, worldwide sensors with relevant approvals
utilisation of the devices in potentially Housing material Stainless steel 1.4404
explosive atmospheres. Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4404, 1.4460, tungsten carbide
Output data
The HFT 3100 operates in accordance with Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol 7
the turbine principle, which means that the RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
rpm of an impeller wheel rotating in the flow of for HART communication min. 250 Ω
the media is measured and converted into a HART communication acc. to HART 7 specifications
4 .. 20 mA analogue signal. In addition with the HART Common Practice Commands, e.g.
analogue output of the measured value, digital altering of measuring range limits
communication is possible by means of the (see table)
HART protocol. Accuracy ≤ 2 % of the actual value
Two additional G1/4 threaded bore holes Operating/ambient temperature range 2) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C
in the turbine housing provide the flow rate T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C
transmitter with additional connection options, Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
e.g. for temperature and pressure sensors. Fluid temperature range 2) T6, T110 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C
T5 Ta = -40 .. +70 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4,
EN 60079-0 / 1 / 31
CCSAUS Explosionproof - Seal not required DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Class I Group A, B, C, D, T6, T5 Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 69
Class II Group E, F, G ISO 20653
Class III Other data
Type 4 Measuring medium Hydraulic oil, water based fluid
ATEX Flameproof Viscosity range 1 .. 100 cSt
I M2 Ex d I Mb Calibration viscosity 30 cSt
II 2G Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb Supply voltage 12 .. 30 V DC
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db Residual ripple of supply voltage acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specification
IECEx Flameproof (HCF_SPEC_054)
Ex d I Mb Current consumption ≤ 25 mA
Ex d IIC T6, T5 Gb Weight
Ex tb IIIC T110 .. 120 °C Db HFT 31XX-F21-0020 2.5 kg
HFT 31XX-F21-0060 4.0 kg
HFT 31XX-F21-0300 5.7 kg
HFT 31XX-F21-0600 7.0 kg
provided.
1)
Not for measuring ranges 1.2 .. 20 l/min
2)
T120 °C at Ta = -40 .. +70 °C with electrical connection single leads available
EN 18.101.0/02.18
379
0 % FS 75 % FS 25 % FS 100 % FS 25 % FS 100 % FS
Electrical connection “9” Electrical connection “G”
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
C
Class III
Type 4
I M2 Ex d I M
Ex d I Mb
Model Code:
HFT 3 1 X X – F21 – XXXX – S - X - D - 000 (2m)
1 = G 1/4" only for measuring range: 1.2 .. 20 l/min
6 = G 1 1/4" only for measuring range: 15 .. 300 l/min
7 7 = G 1 1/2" only for measuring range: 40 .. 600 l/min
9 = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit male thread (single leads)
G = 1/2-14 NPT Conduit male thread (jacketed cable)
Output signal
F21 = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol (4 mA =
^ 0 l/min)
Measuring ranges
0020 = 1.2 .. 20 l/min
0060 = 6.0 .. 60 l/min
0300 = 15.0 .. 300 l/min
0600 = 40.0 .. 600 l/min
Housing material
S = stainless steel
Housing design
1 = without additional hole (measuring range 0020)
2 = with two additional female threads G 1/4 ISO 1179-2 (measuring ranges 0060, 0300, 0600)
Approval
ATEX Flameproof
IECEx Flameproof
Modification number
000 = standard
Cable length in m
Standard = 2 m
EN 18.101.0/02.18
380
Venting *
Lead HFT 31x9

red Signal +
black Signal -
Threaded hole G 1/4
Lead HFT 31xG

white Signal -
brown Signal +
green n. c.
yellow n. c. 7
Without threaded holes for temperature and pressure sensors:

Model Meas. L H D / SW G Torque DN
range
HFT 31XX-F21-0020 1.2 .. 20 117 158 60 / 56 G¼" 35 7
With threaded holes for temperature and pressure sensors:

range
HFT 31XX-F21-0060 6 .. 60 144 160 63 / 60 G½" 65 11
HFT 31XX-F21-0300 15 .. 300 155 173 75.5 / 72 G1¼" 240 22
HFT 31XX-F21-0600 40 .. 600 181 178 81 / 76 G1½" 290 30
Note:
department.

EN 18.101.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
381
7
382
EN 18.101.0/02.18
HFT 3100 Ex applications

Non-Sparking
HART interface
The HFT 3100 with HART interface is Input data
an intrinsically safe compact flow rate Measuring range and operating pressure 1.2 .. 20.0 l/min 420 bar
transmitter for measuring flow rates in 6.0 .. 60.0 l/min 420 bar
hydraulic systems. The double approval in 15.0 .. 300.0 l/min 420 bar
accordance with ATEX and IECEx enables
40.0 .. 600.0 l/min 420 bar
universal, almost worldwide utilisation of the
Additional connection options 1) 2x G 1/4 female threads for pressure or temperature
devices in potentially explosive atmospheres. sensors with relevant approvals
The current flow is determined acc. to the Housing material Stainless steel 1.4404
turbine principle, by means of a highly Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel: 1.4404, 1.4460, tungsten carbide
accurate and robust sensor. In addition to the Output data
analogue 4 .. 20 mA output of the measured Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol 7
value, digital communication is possible by RLmax = (UB - 12 V) / 20 mA [kΩ]
for HART communication min. 250 Ω
means of the HART protocol.
HART communication acc. to HART 7 specifications
The main fields of application are in the oil HART Common Practice Commands, e.g.
& gas industry, gas turbines. The device is altering of measuring range limits
also used in mining applications as well as in (see table)
locations with high dust contamination. Accuracy ≤ 2 % of the actual value
Two additional threaded bore holes in Operating/ambient temperature range T6, T80/T85 °C, T500 90 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C
the turbine housing provide the flow rate T5, T90/T95 °C, T500 100 °C Ta = -40 .. +70 °C
transmitter with additional connection options T100 °C, T500 110 °C Ta = -40 .. +80 °C
for temperature and pressure sensors. T4 Ta = -40 .. +85 °C
Fluid temperature range T6, T80, T85 °C, T500 90 °C Ta = -40 .. +60 °C
T5, T90, T95 °C, T500 100 °C Ta = -40 .. +70 °C
Protection types and applications: T100 °C, T500 110 °C Ta = -40 .. +80 °C
ATEX T4 Ta = -40 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4, EN 60079-0 / 11 / 15 / 26 / 31,
I M1 Ex ia I Ma EN 50303
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C/T95 °C Da Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 2) IP 67
II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/90/100 °C Relevant data for Ex applications Ex ia, ic Ex nA, ta, tb, tc
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da Supply voltage Ui = 12 .. 28 V DC 12 .. 28 V DC
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Max. input current Ii = 100 mA
II 3G Ex nA IIC T6, T5, T4 Gc Max. input power Pi = 0.7 W Max. power consumption ≤ 1 W
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc
II 3D Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc Inductance of the sensor Li = 0 mH
Insulation voltage 50 V AC, with integrated overvoltage protection acc. to
IECEx EN 61000-6-2
Ex ia I Ma Other data
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga Measuring medium Hydraulic oil, water based fluid
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb
Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb Viscosity range 1 .. 100 cSt
Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Calibration viscosity 30 cSt
Ex ta IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Residual ripple of supply voltage Acc. to FSK Physical Layer Specification
T50090/T500100/T500110 °C Da (HCF_SPEC_054)
Ex tb IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Db Current consumption ≤ 25 mA
Ex nA IIC T6,T5,T4 Gc Weight
HFT 311X-F21-0020 2.5 kg
Ex ic IIIC T80/T90/T100 °C Dc HFT 311X-F21-0060 4.0 kg
HFT 311X-F21-0300 5.7 kg
HFT 311X-F21-0600 7.0 kg
provided.
EN 18.100.0/02.18
1)
Not for measuring ranges 1.2 .. 20 l/min
2)
383
0 % FS 75 % FS 25 % FS 100 % FS 25 % FS 100 % FS
Code no. for use in 1 9 A C
model code
ATEX I M1 Ex ia I Ma II 1G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga II 2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Gb II 3G Ex nA llC T6,T5 Gc II 1D Ex ta lllC T80/T90 °C II 3G Ex ic llC T6,T5 Gc
DEKRA 13ATEX0031X II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6,T5 Ga/Gb T50090/T500100 °C Da ll 3D Ex ic lllC T80/T90 °C Dc
intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia intrinsically safe ia non-sparking nA dustproof enclosure Intrinsically safe ic
Model code:
HFT 3 1 X X – F21 – XXXX – S – X-ENX-000
Output signal
F21 = 4 .. 20 mA, 2-conductor, with HART protocol (4 mA =
^ 0 l/min)
7
Measuring ranges
0020 = 1.2 .. 20 l/min
0060 = 6.0 .. 60 l/min
0300 = 15.0 .. 300 l/min
0600 = 40.0 .. 600 l/min
Housing material
S = stainless steel
Housing design
1 = without additional hole (measuring range 0020)
2 = with two additional female threads G 1/4 ISO 1179-2 (measuring ranges 0060, 0300, 0600)
Approval
E = ATEX and IECEx
Insulation voltage

ATEX IECEx
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85/T95 °C Da Ex ia IIC T85/T95 °C Da
Only in conjunction with impact protection metal safety sleeve
(see dimensions)
A= II 1D Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C Da Ex ta IIIC T80/T90 °C
T50090/T500100 °C Da T50090/T500100 °C Da
Only in conjunction with impact protection metal safety sleeve
(see dimensions)
Modification number
000 = standard
EN 18.100.0/02.18
384
M12x1
Male connector 4p
M12x1
12.3
Pin HFT 31x6-F21

1 Signal +
2 n.c.
Threaded hole G 1/4 3 Signal -
4 n.c.
Without threaded holes for temperature and pressure sensors:

range
HFT 31XX-F21-0020 1.2 .. 20 117 158 60 / 56 G¼" 35 7
7
With threaded holes for temperature and pressure sensors:
range
HFT 31XX-F21-0060 6 .. 60 144 160 63 / 60 G½" 65 11
HFT 31XX-F21-0300 15 .. 300 155 173 75.5 / 72 G1¼" 240 22
HFT 31XX-F21-0600 40 .. 600 181 178 81 / 76 G1½" 290 30

Protection types and applications: (code): 9, A
Impact protection
metal safety
sleeve
Male connector
M12x1 - 4 pole
Hex AF
width 27
Note:
department.

EN 18.100.0/02.18

The impact protection metal safety sleeve is included in delivery. A straight mating connector Germany
is required for electrical connection; e.g. mating connector M12x1, 4 pole, straight, with 3 m Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
shielded cable: ZBE 06S-03, Part no. 6098243 Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
385
7
386
EN 18.100.0/02.18
Flow Switch
HFS 2100

The HYDAC flow switches of the HFS 2100 Input data
series are based on a variable area float
principle.
0.5 .. 1.6 0.5 .. 1.5
The measuring medium deflects a spring- 0.8 .. 3.0 1 .. 4
loaded float in the direction of flow,
2.0 .. 7.0 2 .. 8
depending on the flow rate. A reed contact
is fitted outside of the device, therefore 3 .. 10
separated from the fluid circuit. When the 5 .. 15
magnet inside the float reaches the pre-set 8 .. 24
position, the reed contact will switch. 10 .. 30
To protect it from external influences, the 15 .. 45 7
reed contact is encapsulated in a housing 20 .. 60
designed to allow steplessly variable 30 .. 90
adjustment. The devices are designed to 35 .. 110
be capable of monitoring threshold values Operating pressure
reliably, even when the viscosity fluctuates. Brass version [bar] 300 250
The kinematic viscosity may vary between
Stainless steel version [bar] 350 300
30 and 600 cSt.
Pressure drop [bar] 0.02 .. 0.2 0.02 .. 0.4
The main fields of application are:
Mechanical connection see dimensions
●● Central lubrication systems Parts in contact with fluid
●● Circulation oil lubrication systems
Brass version St. steel 1.4571; FKM 1); brass nickel-pl.;
●● Transformers brass; hard ferrite
●● Cooling systems and circuits
Stainless steel version Stainless steel 1.4571; FKM 1); hard ferrite
●● Lubrication circuits
●● Hydraulic systems Housing material Brass (nickel-plated) or stainless steel 1.4571
●● Pumps Output data
●● Welding machines and laser plants Switching outputs 2) 1 or 2 reed contacts
●● Chemical industry normally open or change-over type
●● Research and development Accuracy ≤ ± 10 % FS
Repeatability 2 % FS max.
Switching capacity
Change-over contact 3) max. max.
Male connector EN 175301-803 250 V / 1.5 A / 50 VA 250 V / 1.5 A / 50 VA
Male connector M12x1 125 V / 1.5 A / 50 VA 250 V / 1.5 A / 50 VA
N/O contact max. max.
Male connector EN 175301-803 230 V / 3 A / 60 VA 250 V / 3 A / 100 VA
Male connector M12x1 125 V / 3 A / 60 VA 250 V / 3 A / 100 VA
Fluid temperature range
Male connector EN 175301-803 -20 .. +120 °C (optional -20 .. +160 °C)
Male connector M12x1 -20 .. +85 °C
Directive 2014 / 30 / EU
1)
2)
The contact opens / switches when the flow falls below the set switch point.
3)
Minimum load 3 VA
4)
EN 18.379.2/02.18
387
Dimensions without indicator:
G
OIL -size 1- without indicator
[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L
8 24 1/4" 98 400
0.5 .. 1.6 10 24 3/8" 118.6 450
15 27 1/2" *) 90 350
L
0.8 .. 3.0
15 27 1/2" 90 350
2.0 .. 7.0
*)
Standard
SW
approx.

[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L T
8 34 1/4" 152 10 1500
0.5 .. 1.5
15 34 1/2" 152 14 1425
1 .. 4 20 34 3/4" 152 15 1340
25 40 1" *) 130 17 1160
2 .. 8
15 34 1/2" 152 14 1425
3 .. 10
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1340
5 .. 15
25 40 1" *) 130 17 1160
8 .. 24
10 .. 30
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1340
15 .. 45
25 40 1" *) 130 17 1160
20 .. 60
30 .. 90
25 40 1" 130 17 1160
35 .. 110
*)
Standard
approx.
EN 18.379.2/02.18
388
Dimensions with indicator:
OIL -size 1- with indicator

[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L
0.5 .. 1.6
L
0.8 .. 3.0 15 30 1/2" 90 570
2.0 .. 7.0
approx.
7
[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L T
8 34 1/4" 152 10 1550
0.5 .. 1.5
15 34 1/2" 152 14 1475
1 .. 4 20 34 3/4" 152 15 1390
25 40 1"*) 130 17 1210
2 .. 8
15 34 1/2" 152 14 1475
3 .. 10
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1390
5 .. 15
25 40 1"*) 130 17 1210
8 .. 24
10 .. 30
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1390
15 .. 45
25 40 1"*) 130 17 1210
20 .. 60
30 .. 90
25 40 1“ 130 17 1210 approx.
35 .. 110
*)
Standard
EN 18.379.2/02.18
389
HFS 2 1 X X – XX – XXXX–XXXX – 7 – X – X – 000 EN175301-803
Measuring principle
Measuring medium
1 = 1/4"
2 = 3/8"
3 = 1/2"
4 = 3/4" Pin HFS 21X5-XS HFS 21X5-XW
5 = 1" 1 Centre Centre
2 N/O contact N/C contact
3 n.c. N/O contact
5 = male EN175301-803,
3 pole + PE ┴ n.c. n.c.
(mating connector not supplied) M12x1
Switching contacts 7)
1S = 1 N/O contact
2S = 2 N/O contacts
1W = 1 change-over contact
2W = 2 change-over contacts
Switching ranges in l/min 6)

Oil 10 % -size 1-
00.5-01.6; 00.8-03.0; 02.0-07.0
Pin HFS 21X6-XS HFS 21X6-XW
Oil 10 % -size 2-
00.5-01.5; 0001-0004; 0002-0008; 0003-0010; 1 Centre Centre
0005-0015; 0008-0024; 0010-0030; 0015-0045; 2 n.c. N/C contact
7 0020-0060; 0030-0090; 0035-0110 3 n.c. n.c.
4 N/O contact N/O contact
Accuracy
7 = ≤ ± 10.0 % FS
Housing material
S = stainless steel
1 = with indicator
Modification number
000 = standard
5)
M
(see Dimensions)
6)
7)
When the model with 2 switching contacts is selected, the second switching contact is fitted on the side of the
instrument as standard.
Accessories:
Note:
department.

EN 18.379.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
390
Flow Switch
HFS 2500
Float Any installation position Two accuracy classes

The HYDAC flow switches of the HFS 2500 Input data
series are based on a variable area float Measuring ranges [l/min] 5 % accuracy 10 % accuracy
principle. Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
The measuring medium deflects a spring- 0.2 .. 4.0 8 .. 90 0.005 .. 0.06 0.02 .. 0.2 10 .. 30
loaded float in the direction of flow, 0.6 .. 5.0 5 .. 110 0.04 .. 0.13 0.2 .. 0.6 15 .. 45
depending on the flow rate. A reed contact 0.5 .. 8.0 10 .. 150 0.1 .. 0.6 0.4 .. 1.8 20 .. 60
is fitted outside of the device, therefore 1 .. 14 35 .. 220 0.2 .. 1.2 0.8 .. 3.2 30 .. 90
separated from the fluid circuit. When the 1 .. 28 35 .. 250 0.4 .. 2.0 2 .. 7 60 .. 150
magnet inside the float reaches the pre-set 2 .. 40 0.5 .. 3.0 3 .. 13
position, the reed contact will switch. 4 .. 55 1.0 .. 5.0 4 .. 20
To protect it from external influences, the 1 .. 70 8 .. 30 7
reed contact is encapsulated in a housing Operating pressure
designed to allow steplessly variable Brass version [bar] 200 300 300 250
adjustment. Stainless steel version [bar] 300 350 350 300
The instruments in the HFS 2500 series are Pressure drop [bar] 0.02 .. 0.8 0.02 .. 0.2 0.02 .. 0.3 0.02 .. 0.4
available in two versions, with 5 % accuracy Mechanical connection see dimensions
and with 10 % accuracy. Parts in contact with fluid
Brass version Stainl. steel 1.4571; NBR 1); brass (nickel-pl.); brass; hard ferrite
Fields of application are to monitor flow rate Stainless steel version Stainless steel 1.4571; FKM 1); hard ferrite
in fluids (water / water-based) in the following Housing material Brass (nickel-plated) or stainless steel 1.4571
areas, amongst others: Output data
●● Cooling systems and circuits Switching outputs 2) 1 or 2 reed contacts
●● Hydraulic systems Normally open or change-over type 2)
●● Pumps Accuracy ≤ ± 5 % or ≤ ± 10 % FS
●● Welding machines and laser plants Repeatability 2 % FS max.
●● Medical technology Switching capacity
●● Pharmaceutical industry Change-over contact 3) max. max. max. max.
●● Chemical industry Male connector EN175301-803 - 250 V - 150 V AC/DC - 250 V - 250 V
- 1.5 A -1A - 1.5 A - 1.5 A
●● Research and development - 50 VA - 20 VA - 50 VA - 50 VA
Male connector M12x1 max. max. max. max.
- 250 V - 125 V AC/DC - 125 V - 250 V
- 1.5 A -1A - 1.5 A - 1.5 A
- 50 VA - 20 VA - 50 VA - 50 VA
N/O contact max. max. max. max.
Male connector EN175301-803 - 250 V - 140 V AC - 230 V - 250 V
-3A - 0.7 A -3A -3A
- 100 VA - 20 VA - 60 VA - 100 VA
- 200 V DC
-1A
- 20 VA
Male connector M12x1 max. max. max. max.
- 250 V - 125 V AC - 125 V - 250 V
-3A - 0.7 A -3A -3A
- 100 VA - 20 VA - 60 VA - 100 VA
- 125 V DC
-1A
- 20 VA
Fluid temperature range
Male connector EN175301-803 -20 .. +100 °C (optional -20 .. +160 °C)
Male connector M12x1 -20 .. +85 °C
mark Directive 2014/35/EU
Directive 2014/30/EU
Protection class acc. to IP 65
DIN EN 60529 4)
EN 18.384.2/02.18

1)
2)
3)
Minimum load 3 VA
4)
391

[l/min] [mm] [g]
SW D W G DN T L
Water 5 % accuracy
0.2 .. 4.0
0.6 .. 5.0 1/4" 8 10
0.5 .. 8.0 27 30 88 3/8" 10 15 131 850
1 .. 14 1/2" 15 14
1 .. 28
2 .. 40 27 1/2" 15 14 146
30 88 900
4 .. 55 32 3/4" 20 15 174
1 .. 70
34 40 98 3/4" 20 15 152 1400
8 .. 90 40 40 98 1" 25 17 156 1100
5 .. 110
10 .. 150 50 50 108 1 1/4" 32 20 200 2750
35 .. 220 50 50 108 1 1/4" 32 20 200 3000
35 .. 250 60 60 116 1 1/2" 40 20 200 3800
D
Water 10 % accuracy -size 1-
0.005 .. 0.06
0.04 .. 0.13
7 0.1 .. 0.6
0.2 .. 1.2 17 17 57 1/4" 8 10 65 140
0.4 .. 2.0
0.5 .. 3.0
1.0 .. 5.0

0.02 .. 0.2
0.2 .. 0.6
0.4 .. 1.8
0.8 .. 3.2
27 31 67 1/2" 15 14 90 350
2.0 .. 7.0
3.0 .. 13.0
4.0 .. 20.0
8.0 .. 30.0

10 .. 30
15 .. 45 34 3/4" 20 15 152 1240
47 99
20 .. 60 41 1"*) 25 17 130 1030
30 .. 90
60 .. 150 41 47 99 1" 25 17 130 1030
*)
Standard
EN 18.384.2/02.18
392
G
Type Installation Weight T

[l/min] [mm] [g]
SW D W G DN T L
L
Water 5 % accuracy
0.2 .. 4.0
0.6 .. 5.0 1/4" 8 10 T
0.5 .. 8.0 27 30 88 3/8" 10 15 131 900 G
1 .. 14 1/2" 15 14
1 .. 28
2 .. 40 27 1/2" 15 14 146
30 88 950
4 .. 55 32 3/4" 20 15 174 W
1 .. 70 D
34 40 98 3/4" 20 15 152 1450
8 .. 90 40 40 98 1" 25 17 156 1150
5 .. 110
D +17
10 .. 150 50 50 108 1 1/4" 32 20 200 2800
35 .. 220 50 50 108 1 1/4" 32 20 200 3050
35 .. 250 60 60 116 1 1/2" 40 20 200 3850

7
0.02 .. 0.2
0.2 .. 0.6
0.4 .. 1.8
0.8 .. 3.2
30 30 70 1/2" 15 14 90 570
2.0 .. 7.0
3.0 .. 13.0
4.0 .. 20.0
8.0 .. 30.0

10 .. 30
15 .. 45 34 3/4" 20 15 152 1340
40 98 25 17 130 1160
20 .. 60 40 1"*)
30 .. 90
60 .. 150 41 40 98 1" 25 17 130 1160
*)
Standard
EN 18.384.2/02.18
393
HFS 2 5 X X – XX – XXXX–XXXX – X – X – X – 000 EN175301-803
Measuring principle
Measuring medium
5 = water /
water-based
Mechanical connection5) 6)
1 = 1/4"
2 = 3/8"
3 = 1/2"
4 = 3/4" Pin HFS 25X5-XS HFS 25X5-XW
5 = 1" 1 Centre Centre
6 = 1 1/4" 2 N/O contact N/C contact
7 = 1 1/2" 3 n.c. N/O contact
┴ n.c. n.c.
5 = male EN175301-803
3 pole + PE,
(mating connector supplied) M12x1
Switching contacts7)
1S = 1 N/O contact
2S = 2 N/O contacts

Water 5 %
00.2-04.0; 00.6-05.0; 00.5-08.0; Pin HFS 25X6-XS HFS 25X6-XW
01.0-0014; 01.0-0028; 02.0-0040; 04.0-0055; 1 Centre Centre
01.0-0070; 08.0-0090; 0005-0110; 0010-0150; 2 n.c. N/C contact
7 0035-0220; 0035-0250
3 n.c. n.c.
==================================== 4 N/O contact N/O contact
Water 10 % -size 1- (only available w/o mech. indicator)
005-0.06; 0.04-0.13; 00.1-00.6; 00.2-01.2;
00.4-02.0; 00.5-03.0; 01.0-05.0
Water 10 % -size 2-
0.02-00.2; 00.2-00.6; 00.4-01.8; 00.8-03.2;
02.0-07.0; 03.0-0013; 04.0-0020; 08.0-0030
Water 10 % -size 3-
0010-0030; 0015-0045; 0020-0060;
0030-0090; 0060-0150
Accuracy
6 = ≤ ± 5.0% FS
7 = ≤ ± 10.0% FS
Housing material
S = stainless steel
1 = with indicator
Modification number
000 = standard
5)
M
(see Dimensions)
6)
7)
When the model with 2 switching contacts is selected, the second switching contact is fitted on
the side of the instrument as standard.
Note:
Accessories:
department.

EN 18.384.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
394
Flow Switch
HFS 2100 Ex applications
ATEX encapsulation
For oils / viscous media
The HYDAC HFS 2100 series flow switch in Input data
ATEX version has been specially developed
for use in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Like the standard version it is based on the 0.5 .. 1.6 0.5 .. 1.5
variable area float principle. 0.8 .. 3.0 1 .. 4
2.0 .. 7.0 2 .. 8
The measuring medium deflects a
spring-loaded float in the direction of 3 .. 10
flow, depending on the flow rate. A fully 5 .. 15
encapsulated reed contact is fitted to the 8 .. 24
outside of the instrument therefore separated 10 .. 30
from the fluid circuit. When the magnet inside 15 .. 45 7
the float reaches the pre-set position, the 20 .. 60
reed contact will switch. 30 .. 90
Intended fields of application are, for 35 .. 110
example, the oil and gas industry, on gas Operating pressure
turbines or in locations with high levels of Brass version [bar] 300 250
dust contamination, e.g. in mills. Stainless steel version [bar] 350 300
Pressure drop [bar] 0.02 .. 0.2 0.02 .. 0.4
Protection types and applications: Mechanical connection see dimensions
ATEX Parts in contact with fluid
II 2G Ex mb II T6 / T5 Brass version St. steel 1.4571; FKM 1); brass nickel-pl.;
II 2D Ex tD A21 IP67 T80 °C / T100 °C brass; hard ferrite
Stainless steel version Stainless steel 1.4571; FKM 1); hard ferrite
Certificate: Housing material Brass (nickel-plated) or stainless steel 1.4571
●● PTB 03 ATEX 2159 X Output data
●● PTB 03 ATEX N056-4 Switching outputs 1 or 2 reed contacts
Normally open or change-over type 2)
Accuracy ≤ ± 10 % FS
Repeatability 2 % FS max.
Switching capacity
Change-over contact max. 250 V / 1 A / 30 W
Back-up fuse 1 A
(outside the hazardous area)
N/O contact max. 250 V / 2 A / 60 W
Back-up fuse 2 A
(outside the hazardous area)
Operating temperature range T6 / T80 °C: -20 .. +75 °C
T5 / T100 °C: -20 .. +90 °C
Fluid temperature range T6 / T80 °C: -20 .. +75 °C
T5 / T100 °C: -20 .. +90 °C
Max. surface temperature T6 / T80 °C: +75 °C
T5 / T100 °C: +90 °C
mark 2014/35/EU (not for electr. equipment
for use in potentially
explosive atmosphere)
2014/30/EU
2014/34/EU
EN 60079-0: 2014-6; EN 60079-18: 2015-10;
EN 60079-31: 2014-12; EN 13463-1: 2009;
EN 1127-1: 2011
EN 18.393.2/02.18

1)
2)
395
G
Type Installation dimensions Weight
(approx.)
15
[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L
8 24 1/4" 98 450
0.5 .. 1.6 10 24 3/8" 119 500
15 27 1/2"*) 90 400
0.8 .. 3.0
15 27 1/2" 90 400
2.0 .. 7.0
L
*)
Standard
15
G 31.2
approx. 39.2
SW
approx. 50.2
7
G
T
(approx.)
[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L T
0.5 .. 1.5 8 34 1/4" 152 10 1500
15 34 1/2" 152 14 1425
1 .. 4 20 34 3/4" 152 15 1340
25 40 1" *) 130 17 1160
2 .. 8
3 .. 10 15 34 1/2" 152 14 1425
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1340
L
5 .. 15 25 40 1" *) 130 17 1160

8 .. 24
10 .. 30
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1340
15 .. 45
25 40 1" *) 130 17 1160
20 .. 60
30 .. 90
25 40 1" 130 17 1160
35 .. 110
*)
Standard
T
G
40
40
approx. 63.1
EN 18.393.2/02.18
396
G 1/2"
15
(approx.)
[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L
0.5 .. 1.6
90
0.8 .. 3.0 15 30 1/2" 90 620
2.0 .. 7.0
15
33.5 G 1/2"
65.5
69
approx. 53.1
30
30
47
G
T
(approx.)
[l/min] [mm] [g]
DN SW G L T
0.5 .. 1.5 8 34 1/4" 152 10 1550
15 34 1/2" 152 14 1475
L
1 .. 4 20 34 3/4" 152 15 1390

25 40 1" *) 130 17 1210
2 .. 8
3 .. 10 15 34 1/2" 152 14 1475
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1390
5 .. 15 25 40 1" *) 130 17 1210
T
8 .. 24
70.5 G
10 .. 30
20 34 3/4" 152 15 1390
15 .. 45
25 40 1" *) 130 17 1210
20 .. 60
30 .. 90
25 40 1" 130 17 1210
35 .. 110
*)
Standard approx. 63.1
40
40
57
EN 18.393.2/02.18
397
Model code: Pin assignment:
Jacketed cable
HFS 2 1 X 1 – XX – XXXX–XXXX – 7 – X – X – A00
Core HFS 21X1-XS HFS 21X1-XW
Measuring principle 1 Centre
2 = variable area float N/O contact
2 N/C contact
Measuring medium 3 N/O contact
1 = 1/4"
2 = 3/8"
3 = 1/2"
4 = 3/4"
5 = 1"
1 = jacketed cables
(2 m length)
1S = 1 N/O contact
2S = 2 N/O contacts

Oil 10 % -size 1-
00.5-01.6; 00.8-03.0; 02.0-07.0
Oil 10 % -size 2-
00.5-01.5; 0001-0004; 0002-0008; 0003-0010;
0005-0015; 0008-0024; 0010-0030; 0015-0045;
0020-0060; 0030-0090; 0035-0110
Accuracy
7 = ≤ ± 10.0 % FS
7
Housing material
S = stainless steel
1 = with indicator
Modification number
A00 = ATEX version for potentially explosive atmospheres
4)
M
(see Dimensions).
5)
6)
Accessories:
Note:
department.

EN 18.393.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
398
Flow Switch
HFS 2500 Ex applications
ATEX encapsulation
The HYDAC HFS 2500 series flow switch in Input data
ATEX version has been specially developed Measuring ranges [l/min] 5 % accuracy 10 % accuracy
for use in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Size 2 Size 3
Like the standard version it is based on the
variable area float principle. 0.2 .. 4.0 8 .. 90 0.02 .. 0.2 10 .. 30
0.6 .. 5.0 5 .. 110 0.2 .. 0.6 15 .. 45
The measuring medium deflects a
0.5 .. 8.0 10 .. 150 0.4 .. 1.8 20 .. 60
spring-loaded float in the direction of
flow, depending on the flow rate. A fully 1 .. 14 35 .. 220 0.8 .. 3.2 30 .. 90
encapsulated reed contact is fitted to the 1 .. 28 35 .. 250 2 .. 7 60 .. 150
outside of the instrument therefore separated 2 .. 40 3 .. 13
from the fluid circuit. When the magnet inside 4 .. 55 4 .. 20 7
the float reaches the pre-set position, the 1 .. 70 8 .. 30
reed contact will switch. Operating pressure
Intended fields of application are, for Brass version [bar] 200 300 250
example, the oil and gas industry, on gas Stainless steel version [bar] 300 350 300
turbines or in locations with high levels of Pressure drop [bar] 0.02 .. 0.8 0.02 .. 0.3 0.02 .. 0.4
dust contamination, e.g. in mills. Mechanical connection see dimensions
Parts in contact with fluid
Protection types and applications: Brass version Stainl. steel 1.4571; NBR 1); brass (nickel-pl.); brass;
hard ferrite
ATEX Stainless steel version Stainless steel 1.4571; FKM 1); hard ferrite
II 2G Ex mb II T6 / T5 Housing material Brass (nickel-plated) or stainless steel 1.4571
II 2D Ex tD A21 IP67 T80 °C / T100 °C
Output data
Switching outputs 2) 1 or 2 reed contacts
Certificate: Normally open or change-over type 2)
●● PTB 03 ATEX 2159 X
Accuracy ≤ ± 5 % or ≤ ± 10 % FS
●● PTB 03 ATEX N056-4 Repeatability 2 % FS max.
Switching capacity
Change-over contact max. 250 V / 1 A / 30 W
Back-up fuse 1 A (outside the hazardous area)
N/O contact max. 250 V / 2 A / 60 W
Back-up fuse 2 A (outside the hazardous area)
Operating temperature range T6 / T80 °C: -20 .. +75 °C
T5 / T100 °C: -20 .. +90 °C
Fluid temperature range T6 / T80 °C: -20 .. +75 °C
T5 / T100 °C: -20 .. +90 °C
Max. surface temperature T6 / T80 °C: +75 °C
T5 / T100 °C: +90 °C
mark 2014/35/EU (not for electr. equipment
for use in potentially
explosive atmosphere)
2014/30/EU
2014/34/EU
EN 60079-0: 2014-6; EN 60079-18: 2015-10;
EN 60079-31: 2014-12; EN 13463-1: 2009;
EN 1127-1: 2011
1)
2)
EN 18.394.2/02.18
399

[l/min] [mm] [g]
SW D W G DN T L
Water 5 % accuracy
0.2 .. 4.0
0.6 .. 5.0 1/4" 8 10
3/8" 10
0.5 .. 8.0 27 30 53 1/2" 15 15 131 850
1 .. 14 14
1 .. 28
2 .. 40 27 1/2" 15 14 146
30 53 900
4 .. 55 32 3/4" 20 15 174
1 .. 70
8 .. 90 34 40 63 3/4" 20 15 152 1400
40 40 63 1" 25 17 156 1100
5 .. 110
10 .. 150 50 50 73 1 1/4" 32 20 200 2750
35 .. 220 50 50 73 1 1/4" 32 20 200 3000
35 .. 250 60 60 81 1 1/2" 40 20 200 3800

0.02 .. 0.2
0.2 .. 0.6
0.4 .. 1.8
0.8 .. 3.2
27 31 50 1/2" 15 14 90 400
2.0 .. 7.0
3.0 .. 13.0
4.0 .. 20.0
8.0 .. 30.0
approx.

10 .. 30
15 .. 45 34 3/4" 20 15 152 1240
47 63
20 .. 60 41 1"*) 25 17 130 1030
30 .. 90
60 .. 150 41 47 63 1" 25 17 130 1030
*)
Standard
EN 18.394.2/02.18
400

[l/min] [mm] [g]
SW D W G DN T L
Water 5 % accuracy
0.2 .. 4.0
0.6 .. 5.0 1/4" 8 10
0.5 .. 8.0 27 30 53 3/8" 10 15 131 900
1 .. 14 1/2" 15 14
1 .. 28
2 .. 40 27 1/2" 15 14 146
30 53 950
4 .. 55 32 3/4" 20 15 174
1 .. 70
8 .. 90 34 40 63 3/4" 20 15 152 1450
40 40 63 1" 25 17 156 1150
5 .. 110
10 .. 150 50 50 73 1 1/4" 32 20 200 2800
35 .. 220 50 50 73 1 1/4" 32 20 200 3050
35 .. 250 60 60 81 1 1/2" 40 20 200 3850

0.02 .. 0.2
0.2 .. 0.6 7
0.4 .. 1.8
0.8 .. 3.2
30 30 53 1/2" 15 14 90 570
2.0 .. 7.0
3.0 .. 13.0
4.0 .. 20.0
8.0 .. 30.0

10 .. 30
15 .. 45 34 3/4" 20 15 152 1390
40 63
20 .. 60 40 1"*) 25 17 130 1210
30 .. 90
60 .. 150 40 40 63 1" 25 17 130 1210
*)
Standard
EN 18.394.2/02.18
401
Jacketed cable
HFS 2 5 X 1 – XX – XXXX–XXXX – X – X – X – A00
Core HFS 25X1-XS HFS 25X1-XW
Measuring principle 1 Centre
2 = variable area float N/O contact
2 N/C contact
Measuring medium 3 N/O contact
5 = water /
water-based
1 = 1/4"
2 = 3/8"
3 = 1/2"
4 = 3/4"
5 = 1"
6 = 1 1/4"
7 = 1 1/2"
1 = jacketed cable (2 m length)
1S = 1 N/O contact
2S = 2 N/O contacts

Water 5 %
00.2-04.0; 00.6-05.0; 00.5-08.0;
01.0-0014; 01.0-0028; 02.0-0040; 04.0-0055;
01.0-0070; 08.0-0090; 0005-0110; 0010-0150;
0035-0220; 0035-0250
====================================
7 Water 10 % -size 2-
0.02-00.2; 00.2-00.6; 00.4-01.8; 00.8-03.2;
02.0-07.0; 03.0-0013; 04.0-0020; 08.0-0030
Water 10 % -size 3-
0010-0030; 0015-0045; 0020-0060;
0030-0090; 0060-0150
Accuracy
6 = ≤ ± 5.0 % FS
7 = ≤ ± 10.0 % FS
Housing material
S = stainless steel
1 = with indicator
Modification number
A00 = ATEX version for potentially explosive atmospheres
3)
M
(see Dimensions)
4)
5)
Other types available on request.
Accessories:
Note:
department.

EN 18.394.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
402
EN 180.000.3/02.18
8
403
SPEED SENSORS [8]
Page
HSS 110 405
HSS 120 407
HSS 130 409
HSS 210 411
HSS 220 413
8
EN 180.000.3/02.18
404
Speed Sensor
HSS 110
1 channel Flange housing
Optional PWM
The contact-free speed sensors of the Input data
HSS 110 series detect the movement of
Frequency range NPN frequency output: 0,1 .. 20,000 Hz
ferromagnetic structures, such as gear PWM output: 0.1 .. 12,000 Hz
wheels, gear rims or perforated discs, using
Probe length 18.4 mm
the changes in magnetic flux. Probe diameter 10.2 mm
So each sensor has two Hall elements and Max. pressure on sensing surface 25 bar, static
the differential between the two signals is Mechanical connection Flange, single, asymmetrical,
detected, evaluated and then converted into cable outlet 90°
an output signal suitable for processing. Tightening torque, recommended Max. 8 Nm
For integration into standard controls, Type of installation Dependent on direction
standard output signals are available. (with asymmetrical flange)
Due to their extremely compact design, the Housing material Brass
robust housing and protection class IP 6K9K, Seal FKM
the devices can be used in almost any Output data
application and any mounting position. Output signal NPN frequency output
Signal level: HIGH: +UB / LOW: ≤ 0.6 V 8
The main fields of application are detection Max. switching current: ≤ 40 mA
of speed and rotation direction on gear PWM output, 4 .. 20 mA
wheels with small module and high Signal level: HIGH: 12 .. 17 mA / LOW: 4 .. 9 mA
resolution, especially in vehicles and mobile Max. switching current: ≤ 200 mA
machines with electrical and hydraulic drives. Environmental conditions
Media resistance of housing Salt water; various hydraulic oils; diesel oils;
cleaning agent; salt spray
mark EN 61000-4-2/3/4/6/8
Vibration resistance acc. to EN 60068-2-6 0.05 g2 / Hz, 20 .. 2,000 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to EN 60068-2-27 100 g, 6 ms, 3x in each direction
Protection class acc. to IEC 60529 IP 67; IP 6K9K
Other data
Electrical connection Jacketed cable, 3-core, 1 m cable length
Supply voltage NPN frequency output: 12.5 .. 32 V DC
PWM output: 4.5 .. 24 V DC
Current consumption < 30 mA at 30 V DC
Life expectancy 875,000 h (MTTF) / 1,750,000 h (MTTFd)
Weight ~ 50 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage and load short circuit protection
(max. 50 mA) are provided.
EN 18.606.1/02.18
405
Switching/installation distance: Dimensions:
Module 1 0.2 .. 0.8 mm
Module 1.25 0.2 .. 1.4 mm
Module 1.5 0.2 .. 1.8 mm (18.6) 6
Module 2 0.2 .. 2.4 mm 3.7

Module 3 0.2 .. 2.9 mm
Pin connections:
Lead HSS 110-1 HSS 110-4
red +UB +UB
ø10.2 -0.2
0
black 0V PWM 0
18.4 -0.25
blue Frequency
Mounting position tolerance:
Ø 13.7 +0.10
ø 9.4 ±0.1
0
5.2
Direction of
rotation
left right 13+0.2

0
6.1+0.2
0
±5°
R
7
8
7.1 ±0.2
Direction of rotation (only PWM):

Flange left, gear wheel rotating clockwise,
impulse duration defines PWM signal
Specification for installation

cavity:
Ø 10.31+0.025
0
M6
1.8
°
15
Model code:
(9)
8
HSS 1 1 0 – X – 018 – 000

Signal technology
1 = output 1: frequency
Ø 10.31
4 = output 1: PWM (frequency and direction of rotation)
13+0.2
0
Probe length
018 = 18.4 mm
Modification number
000 = standard
Note:
EN 18.606.1/02.18

Germany
406
Speed Sensor
HSS 120

Frequency range 0.1 .. 20,000 Hz
ferromagnetic structures, such as gear
wheels, gear rims or perforated discs, using Probe length 30; 35; 45 mm
Probe diameter 15 mm
the changes in magnetic flux.
Max. pressure on sensing surface 15 bar (dynamic and static)
So each sensor has two Hall elements and Mechanical connection Flange, single, asymmetrical,
the differential between the two signals is cable outlet 90° (30 mm) / axial (35, 45 mm)
detected, evaluated and then converted into
an output signal suitable for processing.
Type of installation Dependent on direction
The instruments are available in different (with asymmetrical flange)
immersion depths. For integration into Housing material Brass
standard controls, standard output signals Seal FKM
are available. Output data
Due to their extremely compact design, the Output signal 2 NPN frequency outputs
robust housing and protection class IP 6K9K, Signal level: HIGH: +UB / LOW: ≤ 0.6 V
the devices can be used in almost any Max. switching current: ≤ 50 mA 8
application and any mounting position. Environmental conditions
The main fields of application are detection Operating temperature range -40 .. +140 °C
of speed and rotation direction on gear (-40 .. +160 °C for max. 500 operating hours)
wheels with a small module and high Media resistance of housing Salt water; various hydraulic oils; diesel oils;
resolution, especially in vehicles and mobile cleaning agent; salt spray
machines with hydraulic drives. mark EN 61000-4-2/3/4/6/8
Vibration resistance acc. to 30 g, 10 .. 500 Hz,
EN 60068-2-6 100 min in each direction
Shock resistance acc. to 50 g, 11 ms, 3x in each direction
EN 60068-2-27 / -29 100 g, 6 ms, 3x in each direction
Other data
Electrical connection Jacketed cable, 4-core, 1 m cable length
Life expectancy 195,000 h (MTTF) / 390,000 h (MTTFd)
Weight ~ 80 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage and load short circuit protection
(max. 50 mA) are provided.
EN 18.607.1/02.18
407
Probe length: 30 mm 35 / 45 mm Probe length (A): 35 mm, 45 mm
Module 1 0.2 .. 1.0 mm 0.2 .. 1.3 mm 15
Module 1.25 0.2 .. 1.5 mm 0.2 .. 1.8 mm Ø
6.
4
Module 1.5 0.2 .. 1.7 mm 0.2 .. 2.0 mm
Module 2 0.2 .. 2.2 mm 0.2 .. 2.5 mm
Ø 15.1
Ø 12
Ø 15
Module 2.5 0.2 .. 3.2 mm 0.2 .. 3.5 mm .5
R 5
R
10
2.4
Pin connections: .5
Lead HSS 120-2

brown +UB
blue Frequency 1 (A)
black 0V
white Frequency 2 (B)
Adjustment angle for other
16.5
modules:
12
5
It is possible to achieve a 90° phase shift of the
two frequency signals by turning the sensor
accordingly. O-ring 11.8 x 1.8
9±0.25
R 0
FKM V80
4.5±0.25
R 0.4
35
.4
A
-20° Module 1
-15° Module 1.25
-10° Module 1.5 Probe length: 30 mm
± 0° Module 2 ± 0°
1,000 +50 12
Module 2.5 +15° 0
Direction of rotation:
Ø 4.7±0.15
Flange left, gear turns clockwise:
channel A following; channel B leading
4.5±0.25
9±0.25
8
cavity: 0
Ø12 -0.10
19.5
0
Ø15 -0.10
6
10
°+ M6
20
O-ring 11.8 x 1.8

FKM V80
30
min. 1.5
min. 9
1.6*
Ø 15 HB
Model code:
HSS 1 2 0 – 2 – XXX – 000
Signal technology
2 = outputs 1 and 2: frequency (90° / 270° phase shift for module "2")
Probe length
030 = 30 mm
15±0.1 035 = 35 mm
045 = 45 mm
Modification number
* For sealing function RA 1.6, otherwise 3.2 000 = standard
Note:
EN 18.607.1/02.18

Germany
408
Speed Sensor
HSS 130
Direct detection of direction of rotation

wheels, gear rims or perforated discs, using Probe length 16; 32 mm
Probe diameter 18 mm
the changes in magnetic flux.
Max. pressure on sensing surface 10 bar (dynamic and static)
So each sensor has two Hall elements and Mechanical connection Double flange, asymmetrical,
the differential between the two signals is cable outlet at 90°
detected, evaluated and then converted into
an output signal suitable for processing.
Type of installation Dependent on direction
The instruments are available in different (with asymmetrical flange)
immersion depths. For integration into Housing material Brass/plastic (PA6 GF30)
standard controls, standard output signals Seal FKM
are available. Output data
Due to their extremely compact design, the Output signal 2 NPN frequency outputs
robust housing and protection class IP 6K9K, Signal level: HIGH: ≥ 5 V / LOW: ≤ 2 V
the devices can be used in almost any Max. switching current: ≤ 500 mA 8
application and any mounting position. 1 NPN frequency output +
1 NPN dir. of rotation output
These devices are mainly used for detection Signal level: HIGH: ≥ 5 V / LOW: ≤ 2 V
of speed and rotation direction on rotary Max. switching current: ≤ 500 mA
sensors, even under extreme environmental Environmental conditions
conditions. Operating temperature range -40 .. +125 °C
Media resistance of housing Saltwater and various hydraulic oils
mark EN 61000-4-2/3/4/6/8
Vibration resistance acc. to 5 .. 57 Hz (1.5 mm p-p), sine
EN 60068-2-36 57 .. 2000 Hz (10 g), sine
EN 60068-2-27 25 g, 6 ms, 3x in each direction
Other data
Electrical connection Jacketed cable, 4-core, 43 cm cable length
Current consumption < 33 mA at 24 V, both outputs LOW
< 23 mA at 24 V, both outputs HIGH
Weight ~ 110 g
provided.
EN 18.608.1/02.18
409
Module 1 0.2 .. 1.3 mm
Module 1.25 0.2 .. 1.8 mm
Module 1.5 0.2 .. 2.0 mm
Module 2 0.2 .. 2.5 mm
27 24.5
Module 2.5 0.2 .. 3.5 mm
Pin connections:
Lead HSS 130-2 HSS 130-3
brown +UB +UB
blue 0V 0V
A + 38.3
black Frequency 1 Frequency
30
white Frequency 2 Direction of
rotation
Adjustment angle
A
for other modules: O-ring 17.3 x 2.2 FKM

two frequency signals by turning the sensor Ø 18 - 0.05
accordingly. Cheese-head screw DIN912
Internal hexagon M6 x 16
A = probe length, 16 or 32 mm
7
-12° Module 1
- 9° Module 1.25
- 7° Module 1.5
- 3° Module 1.75
± 0° Module 2 ± 0°
22
Module 2.25 + 4° R15

Module 2.5 + 8°
Module 2.75 +13°
24.5
Module 3 +17°
20
8
Cable outlet at 90°, gear rotation clockwise:

R
8
90
channel A leading; channel B following or

rotational direction signal (right HIGH / left LOW)

cavity:
Ø 22.1 +0.10
0
Ø 18.2 +0.10
0
M6
(9)
Model code:
w HSS 1 3 0 – X – XXX – 000
Signal technology
2 = outputs 1 and 2: frequency
v (90° / 270° phase shift for module "2")
0.1 A 0.2 A
output 2: direction of rotation
Probe length
.2 ° 016 = 16 mm
R0 45 a
032 = 32 mm
2.4 +0.40
x Modification number
0
000 = standard
●● General tolerances for chipping processes:

ISO 2768-mH
●● Tolerance: ISO 8015
●● Surface quality: ISO 1302
Note:
EN 18.608.1/02.18

Germany
410
Speed Sensor
HSS 210
2 channel Screw-in thread M12

wheels, gear rims or perforated discs, using Installation depth 0 .. 50 mm adjustable
the changes in magnetic flux. Max. pressure on sensing surface 10 bar (dynamic and static)
Mechanical connection Screw-in thread M12x1
So each sensor has two Hall elements and
the differential between the two signals is Tightening torque, recommended Max. 13 Nm
detected, evaluated and then converted into Type of installation Dependent on direction
an output signal suitable for processing. Housing material Brass
For integration into standard controls, Output data
standard output signals are available. Output signal 2 NPN frequency outputs
Signal level: HIGH: ≥ +UB / LOW: 0.5 V
Due to their extremely compact design, the Max. switching current: ≤ 50 mA
robust housing and protection class IP 67, 1 push-pull frequency output +
the instruments can be used in almost any 1 push-pull dir. of rotation output
application and any mounting position. Signal level: HIGH: ≥ +UB -2 V / LOW: ≤ 2 V
Max. switching current: ≤ 50 mA 8
The main fields of application are detection
of speed and rotation direction on gear Environmental conditions
wheels with a small module and high Operating temperature range -40 .. +125 °C
resolution, especially in vehicles and mobile Media resistance of housing Oils: HETG; HEES, HFD; HVLP; HLP
machines with hydraulic drives. mark EN 61000-4-2/3/4/6/8
Vibration resistance acc. to 0.05 g2/Hz, 20 .. 2.000 Hz
EN 60068-2-64
Shock resistance acc. to 30 g, 11 ms
EN 60068-2-27
Protection class acc. to IP 67
IEC 60529 (when an IP 67 mating connector is used)
Other data
Electrical connection Male M12x1, 4 pole
Weight ~ 40 g
provided.
EN 18.609.1/02.18
411
Module 1 0.2 .. 1.0 mm
Module 1.25 0.2 .. 1.5 mm
Module 1.5 0.2 .. 1.7 mm
Module 2 0.2 .. 2.2 mm
M12x1
M12x1
Module 2.5 0.2 .. 3.2 mm
10.4
Pin connections: 1.85
M12x1, 4 pole 50 7.5
68
Model code:
Pin HSS 210-2 HSS 210-3
1 +UB +UB HSS 2 1 0 – X – 050 – 000
2 Frequency 1 (A) Frequency Signal technology
3 0V 0V 2 = outputs 1 and 2: frequency
4 Frequency 2 (B) Direction of rotation (90° / 270° phase shift)
Direction of rotation: output 2: direction of rotation
Marking on housing in direction of rotation,
gear rotation clockwise: channel A leading; Installation depth
channel B following or direction of rotation signal 050 = 50 mm max.
(right HIGH / left LOW)
Modification number
000 = standard
modules:
8 accordingly.
Module 2
30 °
Module 1
15 °
2 1
3 4
Key for
alignment
Module 1 +15°
Module 1.25 +18°
Module 1.5 +23°
Module 2 +30°
Module 2.5 +38°
Note:
EN 18.609.1/02.18

Germany
412
Speed Sensor
HSS 220
2 channel Screw-in thread M18

wheels, gear rims or perforated discs, using Installation depth 0 .. 48 mm adjustable
the changes in magnetic flux. Max. pressure on sensing surface 10 bar, static
Mechanical connection Screw-in thread M18x1
So each sensor has two Hall elements and
the differential between the two signals is Tightening torque, recommended Max. 12 Nm
detected, evaluated and then converted into Type of installation Dependent on direction
an output signal suitable for processing. Housing material X12CrNiS18 8
For integration into standard controls, Output data
standard output signals are available. Output signal 2 NPN frequency outputs
Signal level: HIGH: ≥ +UB - 2 V / LOW: ≤ 2 V
Due to their extremely compact design, the Max. switching current:
robust housing and protection class IP 67, ≤ 50 mA (36 V, 125 °C, 50 % duty cycle)
the instruments can be used in almost any ≤ 500 mA (24 V, 25 °C, 50 % duty cycle)
application and any mounting position. 1 NPN frequency output +
1 NPN dir. of rotation output 8
The main fields of application are detection Signal level: HIGH: ≥ +UB - 2 V / LOW: ≤ 2 V
of speed and rotation direction on gear Max. switching current:
wheels with a small module and high ≤ 50 mA (36 V, 125 °C, 50 % duty cycle)
resolution, especially in rail vehicles and ≤ 500 mA (24 V, 25 °C, 50 % duty cycle)
mobile machines. Environmental conditions
Media resistance of housing Saltwater, various hydraulic oils
mark EN 61000-4-2 / 3 / 4 / 6
Vibration resistance acc. to 15 g / 3 .. 2,000 Hz
EN 60068-2-6
EN 60068-2-27
Protection class acc. to IEC 60529 IP 67
(when an IP 67 mating connector is used)
Other data
Electrical connection Male M12x1, 4 pole
Current consumption < 33 mA at 24 V, both outputs LOW
< 23 mA at 24 V, both outputs HIGH
Life expectancy 1,100,000 h (MTTF) / 2,200,000 h (MTTFd)
Weight ~ 80 g
provided.
EN 18.610.1/02.18
413
Module 1 0.2 .. 1.3 mm
Module 1.25 0.2 .. 1.8 mm
Module 1.5 0.2 .. 2.0 mm
M12x1
Module 2 0.2 .. 2.5 mm
Module 2.5 0.2 .. 3.5 mm
Pin connections:
M12x1, 4 pole
Ø 22
70
Pin HSS 220-2 HSS 220-3
46
1 +UB +UB
2 Frequency 2 (B) Direction of rotation
3 0V 0V
4 Frequency 1 (A) Frequency
Marking on housing at 90° to rotational direction,
2
gear rotation clockwise: channel A leading,
channel B following or direction of rotation signal
(right HIGH / left LOW) Ø 16.8
M18x1
modules:
8 accordingly.
-12° Module 1
- 9° Module 1.25
- 7° Module 1.5
- 3° Module 1.75
± 0° Module 2 ± 0°
Module 2.25 + 4°
Module 2.5 + 8°
Module 2.75 +13°
Module 3 +17°
Model code:
HSS 2 2 0 – X – 046 – 000
Signal technology
2 = outputs 1 and 2: frequency
(90° / 270° phase shift for module "2")
output 2: direction of rotation
Installation depth
046 = 46 mm max.
Modification number
000 = standard
Note:
EN 18.610.1/02.18

Germany
414
EN 180.000.3/02.18
9
415
ANGLE SENSORS [9]
Page
HAT 1400 CAN 417
HAT 3800 CAN 419
HAT 1200 Functional safety Analogue 421
9
EN 180.000.3/02.18
416
Angle Sensor
HAT 1400
Magnetic Absolute Singleturn, 14 bit
CANopen
IP 6K9K (two-chamber design)
HAT 1400 is an absolute measuring Input data
singleturn angle sensor. Measuring range 0 .. 360 °
Thanks to its non-contact magnetic Direction of rotation No orientation restrictions
measuring method and its robust design,
Max. speed 17,000 rpm
the HAT 1400 is ideally suited for the
measurement of the rotational angle in Max. axial load 60 N
mobile machines. Max. radial load 100 N
Due to its two-chamber design, the electronic Housing material Stainless steel
unit is completely encapsulated which means Shaft material Stainless steel
it meets IP 6K9K if the electrical connection Output data
is carried out accordingly. Output signal CANopen
In the CANopen version, the measured Resolution 14 bit
signal is digitised and made available to Accuracy ± 0.1 ° typ.
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen (at room temperature) ± 0.2 ° max.
protocol. The instrument parameters can be Accuracy ± 0.05 ° / 10 K typ.
viewed and configured by the user via the (over the temperature range) ± 0.1 ° / 10 K max.
Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 °
CAN software.
Angle increase cw / ccw (factory-set)
The sensor is therefore suitable for a large
variety of applications in the automobile
industry and in mobile work machines. Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C 9
Especially for the use in public traffic Storage temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
vehicles, HAT 1400 has approval mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
(approved for road vehicles) in accordance
with ECE type approval. mark E13*10R00*10R05*14136*00
Vibration resistance acc. to 7.5 mm (5 Hz ≤ f < 8.2 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-6: 2010 2 g (8.2 Hz ≤ f < 2000 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27: 2011 (11 ms in 3 axes)
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 1) IP 67, IP 6K9K (electronics)
Communication profile CiA DS 301 V4.2.0
Node ID / baud rate Adjustable via LSS
Other data
Power consumption < 1.4 W
Life expectancy 1.5 * 109 rotations at 3000 rpm
Weight approx. 120 g
1)
EN 18.625.0/02.18
417
M12x1, 5 pole
Solid shaft:
4 3
5
1 2
PIN Signal Description

1 n.c.
5 pole
2 +UB Supply+
3 -UB Supply-
D-shape:
5 pole
Model code:
9
HAT 14 36 - F11 - XXXX - P01 - XXXX - M01 - 000
Resolution
4 = 14 bit
Flange diameter
36 = 36 mm
Output signal
F11 = CANopen
Measuring range in ° and direction of rotation

360R = 360 °, clockwise
360L = 360 °, anticlockwise
P01 = male M12x1, 5 pole axial
V106 = solid shaft, length 10 mm, diameter 6 mm
D106 = D-shape, length 10 mm, diameter 6 mm
Note:
Type of installation described.
M01 = synchro flange with 4 threaded holes
Modification department.
000 = standard

EN 18.625.0/02.18

Appropriate accessories, such as elastic couplings and mating connectors, can be found in the Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
418
Angle Sensor
HAT 3800
CANopen
HAT 3836 is a high resolution absolute Input data
measuring singleturn angle sensor. Measuring range 0 .. 360 °
HAT 3800 is ideally suited for rotational angle
measurement in mobile machines as well as Max. axial load 60 N
in stationary applications. Max. radial load 100 N
In the CANopen version, the measured Housing material Stainless steel
signal is digitised and made available to Shaft material Stainless steel
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Output data
protocol. The instrument parameters can be Output signal CANopen
Resolution 18 bit
CAN software. Accuracy ± 0.1 ° typ.
(at room temperature) ± 0.2 ° max.
The sensor is therefore ideally suited for Accuracy ± 0.05 ° / 10 K typ.
mobile machines and stationary applications, (over the temperature range) ± 0.1 ° / 10 K max.
especially wherever high-resolution data
acquisition is required.
Angle increase cw / ccw (factory-set)
Especially for the use in public traffic
vehicles, HAT 3800 has approval
(approved for road vehicles) in accordance Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C 9
with ECE type approval. Storage temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark E13*10R00*10R05*14137*00
DIN EN 60068-2-6: 2010 2 g (8.2 Hz ≤ f < 2000 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27: 2011 (11 ms in 3 axes)
Communication profile CiA DS 301 V4.2.0
Other data
1)
EN 18.627.0/02.18
419
M12x1, 5 pole
Solid shaft:
4 3
5
1 2

1 n.c.
5 pole 2 +UB Supply+
3 -UB Supply-
D-shape:
5 pole
Model code:
9
HAT 38 36 - F11 - XXXX - P01 - XXXX - M01 - 000
Resolution
8 = 18 bit
Flange diameter
36 = 36 mm
Output signal
F11 = CANopen
Measuring range in ° and direction of rotation

D126 = D-shape, length 12 mm, diameter 6 mm Note:
Type of installation described.
M01 = synchro flange with 4 threaded holes
Modification department.
000 = standard

EN 18.627.0/02.18

Appropriate accessories, such as elastic couplings and mating connectors, can be found in the Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
420
Angle Sensor
HAT 1200
Analogue
IP 6K9K (two-chamber design) Functional Safety
PL d

singleturn angle sensor.
Measuring range 0 .. 360 °
the HAT 1200 is ideally suited for the Max. speed 17,000 rpm
is carried out accordingly.
Output signal, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA, load resist. max. 500 Ω
The sensors meet the safety requirements
Resolution 12 bit
according to SIL2 (IEC 61508) or PL d
(ISO 13849), respectively. Accuracy ± 0.15 ° typ.
(at room temperature) ± 0.3 ° max.
The sensor is therefore suitable for a large
Accuracy ± 0.075 ° / 10 K typ.
variety of applications in the automobile (over the temperature range) ± 0.15 ° / 10 K max.
industry and in mobile work machines,
especially for applications with increased Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 °
safety requirements. Characteristic curve Linear, cw / ccw (factory-set)
Especially for the use in public traffic Environmental conditions
vehicles, HAT 1200 has approval Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C 9
(approved for road vehicles) in accordance Storage temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
with ECE type approval.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
mark E13*10R00*10R05*14136*00
DIN EN 60068-2-6: 2010 2 g (8.2 Hz ≤ f < 2000 Hz)
DIN EN 60068-2-27: 2011 (11 ms in 3 axes)
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 1) IP 67, IP 6K9K (electronics)
Safety-related data
Performance level
PL d
SIL 2
Other data
1)
EN 18.624.0/02.18
421
M12x1, 5 pole
Solid shaft:
4 3
5
1 2
PIN
1 +UB
5 pole
2 n.c.
3 0V
4 Signal
5 n.c.
D-shape:
5 pole
Model code:
9
HAT 12 36 - C01 - XXXX - P01 - XXXX - M01 - S2PD - 000
Resolution
2 = 12 bit
Flange diameter
36 = 36 mm
Output signal
Measuring range in ° and

direction of rotation
Type of installation the operating conditions and applications
M01 = synchro flange with 4 threaded holes described.
Functional safety For applications or operating conditions not
S2PD = SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 and PLd – Cat 2 acc. to DIN EN 13849-1 described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
Modification Subject to technical modifications.
000 = standard
EN 18.624.0/02.18

Germany
Appropriate accessories, such as elastic couplings and mating connectors, can be found in the Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
Accessories brochure. e-mail: electronic@hydac.com
422
Angle Sensor
HAT 1400
CANopen Safety safety easy to use
IP 6K9K (two-chamber design) Functional Safety

PL d

singleturn angle sensor. Measuring range 0 .. 360 °
the HAT 1400 is ideally suited for the
is carried out accordingly. Output signal CANopen Safety
The sensors meet the safety requirements Resolution 14 bit
according to SIL2 (IEC 61508) or PL d Accuracy ± 0.1 ° typ.
(ISO 13849), respectively. (at room temperature) ± 0.2 ° max.
In the CANopen version, the measured Accuracy ± 0.05 ° / 10 K typ.
signal is digitised and made available to (over the temperature range) ± 0.1 ° / 10 K max.
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Repeatability ≤ ± 0.05 °
protocol. The instrument parameters can be Angle increase cw / ccw (factory-set)
CAN software. Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C 9
The sensor is therefore suitable for a large Storage temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
variety of applications in the automobile mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
industry and in mobile work machines,
especially for applications with increased mark E13*10R00*10R05*14136*00
safety requirements. Vibration resistance acc. to 7.5 mm (5 Hz ≤ f < 8.2 Hz)
Especially for the use in public traffic DIN EN 60068-2-6: 2010 2 g (8.2 Hz ≤ f < 2000 Hz)
vehicles, HAT 1400 has approval Shock resistance acc. to 20 g
(approved for road vehicles) in accordance DIN EN 60068-2-27: 2011 (11 ms in 3 axes)
with ECE type approval. Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 1) IP 67, IP 6K9K (electronics)
Protocol data for CANopen Safety
Communication profile CiA DS 301 V4.2.0 / DS 304 V1.0.1
Safety-related data
Performance level
PL d
SIL 2
Other data
EN 18.626.0/02.18

1)
M12x1, 5 pole
Solid shaft:
4 3
5
1 2

1 n.c.
5 pole
2 +UB Supply+
3 -UB Supply-
D-shape:
5 pole
Model code:
9
HAT 14 36 - F13 - XXXX - P01 - XXXX - M01 - S2PD - 000
Resolution
4 = 14 bit
Flange diameter
36 = 36 mm
Output signal

department.
000 = standard
EN 18.626.0/02.18

Germany
424
Angle Sensor
HAT 3800
safety easy to use
CANopen Safety Functional Safety

PL d

HAT 3836 is a high resolution absolute Input data
measuring singleturn angle sensor. Measuring range 0 .. 360 °
HAT 3800 is ideally suited for rotational angle
measurement in mobile machines as well as Max. axial load 60 N
in stationary applications. Max. radial load 100 N
The sensor version designed for applications Housing material Stainless steel
with increased functional safety meets Shaft material Stainless steel
the safety requirements according to Output data
SIL2 (IEC 61508) or PL d (ISO 13849), Output signal CANopen Safety
respectively.
Resolution 18 bit
In the CANopen version, the measured Accuracy ± 0.1 ° typ.
signal is digitised and made available to (at room temperature) ± 0.2 ° max.
the CAN field bus system via the CANopen Accuracy ± 0.05 ° / 10 K typ.
protocol. The instrument parameters can be (over the temperature range) ± 0.1 ° / 10 K max.
CAN software. Angle increase cw / ccw (factory-set)
The sensor is therefore ideally suited for
mobile machines and stationary applications, Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C 9
especially in applications with increased Storage temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
safety requirements and wherever high- mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
resolution data acquisition is required.
Especially for the use in public traffic mark E13*10R00*10R05*14137*00
vehicles, HAT 3800 has approval Vibration resistance acc. to 7.5 mm (5 Hz ≤ f < 8.2 Hz)
(approved for road vehicles) in accordance DIN EN 60068-2-6: 2010 2 g (8.2 Hz ≤ f < 2000 Hz)
with ECE type approval. Shock resistance acc. to 20 g
DIN EN 60068-2-27: 2011 (11 ms in 3 axes)
Protocol data for CANopen Safety
Communication profile CiA DS 301 V4.2.0 / DS 304 V1.0.1
Safety-related data
Performance level
PL d
SIL 2
Other data
EN 18.628.0/02.18

425
1)
M12x1, 5 pole
Solid shaft:
4 3
5
1 2

1 n.c.
5 pole 2 +UB Supply+
3 -UB Supply-
D-shape:
5 pole
Model code:
9
HAT 38 36 - F13 - XXXX - P01 - XXXX - M01 - S2PD - 000
Resolution
8 = 18 bit
Flange diameter
36 = 36 mm
Output signal

department.
000 = standard
EN 18.628.0/02.18

Germany
426
EN 180.000.3/02.18
427
10
INCLINOMETERS [10]
Page
HIT 1500 CAN 429

HIT 1500 Functional safety CAN 431
10
EN 180.000.3/02.18
428
Inclinometer
HIT 1500
MEMS Technology Motion compensated
CANopen
In many applications, the measurement of Input data
the angle of inclination is required in order to
Inclination
ensure safe machine functions and to control
Axes 1/ 2
processes.
Measuring range (“slope long”) ±15 ° / ±60 ° / ±120 ° / ±180 °
HIT 1500 was developed in particular for the Measuring range (“slope lateral”) ±15 ° / ±60 ° / ±90 °
special use in dynamic system.
Resolution 0.01 °
By using both an accelerometer and an Dynamics 30 .. 50 Hz (-3 dB)
additional gyroscope based on MEMS Update rate 200 Hz
technology (Micro-Electro-Mechanical Accuracy (static RMS) < 0.1 ° over the entire measuring range
System), two measured variables which are
Temperature coefficient Active temperature control, warm-up phase
entirely independent from one another from depending on ambient temperature 1)
the physical point of view are detected by the Acceleration
HIT 1500 and combined.
Axes 3
A motion compensation is performed hence Measurement range ± 3 g in 3 axes
the contouring error, which occurs in damped Resolution 0.01 m/s2
or low-pass filtered systems, is avoided.
Cutoff frequency 30 .. 50 Hz
Thus, the HIT 1500 provides excellent Gyro
dynamic characteristics and is therefore Axes 3
particularly suited for active orientation, Measurement range ± 250 °/s in 3 axes
stabilisation, and control of the inclination
Resolution 0.2 mrad/s
of mobile machines such as boom lifts
and work platforms, cranes and mobile
cranes, construction and drilling systems, Output data
agricultural, and municipal machines, etc. Output signal CANopen
Especially for the use in public traffic
vehicles, HIT 1500 is approved for road Compensated temperature range -20 .. +60 °C
10
vehicles according to ECE type approval.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
(see Declaration of Conformity)
Vibration resistance acc. to 5 g (criteria B)
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to 20 g, 11 ms half sine (criterion B)
DIN EN 60068-2-27 50 g, 6 ms half sine (criterion B)
Protection class 2) acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP66, IP67, IP69
ISO 20653 IP6K9K
Baud rates 10 kbit .. 1 Mbit acc. to. CiA DS305 V2.2
- PDO Measured value as 16 bit value, status
Node Id / Baudrate Can be set via Manufacturer Specific Profile & LSS
Default setting 250 kbps / Node ID 1
Other data
Residual ripple of supply voltage <5%
Housing material Aluminium, anodized
Weight ~ 400 g
EN 18.623.0/02.18
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage and overvoltage protection are provided.
Sensors for applications with increased functional safety on demand.
1)
e.g. approx. 40 s at 20 °C, < 2 min at 0 °C
2)
429
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
Male M12x1, 5 pole
1
5
2 4
Female M12x1, 5 pole
Coordinate system and direction of rotation:

1
5
4 2

1 CAN_SHLD CAN shield
2 CAN_V+ CAN external positive supply
3 CAN_GND Ground / 0 V / V-
4 CAN_H CAN_H bus line
(dominant high)
5 CAN_L CAN_L bus line
Model code: (dominant low)
HIT 1508 – F11 – X – XXX – X – XX – X – 000
Motion compensation
5 = with
10
Output signal
F11 = CANopen
Primary inclination axis (slope long)

X/Y/Z
Measuring range rotation about primary axis in ° 1)

015; 060; 120; 180
Secondary inclination axis (slope lateral)

X / Y / Z / 0 (0 = not available)
Measuring range rotation about secondary axis in ° 1)

15; 60; 90; 00 (00 = axis not available)
Note:
Additional CAN socket
0 = none For applications or operating conditions not
1 = female M12x1, 5 pole described, please contact the relevant technical
department.
Modification number Subject to technical modifications.
000 = standard
EN 18.623.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Note: Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
1)
Other measuring ranges on request E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
430
Inclinometer
HIT 1500
MEMS Technology Motion compensated
safety easy to use

e
Increased Functional Safety Functional Safety

PL d
CANopen Safety SIL 2

In many applications, the measurement of Input data
the angle of inclination is required in order to Inclination
ensure safe machine functions and to control Axes 1/ 2
processes. Measuring range (“slope long”) ±15 ° / ±60 ° / ±120 ° / ±180 °
Measuring range (“slope lateral”) ±15 ° / ±60 ° / ±90 °
HIT 1500 was developed in particular for the Resolution 0.01 °
special use in dynamic system. Dynamics 30 .. 50 Hz (-3 dB)
Update rate 200 Hz
In the version for use in applications with Accuracy (static RMS) < 0.1 ° over the entire measuring range
enhanced functional safety, the data can be Temperature coefficient Active temperature control, warm-up phase
transmitted via the CANopen Safety protocol. depending on ambient temperature 1)
The inclinometers are particularly suited Acceleration
for application in safety circuits according Axes 3
Measurement range ± 3 g in 3 axes
Functional Safety in Machines and Systems
Resolution 0.01 m/s²
up to SIL 2 (IEC 61508) or PL d depending
on the version category 2 or 3 (ISO 13849), Gyro
respectively. Axes 3
By using both an accelerometer and an Measurement range ± 250 °/s in 3 axes
additional gyroscope based on MEMS Resolution 0.2 mrad/s
technology (Micro-Electro-Mechanical
Output data
System), two measured variables which are
Output signal CANopen Safety
entirely independent from one another from Environmental conditions
the physical point of view are detected by the Compensated temperature range -20 .. +60 °C
HIT 1500 and combined by the device. Operating temperature range -40 .. +85 °C
A motion compensation is performed hence
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
the contouring error, which occurs in damped (see Declaration of Conformity)
or low-pass filtered systems, is avoided. 10
Vibration resistance acc. to 5 g (criteria B)
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Thus, the HIT 1500 provides excellent Shock resistance acc. to DIN EN 60068-2-27 20 g, 11 ms half sine (criterion B)
dynamic characteristics and is therefore 50 g, 6 ms half sine (criterion B)
particularly suited for the active orientation, Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529
2)
IP66, IP67, IP69
stabilisation and control of the inclination ISO 20653 IP6K9K
of mobile machines such as boom lifts Protocol data for CANopen Safety
and work platforms, cranes and mobile Communication profile CiA DS 301 V4.2
cranes, construction and drilling systems, NMT-Services CiA DSP 302 V4.1
agricultural, and municipal machines, etc. Layer setting services and protocol CiA DSP 305 V2.2
Especially for the use in public traffic CANopen Safety CiA DS 410 V1.0
vehicles, HIT 1500 is approved for road Baud rates 10 kbit .. 1 Mbit acc. to. CiA DS 305 V2.2
vehicles according to ECE type approval. Transmission services
- SRDO (inclination) / PDO Measured value as 16 bit value, status
Node ID / baud rate Can be set via Manufacturer Specific Profile & LSS
Default setting 250 kbps / Node ID 1
Safety-relevant data
Performance Level
Based on PL DIN EN ISO 13849-1:2015
PL PL = d
Architecture Cat 2 or Cat 3
Based on SIL DIN EN 61508:2010
SIL 2
Architecture 1oo1 / 1oo2
Other data
Residual ripple supply voltage <5%
EN 18.113.0/02.18

Housing material Aluminium, anodized
Weight ~ 400 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage and overvoltage protection are provided.
1)
e.g. approx. 40 s at 20 °C, < 2 min at 0 °C
2)
431
Pin connections:
Dimensions:
Male M12x1, 5 pole
1
5
2 4
Female M12x1, 5 pole
Coordinate system and direction of rotation:

1
5
4 2

1 CAN_SHLD CAN shield
2 CAN_V+ CAN external positive supply
3 CAN_GND Ground / 0 V / V-
4 CAN_H CAN_H bus line
(dominant high)
5 CAN_L CAN_L bus line
Model code: (dominant low)
HIT 1508 - F13 - X - XXX - X - XX - X - S2PD - X - 000
Motion compensation
5 = included
10
Output signal
Primary inclination axis (slope long)
X/Y/Z
Measuring range rotation about primary axis in ° 1)
015; 060; 120; 180
Secondary inclination axis (slope lateral)
X / Y / Z / 0 (0 = not available)
Measuring range rotation about secondary axis in ° 1)
15; 60; 90; 00 (00 = axis not available)
Additional CAN socket
0 = none
1 = female M12x1, 5 pole Note:
Functional safety operating conditions and applications described.
S2PD = SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 and PLd acc. to DIN EN 13849-1 For applications or operating conditions not
Design architecture described, please contact the relevant technical
2 = category 2 acc. to DIN EN 13849-1 department.
3 = category 3 acc. to DIN EN 13849-1 Subject to technical modifications.
Modification number
000 = standard HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.113.0/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Note:
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
1)
432
EN 180.000.3/02.18
433
11
CONDITION MONITORING PRODUCTS [11]
Page
CMU 1000 CM unit 435
CSI-B-2 CM interface module 439
AS 1000 441
AS 3000 Display 443
EY 1356 445
HLB 1400 447
11
EN 180.000.3/02.18
434
Condition Monitoring Unit
CMU 1000
Programmable 8 analogue inputs
Ethernet interface
Description:
The CMU 1000 is an electronic evaluation
unit designed for permanent online condition
monitoring of machines and systems. In
order to achieve this, the device must be
supplied with relevant data which is recorded
by the sensors connected to it.
This recorded data (processed or
unprocessed) can be transferred by the
CMU 1000 via different interfaces or as
an analogue value to other devices and/or
monitoring levels.
The CMU 1000 processes the application
program stored in it continuously and
cyclically like a PLC. The user creates
this program simply and conveniently on
a PC using the CM Editor developed for
this purpose and then uploads it to the
CMU 1000.
The CM Editor is part of the HYDAC PC
software CMWIN Version V03 or higher
(supplied) and it provides the various tools
and functions in accordance with IEC 61131
for designing, integrating and testing the user
program using “drag and drop” operations.
The device is equipped with a background-
lit LCD display as well as three different-
coloured LEDs for the status display and
presentation of messages and values. The
CMU 1000 is operated and data is input on
site using a built-in key pad within the menu
structure of the device. The CMU 1000 is
designed for use in machines in both the 11
stationary and mobile sectors. It is possible
to connect easily to higher-level control,
monitoring and bus systems using the
built-in interfaces or in combination with an
additional coupling module.
Special features:
● 8 input channels for HSI or SMART sensors ● Ethernet interface
● 8 input channels for analogue sensors ● RS 232 interface
● 4 input channels for digital signals ● 2-line LCD display (2 x 16 characters) for
● 2 output channels for analogue signals display of measured data and status and/or
error messages
● 4 relay switching outputs with changeover
contacts ● 3 freely programmable, different-coloured
LEDs for status display (red, yellow, green)
● USB slave interface for PC connection
● Simple operation via navigation cross
● USB Master interface for storing the
measured data on a commercially available ● Creation of customised application programs
USB memory stick. using the PC software CMWIN supplied
EN 18.357.3/02.18
435
Technical data:
Supply Interfaces
Input voltage 18.0 .. 35.0 V DC Keypad ●● 4 arrow keys (up, down, right, left)
Current consumption max. 1.5 A ●● OK key
Reverse polarity protection -30 V ●● ESC key
Insulation voltage +40 V Display ●● Two-line LCD display
(with LED backlight) (2 x 16 characters)
Connection of sensors Up to 8 sensors with HSI
functionality or ●● Additional display of status
up to 8 SMART sensors 1) and in information via 3 different-coloured
addition up to 8 analogue sensors LEDs possible
and up to 4 digital sensors USB mass storage device 2) ●● USB 1.1 / USB 2.0 full speed
4 x digital / interface for connection of a mass
2 x digital + 2 x frequency / storage device (memory stick)
3 x digital + 1 x frequency ●● Female connection type “A”.
Analogue inputs ●● RJ 45 8/8 Ethernet interface
Ethernet, supported protocols
Channels I and J (accuracy) 4 .. 20 mA (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) ●● HTTP Server
0 .. 20 mA (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) ●● TCP/IP
0.5 .. 4.5 V (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.)
0 .. 10 V (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) Serial Interface 0 (UART 0) ●● Implementing an RS 232 or an HSI
Channels K and L (accuracy) 4 .. 20 mA (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) master interface
0 .. 20 mA (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) ●● Change-over user-programmable
0.5 .. 4.5 V (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) ●● Connection via plug-in terminals
0 .. 50 V (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) ●● No handshake lines
-10 .. +10 V (≤ ± 0.2 % FS max.) HSI Master Cascading the CMU
L only! ●● USB 1.1 / USB 2.0 full speed
USB device
Channels M and N (accuracy) 4 .. 20 mA (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) interface for connecting a PC/laptop
0 .. 20 mA (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.)
0.5 .. 4.5 V (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) for configuration of the CMU
●● Female connection type “B”.
Channels O and P (accuracy) 4 .. 20 mA (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.)
0 .. 20 mA (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) Cycle time
0.5 .. 4.5 V (≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.) Determined independantly at program start
-10 .. +10 V (≤ ± 0.2 % FS max.) Current cycle time can be displayed in CM Editor
P only! Operating and environmental conditions
Digital inputs Operating temperature -20 .. +70 °C
Quantity 4, of which 2 are for frequency Storage temperature -30 .. +80 °C
measurements
(channels Q and R) Relative humidity 0 .. 70 %,
non-condensing
Trigger threshold approx. 2 V
Dimensions and weight
Dynamics 30 kHz
Dimensions approx. 212 x 106 x 36 mm
Measurement channels
Quantity 32 – one measurement channel
can be a value of a connected Technical standards
sensor (also a subchannel of a EMC EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
SMART sensor) or a value derived Safety EN 61010
(calculated) from sensor data. Protection class IP 40
Analogue outputs Note.: 2) Recorded data from the CMU can be transferred to a memory
Quantity 2 stick via this interface. The USB host supports exclusively mass
Type Individually selectable, storage devices.
current (4 .. 20 mA) or voltage
(0 .. 10 V)
Digital outputs
Quantity 4
Type Relay output, change-over contact
Switching capacity 30 V DC / 1 A
Calculation unit
Analogue value recording 12 bit A/D converter
Note: 1) SMART sensors (Condition Monitoring Sensors) are a generation
of sensors from HYDAC which can provide a variety of different
11 measured values.
EN 18.357.3/02.18
436
CM Editor:
The CM Editor is part of the HYDAC PC software CMWIN, Version 03 or higher, and provides a wide variety of tools and functions for designing,
integrating and testing the application program. An application program consists of many individual functions which can be linked together. During
subsequent operation, this user program is processed as for a PLC, cyclically. The program is created according to the IEC 61131 (the standard for
PLC programming).
11
EN 18.357.3/02.18
437
Block circuit diagram:
SRAM CAN transceiver

Processor optional
Flash 16 bit
CF card Real-time clock
RS-232 /
USB master HSI master
(memory stick) (selectable)
USB slave LCD display

(PC connection) (2 x 16 characters)
Ethernet Keypad
(HTTP server / (4 x arrows / OK / ESC)
TCP/IP)
3 x LED
(user-programmable)
8 x HSI-IN
8 x Analogue-IN 2 x Analogue-OUT
4 x Digital-IN 4 x Digital-OUT
Note:
Dimensions: The information in this brochure relates to the
department.
11
Model code:
CMU 1000 – 000 – X
Modification number
000 = standard
User interface and documentation

D = German
E = English
F = French
EN 18.357.3/02.18

Germany
Appropriate accessories, such as sensor lines for the electrical connection, can be found in the Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
Accessories brochure. E-mail: electronic@hydac.com
438
Condition Monitoring
Interface Module
CSI-B-2
RS 232
RS 485
HSI
The Condition Monitoring Interface Module Input data
CSI-B-2 is an additional segment of the
HSI interface HYDAC Sensor Interface
HYDAC condition monitoring concept for digital connection of SMART sensors 2)
which connects the sensor level with the - male connector X2
interpretation level. Output data
It is a universally utilisable electronic device Signal output Switchable:
for the conversion of the HSI signal from RS 485 half duplex or RS 232
HYDAC SMART sensors into a standardised - male connector X1 (RS 485)
PC signal. - SUB-D 9 pole socket (RS 232)
Using the HYDAC „CMWIN“ PC software, Environmental conditions
it is therefore possible to read the data and Operating temperature range -25 .. +85 °C
measured values of the connected SMART Storage temperature range -30 .. +85 °C
sensor directly. Relative humidity 0 .. 70 %, non-condensing
It remains possible to read out the long- mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
term memory and to make settings and Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 IP 40
parameterisations on the connected sensor Other data
(the setting opportunities are sensor- Supply voltage of the module 18 .. 35 V DC (male X1)
dependent). Current consumption (module + sensor) 30 mA .. 300 mA max.
The HSI signal can be converted into an (depending on the supply voltage and the sensor
RS 232 or an RS 485 signal. The CSI-B-2 connected)
can be connected to any PC via the RS 232 Sensor supply 15 V DC ± 5 % / 300 mA max.
interface, and possibly an additional at 23 °C (male X2)
standard RS 232-USB adapter 1). Electrical connection
The RS 485 interface and appropriate Cross section of connection Max. 1.5 mm2
additional coupling modules can also be X1: module supply + RS 232 / RS 485 Plug-in terminal block, 8 pole RM 3.5
used to connect to higher-level control and/or X2: sensor supply + HSI Plug-in terminal block, 5 pole RM 3.5
bus systems. SUB-D: RS 232 9 pole socket with securing screws
Selection of conversion mode Selection of HSI - RS 232 or HSI - RS 485
via jumper (bridge):
X1.3 - X1.4 open: HSI - RS 232
1)
S 232/USB adapter is not supplied with
R X1.3 - X1.4 closed: HSI - RS 485
Indication of active conversion mode Green LED: HSI - RS 232
11
the device.
Yellow LED: HSI - RS 485
Dimensions and weight
Housing Approx. 55 x 106 x 34 mm
Housing to be mounted on rails (35 mm) acc. to
DIN EN 60715 TH 35 (formerly DIN EN 50022)
Weight ~ 140 g
2)
SMART sensors (Condition Monitoring Sensors) are a generation of sensors from
HYDAC which can provide a variety of different measured variables.
EN 18.359.3/02.18
439
Dimensions: Terminal assignment:
Terminal strip –X1
Pin Signal
1 RS 485 (-)
2 RS 485 (+)
3 3 – 4 open: HSI to RS 232
4 3 – 4 closed: HSI to RS 485
5 RxD RS 232
(connected to Pin 3 SUB-D 9 pole)
6 TxD RS 232
7 0V
8 +UB (18 .. 35 V DC) module supply
Terminal block –X2

Pin Signal
1 +UB (15 V DC) sensor supply
2 0V
3 HSI signal
4 0V
5 0V
11
Model code:
CSI – B – 2 – 000
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as sensor lines for the electrical connection, can be found in the Note:
Accessories brochure. The information in this brochure relates to the
department.

EN 18.359.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
440
AquaSensor
AS 1000
Saturation level Temperature
2 switching outputs or
analogue output
The AquaSensor AS 1000 is the culmination Input data
of continued development of the successful
Saturation level 0 .. 100 %
AS 2000 series for online detection of water
in oils, in particular as an OEM sensor for Temperature -25 .. 100 °C
fluid conditioning monitoring. It measures the Operating pressure -0.5 .. 50 bar
degree of saturation and the temperature of Pressure resistance ≤ 630 bar
the fluid. Mechanical connection G3/8 A DIN 3852
In the analogue output version, the AS 1000 Tightening torque, recommended 25 Nm
transmits the values for the saturation level Parts in contact with fluid Mechanical connection:
and the temperature as a 4 .. 20 mA signal. stainless steel / vacuum-metallised ceramic
Seal: FKM or EPDM
In the version with two switching outputs,
Output data
the AS 1000 can be configured by the user
via the HYDAC service units HMG 3010 Pin 2: Saturation level
and HMG 4000, the Condition Monitoring Output signal 4 .. 20 mA (corresponds to 0 .. 100 %)
Unit CMU 1000 and the interface module RLmax.= (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kW]
or switching output (configurable)
CSI-B-2. The following parameters can be
adjusted: Calibration accuracy ≤ ± 2 % FS max.
Accuracy in media measurements ≤ ± 3 % FS typ.
● Saturation level / temperature
● Switch points Pressure dependence ± 0.025 % FS / bar
● Switching mode of switching outputs Pin 4: Temperature
● Switching direction Output signal 4 .. 20 mA (corresponds to -25 .. +100 °C)
● Switching delay times RLmax.= (UB - 10 V) / 20 mA [kW]
or switching output (configurable)
The AS 1000 therefore enables hydraulic Accuracy ≤ ± 2 % FS max.
and lubrication oils to be monitored
Pin 5: HSI (HYDAC Sensor Interface)
accurately, continuously and online. As water Automatic sensor recognition
problems are detected early on, malfunctions
Switching outputs
and unnecessary downtime can be reliably
avoided. Type PNP transistor outputs
(configurable as N/O or N/C)
Switching current maximum 1 A per switching output
Compensated temperature range 0 .. +90 °C 11
Flow velocity < 5 m/s
Fluid compatibility 2) Mineral oil based fluids, synthetic and natural
esters
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Other data
Current consumption ≤ 30 mA without outputs
Weight ~ 145 g
Note: reverse polarity protection, short circuit protection provided.
1)
2)
Special fluids on request
2)
EN 18.321.3/02.18
441
M12x1
Male connector M12x1, 5 pole 4 3

5
1 2
Pin AS 1X08-C AS 1X08-2

1 +UB +UB
2 Saturation level SP2
4 .. 20 mA
3 0V 0V
4 Temperature SP1
4 .. 20 mA
5 HSI* HSI*
Hex AF * HSI = HYDAC Sensor Interface (HYDAC’s
width 27
own communication interface)
Elastomer
profile seal
ring Display, read-out and
DIN3869
configuration options:
HDA 5500-1-1-xC-000
Digital Display Unit with 2 programmable
switching outputs, specifically designed for use
with the AS 1000
HDA 5500-1-1-AC-000
Order no.: 908869
HDA 5500-1-1-DC-000
Order no.: 908870
HMG 510
Portable 2-channel measuring instrument,
specially designed for use with HSI and SMART
sensors
Model code: Order no.: 909889
HMG 3010 and HMG 4000
AS 1 X 0 8 – X – 000 Portable data recorders with fully graphics-
capable colour display for displaying, recording
Fluid 1)
and processing measured values as well as for
0 = operating fluid mineral oil-based
configuring of HSI and SMART sensors
1 = operating fluid phosphate ester-based
CMU 1000
Mechanical connection Electronic evaluation unit for online monitoring
0 = G3/8 A DIN 3852 of measured value as well as for the
configuration of HSI and SMART sensors
Electrical connection Order no. 920718
8 = male M12x1, 5 pole CSI-B-2
(mating connector not supplied) Interface module, enables configuration of HSI
and SMART sensors using HYDAC PC software
Output signal CMWIN
C = output 1 pin 2 saturation level (4 .. 20 mA) Order no. 920134
11 output 2 pin 4 temperature (4 .. 20 mA)
2 = 2 switching outputs Information on other read-out options can be
found on our website at www.hydac.com or
Modification number please contact your HYDAC representative.
000 = standard
Note:
1)
Accessories:
Note:
EN 18.321.3/02.18

Germany
442
AquaSensor
AS 3000
Saturation level Temperature With display
2 switching outputs
Analogue output
The AquaSensor AS 3000 with an integrated Input data
digital display is based on the proven
Saturation level 0 .. 100 %
AS 1000 series for the online detection of
water in oils, particularly as a sensor for Temperature -25 .. 100 °C
Condition Monitoring. Operating pressure -0.5 .. 50 bar
Pressure resistance ≤ 630 bar
The device has 2 switching outputs and Mechanical connection G3/8 A DIN 3852
one switchable analogue output signal
(4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V).
Parts in contact with fluid Mechanical connection: stainless steel / vacuum-
The AS 3000 detects the water saturation metallised ceramic
level and temperature of the fluid and Seal: FKM or EPDM
transmits the values in the form of an Output data
analogue or switching signal. The display Calibration accuracy ≤ ± 2 % FS max.
shows the actual measured values. All Accuracy in media measurements ≤ ± 3 % FS typ.
settings available on the AS 3000 are Pressure dependence ± 0.2 % FS / bar
combined in two easy-to-navigate menus. Analogue output
The following parameters can be adjusted:
Signal Selectable:
● Saturation level / temperature 4 .. 20 mA load resist. max. 500 Ω
● Switch points 0 .. 10 V load resist. min. 1 kΩ
● Switching mode of switching outputs corresponds to measuring range selected
● Switching direction Switching outputs
● Switching delay times Type PNP transistor outputs
The AS 3000 therefore enables hydraulic (programmable as N/O or N/C)
and lubrication oils to be monitored Assignment Selectable:
accurately, continuously and online. As water Saturation level or temperature
problems are detected early on, malfunctions Switching current max. 1.2 A per switching output
and unnecessary downtime can be reliably Switching cycles > 100 million
avoided. Environmental conditions
Compensated temperature range 0 .. +80 °C
Fluid temperature range 1) -40 .. +100 °C / -25 .. +100 °C 11
Flow velocity < 5 m/s
Fluid compatibility 2) Mineral oil based fluids, synthetic and natural
esters
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Other data
Current consumption ≤ 50 mA without outputs
Weight ~ 125 g
1)
2)
3)
EN 18.605.1/02.18
443
M12x1
4 3
5
1 2
Pin AS 3X08-5
1 +UB
2 Analogue
3 0V
4 SP1
5 SP2
Hex AF
width 27
Model code:
AS 3 X 0 8 – 5 – 000
Fluid 1)
0 = operating fluid mineral oil-based
1 = operating fluid phosphate ester-based
11
0 = G3/8 A DIN 3852
Output signal
Note:
Modification number
000 = standard
Note: department.
1)
Accessories:
Appropriate accessories, such as mating connectors and mechanical adapters, can be found in HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH
EN 18.605.1/02.18
the Accessories brochure. Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
444
Contamination Switch
EY-1356

The contamination switch series EY-1356 Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC
works as a warning element in hydraulic
Maximum switching current 200 mA
systems and gearboxes and has been
developed by HYDAC ELECTRONIC Maximum oil pressure abs. 6 bar (16 bar)
to meet the special requirements of our Retention force of the permanent solenoid ~ 1.5 N
customers. Ambient temperature -25 °C to +90 °C
The sensor detects and attracts metallic Protection class acc. to DIN 40050 DEUTSCH male connector DT04 2 pole IP67
ferromagnetic particles in oil or in other Integrated connector acc. to EN175301-803/
ISO4400 IP65
hydraulic fluids. The accumulation of
particles leads to a change of the ohmic Mating connector supplied DEUTSCH male connector DT04 2 pole no
Integrated connector acc. to EN175301-803/
resistance which has an effect on the ISO4400 yes
switching signal. The contamination sensor
Max. tightening torque M14x1.5 15 Nm
thus provides an early warning of possible M18x1.5 25 Nm
wear. Substantial damage on bearings and M22x1.5 60 Nm
gear wheels, for instance, can therefore be M26x1.5 70 Nm
avoided. M33x2 140 Nm
The sensor is available with different Installation position We recommend an “upside-down” mounting
mechanical and electrical connections position, i.e. connector or cable outlet pointing
and can be integrated into almost any downwards.
application. The contamination switch is supplied with seal ring DIN 3896 NBR.
Special features:
●● Simple structure
●● Robust construction
●● Standard connection types
Functional principle /
diagram:
The permanent magnet solenoid at the
measuring surface of the contamination
switch attracts the ferromagnetic contaminant 11
particles from the passing oil. The increased
accumulation of particles forms an electrical
bridge between the permanent solenoid and
the adjacent metal contact. The resulting
switching signal can, for instance, activate a
warning function or switch off the system.
Electronics for display
Contamination
switch
EN 18.602.2/02.18
Ferritic dirt particles

form connecting bridge
445
Order details: Pin connections:
Electrical connection Mechanical connection Part number
acc. to EN 175301-803
Integrated connection plug M14x1.5 3252533
acc. to EN175301-803/ ISO4400 M18x1.5 3305023 Without connector
M22x1.5 3731848
M26x1.5 3731849
M33x2 3252555
Strand DEUTSCH male connector M14x1.5 3731852
DT04 2 pole M18x1.5 3731853
M22x1.5 3731854
M26x1.5 3731855
M33x2 3731856
Pin
1 +UB
Dimensions: 2 -UB
Reverse polarity permitted
Cable assignment for Deutsch DT04
Deutsch male connector

Housing DT04-2P-EP04 W2P
PIN 0460-202-16141
Protective
sleeve
Connector
Seal GDM3-16 Pin
(NBR)
Hirschmann
1 +UB
2 -UB
Reverse polarity permitted
Seal ring
Seal ring DIN 3869 NBR
DIN 3869 NBR Switching example:
Relay for
display
Dim. 14 18 22 26 33
A M14x1.5 M18x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M33x2 Other types of
B 12 12 12 12 12 connection are
C 4 4 4 4 4.5 available on
D 3 3 3 3 4 request
ØE 19 23.9 27 31.4 39.2
11
Note:
department.

EN 18.602.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
446
Oil Condition Sensor
HYDACLAB®
HLB 1400
Oil condition monitoring 4 measured variables
Sequential analogue and

switching output
The HYDACLAB® HLB 1400 is a Input data
multifunctional sensor for online condition Saturation level 0 .. 100 % saturation
monitoring of standard and biodecradable Temperature -25 .. +100 °C
oils in stationary and mobile applications. Dielectric constant 1 .. 10
The user is kept informed of changes in Change in the dielectric constant -30 .. +30 %
electrical conductivity 0 .. 100 nS/m
fluid condition as they occur and can take
Change of electric conductivity -100 .. 200 %
immediate action in the case of deteriorating
Operating pressure < 50 bar
operating conditions.
Pressure resistance < 600 bar
Assertions can be made about the condition Flow velocity < 5 m/s
of an oil, e.g. ageing or mixing with other Parts in contact with fluid Stainless steel / ceramic with vacuum-metallised seal
fluids, based upon the measured values of Glass with thin-film metallic coating / FKM
dielectric constant and its change, electric Output variable saturation level
conductivity and its change, saturation level, Output signal (0 .. 100 %) 4 .. 20 mA / 0 .. 10 V
and temperatur. Calibration accuracy ≤ ± 2 % FS max.
Accuracy1) ≤ ± 3 % FS typ. 1)
These measurements are available as Output variable temperature
sequential analogue signals and/or switching Output signal (-25 .. +100 °C) 4 .. 20 mA / 0 .. 10 V
signals at the electrical output of the Accuracy ≤ ± 3 % FS max.
HYDACLAB® (e.g. for activating warning Output variable dielectric constant
devices or alarms). Output signal (1 .. 10) 4 .. 20 mA / 0 .. 10 V
The measurement values can be displayed Accuracy ≤ ± 5 % FS max.
and configured on various HYDAC display Output variable change of dielectric constant
and measurement devices. Output signal (± 30 % of IV) 12 mA ± 8 mA / 5 ± 5 V
Accuracy See below 2)
Output variable electric conductivity (not for Mod 001)
Output signal (0 .. 100 nS/m) 4 .. 20 mA / 0 .. 10 V
Accuracy ≤ ± 5 % FS max.
Output variable change of electric conductivity (not for Mod 001)
Output signal (-100 .. 200 %) 12 mA ± 8 mA / 5 ± 5 V
Accuracy See below 2)
Switching output (default settings)

Signal 1 (N/C) PNP switching output 0.5 A max., switching level ≥ UB - 4 V
Default alert SP1 relative humidity ≥ 85 %
11
Default alert level SP1 temperature ≥ 80 °C
Default alert level SP1 ± 15 %
rel. change in dielectric constant
Default alert SP1 ± 15 % (not for Mod 001)
rel. change in conductivity
Nominal temperature range +20 .. +80 °C
Storage temperature -30 .. +90 °C
Fluid compatibility Suited for hydraulic and lubrication oils
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Shock resistance acc. to DIN EN 60068-2-27 50 g / 11 ms / half sine
Vibration resistance acc. to DIN EN 60068-2-6 10 g / sine
at 5 .. 2000 Hz
Protection class acc. to DIN EN 60529 3)
IP 67
Other data
Supply voltage UB 10 .. 36 V DC
Current consumption without outputs max. 100 mA
Mechanical connection G ¾ A ISO 1179-2
Electrical connection M12x1, 5 pole / 8 pole
Housing Stainless steel
EN 18.371.1.0/02.18
Weight ~ 215 g
FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range, IV (Initial Value)
1)
The max. accuracy achievable when measuring relative humidity is heavily dependent on the type of fluid or fluid
additive. More precise information on this is available on request.
2)
The accuracies when measuring the change of dielectric constant and the electric conductivity depend on the
application, the oil type and the auto-calibration of the sensor. Detailed information available on request.
3)
447
M12x1, 5 pole
4 3
5
1 2
Pin 1C000 00S12

1 +UB +UB
2 SP1/AA1 RS485B
3 GND GND
4 SP2/AA2 RS485A
5 HSI HSI
Hex AF
width 32
M12x1, 8 pole
6 4
5
7 3
8
1 2
Pin 1CS12
1 +UB
Screw Torx T20
2 SP1/AA1
3 GND
4 PE
5 HSI
6 RS 485A
7 RS 485B
Male connector M12x1 8 SP2/AA2
HSI = HYDAC Sensor Interface
(HYDAC’s own communication
interface)
SP = Switch point
AA = Analogue output (sequence)
Model code:
HLB 1 4 J X – XXXXX – 000 Display and read-out options:
Measured variables HMG 510
4 = 4 measured variables: Portable 2-channel measuring instrument,
- saturation (rel. humidity) specially designed for use with HSI and SMART
- temperature sensors.
- electric conductivity (not for Mod 001) Order no.: 909889
- dielectric constant (DC) HMG 2500 / HMG 3010 / HMG 4000
Portable data recorders with fully graphics-
Mechanical connection capable colour display for displaying, recording
J = G 3/4 A ISO 1179-2 and processing measured values as well as for
configuring of HSI and SMART sensors.
11 Electrical connection CMU 1000
8 = male M12x1, 5 pole (mating connector not supplied) Electronic evaluation unit for online monitoring
P = male M12x1, 8 pole (mating connector not supplied) of measured values as well as for configuration
of HSI and SMART sensors.
Order no.: 920718
Signal technology
5 pole: CSI-B-2
1C000 = 1 switching output / analogue output Interface module, enables configuration of HSI
00S12 = RS 485 and SMART sensors using HYDAC PC software
CANopen (only available on request) CMWIN.
IO-Link (only available on request) Order no.: 920134
8 pole:
1CS12 = switching output / analogue output / RS 485
Note:
Modification number The information in this brochure relates to the
000 = standard operating conditions and applications described.
001 = modification; replaces HLB 1308 For applications or operating conditions not
department.
Accessories:
EN 18.371.1.0/02.18
Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
448
EN 180.000.3/02.18
449
12
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND DISPLAY UNITS [12]
DISPLAY UNITS Page
HDA 5500 451
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS (PORTABLE DATA RECORDERS)
HMG 500 453

HMG 510 455
HMG 2500 457
HMG 4000 461
12
EN 180.000.3/02.18
450
Digital Display Unit
HDA 5500

The digital display units in the HDA 5500 Display range
series are microprocessor-controlled display
Display 4-digit 7-segment LED display field, red,
and monitoring units designed for control height of digits 14.2 mm
panel installation. Different versions are 3 LEDs for active sensor, 4 LEDs for active
available with a maximum of three analogue switching output
inputs, an analogue output (adjustable Display range -999 .. 9999 (user-adjustable)
4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V) and up to four relay Display units with backlight bar, kg/cm², MPa, psi, °C, °F, mA, V, Hz, kN, m,
outputs. mm, inch, l, l/min, gal, gal/min, rpm, %, t
The analogue input signals are displayed Input data
according to the settings selected by the Analogue signal input(s)
user. Each of the relay output can be Measuring range(s) Selectable: 4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 10 V, 0 .. 5 V or
assigned to one of the inputs or to the (up to 3 analogue inputs) 4 .. 20 mA sequential (Modification 006)
difference between input 1 and 2. A Pt100 Accuracy ≤ ± 0.5 % at 25 °C
temperature probe can be connected
Pt100 input
directly. In addition, an optional frequency
measurement is possible, e.g. by using Measuring range -25 .. +100 °C
the HDS 1000 (HYDAC rpm probe) for the Accuracy ≤ ± 0.5 % at 25 °C
measurement of the rpm speed of rotary Frequency/counter input
components. Signal threshold 0 .. 0.6 V = LOW, 3 .. 24 V = HIGH
Depending on the model, it is also possible Frequency range 15 Hz to 4 kHz
to connect SMART sensors (Condition Output data
Monitoring sensors). SMART sensors are a Analogue output, permitted load resistance 4 .. 20 mA load resist. ≤ 400 Ω or
generation of sensors from HYDAC which 0 .. 10 V load resist. ≥ 2 kΩ
can provide a variety of different measured Accuracy ≤ ± 0.5 % at 25 °C
variables. Rise time 70 ms
Switching outputs
Special features: Type 2 or 4 relays each with separate common supply
●● Digital display of analogue signals Switching voltage 0.1 .. 250 V AC, 12 .. 32 V DC
●● Clear 4-digit, 7-segment LED display Switching current 10 mA .. 2 A
●● Up to 3 analogue inputs (4 .. 20 mA, Switching capacity 500 VA, 64 W
0 .. 10 V or 0 .. 5 V) Life expectancy of switch contacts ≥ 20 million at minimum load
●● Accuracy ≤ ± 0.5 % ≥ 400,000 at maximum load (typical)
Reaction time Approx. 20 ms
●● Differential measurement possible (with switching delay = 0 ms)
●● Analogue output (4 .. 20 mA or 0 .. 10 V) Setting range of switch points 1.5 .. 100 % of the pre-set display range
●● Up to 4 relay switching outputs Setting range of the switching hystereses 0.5 .. 99 % of the pre-set display range
●● Supply voltage 12 .. 32 V DC or
(switch-back points) 12
85 .. 265 V AC 50 / 60 Hz Environmental conditions
Nominal temperature range 0 .. +50 °C
●● Optionally with Pt100 sensor input or
frequency input
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Other data
Housing Control panel housing 96 x 48 x 109 mm;
control panel cut-out 92 (+0.8) x 45 (+0.6) mm;
front panel thickness 1.25 .. 15 mm;
maximum installation depth 121 mm
Supply voltage 12 .. 32 V DC or 85 .. 265 V AC 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 15 VA at 85 .. 230 V AC – fuse protection 1 AT
Supply for measurement transmitters 12 V DC ± 1 %; max. 20 mA / analogue input
EN 18.062.4/02.18
451
Input models: Dimensions:
Analogue transm. Thickness of

or HDA 5500-0-... control panel
Analogue seq.
Analogue transm.
Analogue transm. HDA 5500-1-...
Analogue transm.
Analogue transm.
HDA 5500-2-...
Frequency transm.
Analogue transm.
HDA 5500-3-... Panel cut-out

Pt100 temp. transm.
Output models:
HDA 5500-X-0-...
Model code:
Analogue
HDA 5 5 0 0 – X – X – XX – 00X
Relay output 1 Inputs
Relay output 2 0 = one analogue input
HDA 5500-X-1-...
1 = three analogue inputs
2 = one analogue input + frequency
input/counter function
Analogue 3 = one analogue + Pt100 input
Outputs
Relay output 1 0 = 1 analogue output
Relay output 2 1 = 1 analogue output + 2 relay switching outputs
HDA 5500-X-2-...
2 = 1 analogue output + 4 relay switching outputs
Relay output 3
Relay output 4 Supply voltage
Analogue AC = 85 .. 265 V AC
DC = 12 .. 32 V DC
Modification
000 = standard
Connection terminals:
006 = version with sequential analogue output for HLB 1400 and CS 1000
12 Supply voltage: (only with input model “0” and output model “2”)
Plug-in terminal block 2 pole, RM 5.08
(cross section max. 2.5 mm²)
Inputs/outputs:
Relay switching outputs:
Note:
EN 18.062.4/02.18

Germany
452
Portable Measuring Instrument
HMG 500
Two-line LCD display

Two sensors can be connected
Automatic sensor recognition
Description:
The HMG 500 is a portable measuring
instrument for simple measurement tasks
in fluid technology such as hydraulics,
pneumatics, lubrication, process,
refrigeration and air conditioning.
Up to two sensors with HYDAC Sensor

Interface (HSI), for example for measuring
pressure, temperature or flow rate, can be
connected (exception: SMART sensors). The
HMG 500 automatically recognises these
sensors and takes all of the necessary basic
settings from each sensor. The measurement
values and the corresponding physical
unit are displayed on an easy-to-read LCD
display.
In addition, the HMG 500 offers a multitude

of additional advantages, e.g. in comparison
with pressure measurements on machines
and plants using mechanical pressure gauges.
The user profits from a technology-related high
level of measuring accuracy and dynamics.
The HMG 500 determines the measured
values with a very high sampling rate and can
therefore, for example, monitor and display
pressure peaks in the maximum value memory
or rapid pressure discharge in the minimum
value memory. Furthermore, differential
measurements can be carried out with using
two sensors of a similar type, for example,
to evaluate pressure drops or temperature
differentials.
To further extend the application range,

the HMG 500 has a function for setting
mechanical pressure and temperature
switches precisely and reliably.
12
Compact, simple and versatile – the Special features:
HMG 500 is an invaluable tool for all those ●● Hand-held 2-channel portable measuring
involved in maintenance, commissioning and instrument
service. ●● Simple and user-friendly key operation
●● Large LCD display including battery status
indication
●● 2 sensor inputs, automatic sensor recognition
EN 18.063.3/02.18
453
Technical data: Ordering Details:
Measurement inputs 2 analogue inputs
for HYDAC measurement transmitters with HMG 500 - 000
HSI interface – except for SMART sensors2) Scope of delivery
Accuracy 1)
≤ ± 0.1 % FS max. ●● HMG 500
Functions ●● Automatic recognition of measuring range
●● Operating manual D/E/F
and unit of measurement
●● Taring of the measuring channels ●● 9 V battery
●● Display of the current measured value
●● Min/max value display HMG 500-Set 01
●● Reset of min/max values Scope of delivery
●● Measured values differentiel channel A-B ●● HMG 500
●● Unit display, selectable
●● Operating manual D/E/F
●● Setting device for mechanical pressure and
temperature switches ●● 9 V battery
Display 4-digit 7-segment LCD display ●● HDA 4748-H-0600-000
with battery status indication; ●● ZBE 30-02, sensor cable M12x1, 2 m
2 measured values incl. unit displayed
simultaneously ●● Connection adapter G1/4 female to Minimess 16X2
Measurement unit Selectable: ●● Case for HMG 500 / 510
(dependent on connected Pressure: bar, psi, MPa
sensors) Temperature: °C, K, °F HMG 500-Set 02
Flow rate: l/min, gallon/min
(1 US gallon = 3.7853 l) Scope of delivery
Sampling rate 0.1 ms ●● HMG 500
Resolution 12 bit ●● Operating manual D/E/F
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4 ●● 9 V battery
Safety EN 61010 ●● 2 pcs. HDA 4748-H-0600-000
Protection class IP 54 ●● 2 pcs. ZBE 30-02, sensor cable M12x1, 2 m
Supply voltage 9 V battery, operating life: approx. 10 h
(with 2 sensors) ●● 2 pcs. connection adapter G1/4 female to Minimess 16X2
Power supply unit 230 V AC ●● Case for HMG 500 / 510
(available as accessory)
Environmental conditions Operating temperature: +5 .. +60 °C
Storage temperature: -40 .. +70 °C
Rel. humidity: 0 .. 70 % Accessories:
Weight 410 g Appropriate accessories, such as electrical and mechanical connection
adapters and power supply units, can be found in the Accessories
Note: 1) FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range brochure.
2)
SMART sensors (Condition Monitoring Sensors) are a generation
of sensors from HYDAC which can provide a variety of different Examples of main accessories:
measured variables. ●● Pressure transmitter
HDA 4000 with HSI interface
Pressure ranges: -1 .. 9 bar, 0 .. 16 bar, 0 .. 60 bar,
Dimensions: 0 .. 100 bar, 0 .. 250 bar, 0 .. 400 bar, 0 .. 600 bar, 0 .. 1000 bar
●● Temperature transmitter
ETS 4000 with HSI interface
Measuring range: -25 .. 100 °C
●● Flow rate transmitter
EVS 3000 with HSI interface
Measuring ranges: 1.2 .. 20 l/min, 6 .. 60 l/min,
15 .. 300 l/min, 40 .. 600 l/min
●● Sensor simulator
SSH 1000, ideal for training purposes
●● Electrical connection adapter
UVM 3000, for mechanical pressure and temperature switches
●● Hydraulic adapters
12
Note:
The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and
applications described.
For applications or operating conditions not described, please contact the
relevant technical department.

EN 18.063.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
454
Portable Measuring Instrument
HMG 510
Two-line LCD display

Two sensors can be connected
(incl. HYDAC SMART sensors)
Description:
The HMG 510 is a portable instrument for
simple measurement tasks on hydraulic and
pneumatic systems in mobile and industrial
applications.
Thanks to its compactness and ease

of handling, the HMG 510 is an ideal
companion for employees in maintenance,
commissioning and service.
Up to two sensors with HYDAC Sensor

Interface (HSI) can be connected. Sensors
are available to measure pressure,
temperature and flow rate as well as sensors
for condition monitoring (also known as
SMART sensors).
Some examples of SMART sensors are

the HYDACLAB® Oil Condition Sensor, the
AS 1000 AquaSensor and the CS 1000
Contamination Sensor.
The HMG 510 automatically recognises

these sensors and takes all of the necessary
basic settings from each sensor. The
measurement values and the corresponding
physical unit are displayed on an easy-to-
read LCD display.
In addition to this, the HMG 510 enables

measured values which have been saved in
the SMART sensors to be uploaded to a PC.
With the aid of the HYDAC PC software
"CMWIN", the measured data stored in the
SMART sensors can be displayed on a PC
screen in the form of a graph, then analysed,
edited, processed and saved. The HMG has
a standard integrated USB port to enable this
data transfer. 12
Special features:
To further extend the application range, ●● Hand-held 2-channel portable measuring
the HMG 510 has a function for setting instrument
mechanical pressure and temperature ●● Simple and user-friendly key operation
switches precisely and reliably. ●● Large LCD display including battery status
indication
●● 2 sensor inputs, automatic sensor recognition
●● Specially designed to display measured
values from Condition Monitoring sensors
(SMART sensors).
●● USB port
EN 18.066.3/02.18
455
Technical data: Ordering Details:
Measurement inputs 2 analogue inputs
for HYDAC measurement transmitters HMG 510 - 000
with HSI interface and SMART sensors Scope of delivery
Accuracy1) ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max. ●● Case for HMG 500/510
Functions ●● Automatic recognition of measuring range
●● HMG 510
and unit of measurement
●● Taring of the measuring channels ●● Operating manual D/E/F
●● Display of the current measured value ●● 9 V battery
●● Min/max value display
●● Reset of min/max values ●● USB cable
●● Measured values differentiel channel A-B ●● Y-adapter blue (for HLB 1400)
●● Unit display, selectable ●● Y-adapter yellow (for CS 1000)
●● Setting device for mechanical pressure and
●● ZBE 30-02, sensor cable M12x1, 2 m
temperature switches
●● Communication bridge to a connected PC ●● Software CD with "CMWIN"
Display 4-digit 7-segment LCD display with
battery status indication; Accessories:
2 measured values incl. unit displayed Appropriate accessories, such as electrical and mechanical connection
simultaneously adapters and power supply units, can be found in the Accessories
Measurement unit Selectable for: brochure.
(dependent on connected Pressure: bar, psi, MPa
sensors) Temperature: °C, K, °F Examples of main accessories:
Flow rate: l/min, gallon/min ●● Pressure transmitter
(1 US gallon = 3.7853 l) HDA 4000 with HSI interface
Fixed for SMART sensors Pressure ranges: -1 .. 9 bar, 0 .. 16 bar, 0 .. 60 bar,
Sampling rate 0.1 ms 0 .. 100 bar, 0 .. 250 bar, 0 .. 400 bar, 0 .. 600 bar, 0 .. 1000 bar
Resolution 12 bit ●● Temperature transmitter
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4 ETS 4000 with HSI interface
Safety EN 61010 Measuring range: -25 .. 100 °C
Protection class IP 54 ●● Flow rate transmitter
Supply voltage 9 V battery, operating life: approx. 10 h EVS 3000 with HSI interface
(with 2 sensors)2) Measuring ranges: 1.2 .. 20 l/min, 6 .. 60 l/min,
Power supply unit 230 V AC 15 .. 300 l/min, 40 .. 600 l/min
(available as accessory)
Environmental conditions Operating temperature: +5 .. +60 °C ●● Sensor simulator
Storage temperature: -40 .. +70 °C SSH 1000, ideal for training purposes
Rel. humidity: 0 .. 70 % ●● Electrical connection adapter
Weight 410 g UVM 3000, for mechanical pressure or temperature switches
Note: 1) FS (Full Scale) = relative to complete measuring range ●● Hydraulic adapters
2)
Not applicable to SMART sensors, as they require an power
supply.
Dimensions:
12
Note:

EN 18.066.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
456
Portable Data Recorder
HMG 2500
3.5" colour display

Up to 4 sensors can be connected
Description:
The HMG 2500 is an impressive, top
performance portable measurement and
data acquisition equipement.
Automated setting procedures, a simple,

self-explanatory operator guide and many
comprehensive functions ensure the
operator is able to carry out a wide range of
measurement tasks within a very short time.
This makes the HMG 2500 an ideal

companion for employees in maintenance,
commissioning and service.
The device is designed primarily to record

pressure, temperature and flow rate
values which are the standard variables in
hydraulics and pneumatics.
For this purpose, special sensors are

available. The HMG 2500 recognises the
measured value, measuring range and the
unit of these sensors and automatically
carries out the basic device settings
accordingly.
In addition to this, the HMG 2500 has

a digital input, e.g. for frequency or
speed measurement, as well as a virtual
measurement channel for the measurement
of difference or performance.
Due to the wide range of functions and

its simple handling, the HMG 2500 is
just as appropriate for users who take
measurements only occasionally as it is
for professionals for whom measuring and
documentation are routine. Special features: ● Various measurement modes:
● - Normal measuring 12
Simple and user-friendly operation
The update capability of the HMG 2500 - Fast curve recording
● Practical, robust design - Long-term measurements
ensures that the user can benefit from future
upgrades of the device software. ● Large, full graphics colour display ● 2 independent triggers, can be linked logically
● Quick and independent basic setting by ● Simple sensor connection by means of M12x1
use of automatic sensor recognition push-pull connector
● Up to 4 sensors can be connected ● PC connection
simultaneously - USB
● Up to 32 measurement channels can be - RS 232
depicted simultaneously ● Convenient visualisation, archiving and data
● Sampling rates up to 0.1 ms processing using the HMGWIN software
● Very large data memory for archiving supplied.
measurement curves
EN 18.102.1/02.18
457
Function: ● Measured values, curves or texts are
● Clear and graphical selection menus guide visualised on a full graphics colour display
in different selectable formats and display
the operator intuitively to all the device
forms.
functions available.
A navigation pad on the keypad ensures rapid
operation.
● The HMG 2500 can record signals from up to

four sensors simultaneously. For this there
are 4 robust standard input sockets.
● The following sensors can be connected to 3

of these input sockets:
- 3 analogue sensors (e.g. for pressure,
temperature and flow rate) with the special
digital HSI interface (HYDAC Sensor ● The data memory for recording curves
Interface); this means the basic device or logs can hold up to 500,000 measured
settings (measured variable, measuring values per recording. Over 100 of such data
range and unit of measurement) are recordings in full length can be stored in an
undertaken automatically additional archiving memory. ● Numerous useful and easy-to-use auxiliary
- 3 Condition Monitoring sensors 1) (SMART ● For targeted, event-driven curves or logs, functions are available, e.g. zoom, ruler tool,
sensors); again, the basic device settings differential value graph creation and individual
the HMG 2500 has two independent triggers,
are carried out automatically scaling, which are particularly for use when
which can be linked together logically.
● Frequency measurements, counter analysing the recorded measurement curves.
functions or triggers for data logging can be ● User-specific device settings can be stored
implemented via the fourth input socket with and re-loaded at any time as required. This
one digital input. means that repeat measurements can be
carried out on a machine again and again
● Additionally, the HMG 2500 has a virtual using the same device settings.
measuring channel. The virtual measuring
channel enables a differential measurement
or a performance measurement by means
of the sensors connected to the measuring
channels "A" and "B".
● All input channels can operate simultaneously

at a sampling rate of 0.5 ms (1.0 ms for
SMART sensors). For the recording of highly
dynamic processes, a sampling rate of 0.1 ms
can be achieved.
● The HMG 2500 communicates with a PC via
● The most attractive function of the HMG 2500 the built-in USB interface or RS 232 interface.
surely is the capability of "online" recording
and graphic illustration of dynamic processes,
which means as a measuring curve in real
time.
12
EN 18.102.1/02.18
1)
SMART sensors
(Condition Monitoring sensors) are a
generation of sensors from HYDAC which
can provide a variety of different measured
variables.
458
HMGWIN: Some examples of the numerous useful ● Overlay of curves, for example to document
additional functions: the wear of a machine (new condition/current
The PC software HMGWIN is also supplied
condition)
with the device. This software is a convenient ● Transfer and archiving of measurements
and simple package for analysing and archiving
recorded using the HMG 2500
curves and logs which have been recorded
using the HMG 2500, or for exporting the ● Display of the measurements in graph form or
data for integration into other PC programs if as a table
required.
In addition it is possible to operate the
HMG 2500 directly from the computer. Basic
settings can be made, and measurements can
be started online and displayed directly on the
PC screen in real-time as measurement curves
progress.
HMGWIN can be run on PCs with Windows
Vista / XP / 2000 and Windows 7, 8.1 and 10 ● Using mathematical operations (calculation
operating systems. functions, filter functions), new curves can be
added.
● Snap-shot function:
● Zoom function: Comparable to the function of a digital
Using the mouse, a frame is drawn around an camera, a picture can be taken immediately
interesting section of a measurement curve, of any graph and saved as a jpg file.
which is then enlarged and displayed.
● A professional measurement report can be
produced at the click of a mouse:
HMGWIN has an automatic layout function.
Starting with a table of contents, all recorded
data, descriptions and graphics and/or tables
are combined into a professional report and
saved as a pdf file.
● Online function (HMGWIN only):

Starting, recording, and online display of
measurements (similar to the function of an
oscilloscope)
Fig.: Zoomed section of measurement curve
● Accurate measurement of the curves using

the ruler tool (time values, amplitude values
and differentials)
● Change of axis assignment of the recorded

measurement parameters in graph mode (e.g.
to produce a p-Q graph)
● Individual comments and measurement

information can be added to the graph.
12
EN 18.102.1/02.18
459
Technical data: Ordering details:
Analogue inputs
HMG 2500 – 000 – X
Input signals HYDAC HSI analogue sensors
3 channels M12x1 Ultra-Lock HYDAC HSI SMART sensors
flange sockets (5 pole)
channel A .. channel C Operating manual and documentation
Accuracy ≤ ± 0.1 % FS D = German
E = English
Digital input F = French
1 channel via M12x1 Ultra-Lock Digital status (high/low)
flange socket (5 pole) Frequency (0.01 .. 30,000 Hz)
Channel D Scope of delivery
●● HMG 2500
Calculated channel
●● Power supply unit for 90 .. 230 V AC
Quantity 1 channel via virtual channel E
Sampling rate 0.1 ms, max. 1 input channel ●● Operating manual
(dependent on number 0.2 ms, max. 2 input channels ●● Data carrier with USB drivers,
of active channels) 0.5 ms, all 3 input channels HMGWIN software
1.0 ms, for Smart sensors
●● USB connector cable
Resolution 12 bit
Memory At least 100 measurement curves, each
with 500,000 measured values Accessories
Display 3.5" colour display ●● Additional accessories, such as electrical and mechanical
7-segment display connection adapters, power supply units, etc. can be found in the
Interfaces 1 USB, 1 serial port RS 232 "Accessories Service Devices" catalogue section.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Safety EN 61010
Protection class IP 40
Operating temperature 0 .. +50 °C
Storage temperature -20 .. +60 °C
Relative humidity 0 .. 70 %
Dimensions approx. 244 x 173 x 58 mm (B x H x T)
Weight approx. 1,100 g
Dimensions:
Shown with protective cover open
12
Note:

EN 18.102.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
460
Portable Data Recorder
HMG 4000
5.7" colour touchscreen

Up to 38 sensors can be connected
Description:
The HMG 4000 is a top performance
high-end portable measurement and data
acquisition equipement. It was mainly
developed for all measured values in relation
with hydraulic systems, such as pressure,
temperature, flow rate and linear position.
Moreover, it provides a very high flexibility,
even when it comes to evaluating other
measured values. The main applications are
servicing, maintenance or test rigs.
The data recorder has a very easy-to-
operate user interface due to its large 5.7"
touchscreen. The operator can access all of
the device’s functions and settings by means
of clearly presented selection menus.
The HMG 4000 can record the signals of up
to 38 sensors at once.
For this purpose, HYDAC ELECTRONIC
offer special sensors which are automatically
recognised by the HMG 4000 and whose
parameters such as measured values,
measuring ranges and measuring units can
be set.
On the one hand, there are the HYDAC HSI
sensors (HYDAC Sensor Interface) for the
measurement of pressure, temperature and
flow rate, for the connection of which there
are 8 analogue input channels.
Furthermore, there is the option of
connecting HYDAC SMART sensors to these
inputs. SMART sensors can display several
different measured values at a time.
Up to 28 special HYDAC HCSI sensors
(HYDAC CAN Sensor Interface) can be
connected additionally via the CAN bus
port, also supporting automatic sensor
recognition.
The HMG 4000 can optionally be connected
to an existing CAN network. This enables the Special features: ● Very large data memory for archiving
recording of measured data transmitted via ● Large, full graphics colour display measurement curves, enables the storage 12
CAN bus (e.g. motor speed, motor pressure) of 500 measurements with up to 8 million
in combination with the measured data from 5.7" touchscreen
measured values.
the hydraulic system. ● Capable of recording up to 38 sensors at
● Various measurement modes:
The device also offers measurement inputs once, 8 analogue, 2 digital sensors and
– Normal measuring
for standard sensors with current and voltage 28 HCSI sensors via CAN bus.
– Fast curve recording
signals. ● Up to 100 measurement channels can be – Long-term measurements
The HMG 4000 rounds off the application depicted simultaneously ● Recording of dynamic processes "online" in
with two additional digital inputs (e.g. for ● High-speed sampling rate, up to
frequency or rpm measurements). real time
8 sensors at 0.1 ms at a time. ● Event-driven measurements with several
The most impressing feature of the ● Quick and automatic basic setting by use
HMG 4000 is its ability to record the dynamic triggering options
processes of a machine in the form of a of automatic sensor recognition ● Programming function for HYDAC switch
measurement curve and render them as a ● Analogue inputs 0 .. 20 mA, 4 .. 20 mA devices
graph. Voltage 0 .. 50 V, -10 .. 10 V ● PC interface via USB
HYDAC software HMGWIN, which is specific ● PT 100/1000 input
to the HMG 4000, is supplied for convenient ● USB Host connection for USB memory sticks
● Connection to a CAN bus system
EN 18.103.1/02.18
post-processing, rendering and evaluation of ● Convenient visualisation, archiving and data

measurements on your computer. (also J1939)
processing using the HMGWIN software
● Simple and user-friendly operation, supplied.
intuitive menu
● Practical, robust design
461
Function: ● The most attractive function of the HMG 4000 ● Measured values, curves or texts are
● Clear and graphical colour selection menus surely is the capability of "online" recording visualised on the full graphics colour
and graphic illustration of dynamic processes, display in different selectable formats and
intuitively guide the operator to all the
which means as a measruing curve in display forms.
device functions available and ensure fast
real time. During the recording process of a
implementation.
measuring curve, you can zoom in the curve
sections of interest using gestures on the
touchscreen.
● Numerous useful and easy-to-use auxiliary

● The HMG 4000 can record the signals of up
functions are available, e.g. zoom, tracker,
to 38 sensors simultaneously.
differential value graph creation and individual
11 push-pull M12x1 input sockets are
scaling, which are particularly for use when
available as sensor interfaces. Apart from the ● For the purpose of recording highly dynamic analysing the recorded measurement curves.
push-pull sensor connection cable, M12x1
processes, all 8 analogue input channels can
standard cables can also be used.
be operated simultaneously at a sampling
● The following sensors can be connected to rate of 0.1 ms.
the 8 black input sockets: ● The data memory for recording curves or logs
– 8 analogue sensors (e.g. for pressure, can hold up to 8 million measured values.
temperature, and flow rate) with the special At least 500 of such data recordings in full
digital HSI interface (HYDAC Sensor length can be stored in an additional archiving
Interface); this means the basic device memory.
settings (measured variable, measuring ● For targeted, event-driven curves or logs,
range and unit of measurement) are
the HMG 4000 has four independent triggers,
performed automatically
which can be linked together logically. In
– 8 standard analogue sensors with current addition, there is a "start/stop" condition,
and voltage signals by means of which a measurement can be
– 8 Condition Monitoring sensors*) initiated or finished.
(SMART sensors); again, the basic device ● User-specific device settings can be stored
settings are carried out automatically and re-loaded at any time as required. This Figure: Using the magnifying gesture with two fingers, the
operation is carried out – zooming in this case
● The blue input socket provides 2 digital means that repeat measurements can be
inputs, e.g. for 1 or 2 HYDAC speed sensors carried out on a machine again and again
(2nd speed sensor connection via Y-adapter). using the same device settings. ● The communication between the HMG 4000
Frequency measurements, counting functions and a PC is performed via the built-in USB
or triggers can also be implemented for data port. A HMG 4000 connected to your PC is
recording. recognised and depicted as a drive by the PC.
● Different CAN bus functions can be You can thus move measured data to your PC
implemented via the red input socket: conveniently. Optionally, data transfers can be
carried out via a file manager by means of a
– Connection of up to 28 HYDAC HCSI USB memory stick.
sensors (HYDAC CAN Sensor Interface) by
setting up a CAN bus with HCSI sensors
and the relevant connection accessories,
also with automatic parameterisation.
– Connecting to a CAN bus, you have
the option of evaluating up to 28 CAN
messages.
– Configuration of CAN sensors; the
parameterisation is performed by means
of EDS files, which can be stored and
administrated in the HMG.
12 ● The yellow input socket serves as the
interface for HYDAC pressure, temperature
or level switches with I/O link as well as for
the programming device HPG P1. These
devices can be parameterised by means of
the HMG 4000.
EN 18.103.1/02.18
462
HMGWIN: Some examples of the numerous useful ● Overlay of curves, for example to document
additional functions: the wear of a machine (new condition/current
The PC software HMGWIN is also supplied
● Display of the measurements in graph form or condition) (function available mid-2017)
with the device. This software is a convenient
and simple package for analysing and archiving as a table
curves and logs which have been recorded
using the HMG 4000, or for exporting the
data for integration into other PC programs if 08/2015:
required. Max. closing pressure
169.7 bar
In addition it is possible to operate the
HMG 4000 directly from the computer. Basic
settings can be made, and measurements can
be started online and displayed directly on the
PC screen in real-time as measurement curves
03/2016:
progress. Max. closing pressure
160.6 bar
HMGWIN can be run on PCs with Windows 7,

Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 operating
systems. ● Using mathematical operations (calculation
functions, filter functions), new curves can be
● Zoom function:
added.
Using the mouse, a frame is drawn around an
● Snap-shot function:
interesting section of a measurement curve,
which is then enlarged and displayed. comparable to the function of a digital
camera, a picture can be taken immediately
of any graph and saved as a jpg file.
● A professional measurement report can be
produced at the click of a mouse:
HMGWIN has an automatic layout function.
Starting with a table of contents, all recorded
data, descriptions and graphics and/or tables
are combined into a professional report and
saved as a pdf file.
● Online function (HMGWIN only):
Starting, recording, and online display of
measurements (similar to the function of an
oscilloscope)
● Change of axis assignment of the recorded
measurement parameters in graph mode (e.g.
to produce a p-Q graph)
Fig.: Zoomed section of measurement curve
● Accurate measurement of the curves using

the ruler tool (time values, amplitude values
and differentials)
● Individual comments and measurement

information can be added to the graph 12
(function available mid-2017)
Short-term
pressure drop
to 4.86 bar
EN 18.103.1/02.18
*) SMART sensors
(Condition Monitoring ´sensors) are a
generation of sensors from HYDAC
which can provide a variety of different
measurement variables.
463
Technical data: Order details:
Analogue inputs
Input signals HYDAC HSI analogue sensors HMG 4000 – 000 – X
8 channels M12x1 Ultra- HYDAC HSI SMART sensors
Lock flange sockets (5 pole) Voltage signals: e.g. 0.5 .. 4.5 V, 0 .. 10 V etc.
channel A .. channel H (input ranges for 0 .. 50 V, 0 .. 10 V, Operating manual and documentation
0 .. 4.5 V, -10 .. 10 V) D = German
Current signals, e.g. 4 .. 20 mA, 0 .. 20 mA
(input range 0 .. 20 mA) E = English
1 x PT 100 / PT 1000 (at channel H) F = French
Accuracy dependent on the ≤ ± 0.1 % FS at HSI, voltage, current
input range ≤ ± 1 % FS at PT 100 / PT 1000 Scope of delivery
Digital inputs ●● HMG 4000
Input signals Digital status (high/low)
2 channels M12x1 Ultra- Frequency (0.01 .. 30,000 Hz) ●● Power supply unit for 90 .. 230 V AC
Lock flange socket (5 pole) PWM duty cycle ●● Tether strap
channel I, J Durations (e.g. period duration)
Level Switching threshold/switch-back threshold: 2 V / 1 V
Max. input voltage: 50 V ●● Data carrier with USB drivers and
Accuracy ≤ ± 0.1 % HMGWIN software
CAN ●● USB connector cable
Input signals HYDAC HCSI sensors, CAN, J1939,
28 channels M12x1 Ultra-LockCANopen PDO, CANopen SDO
flange socket (5 pole) Accessories
channel K1 .. K28
●● Pressure, temperature and flow rate measuring transmitter
Baud rate 10 kbit/s .. 1 Mbit/s
with HSI sensor detection as well as CAN pressure measuring
Accuracy ≤ ± 0.1 %
transmitter with HCSI sensor detections – see separate data
Calculated channels
sheet
Quantity 4 channels via virtual port L (channel L1 .. channel L4)
Programming interface ●● Additional accessories, such as the push-pull sensor
For HYDAC I/O-Link devices 1 channel via M12x1 Ultra-Lock connection cables, connection accessories for the HCSI CAN
flange socket (5 pole) sensors, mechanical connection adapters, etc. can be found in
Voltage supply the "Accessories Service Devices" catalogue section.
Network operation 9 .. 36 V DC via standard round plug 2.1 mm
Battery Lithium-Nickel-Kobalt-Aluminium-Oxide
3.6 V; 9300 mAh
Battery charging time approx. 5 hours
Battery life w/o sensors approx. 11 hours
with 2 sensors approx. 9 hours
Display
Type TFT-LCD Touchscreen
Size 5.7"
Resolution VGA 640 x 480 Pixel
Backlight 10 .. 100 % adjustable
Interfaces
USB Host
Plug-in connection USB socket, Type A, screened
USB Standard 2.0 (USB Full speed)
Transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
Supply voltage 5 V DC
Power supply 100 mA max.
Protection Short-circuit protection to GND (0 V)
USB Slave
Plug-in connection USB socket, Type B, screened
USB Standard 2.0 (USB High speed)
Transmission rate 480 Mbit/s
Supply voltage 5 V DC
Power supply 100 mA max.
Protection Short-circuit protection to GND (0 V)
Memory
Measured value memory 16 GB for min. 500 measurements, each containing
8 million measured values
12 Technical standards
EMC IEC 61000-4-2 / -3 / -4 / -5 / -6 / -8
Safety EN 61010
Protection class IP 40
Operating temperature 0 .. 50 °C
Storage temperature -20 .. 60 °C
Relative humidity 0 .. 70 %
Max. operating altitude 2000 m
Dimensions approx. 285 x 189 x 87 mm (B x H x T)
Note:
Weight approx. 1,850 g The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions
Housing material Plastic (Elastollan® R 3000 – TPU-GF) and applications described.
For applications or operating conditions not described, please
contact the relevant technical department.

EN 18.103.1/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
464
EN 18.129.0/02.18
465
13
Accessories Overview
The perfect accessory for any HYDAC product!

Whether for sensors or for measurement, display and service units, the extensive HYDAC accessories portfolio has a comprehensive selection of
suitable accessories for almost any application.
Page
SENSOR ACCESSORIES
Mounting and installation
Adapters for pressure sensors 467
Mounting accessories for HDA 8000, EDS 8000 and EDS 810 468
Mounting accessories for EDS 3000, ETS 3000, ENS 3000, HNS 3000 and AS 3000 468
Mounting accessories for EDS 300 and ETS 300 469
Mounting accessories for EDS 1700 and ETS 1700 470
Installation accessories for ETS 3000 470
Connection accessories for ENS 3000 470
Connection accessories for HLB 1400 471
Connection accessories for AS 1000 and AS 3000 471
Distance and position sensor accessories

Magnets for HLT 700, HLT 1000 and HLT 2000 472
Mounting and installation accessories for HLT 2000 474
For electrical connection code "4" (Binder series 714 M18) 475
For electrical connection code "5" (male EN 175301-803 / ISO 4400) 475
For electrical connection code "6" and "006" (male M12x1, 4 pole ) 475
For electrical connection code "7" (male DIN EN 175201-804) 476
For electrical connection code "8", "008" and "C61" (male M12x1, 5 pole ) 476
For electrical connection code "P" and "00P" (male M12x1, 8 pole ) 477
For electrical connection code "M06" (male M16, 6 pole ) 478
For electrical connection code "M08" (male M16, 8 pole ) 478
For electrical connection code "S00" (CONTACT male connector, 12 pole ) 479
For electrical connection code "M06", "M08" and "M24" (separate male connector Molex, 3 pole ) for HLT 724 and HLT 1100 479
MEASURING INSTRUMENT AND DISPLAY UNIT ACCESSORIES

Sensors with automatic sensor recognition
Pressure transmitter HDA 4700 with HYDAC Sensor Interface (HSI) 483
Temperature transmitter ETS 4100 with HYDAC Sensor Interface (HSI) 485
Flow rate transmitter EVS 3100 with HYDAC Sensor Interface (HSI) 487
13 Pressure transmitter HDA 4700 with HYDAC CAN Sensor Interface (HCSI) 489
Temperature transmitter ETS 4100 with HYDAC CAN Sensor Interface (HCSI) 491
Further accessories for HMG 500 / 510 / 2500 / 4000

Case, power supply units, adapters, connection cables, rpm probe, etc. 493
PROGRAMMING DEVICES AND ADAPTERS

HPG 3000, HPG P1 and ZBE P1 495
EN 18.129.0/02.18
466
Accessories
for sensors
Mounting and installation

Adapters for pressure sensors:
ZBM 01
Adapter female thread G1/4 –
male thread G1/2 B,
DIN EN 837-1
Hex AF Part no.: 257276
width 27
Flat seal ring Cu

6.2x17.5x2.0
ZBM 02
male thread G1/2 A,
ISO 1179-2
Part no.: 257277
Hex AF
width 27
O-ring
20.35x1.78
-NBR
ZBM 13
male thread G1/4 A,
with orifice 0.5 mm
Part no.: 906968
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Orifice 13
ZBM 14
male thread G1/4 (rotating)
Part no.: 907818
Hex AF
width 19
EN 18.128.0/02.18
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
467
Mounting accessories for
HDA 8000, EDS 8000 and EDS 810:
ZBM 8000
Clamp for wall-mounting
– screw-type fitting –
hex. socket cap
(Material of lower section:
screw ISO4762
TPE Santoprene 10187;
Material of top section:
steel strip DIN 95381-1.4571)
Part no.: 3546755
ZBM 8100
– weld-type fitting –
(Material of welding bridge:
hex. socket cap
QSTE340TM, zinc coating
screw ISO4762 EN 12329 FE/ZN8/B;
Material of lower section:
Part no.: 3546757

EDS 3000, ETS 3000, AS 3000, ENS 3000 and HNS 3000:
ZBM 3000
(Material of lower section:
hex. socket cap Material of top section:
screw ISO4762
Part no.: 3184630
ZBM 3100
13 Clamp for wall-mounting
(Material of welding bridge:
QSTE340TM, zinc coating
hex. socket cap
screw ISO4762
EN 12329 FE/ZN8/B;
Material of lower section:
Part no.: 3184632
EN 18.128.0/02.18
468
ZBM 3200
Splash guard
(Material:
Elastollan S60 A15 SPF 000)
Part no.: 3201919

EDS 300 and ETS 300:
ZBM 300
(Material polypropylene)
Part no.: 906385
ZBM 310
(Material polypropylene,
aluminium AlSi12, steel)
Part no.: 6011511
13
hex. socket cap screw ISO4762
EN 18.128.0/02.18
469
EDS 1700 and ETS 1700:
Vibration mounts
Part no.: 257492
Installation accessories for

ETS 3000 (100 mm):
Protective sleeve for tank installation
Hex AF width 27
(Material CuZn39Pb3 - DIN 1763,
electro-nickel-plated)
Part no.: 909640
Connection accessories for

ENS 3000:
ZBM 19
Straight bulkhead connection acc. to
Compression nut
(AF width 36)
ISO 8434
ISO8434-1-N-L22-St Part no.: 908738
Note: Not suitable for
ENS with 250 mm rod length
lock nut AF width 41

approx.
Seal ring Cu
DIN7603-A 30x36
AF width 36
13
ZBM 20
Straight male stud coupling acc. to
ISO 8434
Compression nut Part no.: 908739
(AF width 36)
ISO8434-1-N-L22-St
Hex AF
width 32
EN 18.128.0/02.18
470
HLB 1400:
ZBM 21 (Flow)
Hex AF Mounting block
width 46
for flow rates > 2 l/min
Part no.: 3244260
ZBM 23 (Low Flow)

Mounting block
for flow rates from 0.5 .. 10 l/min
Part no.: 3299331
O-ring 21x4-NBR-70Sh

AS 1000 and AS 3000:
ZBM 22
Mounting block for AquaSensor
Part no.: 3248511
13
EN 18.128.0/02.18
471
Distance and position sensor accessories
Magnets for HLT 700, HLT 1000 and HLT 2000:
Magnets
ZBL MVS35-39
ZBL MU38-20
ZBL MF38-18
ZBL MR 25.4
ZBL MR17.4
ZBL MR 33
ZBL MR22
ZBL MV63
ZBL MR-
HLT700
Distance
sensors
HLT 1100      
HLT 2100      
HLT 2102/3      
HLT 2150      
HLT 2500-F1 
HLT 2500-L2   
HLT 2550   
HLT 700 
ZBL MR17.4
Position magnet for HLT 1x00 and HLT 21xx
Part no.: 6119372
ZBL MR22
Part no.: 6084453
ZBL MR25.4
Part no.: 6141689
13
ZBL MR33
Part no.: 6084207
EN 18.128.0/02.18
472
ZBL MR-HLT700
Position magnet for HLT 700
0 Part no.: 4105026
n2
n1
1
14
ZBL MF38-18
Position magnet for HLT 2500-F1
Part no.: 6084456
ZBL MU38-20
Position magnet for HLT 1x00, HLT 21xx and
HLT 25xx-L2
Part no.: 6084455
ZBL MV63
Position magnet for HLT 1x00, HLT 21xx and
HLT 25xx-L2
Part no.: 6084454
ZBL MVS35-39
Magnet slide for HLT 25xx-L2
Part no.: 6105654 13
EN 18.128.0/02.18
473
Mounting and installation accessories for
HLT 2000:
Mounting kit
for HLT 25xx
Part no.: 6105653
Intermediate ring AD17.4xID13.5x5

for HLT 21xx
Part no.: 3903233
Intermediate ring AD33xID13.5x5

for HLT 25xx
24
Part no.: 3887829
+0.3
4.1
4x
5 ±0.1
13.5 ±0.2
33 ±0.2
13
EN 18.128.0/02.18
474
For electrical connection code "4" (Binder series 714 M18):
ZBE 02
Mating connector, Binder series 714 M18
4 pole, straight
Cable diameter: 6.5 .. 8 mm
Part no.: 609479
ZBE 03
Mating connector, Binder series 714 M18
4 pole, right-angle
Part no.: 609480
For electrical connection code "5" (male EN 175301-803):

ZBE 01
Mating connector
EN175301-803
3 pole + PE, right-angle
Part no.: 905701
Profile seal ring
For electrical connection code "6" and "006" (male M12x1, 4 pole):
ZBE 06
Mating connector M12x1
4 pole, right-angle
Cable diameter: 2.5 .. 6.5 mm
Part no.: 6006788
ZBE 06-02
Mating connector M12x1 13
4 pole, right-angle
with 2 m cable
Part no.: 6006790
ZBE 06-05
4 pole, right-angle
with 5 m cable
Part no.: 6006789
Colour code
EN 18.128.0/02.18
Pin 1 brown
Pin 2 white
Pin 3 blue
Pin 4 black
475
ZBE 06S-03
Mating connector M12×1
4 pole, straight
with 3 m cable, shielded
Part no.: 6098243
ZBE 06S-05
Mating connector M12×1
4 pole, straight
Part no.: 6143284
ZBE 06S-05
4 pole, right-angle
Part no.: 6044891
Colour code
Pin 1 brown
Pin 2 white
Pin 3 blue
Pin 4 black
For electrical connection code "7" (male DIN EN 175201-804):

ZBE 10
Mating connector DIN EN 175201-804
6 pole + PE, right-angle
Cable diameter: 7 .. 9 mm
Part no.: 654527
For electrical connection code "8", "008" and "C61" (male M12x1, 5 pole):
ZBE 08
5 pole, right-angle
Cable diameter: 2.5 .. 6.5 mm
Part no.: 6006786
ZBE 08-02
5 pole, right-angle
with 2 m cable
13 Part no.: 6006792
ZBE 08-05
5 pole, right-angle
with 5 m cable
Part no.: 6006791
Colour code
Pin 1 brown
Pin 2 white
Pin 3 blue
EN 18.128.0/02.18
Pin 4 black
Pin 5 grey
476
ZBE 08S-02
5 pole, right-angle
Part no.: 6019455
ZBE 08S-05
5 pole, right-angle
Part no.: 6019456
ZBE 08S-10
5 pole, right-angle
Part no.: 6023102
Colour code
Pin 1 brown
Pin 2 white
Pin 3 blue
Pin 4 black
Pin 5 grey
ZBE 30-02
Connection cable M12x1
male/female
or
5 pole, 2 m
Part no.: 6040851
ZBE 30-05
Connection cable M12x1
Male type label Female
M12x1 5 pole M12x1 5 pole male/female
5 pole, 5 m
Part no.: 6040852
For electrical connection code "P" and "00P" (male M12x1, 8 pole):
ZBE 0P
8 pole, right-angle
Cable diameter: 4 .. 8 mm
Part no.: 6055444
ZBE 0P-02
8 pole, right-angle
with 2 m cable
Part no.: 6052697
ZBE 0P-05
8 pole, right-angle
with 5 m cable 13
Part no.: 6052698
Colour code
Pin 1 white
Pin 2 brown
Pin 3 green
Pin 4 yellow
Pin 5 grey
Pin 6 pink
Pin 7 blue
EN 18.128.0/02.18
Pin 8 red
477
For electrical connection code "M06" (male M16, 6 pole):
Mating connector C091,
6 pole, straight
AF width 16 Part no.: 654653

Dimension A 6 pole, right angle
Part no.: 6174764
For electrical connection code "M08" (male M16, 8 pole):

8 pole, straight
AF width 16 Part no.: 6123255

Dimension A 8 pole, right angle
Part no.: 6174765
13
EN 18.128.0/02.18
478
For electrical connection code "S00" (CONTACT male connector, 12 pole):
Cable connector M23,
12 pole, straight
Part no.: 6120462
AF width 20
Cable connector M23,

12 pole, right-angle
Part no.: 6120463
AF AF width 24
width 20
For electrical connection code "M06", "M08" and "M24" (separate male connector Molex,
3 pole) for HLT 724 and HLT 1100:
ZBE 50
Male flange connector DT04,
3 pole Molex
Part no.: 4143770
Pin assignment:
O-ring 14x1.25
DT04 Molex
A 1
B 2
C 3
Molex Micro Fit 3.0
Housing 43640-0301
Crimp contacts 3x 43013-0001
13
EN 18.128.0/02.18
479
13
Note:
EN 18.128.0/02.18

Germany
480
Accessories
for measuring instruments,
display and service units
Sensors with automatic sensor recognition

The pressure, temperature and flow rate transmitters with HSI sensor recognition have been
specially developed for use in conjunction with HYDAC measuring instruments HMG 5x0, 2500 and
4000 as well as the Condition Monitoring Unit CMU 1000.
For data transmission, these sensors have an HSI interface (HYDAC Sensor Interface). This
interface enables the above-mentioned HYDAC measuring instruments to automatically recognise
the HSI sensor and then automatically apply all the necessary basic device settings.
To extend the number of sensors on the HMG 4000, the special HCSI sensors, based on the CAN
protocol, were developed.
These HCSI sensors, easily identified with their red type label, are automatically recognised along
with all their characteristics by the HMG 4000.
Up to 28 HCSI sensors can be connected to the HMG 4000 simultaneously via the Y-distributor
(available as an accessory) to set up an HMG-internal bus system.
The data is transferred via a CAN-based bus protocol.
13
EN 18.130.0/02.18
481
13
482
EN 18.130.0/02.18
HDA 4700-H
With HSI sensor recognition

The pressure transmitter HDA 4700-H Input data
with HSI sensor recognition was specially
Measuring ranges1) bar -1 .. 9 16 60 100 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000
developed for use in conjunction with the
HYDAC measuring instruments HMG 5X0, Overload pressures bar 20 32 120 200 500 800 1000 1600 2400 3000
HMG 2500, HMG 4000 and CMU 1000. Burst pressure bar 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
For data transmission, the HDA 4700-H has G1/2 B DIN EN 837
an HSI interface (HYDAC Sensor Interface). Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 40 Nm (G1/2)
The HSI sensors are automatically Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
recognised via the HSI interface by the Seal: FKM
above-mentioned HYDAC measuring Output data
instruments and all necessary basic device Output signal HSI (HYDAC Sensor Interface)
settings are taken from each sensor. Automatic sensor recognition
Like all pressure transmitters of the terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
HDA 4700 series, the HDA 4700-H also has Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
a very accurate and robust sensor cell with ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
a thin-film strain gauge on a stainless steel Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
membrane. It combines excellent technical Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
data with a very compact design. Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
Non-linearity at max. setting acc. to DIN 16086 ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
terminal based
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Voltage supply Via HYDAC measuring instruments HMG 5X0,
HMG 2500, HMG 4000 or CMU 1000
Weight ~ 150 g 13
1)
2)
EN 18.332.3/02.18
483
1
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector department.
M12x1 5 pole Subject to technical modifications.
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Flat seal ring Cu
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X 8 – H – XXXX – 000
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
H = HSI (automatic sensor recognition)

0009; 0016; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600, 1000
1600, 2000 (only in conjunction with mech. connection "1")
Modification number
13 000 = standard
Accessories:

EN 18.332.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
484
ETS 4100-H

The electronic temperature transmitter Input data
ETS 4100-H with HSI sensor recognition
has been specially developed for use
in conjunction with HYDAC measuring Probe length 6 mm
instruments HMG 5X0, HMG 2500, Probe diameter 4.5 mm
HMG 4000 and CMU 1000. Pressure resistance 600 bar
Overload pressure 900 bar
For data transmission, the ETS 4100-H has
Mechanical connection G¼ A ISO 1179-2
an HSI interface (HYDAC Sensor Interface).
The HSI sensors are automatically Parts in contact with fluid 1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
recognised via the HSI interface by the Seal: FKM
above-mentioned HYDAC measuring Output data
instruments and all necessary basic device Output signal HSI (HYDAC Sensor Interface)
settings are taken from each sensor. Automatic sensor recognition
Like all temperature transmitters of the Accuracy (at room temperature) ≤ ± 0.4 % FS typ.
≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
ETS 4000 series, the ETS 4100-H features a
robust design and excellent EMC properties. Temperature drift (environment) ≤ ± 0.01 % FS / °C
Based on corresponding evaluation Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~ 4 s
electronics, the temperature sensor is t90: ~ 8 s
designed to measure temperatures in the Environmental conditions
range -25 °C .. +100 °C. Operating temperature range 2) -40 .. +85 °C / -25 .. +85 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to DIN EN 60068-2-27 ≤ 20 g
Other data
Voltage supply Via HYDAC measuring instruments HMG 5X0,
HMG 2500, HMG 4000 or CMU 1000
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
3)
13
EN 18.333.1.2/02.18
485
Dimensions: Note:
department.
Male connector
M12x1 5 pole Subject to technical modifications.
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Model code:
ETS 4 1 4 8 – H – 006 – 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
Probe length
006 = 6 mm
Modification number
000 = standard
13
Accessories:
EN 18.333.1.2/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
486
EVS 3100-H / EVS 3110-H
Turbine Accuracy 2 %

The flow rate transmitters of the EVS 3100- Input data
H and EVS 3110-H series with HSI sensor
recognition were specially developed
for use in conjunction with the HYDAC EVS 3108-H-0020 1.2 .. 20.0 l/min 400 bar
EVS 3118-H-0020
measuring instruments HMG 5x0,
HMG 2500, HMG 4000 and CMU 1000. EVS 3108-H-0060 6.0 .. 60.0 l/min 400 bar
EVS 3118-H-0060
For data transmission, the EVS 31x0-H has EVS 3108-H-0300 15.0 .. 300.0 l/min 400 bar
an HSI interface (HYDAC Sensor Interface). EVS 3118-H-0300
EVS 3108-H-0600 40.0 .. 600.0 l/min 315 bar
The HSI sensors are recognised
EVS 3118-H-0600 40.0 .. 600.0 l/min 400 bar
automatically via the HSI interface by the
above-mentioned HYDAC measuring Additional connection options 2 x G1/4 female threads for pressure and/or
temperature sensors
instruments, and all the necessary basic
settings are taken from each instrument. Housing material EVS 3100-H: aluminium
EVS 3110-H: stainless steel
As is the case with all flow rate Output data
measurement transmitters of the EVS 3100 Output signal HSI (HYDAC Sensor Interface)
and EVS 3110 series, the EVS 31x0-H also Automatic sensor recognition
operates in accordance with the turbine Accuracy ≤ 2 % of the actual value
principle. The speed of an impeller turning Environmental conditions
in the fluid flow is measured and converted Compensated temperature range -20 .. +70 °C
into an electronic signal.
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Other data
Measuring medium 3) EVS 3100-H: hydraulic oils
EVS 3110-H: water-based media
Calibration viscosity EVS 3100-H: 30 cSt
EVS 3110-H: 5 cSt
Supply voltage Via HYDAC measuring instruments HMG 5x0,
HMG 2500, HMG 4000 or CMU 1000
Note: 1)
2)
3)
13
EN 18.334.3/02.18
487
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector
5p For applications or operating conditions not
department.
Model Meas. range L H D / SW G Torque value DN

recommended
[l/min] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm]
EVS 3108-H-0020 1.2 .. 20 117 135 47 / 46 G¼" 60 7
EVS 3108-H-0060 6 .. 60 144 135 48.5 / 46 G½" 130 11
EVS 3108-H-0300 15 .. 300 155 150 63.5 / 60 G1¼" 500 22
EVS 3108-H-0600 40 .. 600 181 150 63.5 / 60 G1½" 600 30
EVS 3118-H-0020 1.2 .. 20 117 135 47 / 46 G¼" 60 7
EVS 3118-H-0060 6 .. 60 144 135 48.5 / 46 G½" 130 11
EVS 3118-H-0300 15 .. 300 155 150 63.5 / 60 G1¼" 500 22
EVS 3118-H-0600 40 .. 600 181 150 63.5 / 60 G1½" 600 30
Model code:
EVS 3 1 X 8 – H – XXXX – 000
Housing material
0 = aluminium
1 = stainless steel
Output signal
Measuring range
0020 = 1.2 .. 20 l/min
0060 = 6.0 .. 60 l/min
0300 = 15.0 .. 300 l/min
0600 = 40.0 .. 600 l/min
13
Modification number
000 = standard
Accessories:

EN 18.334.3/02.18

Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
488
HDA 4700-HC (for HMG 4000)
With HCSI sensor recognition

To extend the number of sensors on the Input data
HMG 4000, the special CAN-based HCSI
Measuring ranges 1) bar -1 .. 9 16 60 100 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000
sensors were developed.
The HCSI sensors, easily identified by their Burst pressure bar 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000
red type label, are automatically recognised Mechanical connection G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
along with all their characteristics by the G1/2 B DIN EN 837
HMG 4000. Tightening torque, recommended 20 Nm (G1/4); 40 Nm (G1/2)
Up to 28 HCSI sensors can be connected to Parts in contact with fluid Mech. connection: Stainless steel
the HMG 4000 via the Y-distributor (available Seal: FKM
as an accessory) to set up an HMG-internal Output data
bus system. The data are transmitted using Output signal HCSI (HYDAC CAN Sensor Interface)
CAN-based bus protocol. Automatic sensor recognition
Like all pressure transmitters of the terminal based ≤ ± 0.5 % FS max.
HDA 4700 series, the HDA 4700-HC also Accuracy, B.F.S.L. ≤ ± 0.15 % FS typ.
has a very accurate and robust sensor cell ≤ ± 0.25 % FS max.
with a thin-film strain gauge on a stainless Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
steel membrane. Zero point ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
Due to their outstanding temperature and Temperature compensation ≤ ± 0.008 % FS / °C typ.
Span ≤ ± 0.015 % FS / °C max.
compact dimensions, these instruments can Non-linearity at max. setting acc. to DIN 16086 ≤ ± 0.3 % FS max.
be used in a wide field of applications in the terminal based
mobile and industrial sectors. Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.1 % FS max.
Rise time ≤ 1 ms
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Other data
Voltage supply Via HYDAC measuring instrument HMG 4000
Weight ~ 150 g
Note: Reverse polarity protection of the supply voltage, overvoltage, override and short circuit 13
1)
2)
EN 18.332.1.0/02.18
489
Dimensions: Note:
Male connector
M12x1 5 pole For applications or operating conditions not
department.
Hex AF
width 27
Hex AF
width 27
Elastomer
profile seal ring
DIN 3869
Flange seal ring Cu
Model code:
HDA 4 7 X 8 – HC – XXXX – 000
1 = G1/2 B DIN EN 837
(only for pressure ranges "1600, 2000 bar")
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
HC = HCSI (HYDAC CAN Sensor Interface)

0009 (-1 .. +9); 0016; 0060; 0100; 0250; 0400; 0600, 1000
1600, 2000 (only in conjunction with mech. connection "1")
Modification number
000 = Standard
Accessories:
HCSI Y-distributor Part no.: 6178196
HCSI bus termination Part no.: 6178198
HCSI Y-distributor
13
Bus termination
(120 Ω)
EN 18.332.1.0/02.18

Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 28 Germany
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
490
ETS 4100-HC (for HMG 4000)
With HCSI sensor recognition

To extend the number of sensors on the Input data
HMG 4000, the special CAN-based HCSI
sensors were developed.
Probe length 6 mm
The HCSI sensors, easily identified by their Probe diameter 4.5 mm
red type label, are automatically recognised Pressure resistance 600 bar
along with all their characteristics by the Mechanical connection G¼ A ISO 1179-2
HMG 4000.
Up to 28 HCSI sensors can be connected to Parts in contact with fluid 1) Mech. connection: Stainless steel
the HMG 4000 via the Y-distributor (available Seal: FKM
as an accessory) to set up an HMG-internal Output data
bus system. The data are transmitted using Output signal HCSI (HYDAC CAN Sensor Interface)
CAN-based bus protocol. Automatic sensor recognition
Like all temperature transmitters of the ≤ ± 0.8 % FS max.
ETS 4000 series, the ETS 4100-HC
features a robust design and excellent
EMC properties. The temperature sensor is Response time acc. to DIN EN 60751 t50: ~ 4 s
t90: ~ 8 s
designed to measure temperatures in the
range -25 °C .. +100 °C. Environmental conditions
Due to their compact dimensions, these Storage temperature range -40 .. +100 °C
instruments can be used in a wide field of Fluid temperature range 2) -40 .. +125 °C / -25 .. +125 °C
applications in the mobile and industrial
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
sectors.
DIN EN 60068-2-6 at 10 .. 500 Hz
Shock resistance acc. to DIN EN 60068-2-27 ≤ 20 g
Other data
Voltage supply Via HYDAC measuring instrument HMG 4000
Weight ~ 150 g
1)
2)
3)
13
EN 18.333.2.0/02.18
491
Dimensions: Note:
department.
Hex AF
width 27
Model code:
ETS 4 1 4 8 – HC – 006 – 000
4 = G1/4 A ISO 1179-2
Output signal
HC = HCSI (HYDAC CAN Sensor Interface)
Probe length
006 = 6 mm
Modification number
000 = Standard
Accessories:
HCSI Y-distributor Part no.: 6178196
HCSI bus termination (120 Ω) Part no.: 6178198
HCSI Y-distributor
13
Bus termination
(120 Ω)
EN 18.333.2.0/02.18

Germany
Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 28
Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
Fax +49 (0)6897 509-1726
492
Further accessories for HMG 500 / 510 / 2500 and 4000
Case ZBE I1-000
for HMG 2500/4000 and Current measurement adapter
accessories for galvanically isolated
Part no.: 6179836 current measurement up
to ±4 A for connection to
HMG 5x0/2500/30x0/4000.
Part no.: 926543
Plastic case ZBE 26

for HMG 500/510 and accessories Y-adapter (blue) for connecting a
Part no.: 6043006 HYDACLAB® HLB 1400
Part no.: 3304374
Magnetic holder ZBE 38

for HMG 4000 Y-adapter (black) for HMG 4000 for
Handle can be rotated 360°, three the digital input socket
magnets on back with approx. 80 N Part no.: 3224436
holding force
Part no.: 4227226
Bag with carrying strap ZBE 41

for HMG 2500/30X0 Y-adapter (yellow) for
Part no.: 909795 HMG 2500/30X0/4000 for
connecting a ContaminationSensor
CS 1000
Part no.: 910000
Power supply unit ZBE 46

for HMG 2500/30X0/4000 Pin adapter for
Part no.: 6054296 HMG 2500/30X0/4000 for
3-conductor signals and
AquaSensor AS 1000
Part no.: 925725
Power supply unit ZBE 100

for HMG 500/510 Connection adapter for HMG 4000
Part no.: 6043562 for temperature probe TFP 100
Part no.: 925726
ZBE 31 HCSI Y-distributor

Car charger for Adapter for HMG 4000 for
HMG 2500/30X0/4000 connecting HCSI sensors
Part no.: 909739 Part no.: 6178196
13
UVM 3000 HCSI bus termination

Connection adapter for Termination resistor for HCSI bus
HMG 30X0/4000 for connecting line (120 Ω)
third-party sensors Part no.: 6178198
Part no.: 909752
EN 18.130.0/02.18
493
ZBE 30-02 (5 pole) SSH 1000
Connection cable, 2 m length, male/ Sensor simulator for
female M12x1, screw connection HMG 2500/30X0/4000 to simulate
Part no.: 6040851 2 HSI sensors, ideal for training
purposes
Part no.: 909414
ZBE 30-05 (5 pole) USB cable (HMG 2X/3X/4X)

Connection cable, 5 m length, male/ (1x plug A - 1x plug B)
female M12x1, screw connection Part no.: 6040585
Part no.: 6040852
ZBE 40-02 (5 pole) USB cable (HMG 500)

Connection cable, 2 m length, male/ (1x plug A - Mini USB)
female M12x1, Part no.: 6049553
push-pull connection on male side,
screw connection on female side
Part no.: 6177158
ZBE 40-05 (5 pole) Carrying strap for HMG 4000

Connection cable, 5 m length, male/
female M12x1, Part no.: 4070365
push-pull connection on male side,
Part no.: 6177159
ZBE 40-10 (5 pole) Rechargeable battery pack for

Connection cable, 10 m length, HMG 4000
male/female M12x1,
push-pull connection on male side, Part no.: 3956715
Part no.: 6177160
HDS 1000 RPM probe Hydraulic adapter kit

for HMG 2500/30X0/4000 including for HMG, 2 pcs. each of
reflective foil set - Adapter hose DN 2-1620/1620
Part no.: 909436 (400 mm and 1000 mm)
- Pressure gauge connection 1620/
G1/4
HDS 1000 reﬂective foil set - Bulkhead coupling 1620/1620
Spare Part, Quantity: 25 Part no.: 903083
Part no.: 904812
13

EN 18.130.0/02.18

Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
494
Programming Devices
Programming Adapters
The programming of sensors directly at the system, quick 1:1 replacement of sensors, sensor data
transmission from one device to another – these are today’s fundamental requirements in order to
ensure optimised processes and high machine availability.
For HYDAC’s own programmable pressure switches and IO-Link sensors, HYDAC offers a variety
of programming devices and programming adapters, ideally suited to satisfy the customer’s
requirements.
Programming
Programming devices adapter *)
Device-specific
HPG 3000
HPG P1
ZBE P1
EDS 4000  
EDS 4000 Ex ia, with
ATEX approval  
EDS 4000 Exd, with
ATEX, CSA, IECEx  
approval
EDS 820 IO-Link  
EDS 3000 IO-Link  
ETS 3000 IO-Link  
ENS 3000 IO-Link  
HNS 3000 IO-Link  
*) in conjunction with a PC and the HYDAC software ZBE P1-WIN, which is delivered with the
device.
Note: With the portable data recorder HMG 4000, it is also possible to parameterise the IO-Link
products.
13
EN 18.127.0/02.18
495
Programming device HPG 3000:
Device designed for the adaptation of the HYDAC programmable pressure switches EDS 4000 series to the relevant application, even directly at the plant.
Technical Data
Current consumption ≤ 35 mA + sensor
Ambient temperature range -25 .. + 80 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Power supply connection Male M12x1, 4 pole
(power supply via the respective sensor supply
or via HMG 4000 / ZBE P1)
Weight ~ 120 g
Order details:
HPG 3000-000 Part no.: 909422
Programming device HPG P1:

Designed for the programming of HYDAC IO-Link sensors directly at the plant.
Allows sensor settings to be copied and transmitted easily from one device to another.
If direct programming of the sensor at the plant is not necessarily required, parameter sets can also be transmitted from the HPG P1 to a HYDAC
portable data recorder HMG 4000, or to a PC (via the HYDAC programming adapter ZBE P1) and imported again after processing.
Technical data:
Ambient temperature range -25 .. + 80 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Power supply connection Male M12x1, 4 pole
(power supply via the respective sensor supply
or via HMG 4000 / ZBE P1)
Weight ~ 120 g
Order details:
HPG P1-000 Part no.: 925316
Programming adapter ZBE P1:

Designed for the programming of HYDAC ELECTRONIC programmable pressure switches and IO-Link sensors in conjunction with a PC and the
HYDAC software ZBE P1-WIN which is delivered with the device.
Technical data:
External supply voltage 24 V DC
Residual ripple ≤5%
Current consumption at USB Max. 500 mA (with sensor)
Storage temperature range - 40 .. 80 °C
mark EN 61000-6-1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Power supply connection USB connection to PC or M12x1 for integration
into the system concept or external power supply
unit
Display 3 LEDs (USB status / status of supply voltage of
13 unit to be programmed / status of communication)
Weight ~ 170 g
Order details:
ZBE P1-000 Part no.: 923695
Supplied with the instrument: one connection cable ZBE 30-02 (M12x1, 5 pole, 2 m,
part no. 6040851), one USB cable (part no. 6040585) and the software ZBE P1-WIN.

EN 18.127.0/02.18

Telephone +49 (0)6897 509-01
496
Notes:
EN 180.000.3/02.18
497
498
EN 180.000.3/02.18
Notes:
Notes:
EN 180.000.3/02.18
499
500
EN 180.000.3/02.18
Notes:
Notes:
EN 180.000.3/02.18
501
502
EN 180.000.3/02.18
Notes:
AUSTRIA HYDAC-Büro Süd MEXICO ROMANIA 23
ROM
MEX
A (Slovenia, Croatia, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Dieselstr. 30 HYDAC International SA de CV HYDAC SRL
Serbia and Montenegro, Macedonia) 71546 Aspach Calle Alfredo A. Nobel No. 35 12 Soseaua Vestului Street, Et 2
HYDAC Hydraulik Ges.m.b.H. Tel.: +49 (0)7191 / 34 51-0 Colonia Puente de Vigas 100298, Ploiesti, Prahova county
Industriestr. 3 Fax: +49 (0)7191 / 34 51-4033 Tlalnepantla Prahova county
4066 Pasching HYDAC-Büro München Edo. De México, CP 54090 Tel.: +40 244 575 778
Tel.: +43 7229 / 6 18 11-0 Am Anger 8 Tel.: +52 55 4777 1272 al 65 Fax: +40 244 575 779
Fax: +43 7229 / 6 18 11-35 82237 Wörthsee /Etterschlag Fax: +52 55 5390 2334 E-mail: hydac@hydac.ro
E-mail: vt_a@hydac.com Tel.: +49 (0)8153 / 987 48-0 Internet: www.hydacmex.com Internet: www.hydac.ro
AUSTRALIA Fax: +49 (0)8153 / 987 48-4822 NORWAY SWEDEN
AUS
HYDAC PTY. LTD. HYDAC-Büro Nürnberg HYDAC AS HYDAC Fluidteknik AB
S
N
109 Dohertys Road Reichswaldstr. 52 Berghagan 4 Domnarvsgatan 29
Altona North, VIC 3025 90571 Schwaig 1405 Langhus 16353 Spånga
Postal address: Tel.: +49 (0)911 / 24 46 43-0 Tel.: +47 64 85 86 00 Tel.: +46 8 / 445 29 70
P.O. Box 224 Fax: +49 (0)911 / 24 46 43-4260 Fax: +47 64 85 86 01 Fax: +46 8 / 445 29 90
Altona North, VIC 3025 E-mail: firmapost@hydac.no E-mail: hydac@hydac.se
Tel.: +61 3 / 92 72 89 00 DENMARK Internet: www.hydac.se
NETHERLANDS
DK
Fax: +61 3 / 98 360 80 70 HYDAC A/S
SINGAPORE
NL
Havretoften 5 HYDAC B.V.
SGP
E-mail: info@hydac.com.au
Internet: hydac.com.au 5550 Langeskov Vossenbeemd 109 HYDAC Technology Pte Ltd.
Tel.: +45 70 27 02 99 5705 CL Helmond 2A Second Chin Bee Road
BELGIUM Fax: +45 63 13 25 40 Tel.: +31 (0)88 0597 001 Singapore 618781
HYDAC A.S./N.V. E-mail: hydac@hydac.dk Fax: +31 (0)88 0597 020 Tel.: +65 67 41 74 58
B
Overhaemlaan 33 E-mail: info@hydac.nl Fax: +65 67 41 04 34

3700 Tongeren SPAIN E-mail: thomas.lek@hydac.com.sg
E HYDAC Technology SL NEW ZEALAND Internet: www.hydac.com.sg
Tel.: +32 12 / 26 04 00
NZ
Fax: +32 12 / 26 04 09 C/ Solsones HYDAC LTD.
54 – Pol. Ind. Pla de la Bruguera 108A Penrose Road SLOVAKIA
SK
BULGARIA 08211 Castellar del Valles Mount Wellington 1060 HYDAC S.R.O.
BG
HYDAC EOOD Tel.: +34 93 / 747 36 09 Auckland Gorkého 4

ZK Druzhba 1 Fax: +34 93 / 715 95 42 Tel.: +64 9271 4120 036 01 Martin
Amsterdam 9 E-mail: a.masoliver@hydac.es Fax: +64 9271 4124 Tel.: +421 43 / 413 58 93, 423 73 94,
1592 Sofia E-mail: info@hydac.co.nz 422 08 75
Tel.: +359 2 / 9706060 EGYPT Internet: www.hydac.co.nz Fax: +421 43 / 422 08 74
ET
Fax: +359 2 / 9706075 Yasser Fahmy Hydraulic Eng. E-mail: hydac@hydac.sk

65-66-68 Saudi Building, Kobba PORTUGAL Internet: www.hydac.sk
E-mail: office@hydac.bg
P.O. Box 6550 Sawah 11813 HYDAC TECNOLOGIA, UNIPESSOAL, LDA.
P
Internet: www.hydac.bg
Cairo Centro Empresarial do Castêlo da Maia SLOVENIA
SL
BELARUS Tel.: +202 (2) / 4520192, 4530922 Rua Manuel Assunção falcão, 501 HYDAC d.o.o.
BLR
HYDAC Belarus Fax: +202 (2) / 4530638 4475-041 Maia Tržaška Cesta 39
ul. Timirjazeva 65a, Biura 504-505 E-mail: yasserf@yf-hydraulic.com.eg Tel.: +351 223 160 364 2000 Maribor
220035 Minsk Fax: +351 223 160 265 Tel.: +386 2 / 460 15 20
Tel.: +375 17 209 01 32 FRANCE E-mail: info@hydac.pt Fax: +386 2 / 460 15 22
Fax: +375 17 209 01 35 HYDAC S.à.r.l. Internet: www.hydac.com E-mail: info@hydac.si
F
E-Mail: info@hydac.com.by Technopôle Forbach Sud Internet: www.hydac.si

B.P. 30260 POLAND
Internet: www.hydac.com.by
THAILAND
PL
57604 Forbach Cedex (Latvia, Lithuania)
BRAZIL Tel.: +33 3 / 87 29 26 00 HYDAC SP.Z O.O. AEROFLUID CO. LTD.
T
BR
HYDAC Technologia Ltda. Fax: +33 3 / 87 85 90 81 ul. Reymonta 17 169/4, 169/5, Moo 1
Estrada Fukutaro Yida, 225 E-mail: hydac_france@hydac.com 43-190 Mikołow Rangsit-Nakhonnayok Rd.
Bairro Cooperativa, 09852-060 Agence de Paris Tel.: +48 32 / 226 26 55, 326 01 10 Patumthanee 12110
Sao Bernardo do Campo Tel.: +33 1 / 60 13 97 26 Fax: +48 32 / 226 40 42 Tel.: +66 2 / 577 2999
São Paulo E-mail: info@hydac.com.pl Fax: +66 2 / 577 2700
Agence de Lyon E-mail: info@aerofluid.com
Tel.: +55 11 / 43 93 66 00 Internet: www.hydac.com.pl
Tel.: +33 4 / 78 87 83 02
Fax: +55 11 / 43 93 66 17
Agence de Bordeaux CHINA TURKEY
E-mail: hydac@hydac.com.br
PRC
TR
Internet: www.hydac.com.br Tel.: +33 5 / 57 54 25 25 HYDAC Technology (Shanghai) Ltd. HYDAC AKIŞKAN KONTROL
Agence de Martigues 28 Zhongpin Lu SİSTEMLERİ SAN. VE TİC. LTD. ŞTİ.
CANADA Tel.: +33 4 / 42 49 61 35 Shanghai Minhang Economic & Namik Kemal Mahallesi
CDN
HYDAC Corporation Technological Development Zone Adile Naşit Bulvan, 174 Sok. No. 9
Agence Centre-Est 34513 Esenyurt - Istanbul
14 Federal Road Shanghai 200245
Tel.: +33 3 / 81 63 01 65 Tel.: +90 212 / 428 25 25
Welland, Ontario Tel.: +86 21 / 64 63 35 10
L3B 3P2 FINLAND Fax: +86 21 / 64 30 02 57 Fax: +90 212 / 428 70 37
Tel.: +1 905 / 714 93 22 (Estonia) E-mail: hydacsh@hydac.com.cn E-mail: info@hydac.com.tr
FI
Fax: +1 905 / 714 46 64 HYDAC OY Internet: www.hydac.com.tr

RUSSIA
E-mail: sales@hydac.ca
RUS
Kisällintie 5 TAIWAN
Internet: www.hydac.ca 01730 Vantaa HYDAC International
TW
Tel.: +358 10 773 7100 ul. 4, Magistralnaja 5, office 31 HYDAC Technology Ltd.
SWITZERLAND 123007 Moscow No. 18, Shude 1st Lane, South District
Fax: +358 10 773 7120
CH
HYDAC Engineering AG E-mail: hydac@hydac.fi Tel.: +7 495 / 980 80 01 Taichung City 40242
Allmendstr. 11 Internet: www.hydac.fi Fax: +7 495 / 980 70 20 Tel.: +886 4 / 2260 2278
6312 Steinhausen /Zug E-mail: info@hydac.com.ru Fax: +886 4 / 2260 2352
Tel.: +41 41 / 747 03 21 GREAT BRITAIN Internet: www.hydac.com.ru E-mail: kc.chen@hydac.com.tw
GB
Fax: +41 41 / 747 03 29 HYDAC Technology Limited Technical Office St. Petersburg Internet: www.hydac.com.tw
E-mail: hydac-engineering-AG@hydac.com De Havilland Way, Windrush Park Nab. Obwodnogo kanala 138 UKRAINE
Internet: www.hydac.ch Witney, Oxfordshire
OX29 OYG
190020 St. Petersburg UKR HYDAC Kiew
HYDAC S.A. Tel.: +7 812 / 495 9462 ul. Novokonstantinovskaya 9
Zona Industriale 3, Via Sceresa Tel.: +44 1993 86 63 66 Fax: +7 812 / 495 9463
Fax: +44 1993 86 63 65 Korpus 13, 2 Etage
6805 Mezzovico E-mail: petersb@hydac.com.ru 04080 Kiev
Tel.: +41 91 / 935 57 00 E-mail: info@hydac.co.uk
Internet: www.hydac.co.uk Technical Office Novokuznetsk Tel.: +38 044 / 495 33 96, 495 33 97
Fax: +41 91 / 935 57 01 ul. Niewskogo 1, office 300 Fax: +38 044 / 495 33 98
E-mail: info.coolingsystems@hydac.ch GREECE 654079 Novokuznetsk E-mail: info@hydac.com.ua
Internet: www.hydac.ch
GR
Delta-P Fluid Technologies S.A. Tel.: +7 3843 99 1346 Internet: www.hydac.com.ua

CZECH REPUBLIC 7, Grevenon Street Fax: +7 3843 99 1345
USA
USA
11855 Athens E-mail: novokuz@hydac.com.ru

CZ
HYDAC spol. S.R.O. HYDAC Technology Corporation

Kanadská 794 Tel.: +30 210 341 0181 Technical Office Ulyanovsk
Fax: +30 210 341 0183 HYDAC Corp.
391 11 Planá nad Luznici ul. Efremova 29, office 418 2260 & 2280 City Line Road
Tel.: +420 381 / 20 17 11 E-mail: delta_pi@otenet.gr 432042 Ulyanovsk Bethlehem, PA 18017
Fax: +420 381 / 29 12 70 HUNGARY Tel.: +7 8422 61 3453 Tel.: +1 610 / 266 01 00
E-mail: hydac@hydac.cz HYDAC Hidraulika és Szüréstechnika Kft. Fax: +7 8422 61 3452 Fax: +1 610 / 266 35 40
H
Internet: www.hydac.cz Ezred u. 16 E-mail: uljan@hydac.com.ru E-mail: sales@hydacusa.com

GERMANY 1044 Budapest ARGENTINA Internet: www.hydacusa.com
RA
Tel.: +36 1 359 93 59 HYDAC Technology Argentina S.R.L. VIETNAM

D
HYDAC-Büro Berlin Fax: +36 1 239 73 02 Av. Belgrano 2729

VN
IBH Ingenieurbüro und E-mail: hydac@hydac.hu HYDAC International

(B1611DVG) Don Torcuato E-Town Building, Mezzanine Floor
Handelsvertretung Hammer GmbH Internet: www.hydac.hu Tigre / Buenos Aires Executive office, Room 7
Kaiser-Wilhelm-Str. 17
HONG KONG Tel.: +54 11 4727-1155 /-0770 /-2323 364 Cong Hoa Street, Tan Binh District
12247 Berlin
E-mail: argentina@hydac.com
HK
Tel.: +49 (0)30 / 772 80 50 HYDAC Technology (Hongkong) Ltd. Ho Chi Minh City
Fax: +49 (0)30 / 773 80 80 Room 602, 6/F, Silvercord Tower 1 CHILE Tel.: +84 88 120 545 Ext. 215
RCH
30 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui HYDAC Tecnologia Chile Ltda. Fax: +84 88 120 546
HYDAC-Büro Südost Kowloon, Hong Kong
Wiesestr. 189 Las Araucarias 9080 -9110 / módulo F SOUTH AFRICA
Tel.: +852 23 69 35 68 Parque Industrial Las Araucarias
ZA
07551 Gera (Namibia, Zimbabwe)

Fax: +852 23 69 35 67 8720041 Quilicura / Santiago HYDAC Technology Pty Ltd.
Tel.: +49 (0)365 / 73 97 5320
Fax: +49 (0)365 / 73 97 5310 ITALY Tel.: +56 2 / 5 84 67 54 Postnet Suite 304, Private Bag X10020
HYDAC S.p.A. Fax: +56 2 / 5 84 67 55 Edenvale 1610, Johannesburg
I
HYDAC-Büro Nordost E-mail: guillermo.viertel@hydac.com Tel.: +27 11 / 723 90 80

Via Archimede 76
Zum Kiesberg 16 Fax: +27 11 / 453 72 37
20864 Agrate Brianza (MB) INDONESIA
14979 Großbeeren E-mail: hydacza@hydac.com
Tel.: +39 039 / 64 22 11 PT HYDAC Technology Indonesia PMA
RI
Tel.: +49 (0)33701 / 3389-0

Fax: +39 039 / 68 99 682 Komplek Pergudangan T8 No.27-29
Fax: +49 (0)33701 / 3389-4499
E-mail: hydac@hydac.it Alam Sutera - Serpong
HYDAC-Büro Bremen Internet: www.hydac.it Tangerang Selatan 15325
Riedemannstr. 1 Tel.: +62 21 2921 1671 / 2921 1672
INDIA
27572 Bremerhaven Fax: +62 21 2921 1653
IND
Tel.: +49 (0)471 / 700572-4200 HYDAC INDIA PVT. LTD.

A-58 TTC Industrial Area, MIDC, Mahape E-mail: info@hydac.co.id
Fax: +49 (0)471 / 700572-4242 Internet: www.hydac.co.id
Navi Mumbai 400 701
HYDAC-Büro Hamburg Tel.: +91 22 / 411 18-888 KOREA
ROK
Mühlenweg 131 - 139 Fax: +91 22 / 2778 11 80 HYDAC Korea Co. Ltd.
22844 Norderstedt E-mail: k.venkat@hydacindia.com 6th floor Daewon Bldg.
Tel.: +49 (0)40 / 52 60 07-0 175 Bangbae Jungang-ro, Seocho-gu
Fax: +49 (0)40 / 52 60 07-15 JAPAN
HYDAC CO. LTD. Seoul 137-829
J
HYDAC-Büro Nord Daiwa Hatchobori Ekimae Bldg. 2F Tel.: +82 2 / 591 09 31

Oldenburger Allee 41 3-25-7 Hatchobori, Chuo-ku Fax: +82 2 / 591 09 32
30659 Hannover Tokyo 104-0032 E-mail: johnkim@hydackorea.co.kr
Tel.: +49 (0)511 / 56 35 35-0 Tel.: +81 3 / 35 37-3620
Fax: +49 (0)511 / 56 35 35-56 Fax: +81 3 / 35 37-3622
HYDAC-Büro West LUXEMBURG
Münchener Str. 61 Friederich-Hydropart S.à.r.l.
L
45145 Essen Route d’Esch, C.P. 38

Tel.: +49 (0)201 / 320 89 51-00 3801 Schifﬂange
Fax: +49 (0)201 / 320 89 52-22 Tel.: +352 54 52 44
HYDAC-Büro Mitte Fax: +352 54 52 48
Dieselstr. 9 MALAYSIA
MAL
64293 Darmstadt
EN 180.000.3/02.18
HYDAC Technology Sdn. Bhd.

Tel.: +49 (0)6151 / 81 45-0
16, Jalan Pengacara U1 / 48
Fax: +49 (0)6151 / 81 45-22
Temasya Industrial Park
HYDAC-Büro Südwest 40150 Shah Alam
Rehgrabenstr. 3 Selangor Darul Ehsan
66125 Saarbrücken-Dudweiler Tel.: +60 3 / 5567 0250, 0251, 0253
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 / 509-01 Fax: +60 3 / 5567 0252
Fax: +49 (0)6897 / 509-1422 E-mail: query@hydac.com.my
503
Accumulator Technology 30.000
Global Presence.
EN
Local Expertise.
www.hydac.com
Filter Technology 70.000
Electronic
Product Catalogue
Process Technology 77.000
Filter Systems 79.000
Electronic Product Catalogue

HYDAC Headquarters
Compact Hydraulics 53.000
HYDAC Companies
HYDAC Sales and Service Partners
Accessories 61.000
Electronics 180.000
HYDAC ELECTRONIC Hauptstr. 27

GMBH 66128 Saarbrücken
EN 180.000.3 /02.18
EN 180.000.3 /02.18
Germany
Cooling Systems 57.000
Tel.: +49 6897 509-01

Fax: +49 6897 509-1726

EN180000 3-02-18 Elektronikbuch

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EN180000 3-02-18 Elektronikbuch

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Accumulator Technology 30.

Electronic Product Catalogue

HYDAC ELECTRONIC Hauptstr. 27

Tel.: +49 6897 509-01

Almost all these products are developed,

The international HYDAC sales network

HYDAC Servicenter, a complete Technical advice

Computer simulation IO-Link, Industrie 4.0,

There is almost no hydraulic or Excavators

- Safety cut-off devices

Iron - Steel - Metal Wind Turbines

Machine Tools Power Plant Technology

Pulp and Paper Industry Transformers

Automotive Production Oil and Gas Industry

Shipping Condition Monitoring

5 SENSORS FOR DISTANCE AND POSITION 5

7 FLOW RATE TRANSMITTERS / FLOW SWITCHES 7

11 CONDITION MONITORING PRODUCTS 11

12 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND DISPLAY UNITS 12

A detailed table of contents is given on the following pages.

NOTE HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

6 POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

ETS 4100 225

POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE 12

ETS 4500 Flameproof enclosure ATEX, IECEx, CSA 239

TEMPERATURE SWITCHES [4]

ETS 1700 Display For separ. temperature probe 257

ETS 3200 Display Pressure-resistant 263

LEVEL SENSORS [6]

POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

SPEED SENSORS [8] 7

HSS 110 405

ANGLE SENSORS [9]

HAT 1400 CAN 417

HIT 1500 CAN 429 13

1 CMU 1000 CM unit 435

MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND DISPLAY UNITS [12]

HDA 5500 451

HMG 500 453

7 Mounting and installation 467

8 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND DISPLAY UNIT ACCESSORIES

Sensors with automatic sensor recognition 481

9 PROGRAMMING DEVICES AND ADAPTERS

HPG 3000, HPG P1 and ZBE P1 495

POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

Description: Technical data:

Measuring ranges in bar EN175301-803

Sealing material (in contact with fluid)

Connection material (in contact with fluid)

Pin HDA 43X6-A HDA 43X6-B

HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

Elastomer Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Description: Technical data:

protection are provided.

Measuring ranges in bar

Pin HDA 44X5-A HDA 44X5-B

Male connector Pin HDA 44X6-A HDA 44X6-B

HYDAC ELECTRONIC GMBH

Hauptstr. 27, 66128 Saarbrücken

Description: Technical data:

protection are provided.